Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract 38247SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR EAST 7T" STREET DEEP TUNNEL SANITARY SEW PART 1 a� CITY SEc�?ET,A F: CONTrzj�CT NO3.�� CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS Water Project No.: P275-541200-708170108683 Department of Engineering Project No.: 4009 CPMS Project No: 01086 File # X-20248 DALE A. FISSELER, P.E. CITY MANAGER GREG S. SIMMONS, P.E. INTERIM DIRECTOR TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS S. FR WAT A. DOUGLAS RADEMAKER, P.E., DIRECTOR DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING JULY 2008 CarternmomBurgess 777 MAIN STREET FORT WORTH, TX 76102 817-735-6000'� r. Carter & Burgess, Inc. Job No. 011913.010 f T, 10M, it AF 02-18-09 P03:48 IN Y- SEP. 9.2008 3:47PM CARTER & BURGESS NO.5107 P. 2/3 CITY OF FORT WORTH DEPARTMENT OF ENGMERING ADDENDUM NO. I TO THE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR EAST 7m STREET DEEP TUNNEL SANITARY SEWER - PART 1 D.O.E. NO.4009 WATER PROJECT NO. P275-541200-708170108W DID RECEIPT DATE:1:30 PM, September 11, 2008 ISSUED: September 9, 2008 Prospective bidders are hereby notified of the following:_,. 1. _Odor Control units will be Calgon Carbon Corporation Siwistreet Manlrole ..:.__.--Adw-torftt:_ nodule=ar-approved-eilual=asyn shall be non -vented with locking lid. - - -- - manboles shall '-ioclude--odor control. -Bi+d-itcm-have--been --- ..wised to 6E0his i1*C i ica00P- "See' attached rev:iso bfd-foriii." — --- - , of - " -5'----Bid-Se`&AW6 Item 00I181' Std'rnd Sewer'ManhoIe shall be"'staii d 'COFW' .. 5. AD other provisions of the plans, specifications and contract documents for the project which are not expressly amended herein shall remain in -full force. and effect. This Addendum No. 1 forms a part of the Contract Documents_.referericed above.and modifies the Original Contract Documents and Plans. • Acknowledge receipt of•this Addendum in the space provided below, in the proposal (page B1.9) and acknowledge receipt on the outer emrelope of your bid. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this Addendum could subject the bidder to disqualification. RECEIPT AC IC rvi 1E!G1rD: A. Douglas Rademaker, P.E., Director By: B no V Company: 6P Sil"n ee ('0n1A4Gopal Sahu, P.E. rswci�N� tu0lam�i,1� i SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR EAST 7T" STREET DEEP TUNNEL SANITARY SEWER PART 1 CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS Water Project No.: P275-541200-708170108683 Department of Engineering Project No.: 4009 CPMS Project No: 01086 File # X-20248 DALE A. FISSELER, P.E. CITY MANAGER GREG S. SIMMONS, P.E. INTERIM DIRECTOR TRANSPORTATION AND PUBLIC WORKS MIKE MONCRIEF MAYOR S. FRANK CRUMB, P.E. DIRECTOR WATER DEPARTMENT A. DOUGLAS RADEMAKER, P.E., DIRECTOR DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING JULY 2008 CartersonnBurgess 777 MAIN STREET FORT WORTH, TX 76102 817-735-6000 Carter & Burgess, Inc. Job No. 011913.010 iAOM IaM.M N.w �• O� 61! Tw 6 Piro "AiAL s rzm i 1.1 M&C 1.2 Title Page 1.3 Location Maps SECTION 1 PROJECT INFORMATION am SECTION 2 FRONT END DOCUMENTS am —2.1 Table of Contents 2.2 Notice to Bidders 2.3 Comprehensive Notice to Bidders .. 2.4 Special Instructions to Bidders (water -sewer) 2.5 Special Instruction to Bidders (paving -drainage) — not applicable 2.6 Detailed Project Specifications — not applicable a" .. aw .. TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 - Project Information 2 - Front End Documents 3 - MWBE Documentation 4 - Bid Package 5 - General and Special Conditions 6 - Contracts, Bonds and Insurance ❑ 1.1 - M&C ❑ 1.2 - Title Page ❑ 1.3 - Location Maps 2.1 -Table of Contents ❑ 2.2 - Notice to Bidders ❑ 2.3 - Comprehensive Notice to Bidders ❑ 2.4 - Special Instructions to Bidders (water - sewer) ❑ 2.5 - Special Instruction to Bidders (paving - drainage) - Not Applicable ❑ 2.6 - Detailed Project Specifications (no drawings provided) - Not Applicable ❑ 3.1 - MWBE Special Instructions ❑ 3.2 - MWBE Subcontractors/Suppliers Utilization Form ❑ 3.3 - MWBE Prime Contractor Waiver ❑ 3.4 - MWBE Good Faith Effort ❑ 3.5 - MWBE Joint Venture ❑ 4.1 - Bid Proposal Cover & Signature Sheets ❑ 4.2 - Bid Proposal(s) ❑ 4.3 - Green Cement Policy Compliance Statement ❑ 4.4 - Bid Schedule ❑ 4.5 - Vendor Compliance to State Law ❑ 4.6 - List of Fittings - Not Applicable ❑ 4.7 - Addenda Index and Receipt ❑ 5.1 - Part C General Conditions (water - sewer) ❑ 5.2 - Supplementary Conditions to Part C (water - sewer) ❑ 5.3 - Part D - Special Conditions (water - sewer) ❑ 5.4 - Part DA - Additional Special Condition (water - sewer) ❑ 5.5 - Part E Specifications ❑ 5.6 - Special Provisions (paving - drainage) - Not Applicable ❑ 5.7 - Wage Rates ❑ 5.8 - Compliance with and Enforcement of Prevailing Wage Rates ❑ 5.9 - Standard Details (water- sewer) - Omitted ❑ 5.10 - Standard Details (paving- drainage) - Omitted ❑ 6.1 - Certificate of Insurance ❑ 6.2 - Contractor Compliance With Workers' Compensation Law ❑ 6.3 - Conflict of Interest Questionnaire ❑ 6.4 - Performance Bond ❑ 6.5 - Payment Bond TABLE OF CONTENTS ❑ 6.6 — Maintenance Bond 7 ❑ 6.7 — City of Fort Worth Contract 7 — Permits ❑ 7.1 — TxDOT Permit(s) ❑ 7.2 — Railroad Permit(s) ❑ 7.3 — Other Permit(s) 8 — Easements ❑ 8.1 — Easement 9 — Reports ❑ 9.1 — Geo-tech Report(s) ❑ 9.2 — Cathodic Protection Study Report — Not Applicable ❑ 9.3 — Other Project Specific Study Report(s) — Not Applicable 10 — Addenda ❑ 10.1 Addendum NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed proposals for the following: FOR: EAST 7T" STREET DEEP TUNNEL SANITARY SEWER PART 1 CITY PROJECT No.: 01086 DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING PROJECT No.: 4009 WATER DEPARTMENT PROJECT No.: P275-541200-708170108683 FILE No.: X 20248 Addressed to: CITY OF FORT WORTH PURCHASING DIVISION 1000 THROCKMORTON ST FORT WORTH TX 76102-6311 will be received at the Purchasing Office until 1:30 p.m., September 11, 2008 and then publicly opened and read aloud at 2:00 p.m. in the Council Chambers. Plans, General Contract Documents and Specifications for this project may be obtained in the office of the Engineering Department, Municipal Office Building, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. A thirty dollar ($30) deposit is required for the first set of documents and additional sets may be purchased on a non-refundable basis for thirty dollars ($30) for each set. These documents contain additional information for prospective bidders. Documents may also be obtained free of charge at the City's online bidding system (Buzzsaw). Email the Project Manager listed below for instructions on accessing the online documents. The major work will consist of the following: • 1,398 LF of 24" Sanitary Sewer Main by Other Than Open Cut • 1 junction structure to existing 48" sewer tunnel • 1 junction structure to existing 96" sewer tunnel A pre -bid conference will be held at 11:00 AM on Tuesday September 2, 2008 at the TPW Conference Room, 270, Municipal Office Building, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, Texas, (MAPSCO 68N). Bidders shall comply with the City's Green Cement Policy as stipulated in the 'Comprehensive Notice to Bidders' of these specifications and contract documents. For additional information, please contact Gopal Sahu, P.E., Project Manager, City of Fort Worth — Engineering Department at Telephone Number: (817) 392-7949 or by email: Gopal.Sahu@foriworthgov.org, and/or Kathy Pontesso, P.E., Project Manager, Jacobs Carter Burgess at (817) 735-2889. Advertising Dates: August 7, 2008 August 14, 2008 COMPREHENSIVE NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed proposals for the following: FOR: EAST 7"H STREET DEEP TUNNEL SANITARY SEWER, PART 1 CITY PROJECT No.: 01086 DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING PROJECT No.: 4009 WATER DEPARTMENT PROJECT No.: P275-541200-708170108683 FILE No.: X-20248 Addressed to: CITY OF FORT WORTH PURCHASING DIVISION 1000 THROCKMORTON ST FORT WORTH TX 76102-6311 will be received at the Purchasing Office until 1:30 p.m., September 11, 2008 and then publicly opened and read aloud at 2:00 p.m. in the Council Chambers. Plans, General Contract Documents and Specifications for this project may be obtained in the office of the Engineering Department, Municipal Office Building, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. A thirty dollar ($30) deposit is required for the first set of documents and additional sets may be purchased on a non-refundable basis for thirty dollars ($30) for each set. These documents contain additional information for prospective bidders. Documents may also be obtained free of charge at the City of Fort Worth online bidding system (Buzzsaw). Email the Project Manager listed below for instructions on accessing the online documents. The major work will consist of the (approximate) following: • 1,398 LF of 24" Sanitary Sewer Main by Other Than Open Cut • 1 junction structure to existing 48" sewer tunnel • 1 junction structure to existing 96" sewer tunnel A pre -bid conference will be held at 11:00 AM on Tuesday September 2, 2008 at the TPW Conference Room, 270, Municipal Office Building, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, Texas, (MAPSCO 68N). Included in the above will be all other miscellaneous items of construction as outlined in the Plans, General Contract Documents and Specifications. NOTICES All bidders will be required to comply with Provision 5159a of "Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes" of the State of Texas with respect to the payment of prevailing wage rates and City of Fort Worth Ordinance no. 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Sections 13-A-221 through 13-A-29) prohibiting discrimination in the employment practices. Bid security may be required in accordance with Special Instructions to Bidders. The City of Fort Worth reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids and waive any and/or all formalities. No bid may be withdrawn until the expiration of ninety (90) days from the date bids are opened. The award of contract, if made, will be within ninety (90) days after the opening of bids, but in no case will the award be made until all the necessary investigations are made as to the responsibility of the bidder to whom it is proposed to award the Contract. COMPREHENSIVE NOTICE TO BIDDERS Bidders are responsible for obtaining all addenda to the contract documents and acknowledging receipt of the addenda by initialing the appropriate spaces on the Addenda Index and Receiptform(s). Bids that do not acknowledge receipt of all addenda may be rejected as being non -responsive. Information regarding the status of addenda may be obtained by contacting the Engineering Department at (817) 392-7910. Bidders, using the printed copy, shall not separate, detach or remove any portion, segment or sheets from the contract document at any time. Bidders must complete the proposal section(s) and submit the complete specification book or face rejection of the bid as non -responsive. It is recommended that the bidder make a copy of the forms included in the Minority and Women Business Enterprise section for submittal within the time deadline stated below or the bidder may request a copy of said forms from the City of Fort Worth Project Manager named in this solicitation. Bidders, using the electronic bidding system (Buzzsaw) and as outlined in the submission instructions, shall submit those documents electronically that are requesting information but do not require a signature. And for those documents that require signatures, print a copy of each document, complete, sign, and received at the Purchasing Office within the time deadline stated above. In accord with the City of Fort Worth Ordinance No. 15530, the City of Fort Worth has goals for the .- participation of minority business enterprises and women business enterprises in City of Fort Worth contracts. A copy of the Ordinance can be obtained from the office of the City Secretary. The bidder shall submit the MBE/WBE UTILIZATION FORM, SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM, GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM (with "Documentation") and/or the JOINT VENTURE FORM as appropriate. The Documentation must be received no later than 5:00 p.m., five (5) City of Fort Worth business days after the bid opening date. The bidder shall obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee of the managing department to whom delivery was made. Such receipt shall be evidence that the City of Fort Worth received the Documentation. Failure to comply shall render the bid non- responsive. As per Fort Worth City Council Resolution 3536, the City Manager is authorized to specify the purchase of dry kiln cement as the base bid in City of Fort Worth bid projects, with an alternative bid for the purchase of cement from an unspecified source and preferential purchasing for bids from a cement kiln with emissions not exceeding 1.7 pounds of NOx per ton of clinker produced. In cases where cement meeting the above requirements is not available, and where cement from a non -compliant source must be utilized, the Contractor shall furnish good faith effort documentation in the form of letters from two North Texas cement suppliers of green cement stating that no stock of green cement is available for the contractor at that time. These letters shall be considered valid for a maximum of one week after which new letters must be submitted to the Project Inspector if green cement continues to remain unavailable. All related costs for complying with the Green Cement Policy shall be considered subsidiary to the applicable project pay items. The contractor shall submit the) Green Cement Policy Compliance Statement or the good faith effort documentation at the time the of bid opening of the project. A copy of the Compliance Statement is attached at the end of this section. Failure to comply with the Green Cement Policy may result in rejection of the bid as non -responsive. REST OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK COMPREHENSIVE NOTICE TO BIDDERS SUBMISSION OF BID AND AWARD OF CONTRACT The proposal within this document is designed as a package. In order to be considered an acceptable bid, the Contractor is required to submit a bid for the complete proposal. A bid proposal submittal that is received with the proposal incomplete will be rejected as being non -responsive. The Contractor who submits the bid .. with the lowest price, will be the apparent successful bidder for the project. Bidders are hereby informed that the Director of the Engineering Department reserves the right to evaluate and recommend to the City of Fort Worth City Council the bid that is considered to be in the best interest of the City of Fort Worth. The managing department for this project is the Engineering Department. For additional information, please contact Kathy Pontesso, Engineer, Jacobs Carter Burgess at Telephone Number: (817) 735-2889 or by email: Kathy.Pontesso@jacobs.com or Gopal Sahu, Project Manager, Engineering Department at (817) 392-7949. } DALE A. FISSELER, P.E. /J MARTY HENDRIX CITY MANAGER A CITY SECRETARY Gopal Sahu, P.E. ngineering Department, Engineering Services Advertising Dates: August 7, 2008 August 14, 2008 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1) PREOUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS: All contractors submitting bids are required to be prequalified by the Fort Worth .Water Department prior to submitting bids. This prequalification process will establish a bid limit based on a technical evaluation and financial analysis of the contractor. It is the bidder's responsibility to submit the following documentation: a current financial statement, an acceptable experience record, an acceptable equipment schedule and any other documents the Department may deem necessary, to the Director of the Water Department at least seven (7) calendar days prior to the date of the opening of bids. a) The financial statement required shall have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or an independent public accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate State licensing agency and shall have been so prepared as to reflect the financial status to the submitting company. This statement must be current and not more than one (1) year old. In the case that a bidding date falls within the time a new statement is being prepared, the previous statement shall be updated by proper verification. b) For an experience record to be considered to be acceptable for a given project, it must reflect the experience of the firm seeking qualification in work of both the same nature and technical level as that of the project for which bids are to be received. c) The Director of the Water Department shall be the sole judge as to the acceptability for financial qualification to bid on any Fort Worth Water Department project. d) Bids received in excess of the bid limit shall be considered non -responsive and will be rejected as such. e) The City, in its sole discretion, may reject any bid for failure to demonstrate experience and/or we expertise. f) Any proposals submitted by a non-prequalified bidder shall be returned unopened, and if inadvertently opened, shall not be considered. g) The City will attempt to notify prospective bidders whose qualifications (financial or experience) are not deemed to be appropriate to the nature and/or magnitude of the project on which bids are to be received. Failure to notify shall not be a waiver of any necessary prequalification. 2. BID SECURITY: A cashier's check, or an acceptable bidder's bond, payable to the City of Fort Worth, in an amount of not less than five (51%) percent of the largest possible total of the bid submitted must accompany the bid, and is subject to forfeiture in the event the successful bidder fails to execute the Contract Documents within ten (10) days after the contract has been awarded To be an acceptable surety on the bid bond, the surety must be authorized to do business in the state of Texas. In addition, * the surety must (1) hold a certificate of authority from the Untied States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the state of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the Untied States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein. 3. BONDS: A performance bond, a payment bond, and a maintenance bond each for one hundred (100%) percent of the contract price will be required, Reference C 3-3.7. 4. WAGE RATES: Section C3-3.13 of the General Conditions is deleted and replaced with the following: 09/10/04 (a) The contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code, including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these contract documents. — (b) The contractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and occupation of each worker employed by the contractor in the construction of the work provided for in this contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. These records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of Right to Audit, under paragraph L of Section Cl: Supplementary Conditions To Part C — General Conditions, pertain to this inspection. ` (c) The contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its subcontractors to comply with paragraphs (a) and (b) above. (d) With each partial payment estimate or payroll period, whichever is less, an affidavit stating that the contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. The contractor shall post the prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times. AMBIGUITY: In the case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the Proposal, the City reserves the night to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject the Proposal. 6. BIDDER LICENSE: Bidder must be a licensed Contractor in the State of Texas. NONRESIDENT BIDDERS: Pursuant to Article 601g, Texas Revised Civil Statutes, the City of Fort Worth will not award this contract to a nonresident bidder unless the nonresident's bid is lower than the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of business in located. "Nonresident bidder" means a bidder whose principal place of business is not in this state, but excludes a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this ! state. This provision does not apply if this contract involves federal funds. The appropriate blanks of the Proposal must be filled out by all nonresident bidders in order for the bid to meet specifications. The failure of a nonresident contractor to do so will automatically disqualify ri that bidder. PAYMENT: If the bid amount is $25,000.00 or less, the contract amount shall be paid within forty- five (45) calendar days after completion and acceptance by the City. 9. AGE: In accordance with the policy ("Policy") of the Executive Branch of the Federal Government, Contractor covenants that neither it nor any of its officers, members, agents employees, program participants or subcontractors, while engaged in performing this contract, shall, in connection with the employment, advancement or discharge of employees or in connection with the terms, conditions or privileges of their employment, discriminate against persons because of their age except on the bases of a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory requirement. 09/10/04 .. Contractor further covenants that neither it nor its officers, members, agents, employees, subcontractors, program participants, or persons acting on their behalf, shall specify, in solicitations or advertisements for employees to work on this contract, a maximum age limit for such employment unless the specified maximum age limit is based upon a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory requirements. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with the policy and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractor against City arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractors' alleged failure to comply with the above referenced'Policy concerning age discrimination in the performance of this agreement. 10. DISABILITY: In accordance with the provisions of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 ("ADA"), Contractor wan -ants that it and any and all of its subcontractors will not unlawfully discriminate on the basis of disability in the provision of services to the general public, nor in the availability, terms and/or conditions of employment for applicants for employment with, or employees of Contractor or any of its subcontractors. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with ADA's provisions and any other applicable federal, state and local laws concerning disability and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractors against City arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractors' alleged failure to comply with the above referenced laws concerning disability discrimination in the performance of this agreement 11. NHNORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES: In accord with City of Fort Worth Ordinance No. 15530, the City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of minority business enterprises and women business enterprises in City contracts. A copy of the Ordinance can be obtained from the Office of the City Secretary. The bidder shall submit the MBE/WBE UTILIZATION FORM, SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM and/or the GOOD FATTII EFFORT FORM ("with Documentation") and/or the JOINT VENTURE • FORM as appropriate. The Documentation must be received by the managing department no later than 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid opening date. The bidder shall obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee of the managing department to whom delivery was made. Such receipt shall be evidence that the documentation was received by the City. Failure to comply shall render the bid non -responsive. Upon request, Contractor agrees to provide the Owner complete and accurate information regarding W&i actual work performed by a Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and/or women business enterprise (WBE) on the contract and payment thereof. Contractor further agrees to permit any audit and/or examination of any books, records or files in its possession that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MBE and/or WBE. The misrepresentation of facts (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the contract and/or initiating action under appropriate Federal, State or local laws or ordinances relating to false statements. Further, any such misrepresentation of facts (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or commission of fraud will result in the Contractor being determined to be irresponsible and barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less than three (3) years. 12. FINAL PAYMENT, ACCEPTANCE AND WARRANTY: The contractor will receive ft l payment (less retainage) from the city for each pay period. b. Payment of the retainage will be included with the final payment after acceptance of the project as being complete. .. C. The project shall be deemed complete and accepted by the City as of the date the final punch list has been completed, as evidenced by a written statement signed by the contractor and the City. HIM, �i d. The warranty period shall begin as of the date that the final punch list has been completed. e. Bills Paid Affidavit and Consent of Surety shall be required prior to final payment becoming due and payable. f. In the event that the Bills Paid Affidavit and Consent of Surety have been delivered to the city and there is a dispute regarding (i) final quantities, or (ii) liquidated damages, city shall make a progress payment in the amount that city deems due and payable. g. In the event of a dispute regarding either final quantities or liquidated damages, the parties shall attempt to resolve the differences within 30 calendar days. 09/10/04 4 SECTION 3 MWBE DOCUMENTATION Nw 3.1 MWBE Special Instructions 3.2 MWBE Subcontractors/Suppliers Utilization Form 3.3 MWBE Prime Contractor Waiver ,. 3.4 MWBE Good Faith Effort 3.5 MWBE Joint Venture w FORT WORTH City of Fort Worth AM Minority and Women Business Enterprise Specifications a .. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS APPLICATION OF POLICY If the total dollar value of the contract is $25,000 or more, the M/WBE goal is applicable. If the total dollar value of the contract is less than $25,000, the M/WBE goal is not applicable. �---_i G ,. POLICY STATEMENT It is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to ensure the full and equitable participation by Minority and Women Business mo Enterprises (M/WBE) in the procurement of all goods and services to the City on a contractual basis. All requirements and regulations stated in the City's current Minority and Women Business Enterprise Ordinance apply to this bid. M/WBE PROJECT GOALS The City's M/WBE goal on this project is 11 % of the total bid (Base bid applies to Parks and Community Services). COMPLIANCE TO BID SPECIFICATIONS On City contracts of $25,000 or more, bidders are required to comply with the intent of the City's M/WBE Ordinance by either of the following: 1. Meet or exceed the above stated M/WBE goal, or 2. Good Faith Effort documentation, or; 3. Waiver documentation, or; 4. Joint Venture. SUBMITTAL OF REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION The applicable documents must be received by the Managing Department, within the following times allocated, in order for the entire bid to be considered responsive to the specifications. The Offeror shall deliver the MWBE documentation ` in person to the appropriate employee of the managing department and obtain a date/time receipt. Such receipt shall be evidence that the City received the documentation in the time allocated. A faxed copy will not be accepted. No =0 a. 1. Subcontractor Utilization Form, if goal is received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid met or exceeded: opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. 2. Good Faith Effort and Subcontractor received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid Utilization Form, if participation is less than opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. statedgoal: 3. Good Faith Effort and Subcontractor received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid Utilization Form, if no M/WBE participation: opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. 4. Prime Contractor Waiver Form, if you will received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid perform all subcontracting/supplier work: opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. 5. Joint Venture Form, if utilize a joint venture received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid to met or exceed goal. opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE CITY'S M/WBE ORDINANCE, WILL RESULT IN THE BID BEING CONSIDERED NON -RESPONSIVE TO SPECIFICATIONS Any questions, please contact the M/WBE Office at (817) 392-6104. Rev. 11A 1/05 so 00 No _, MW FoRTWORTH _��` City of Fort Worth Subcontractors/Suppliers Utilization Form ATTACHMENT 1A Page 1 of 4 PRIME COMPANY NAME: Check applicable block to describe prime LP SVNbAuei: cou sTRvcc►av ,Zt.Jvc. -" ,n �/W/DBE NON-M/W/DBE PROJECT NAME: EAST 7' STREET DEEP TUNNEL SANITARY SEWER PART 1 BID DATE 9 - 11- 2 00o City's MNVBE Project Goal: Prime's M1WBE Project Utilization: PROJECT NUMBER DOE PROJECT NO.4009 11 % % WATER DEPARTMENT PROJECT NO. P275-541200-708170108683 Identify all subcontractors/suppliers you will use on this project Failure to complete this form, In Its entirety with requested documentation, and received by the Managing Department on or before 5:00 p.m. five (5) City business days after bid opening, exclusive of bid opening date, will result in the bid being considered non -responsive to bid specifications. The undersigned Offeror agrees to enter into a formal agreement with the MNVBE firm(s) listed in this utilization schedule, conditioned upon execution of a contract with the City of Fort Worth. The intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts is grounds for consideration of disqualification and will result in the bid being considered non -responsive to bid specifications M/WBEs listed toward meeting the project goal must be located In the nine (9) county marketplace or currently doing business in the marketplace at the time of bid. Marketplace is the geographic area of Tarrant, Parker, Johnson, Collin, Dallas, Denton, Ellis, Kaufman and Rockwall counties. Identify each Tier level. Tier is the level of subcontracting below the prime contractor, i.e., a direct payment from the prime contractor to a subcontractor is considered 1 sc tier, a payment by a subcontractor to its supplier is considered 2nd tier ALL M/WBEs MUST BE CERTIFIED BEFORE CONTRACT AWARD. Certification means those firms, located or doing business at the time of bid opening within the Marketplace, that have been determined to be bonafide minority or women businesses by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency (NCTRCA), or the Texas Department of Transportation (TX DOT), highway division. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) is synonymous with Minority/Women Business Enterprise (M/WBE). If hauling services are utilized, the prime will be given credit as long as the M/WBE listed owns and operates at least one fully licensed and operational truck to be used on the contract. The M/WBE may lease -- trucks from another M/WBE firm, including M/WBE owner -operators, and receive full MNVBE credit. The MNVBE may lease trucks from non-MNVBEs, including owner -operators, but will only receive credit for the fees and commissions earned by the MNVBE as outlined in the lease agreement. Rev. 5/30/03 ATTACHMENT IA Page 2 of 4 Primes are required to identify ALL subcontractors/suppliers, regardless of status; i.e., Minority, Women and non-M/WBEs. Please list M/WBE firms first, use additional sheets if necessary. Certification heck one) u / : S2 0, T SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER T n Detail Detail (V T Company Name Address i M yy C X M Subcontracting Work Supplies Purchased Dollar Amount Telephone/Fax r B E B E R O i3 C T E A AASA%om m4v►I%Q�e ; TV /C I VKM.)A Lk^atVWoUV% a 41 M av► We C040j 3� 2S1 Cavat �ie r -�'• � C�i"j � l l 8, �i�, Oa G ar• t 4 r d �� S�,w �.,re. 6�12. 27& • S31g MocV- E:VVj foMeA-\n1 Sw 6", V1 gn 'Alz- Fq& a 0 3 D � Fr�Sia•� t!or►�� � 2 t 5ot�, o� s colic IF ito-tse C%A j1�C-T31Si l �fz• b3(- • 771? qzi - 63b- `T71q Rev. 5/30/03 ru�ci� r,�itt ATTACHMENT 1A Page 3 of 4 Primes are required to identify ALL subcontractors/suppliers, regardless of status; i.e., Minority, Women and non-M/WBEs. Please list MNVBE firms first, use additional sheets if necessary. Certification N (check one) n SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER T Detail Detail N T Company Name I C x M Subcontracting Work Supplies Purchased Dollar Amount Address M W Telephone/Fax r B B R 0 B E E C T E A FORT WORTH Rev. 5/30/03 ATTACHMENT IA Page 4 of 4 .. No — .. Total Dollar Amount of MMBE Subcontractors/Suppliers $ Total Dollar Amount of Non-M/WBE Subcontractors/Suppliers $ TOTAL DOLLAR AMOUNT OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS $ The Contractor will not make additions, deletions, or substitutions to this certified list without the prior approval of the Minority and Women Business Enterprise Office Manager or designee througk the submittal of a Request for Approval of Change/Addition. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a paterial breach of contract and may result in debarment in accord with the procedures outlined in the ordinance. The contractor shall submit a detailed explanation of how the requested change/addition or deletion will affect the committed M/WBE goal. If the detail explanation is not submitted, it will affect the final compliance determination. By affixing a signature to this form, the Offeror further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, including M/W/DBE(s) arrangements submitted with the bid. The Offeror also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company. The bidder agrees to allow the transmission of interviews with owners, principals, officers, employees and applicable subcontractors/suppliers/contractors participating on the contract that will substantiate the actual work performed by the M/W/DBE(s) on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance and create a material breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible Offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year. LE 5vu lbmi cE Cal16T-Ry� idJ ��• Company Name am �.Z). -1�%k H q 3 Address am FeRrzi,5, 1-"k -11�;-1,�S- city'stateilip S AM 'b . L AN C t✓{ Printed srpnature Contact NameMtle (if different) `�J72 • R Y 2.3 95(2 9'72 Sy2. 2yy7 Telephone and/or Fax scin 1 a 1 P 5vncL-n CE • Caul E-mail Address 9 • l I - 26 09 Date Rev. 5/30/03 a" r No .. FORTWO�RTH City of Fort Worth Prime Contractor Waiver Form PRIME COMPANY NAME: ATTACHMENT 1 B Page 1 of 1 Check applicable block to prime MNV/DBE NON-M/W/DBE PROJECT NAME: EAST 7TM STREET DEEP TUNNEL SANITARY SEWER PART 1 BID DATE City's M/WBE Project Goal: PROJECT NUMBER DOE PROJECT NO. 4009 11 % WATER DEPARTMENT PROJECT NO. P275-541200-708170108683 If both answers to this form are YES, do not complete ATTACHMENT 1C(Good Faith Effort Form). All questions on this form must be completed and a detailed explanation provided, if applicable. If the answer to either question is NO, then you must complete ATTACHMENT 1 C. This form is only applicable if both answers are yes. Failure to complete this form in its entirety and be received by the Managing Department on or before 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after bid opening, exclusive of the bid opening date, will result in the bid being considered non -responsive to bid specifications. Will you perform this entire contract without subcontractors? YES If yes, please provide a detailed explanation that proves based on the size and scope of this project, this is your normal business eractice and provide an o erational grofile of your business. NO Will you perform this entire contract without suppliers? YES If yes, please provide a detailed explanation that proves based on the size and scope of this project, this is your normal business practice and provide an inventory profile of your business. NO The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, including M/WBE(s) on this contract, the payment therefore and any proposed changes to the original M/WBE(s) arrangements submitted with this bid. The bidder also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company that will substantiate the actual work performed by the M/WBEs on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance creates a material breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year. Authorized Signature Title Company Name Address C ty/StateOp Printed Signature Contact Name Of different) Phone Number Fax Number Email Address Data Rev. 5/30/03 400 8" w FORT WORTH City of Fort Worth Good Faith Effort Form PROJECT NAME: EAST 7TH STREET DEEP TUNNEL SANITARY SEWER PART 1 City's M/WBE Project Goal: PROJECT NUMBER 11% DOE PROJECT NO.4009 WATER DEPARTMENT P ATTACHMENT IC Page 1 of 3 Check applicable block to describe rime M/W/DBE NON-M/W/DBE BID DATE 200-708170108683 If you have failed to secure M/WBE participation and you have subcontracting and/or supplier opportunities or if your DBE participation Is less than the City's project goal, you must complete this form. If the bidder's method of compliance with the M/WBE goal is based upon demonstration of a "good faith effort", the bidder will have the burden of correctly and accurately preparing and submitting the documentation required by the City. Compliance with each item, 1 thru 6 below, shall satisfy the Good Faith Effort requirement absent proof of fraud, intentional and/or .. knowing misrepresentation the facts or intentional discrimination by the bidder. Failure to complete this form, in its entirety with supporting documentation, and received by the Managing Department on or before 5:00 p.m. five (5) City business days after bid opening, exclusive of bid opening date, will result in the bid being considered non -responsive to bid specifications. ow 1.) Please list each and every subcontracting and/or supplier opportunityl for the completion of this project, regardless of whether it is to be provided by a M/WBE or non-M/WBE. (DO NOT LIST NAMES OF FIRMS) On Combined Projects, list each subcontracting and or supplier opportunity through the 2 tier. aaamonat sneers, it List of Subcontracting Opportunities V List of Supplier Opportunities No WHO 00 Rev. 05/30/03 ATTACHMENT1C Page 2 of 3 2.) Obtain a current (not more than three (3) months old from the bid open date) list of MIWBE subcontractors and/or suppliers from the City's MIWBE Office. Yes No Date of Listing 3.) Did you solicit bids from M/WBE firms, within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed, at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by mail, exclusive of the day the bids are opened? Yes (if yes, attach M/WBE mail listing to include name of firm and address and a dated copy of letter mailed.) No 4.) Did you solicit bids from M/WBE firms, within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed, at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by telephone, exclusive of the day the bids are opened? Yes (if yes, attach list to include name of M/WBE firm, person contacted, phone number and date and time of contact.) No NOTE: A facsimile may be used to comply with either 3 or 4, but may not be used for both. If a facsimile is used, attach the fax confirmation, which is to provide M/WBE name, date, time, fax number and documentation faxed. NOTE: If the list of M1WBEs for a particular subcontracting/supplier opportunity is ten (10) or less, the bidder must contact the entire list to be in compliance with questions 3 and 4. If the list of M/WBEs for a particular subcontracting/supplier opportunity is ten (10) or more, the bidder must contact at least two- thirds (2/3) of the list within such area of opportunity, but not less than ten to be in compliance with questions 3 and 4. 5.) Did you provide plans and specifications to potential M/WBEs or information regarding the location of plans and specifications in order to assist the MIWBEs? Yes No 6.) Submit documentation if M/WBE quotes were rejected. The documentation submitted should be in the forms of an affidavit, include a detailed explanation of why the M/WBE was rejected and any supporting documentation the bidder wishes to be considered by the City. In the event of a bona fide dispute concerning quotes, the bidder will provide for confidential in -camera access to and inspection of any relevant documentation by City personnel. Please use additional sheets, if necessary, and attach. Company Name Telephone Contact Person Scope of Work Reason for Rejection - A No No ow no Rev. 05/30/03 .. ATTACHMENT IC Page 3 of 3 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: Please provide additional information you feel will further explain your good and honest efforts to obtain M/WBE participation on this project. The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed on this contract, the payment thereof and any proposed changes to the original arrangements submitted with this bid. The bidder also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company that will substantiate the actual work performed on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance and creates a material breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year. The undersigned certifies that the information provided and the M/WBE(s) listed wastwere contacted in good faith. It is understood that any M/WBE(s) listed in Attachment 1 C will be contacted and the reasons for not using them will be verified by the City's M/WBE Office. Authorized Signature Printed Signature Title Contact Name and Title (if different) Company Name Phone Number Fax Number Address Email Address City/State/Zip Date Rev. 05/30/03 No Joint Venture Page 1 of 3 FORT WORTH CITY OF FORT WORTH Joint Venture Eligibility Form All questions must be answered; use "NA" if applicable. Name of City project: EAST 7TM STREET AEEP,INNEL SANrrARY SEWER PART I A joint venture form must be completed on each project RFPBid/Purchasing Number: 1. Joint venture information: .. .r MM Joint Venture Name: Joint Venture Address: (If applicable) Telephone: Facsimile: E-mail address: Cellular: Identify the firms that comprise the joint venture: Please attach extra sheets if additional space is required to provide detailed explanations of work to be performed by each firm comprising the join t venture M/WBE firm name• T Non-M/WBE firm name: Business Address: Business Address: City, State, Zip: City, State, Zip: Telephone Facsimile E-mail Telephone Facsimile Cellular Cellular Certification Status: E-mail address Name of Certifying Agency: Z. scope of work pefformed by the Joint venture: Describe the seoae of work of the M/WBE: I Describe the scope of work of the non-M/WBE: Rev. 5/30/03 Joint Venture Page 2 of 3 3. What is the percentage of N /WBE participation on this joint venture that you wish to be counted toward meeting the project goal? 4. Attach a copy of the joint venture agreement. 5. List components of ownership of joint venture: (Do not complete ifthis information is described in joint venture agreement) Profit and loss sharing: Capital contributions, including equipment: Other applicable ownership interests: 6. Identify by name, race, sex and firm those individuals (with titles) who are responsible for the day-to-day management and decision making of the joint venture: Financial decisions (to include Account Payable and Receivable): Management decisions: a. Estimating --------------------------------------- b. Marketing and Sales ----------------------------------------------- c. Hiring and Firing of management personnel ----------------------------------------------- d. Purchasing of major equipment and/or supplies Supervision of field operations The City's Minority and Women Business Enterprise Office will review your joint venture submission and will have final approval of the M/WBE percentage applied toward the goal for the project listed on this form. NOTE: From and after the date of project award, if any of the participants, the individually defined scopes of work or the dollar amounts/percentages change from the originally approved information, then the participants must inform the City's M/WBE Office immediately for approval. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of contract and may result in debarment in accord with the procedures outlined in the City's M/WBE Ordinance. Rev. 5/30/03 Joint Venture PaOA 3 of s we MM via AFFIDAVIT The undersigned affirms that the foregoing statements are true and correct and include all material information necessary to identify and explain the terms and operation of the joint venture. Furthermore, the undersigned shall agree to provide to the joint venture the stated scope of work, decision -making responsibilities and payments herein. The City also reserves the right to request any additional information deemed necessary to determine if the joint venture is eligible. Failure to cooperate and/or provide requested information within the time specified is grounds for termination of the eligibility process. The undersigned agree to permit audits, interviews with owners and examination of the books, records and files of the joint venture by any authorized representatives of the City of Fort Worth. Failure to comply with this provision shall result in the termination of any contract, which may be awarded under the provisions of this joint venture's eligibility and may initiate action under Federal, State and/or Local laws/ordinances concerning false statements or willful misrepresentation of facts. Name of M/WBE firm Name of non-M/WBE firm Printed Name of Owner Printed Name of Owner Signature of Owner Signature of Owner Printed Name of Owner Printed Name of Owner Signature of Owner Signature of Owner Title Title Date Date State of On this day of Notarization County of 20 , before me appeared and to me personally ]mown and who, being duly sworn, did execute the foregoing affidavit and did state that they were properly authorized to execute this affidavit and did so as their free act and deed. .. Notary Public Print Name Notary Public signatuts Commission Expires (seat) Rev. 5/30/03 no SECTION 4 BID PACKAGE -• 4.1 Bid Proposal Cover & Signature Sheets 4.2 Bid Proposal(s) 4.3 Green Cement Policy Compliance Statement Hance to State Law — not applicable x and Receipt BID PROPOSAL (This Proposal must not be removed from this book of Contract Documents) TO: Mr. Dale A. Fisseler, P.E. Fort Worth, Texas City Manager SEPTEMBER 2008 Fort Worth, Texas FOR: EAST 7T" STREET DEEP TUNNEL SANITARY SEWER, PART 1 City Project No. 01086 DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING PROJECT No. 4009 WATER DEPARTMENT PROJECT No. P275-541200-708170108683 File No. X-20248 Pursuant to the foregoing "Notice to Bidders," the undersigned has examined the plans, specifications and the site, understands the amount of work to be done, and hereby proposes to do all the work and furnish all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to fully complete all the work as provided in the plans and specifications, and subject to the inspection and approval of the Director, Department of Engineering of the City of Fort Worth. If required by this project, Contractor must be pre -qualified in accordance with the projects sponsoring Departments of the City of Fort Worth requirements. Upon acceptance of this Proposal by the City Council and required by this project, the bidder is bound to execute a contract and furnish Performance, Maintenance Bond for the water replacement contract only, and Payment Bond approved by the City of Fort Worth for performing and completing said work within the time stated for the following sums, to wit: Total quantities given in the bid proposal may not reflect actual quantities, by represent the best accuracy based on a reasonable effort of investigation; however, they are given for the purpose of bidding on and awarding the contract. C&B No. 011913 BP- 1 BID PRCZ1clSA7 East 7th Street Deep Tunnel Sanitary Sewer, Part 1 f Sub Group CPMS RECORC NO Material :: ` Dttscrrpl�Qn s}Al �Illeasure Quantity `UnI�B�ritte a y.. Bid Amotfrt Drainage -Major BID-00082 Concrete Pipe-24 Inch-CL III - Install Foot 41 Drainage -Major BID-00099 ServiceCS Storm Water Pollution Prevenfion Plan < than 1 Ac - Install Lump Sum 1 Drainage -Major BID-00118 Concrete Manhole-4 Ft- Install Each 4 Park -Site BID-00181 ServiceCS Traffic Control - Install Lump Sum 1 Sewer -Collection BID-00198 Concrete Collar-Manhole32 Inch -Frame & Cover- Install Each 4 Sewer -Collection BID-00199 Assembly Filter -Carbon Filter System Odor Control Unit - Install Each 2 Sewer -Collection BID-00201 ServiceCS Inspection -Post Construction Cleaning & TV - Study Foot 1398 Sewer -Collection BID-00202 ServiceCS Inspection-Preconstruction Geaning & TV - Study Foot 3500 Sewer -Collection BID-00205 Other Manhole - Abandon Each 9 Sewer -Collection BID-00211 ServiceCS Manhole -Paint & Coaling -Interior Protective Coating - Install Vertical Foot 137 Sewer -Collection BID-00215 Concrete Manhole-Std 5 Ft Diam-(W 6 Ft Depth) - Install Each 4 Sewer -Collection BID-00216 Concrete Manhole-Std 5 Ft Diam-Added Depth (over 6 Ft depth)- Install Vertical Foot 113 Sewer -Collection BID-00217 ServiceCS Manhole -Vacuum Test - Serices Each 4 Sewer -Collection BID-00224 Masonry Pipe -Grout -Non -Shrink - Install Cubic Yard 82 Sewer -Collection BID-00224 Masonry Pipe -Grout -Non -Shrink - Install Cubic Yard 125 Sewer -Collection BID-00290 Iron PipeSewer-24 Inch -Other Than Open Cut - Install Foot 1398 Sewer -Collection BID-00355 Other Sewer Service-4 Inch Service Tap - Install Each 1 Sewer-Collecton BID-00370 Assembly Sewer -Special Junction Structure - Install Each 1 Sewer -Collection BID-00371 Assembly Structure - Install Lump Sum 1 Street -Paving BID-00458 Concrete Pavement -Concrete on 2127 Concrete Base (2000-2) - Install Foot 35 General -Common BID-00852 ServiceCS Flagman -Railroad Right of Way - Services Lump Sum 1 $ 8,000.00 $ 8,000.00 TOTAL BID 1 t 1 I T I I 1 0if I ir 91D PROPOW Earl Tut Sheet ompTi and Sa worry 6ew.r, Pert 1 ry�h4ajar B1B-o0U+32 Carwie6a P"ye261ethCt.Ill -I�teU i ` F'val 41 2.q DO 12 9 e Mejor 61!}O0a9B. SbndoeC9 Slam WWer Pa9 n Ptavareion PW K theq 7.AC lr-SW � I linop Ei+trrlE ! 1 1 SQ(i. Oti 2 'SOQ 00 Ibyaa BID -oat t8 Cm,aote Meorra" t1.- leem t 4 ,!id M • 00 4 (P0 D • 00 fdb Bl0 ali,ai EenAceCS Fri OatArd-Ir.m➢ j I I LT° ,n► 1 $ OQ. DO 3Ud Ol7 Sawry-Cotedflan elm -wise oerlamm Gone-ems-327ncn-rameaC". tmtir _ Ear 4 87� 00 00. Oa Aettl, BIDdA129 AnwrO • Filar-Cmhm fMw Spte n Ofor Con4d Lhic-lirimI - ; 26 -00,00 Cdsctbn Bl O-a Slw e a A°a p dore Pwt C mrh w Cd..N 3 TV - _ Foal ' t39e 91v1, So SvAw-Cclac9m BI13-40M SaviceCs lmpecb-Waoaaeaoct 'Cllwh TV - slob, i - Fuoi 3WO 6 - 35 ZZ r. DO sevior-cosection VID43CM5 OtW MInnhole-Abandon ° • 1 - ! t:Ettt- - 8 Setter-C�7clitm BID-96211 sawk" mwftb-ponaCoatirp-waimPtaRactiwCaill� Foot( 137 2-60, 00 33 � Gao, 00 Smer-0o9ee(on BID-0=5 Cmuxte #Admo(04M5FtolwHt,06nD l W- w I ` I Eadt- 4 5 00 �2, D(�O, OD Sum4k4adon EN .96218 Oummla Mmb*-W 6 F1 Diem-Adod Deed+ (MW 6 i - I II 1 firer IFca ! 113 r yOO, OO / g Zo(J , 00 ecow 810oa2tT Suv4COCS LimholovaaumTeal:6aMta� ! F k 4 I I ; S(itq, 00 ZI UIJO. OtJ _004"hon OD MVA M—vY -Y!ek1 - 1 ; i7 :i I Cu6k:r+n? - 'S2- i /ys 00 �� , 8 90 • o0 Sew-Caiecion em;,Z ?84 Mewray Pfpe•Cirotrl-Nan-sh" - IIIe1a0 I r i I [ I _ 03" 125 % S • 00 /6' g �� 00 Srneo�CcNeglon MD40M Iron Fepe•Srover•24wd,-OlhwlrhwNon 6&-Irtite1 1306 1, 075, 00 I §Sawsr02 850, oa -Co13=111W eD-auras Qth�r Sbhet s t9k.� Iwh spzrtea,ep= rmW • I i 1 I r t Ea t t �f 000.00 `� coo o v r{;e6rrditvr t37i7-oY37[i. Aus,wnny Sewae-SP" Jaxt:anSIMMea `im�D I j ? iI .l I F�dt E 1 iso�00f7.00 CASCSI a BID-O n Aneaft . 1 sine<,. = rmiw Z o mdv 00 27 0 r ovo o 7 • BBi•oOCbe Cwwdo Parem nt-Conoete on ZV Coaarrs,e t1e, [ + Iraid! .. Fb" : � 96 i 2 00 rnat &04)G t52 SarricaCS Fl Vw3-RsftQdio7ph1af4Yay-Services i = Lfoll'•Bm► 1 3 6ADGAa 7 �OOGaO i I ' TOTAL: O[D Z? 7, / 71 5 C� CITY APPROVED PRODUCTS The pipe material alternatives for Bid Item 00290 are listed below. The Contractor must mark the appropriate box to indicate the material used for this bid. _ ✓ Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe (FRP) SN-46, (ASTM 3262) Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP) with Protecto 401 Coating Reinforced Concrete Pipe with 360 degree T-Lock PVC Liner, (ASTM C76) The Protective Coating alternatives for Bid Item 00211 are listed below. The Contractor must mark the appropriate box to indicate the material used for this bid. ✓Raven 405 — Two Part Epoxy Resin System Spray Wall — Rigid Polyurethane System Consult with "City of Fort Worth, Texas Standard Product List" to obtain the Generic/Trade Name and the Manufacturer for the pipes listed above. = Failure to provide the information required above may result in rejection of bid as non- responsive. Only products or methods listed above will be allowed for use in this project. Any substitution shall result in rejection of bid as non -responsive. REST OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK G&B No. 011913 BP-3 Within ten (10) days after notification by the City, the undersigned will execute the formal contract and will deliver an approved Surety Bond and such other bonds as required by the Contract Documents, for the faithful performance of the Contract. The attached bid security in _ the amount of 5% is to become the property of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, in the event the contract and bond or bonds are not executed and delivered within the time above set forth, as liquidated damages for delay and additional work caused thereby. _ If as a requirement of this project, the undersigned bidder certified that they have been furnished at least one set of the General Contract Documents and General or Special Specifications for Projects, and that they have read and thoroughly understand all the requirements and conditions of those General Documents and the specific Contract Documents and appurtenant plans. The undersigned assured that its employees and applicants for employment and those of any labor organization, subcontractors, or employment agency in either furnishing or referring employee applicants to the undersigned are not discriminated against as prohibited by the terms of City Ordinance No. 7278 as amended by City Ordinance No. 7400. The Bidder agrees to begin construction within ten (10) calendar days after issue of the work order, and to complete the contract within 270 CALENDAR DAYS after beginning construction as set forth in the written work order to be furnished by the Owner. (Complete A or B below, as applicable:) A. The principal place of business of our company is in the State of _ -i' CXA S a. Nonresident bidders in the State of , our principal place of business are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by state law. A copy of the statute is attached. b. Nonresident bidders in the State of , our principal place of business, are not required to underbid resident bidders. B. The principal place of business of our company or our parent company or majority owner is in the State of Texas. MIP Respectfully submitted, BY: G'A>N J . L ACE TITLE: V f CE P9F51D6(v7 COMPANY: LP 5v,U0mcF Cp0jS1 iycr)o1y ADDRESS: _�V- BOX q 9 3 _ FF-" 161 TX 71i Z s C&B No. 011913 BP-4 Sep 10 2008 2:23PM LRTTIMORE MA-FE IRLS CO 972 529 3546 p.1 09110/200B 08,50 9728422444 PAGE 02 GREEN CEMENT POLICY COMPLIANCE STATEMENT (To be furnished by the Contractor to the City at the time of bid opening) (Submit separate forms For each Supplier! product supplier) Name of Project: EAST f4 STREET DEEP TUNNEL SANITARY SEWER, PART 1 City Praj. No.: 010" This is to certify that the cement to be utilized for the above project will meet the following criteria: The cement was manufactured In a kBn utilizing the dry process (list source Jelow) or in a kiln that meets the emission standard of 1.71b or less of NOx / ton of clinker released into the atmosphere. Name of Manufacturer ` ` �'� Address of Manufacturer: � CONTRACTOR SAM -Z) • L.'AO Fy_ Name V icy Title SUPPLIER R\ ct-tNqe0 S. S ztGs� Name Title .w L. P 5 v u D AucF C ��ySTR vc� ���cJ, . t-,�-c r�'�°� �o Company Company Phone Number Phone Number GREEN CEMENT POLICY COMPLIANCE STATEMENT (To be furnished by the Contractor to the City at the time of bid opening) (Submit separate forms for each supplier / product supplier) Name of Project: EAST 7'" STREET DEEP TUNNEL SANITARY SEWER, PART 1 City Proj. No.: 01086 This is to certify that the cement to be utilized for the above project will meet the following criteria: The cement was manufactured in a kiln utilizing the dry process (list source below) or in a kiln that meets the emission standard of 1.71b or less of NOx / ton of clinker released into the atmosphere. Name of Manufacturer Address of Manufacturer: CONTRACTOR Name Title Company Phone Number SUPPLIER Name Title Company Phone Number ■. BID SCHEDULE For Project: EAST 7T" STREET DEEP TUNNEL SANITARY SEWER PART 1 BID SCHEDULE ITEM NOTE 00082 Construction of 24-inch I.D. storm sewer by open cut 00099 Erosion and sediment control, D-68. Also includes dewatering of tunnel launching and receiving pits. 00118 Storm Sewer Manhole 00181 Traffic Control, D-8 and DA-117 00198 Concrete Manhole Collar, D-27 00199 Odor control manhole insert 00201 Post -Construction TV Inspection, D-38 00202 Pre -Construction TV Inspection of existing 18" M-34 sanitary sewer, D-35 00205 Cut and Plug Existing Sewer Manholes, D-29 00211 Protective Manhole Coating for Manholes, DA-9 00215 5' Diameter Manhole with 32" Pamrex Locking Lid (up to 6'), D-27 00216 Extra Depth for 5' Diameter Manholes, 6 Ft. and greater, D-27 00217 Vacuum Testing of Sanitary Sewer Manholes, D-36 00224 Fill abandoned 18" sewer line under existing buildings, railroad and roadway crossings with Flowable Fill, D-29 00224 Fill abandoned 18" sewer line as shown on plans with Polyurethane foam grout (Sealgurad II or approved equal) 00290 Construction of 24-inch I.D. sanitary sewer by Other Than Open Cut including minimum 42" steel for mechanical tunneling construction or minimum 48" tunnel liner plate for hand tunneling. Includes excavation of tunnel shafts. 00355 Reconnect existing sewer services, D-28. Contractor shall field verify existing sizes and services prior to construction. 00370 Junction Structure #1, Connect to 96-inch RCP Sanitary Sewer, including manhole and corrosion protection and testing 00371 Junction Structure #2, Connect to 48-inch RCP Sanitary Sewer, including stop logs, access hatch, 32" Pamrex Locking Lid, corrosion protection and testing and all other appurtenances Pavement repair for construction of junction structure #1 in street and storm sewer relocation. 00458 00852 Railroad inspector to monitor tunneling activities within Railroad R.O.W. MW SECTION 5 GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS 5.1 Part C — General Conditions (water -sewer) 5.2 Supplementary Conditions to Part C (water -sewer) 5.3 Part D — Special Conditions (water -sewer) 5.4 Part DA — Additional Special Conditions (water -sewer) 5.5 Part E — Specifications 5.6 Special Provisions (paving -drainage) — not applicable 5.7 Wage Rates 5.8 Compliance with and Enforcement of Prevailing Wage Rates 5.9 Standard Details (water -sewer) — omitted 5.10 Standard Details (paving -drainage) — omitted so so wr 010 .. ow aw NO "0 no ow No .. i no .. PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS NOVEMBER 1, 1987 TABLE OF CONTENTS C1-1 DEFINITIONS C1-1 (1) C1-1.1 Definition of Terms Cl-1(1) C1-1.2 Contract Documents C1-1 (2) C1-1.3 Notice to Bidders C1-1 (2) C1-1.4 Proposal Cl-1(2) C1-1.5 Bidder C1-1 (2) C1-1.6 General Conditions C1-1 (2) C1-1.7 Special Conditions C14 {2) CI-1.8 Specifications C1-1 (2) CI-1.9 Bonds Cl-1(2) C1.1.10 Contract Cl-1 (3) C1-1.11 Plans C1-1 (3) C1-1.12 City C1-1 (3) C1-1.13 City Council Cl-1 (3) CI-1.14 Mayor Cl-1 (3) C1-1.15 City Manager C1-1 (3) C1-1.16 City Attorney C1-1 (3) C1-1.17 Director of Public Works Cl-1 (3) C1-1.18 Director, City Water Department C1-1 (3) C1-1.19 Engineer C1-1 (3) C1-1.20 Contractor Cl-1 (3) CI-1.21 Sureties C1-1 (4) C1-1.22 The Work or. Project C1-1 (4) C1-1.23 Working Day Cl-1 (4) CI-1.24 Calendar Days C1-1 (4) CI-1.25 Legal Holidays Cl-1 (4) C14.26 Abbreviations Cl-1 (4) C1-1.27 Change Order Cl-1(5) C1-1.28 Paved Streets and Alleys "C1-1 (5) C1-1.29 Unpaved Streets or Alleys Cl-1 (6) C1=1.30 City Street Cl-1(6) C1-1.31 Roadway Cl-1 (6) C1-1.32 Gravel Street C1-1 (6) C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL C2-2.1 Proposal Form C2-2 (1) C2-2.2 Interpretation of Quantities C2-2 (1) C2-2.3 Examination of Contract Documents and Site of Project C2-2 (2) C2-2.4 Submitting of Proposal C2-2 (2) so (1) C2-2.5 Rejection of Proposals C2-2 (3) C2-2.6 Bid Security C2-2 (3) C2-2.7 Delivery of Proposal C2-2 (3) C2-2.8 Withdrawing Proposals C2-2 (3) C2-2.9 Telegraphic Modifications of Proposals C2-2 (3) C2-2.10 Public Opening of Proposal C2-2 (4) C2-2.11 Irregular Proposals C2-2 (4) C2-2.12 Disqualification of Bidders C2-2 (4) C3-3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS: C3-3.1 Consideration of Proposals C3-3 (1) C3-3.2 Minority Business Enterprise(Women Business C3-3 (1) Enterprise Compliance C3-3.3 Equal Employment Provisions C3-3 (1) C3-3.4 Withdrawal of Proposals C3-3 (1) C3-3.5 Award of Contract C3-3 (2) C3-3.6 Return of Proposal Securities C3-3 (2) C3-3.7 Bonds C3-3 (2) C3-3.8 Execution of Contract C3-3 (3) C3-3.9 Failure to Execute Contract C3-3 (3) C-3-3.10 Beginning Work . C3-3 (4) �0-3.11 Insurance C3-3 .(4) C3-3.12 Contractor's Obligations C3-3 (6) C3-3.13 Weekly Payrolls - C3-3 (6) C3-3.14 Contractor's Contract Administration C3-3 (6) C3-3.15 Venue C3-3 (7) C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK C4-4.1 Intent of Contract Documents C4-4 (1) C4-4.2 Special Provisions C4-4 (1) C4-4.3 Increased or Decreased Quantities C4-4 (1) C4-4.4' Alteration of Contract Documents C4-4 (2) C4-4.5 Extra Work C44 (2). C4-4.6 Schedule of Operation C44 (3) C4-4.7 Progress Schedules for Water and Sewer Plant Facilities C4-4 (4) C5.-5 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS C5-5.1 Authority of Engineer C5-5 (1) C5-5.2 Conformity with Plans C5-5 (1) C5-5.3 Coordination of Contract Documents C5-5 (1) C5-5.4 Cooperation of Contractor C5-5 (2) C5-5.5 Emergency and/or Rectification Work C5-5 (2) C5-5.6 Field Office C5-5 (3) C5-5.7 Construction Stakes C5-5 (3) MW MR ow mob L-mmi 40 (2) PM r C5-5.8 Authority and Duties of City Inspector C5-5 (3) C5-5.9 Inspection C5-5 (4) C5-5.10 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work C5=5 (4) C5-5.11 Substitute Materials or Equipment C5-5 (4) C5-5.12 Samples and Tests of Materials C5-5 (5) C5-5.13 Storage of Materials C5-5 (5) C5-5.14 Existing Structures and Utilities C5-5 (5) C5-5.15 Interruption of Service C5-5 (6) C5-5.16 Mutual Responsibility of Contractors C5-5 (7) C5-5.17 Clean -Up C5-5 (7) C5-5.18 FinalInspection C5-5 (8) C6-6 LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RESPONSIBILITY C6-6.1 Laws to be Observed C6-6 (1) C6-6.2 Permits and Licenses C6-6 (1) C6-6.3 Patented Devices, Materials, and Processes C6-6 (1) C6-6.4 Sanitary Provisions C6-6 (1) C6-6.5 Public Safety and Convenience C6-6 (2) C6-6.6 Privileges f Contractor in Streets, Alleys, C6-6 (3) and Right -of -Way C6-6.7 Railway Crossings C6-6 (3) C6-6.8 Barricades, Warnings and Flagmen C6-6 (3) C6-6.9 Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. C6-6 (4) C6-6.10 Work Within Easements C6-6 (5) C6.6.11 Independent Contractor C6-6 (6) C6-6.12 Contractor's Responsibility for Damage Claims C6-6 (6) C6-6.13 Contractor's Claim for Damages C6-6 (8) C6-6.14- Adjustment or Relocation of Public Utilities, Etc. C6-6 (8) C6-6.15 Temporary Sewer and Drain Connections C6-6 (8) C6-6.16 Arrangement. and Charges for Water Furnished by the City C6-6 (9) C6-6.17 Use of a Section or Portion of the Work C6-6 (9) C6-6.18 Contractor's Responsibility for the Work C6-6 (9) C6-6.19 No Waiver of Legal Rights C6-6 (9) C6-6.20 Personal Liability of Public Officials C6-6 (10) C6-6.21 State Sales Tax C6-6 (10) C7-7 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS C7-7,1 Subletting. C7-7 (1) C7-7.2 Assignment of Contract C7-7 (1) C7-7.3 Prosecution of The Work C7-7 (1) C7-7.4 Limitation of Operations C7-7 (2) C7-7.5 Character of Workmen and Equipment C7-7 (2) C7-7.6 Work Schedule C7-7 (3) C7-7.7 Time of Commencement and Completion C7-7 (3) C7-7.8 Extension of Time Completion C7-7 (3) (3) C7-7.9 Delays C7-7 (4) C7-7.10 Time of Completion C7-7 (4) C7-7.11 Suspension by Court Order C7,7 (5) C7-7.12 Temporary Suspension C7-7 (5) C7-7.13 Termination of Contract due to National Emergency C7-7 (6) — C7-7.14 Suspension or Abandonment of the Work C7-7 (6) and Annulment of the Contract: C7-7.15 Fulfillment of Contract C7-7 (8) #- C7-7.16 Termination for Convenience of the Owner C7-7 (8) C7-7.17 Safety Methods and Practices C7-7 (11); C8-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT C8-8.1, Measurement Of Quantities C8-8 (1) C8-8.2 Unit Prices C8-8 (1) C8-8.3 Lump Sum C8-8 (1) C8-8.4 Scope of Payment C8-8 (1) C8-8.5 Partial Estimates and Retainage C8-8 (2) C8-8.6 Withholding Payment C8-8 (3) C8-8.7 Final Acceptance C8-8 (3) C8-8:8 Final Payment C8-8 (3) _ C8-8.9 Adequacy of Design C8-8 (4) C8-8.10 General Guaranty C8-8 (4) C8-8.11 Subsidiary Work C8-8. (4) C8-8.12 Miscellaneous Placement of Material C84(4) C8-8.13 Record Documents C8-8 (4) (4) .r MW UW SECTION Cl-1 DEFINITIONS PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C14 DEFINITIONS C 1-1.1 DEFINITIONS OF TERMS: Whenever in these Contract Documents the .. following terms or pronouns in place of them are used, the intent and meaning shall be understood and interpreted as follows: .. C1-1.2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents are in all of the written and drawn documents, such as specifications, bonds, addenda, plans, etc., which govern the terms and performance of the contract. These are contained on the General Contract �* Documents and the Special Contract Documents. a. GENERAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The General Contract Documents govern all Water Department Projects and Include the following Items PART A - NOTICE TO BIDDERS (Sample) -White -PART B-- PROPOSAL (Sample) White PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS (CITY) CanaryYellow (Developer) Brown PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Green .. PART E - SPECIFICATIONS El -White E2-Golden Rod E2A-White .,. PERMITS/EASEMENTS Blue PART F - BONDS (Sample) White PART G - CONTRACT (Sample) White b. SPECIAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Special Contract Documents are prepared for each specific project as a supplement to the -- General Contract Documents and include the following items: PART A - NOTICE TO BIDDERS (Advertisement) same as above PART B - PROPOSAL (Bid) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS PART E - SPECIFICATIONS PERMITS/EASEMENTS PART F - BONDS PART G -CONTRACT PART H - PLANS (Usually bound separately) ow .n C1-1 (1) .C1-1.3 .NOTICE TO BIDDERS: All of the legal publications either actually published in public advertising mediums or furnished direct to interested parties pertaining to the work contemplated under the Contract Documents constitutes the notice to bidders. C1-1.4 PROPOSAL: The completed written and signed offer or tender of a bidder to perform the work which .the Owner desires to have done, together with the bid security, constitutes the Proposal, which becomes binding upon the Bidder when it is officially received by the Owner, has been publicly opened and read and not rejected by the Owner. C1-1.5 BIDDER: Any person, persons, .firm, partnership, company, association, corporation,- acting directly or .through a duly authorized representative, submitting a proposal for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents, constitutes a bidder. Cl-1-6 GENERAL CONDITIONS: The General Conditions are the usual construction and contract .requirements which govern the performance of the work so that it will be carried on in accordance with the customary procedure,. the local..statutes; and requirements of the City of Fort Worth's charter and promulgated ordinances. Whenever there may be a conflict between the General Conditions and the Special Conditions, the latter shall take precedence. . C1-1.7 SPECIAL CONDITIONS: Special conditions are the specific requirements which are necessary for the particular project covered by the Contract Documents and not specifically covered in the General. Conditions. When considered with the General Conditions and other elements of the Contract Documents they provide the information which the Contractor and Owner should have in order to gain a thorough knowledge of the project. Cl-1.8 SPECIFICATIONS: The Specifications is that section or part of the Contract Documents which set forth in detail the requirements which must be met by all materials, construction, workmanship, equipment and services in order to render a completed an useful project. Whenever reference is made. to standard specifications; regulations, requirements; statutes, etc., such referred to documents shall become a part. of the Contract Documents just Pat hough they were embodied therein. C1-1.9 BONDS: The bond or bonds are the written guarantee or security furnished by the" Contractor for prompt and faithful performance of the contract and include the following: a. Performance Bond (see paragraph C3-3.7) b. Payment Bond (see paragraph C3-3.7) C. Maintenance Bond (see paragraph C3-3.7) d. Proposal or Bid Security (see Special Instructions to Bidders, Part A and C2-2.6) C1-1 (2) .. C 1-1.10 CONTRACT: The Contract is a formal signed agreement between the owner .. and the Contractor covering the mutual understanding of the two contracting parties about the project to be completed under the Contract Documents. C1-1.11 PLANS: The plans are the drawings or reproductions therefrom made by the Owner's representative showing in detail the location, dimension and position of the various elements of the project, including such profiles, typical cross -sections, layout diagrams, working drawings, preliminary drawings and such supplemental drawings as the Owner may issue to clarify other drawings or for the purpose of showing changes in the work hereinafter authorized by the Owner. The plans are usually bound separately from the other parts of the Contract Documents, but they. are part of the Contract Documents just as though they were bound therein. C1-1.12 CITY: The City of Fort Worth, Texas, a municipal corporation, authorized and chartered under. the Texas State Statutes, acting by and through its governing body or its �* City Manager, each of which is required by charter to perform specific duties. Responsibility for final enforcement of the Contracts involving the City of Fort Worth is by Charter vested in the City Manager. The terms City and Owner are synonymous. C 1-1.13 CITY COUNCIL: The duly elected and qualified governing body_ of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. .. C1-1.44 MAYOR: The officially: elected Mayor, or in his absence, the Mayor Pro tern MW of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. . C1-1.15 CITY MANAGER: The officially appointed and authorized City Manager of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. C1-1.16 CITY ATTORNEY: The officially appointed City Attorney of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. C1-1.17 DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS: The officially appointed official of the City .. of Fort Worth, Texas, referred to in the charter as the City Engineer, or his duly authorized representative. .. C1-1.18. DIRECTOR, CITY WATER DEPARTMENT: The officially appointed Director .of the City Water Department of .the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative, assistant, or agents. C1-1.19. ENGINEER: .The Director of Public Works, the Director of the Fort Worth City Water Department, or their duly authorized assistants, agents; engineers, inspectors, or superintendents, acting within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them. C1-1.20 CONTRACTOR: The person, person's, partnership, company, firm, association,_ or corporation, entering into a contract with the Owner for the execution of work, acting C1-1 (3) directly or through a duly authorized representative. A sub -contractor is a person, firm, corporation, supplying labor and materials or only labor, for the work at the site of the project. C1-1.21 SURETIES: The Corporate bodies which are bound by such bonds as are required with and for the Contractor. The sureties engaged are to be fully responsible for the entire and satisfactory fulfillment of the Contract and for any and all requirements as set forth in the Contract Documents and approved changes therein. C1-1.22 THE WORK OR PROJECT: The completed work contemplated in and covered by the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to produce a completed and serviceable project. C1-1.23 WORKING DAY: A working day is defined as a calendar day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays, in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor permit the performance of the principal unit -of work for a period of not less than seven (7) hours between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m., with exceptions as permitted in paragraph C7-7.6 C1-1.24 CALENDAR DAYS: A calendar day is any day of the week or month, no days being excepted. C1-1.25: LEGAL HOLIDAYS: Legal holidays shall be observed as prescribed by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth for observance by City employees as follows: L. New Year's day 2. M.L. King, Jr. Birthday 3. Memorial Day 4. Independence Day 5. Labor Day 6. Thanksgiving Day 7. Thanksgiving Friday 8. Christmas Day 9. Such. other days in lieu of holidays as the City Council may determine January 1 Third Monday in January Last Monday in May July 4 First Monday in September Fourth Thursday in November Forth Friday in November December 25 When one of the above named holidays or a special holiday is declared by the City Council, falls on a Saturday, the holiday shall be observed on the preceding Friday, or if it falls on Sunday, it shall be observed on the following Monday, by those employees working on working day operations. Employees working calendar day operations will consider the calendar *as the holiday. C14.26 ABBREVIATIONS: Whenever the abbreviations defined herein appear in the Contract Documents, the intent and meaning shall be as follows: r MW C1-1 (4) w no AASHTO - American Association of State MGD - Million Gallons Highway Transportation Officials per Day ASCE - American Society of Civil CFS - Cubic Foot per Engineers Second IAW - In Accordance With Min. - Minimum ASTM - American Society of Testing Mono. - Monolithic Materials % - Percentum AWWA - American Water Works R - Radius Association I.D. - Inside Diameter ASA - American Standards Association O.D. - Outside Diameter HI - Hydraulic Institute Elev. - Elevation Asph. - Asphalt F - Fahrenheit Ave. - Avenue C - Centigrade Blvd. - Boulevard In. - Inch CI - Cast Iron Ft. - Foot CL - Center Line St. - Street GI - Galvanized Iron CY - Cubic Yard Lin. - Linear or Lineal . Yd. - Yard lb. - Pound SY - Square yard MH - Manhole L.F. - Linear Foot Max. - Maximum D.I. - Ductile Iron C1-1.27 CHANGE ORDER: A "Change Order" is a written supplemental agreement between the Owner and the Contractor covering some added or deducted.item or feature .. which may be found necessary and which was not specifically included in the scope of the project on which bids were submitted. Increase in unit quantities -stated in the proposal are not the subject matter of a Change Order unless the increase or decrease is more than 25% of the amount of the particular item or items in the original proposal. All "Change Orders" shall be prepared by the City from information as necessary fiunished by the Contractor. C1-1.28 PAVED STREETS: AND ALLEYS: A paved street or.alley shall be. defined as IM0a street or alley having -one of1he following types of wearing surfaces applied over the natural unimproved surface: .. 1 Any type of asphaltic concrete with or without separate base material. 2. Any type of asphalt surface treatment, not including an oiled surface, with or without separate base material. 3. Brick, with or without separate base material. 4. Concrete, with or without separate base material: 5. Any combination of the above. C1-1(5) C1-1.29 UNPAVED STREETS OR ALLEYS: An unpaved street, alley, roadway or other surface is any area except those defined for "Paved Streets and Alleys." C1-1.30 CITY STREET: A city street is defined as that area between the right-of-way — lines as the street is dedicated. C1-131 ROADWAY: The roadway is defined as the area between parallel lines two (2') back of the curb lines or four (`4) feet back of the average edge of pavement where no curb exists. C1-1.32 GRAVEL STREET: A gravel street is an unimproved street to which has been added one or more applications of gravel or similar material other than the natural material found on the street surface before any improvement was made. C1-1 (6) am SECTION C -GENERAL CONDITIONS C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL SECTION C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL C2-2.1 PROPOSAL FORM: The Owner will finnish bidders with Proposal form, which will contain an itemized list of the items of work to be done or materials to be furnished - and upon which bid prices are requested. The Proposal form will state the Bidder's general- understanding of the project to be completed, provide a space for furnishing the amount of bid security, and state the basis for entering into a formal contract. The Owner will furnish forms for the Bidder's "Experience Record," "Equipment Schedule," and "Financial Statement," all of which must be properly executed and filed with the Director of the City Water Department one week prior to the hour for opening of bids. The financial statement required shall have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or an independent public accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate state licensing agency, and shall have been so prepared as to reflect the current financial status. This statement must be current and no more than one (1) year old. In .the case that bidding date falls within the time a new statement is being prepared, the previous statement shall be updated by proper verification. Liquid assets in the amount of ten (10) percent of the estimated project cost will be .required. For an experience record to be considered to be acceptable for a given project, it must reflect the experience of the firm seeking qualification in work of both the same nature and magnitude as that of the project for which bids are to be received, and such experience must have been completed not more than five (5). years prior to the date on which Bids are to be received. The Director of the Water Department shall be sole judge as to the acceptability of experience for qualification to bid on any Fort Worth Water Department project. The prospective bidder shall schedule the equipment he has available for the project and state. that. he will -rent such additional equipment as may. be required to complete the proj ect. on which: he submits :a bid. � J r CZ-2.2 EgTERPRE.TATION .OF OUANTIM: The _quantities of work and materials to be fiunished as'. may be listed in .the proposal forms or other parts of the Contract Documents .will be. considered as approximate only and will :be used for the. purpose ..of comparing bids on a uniform basis. Payment will be made to the Contractor for only the _ actual quantities of work performed or materials furnished in strict accordance with the Contract Documents and Plans. The quantities of work to be performed and materials to be furnished may be increased or decreased as hereinafter provided, without in any way invalidating the unit prices bid or any other requirements of the Contract Documents. w C2-2 (1) C2-2.3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE OF PROJECT: Bidders are advised that the Contract Documents on file with the Owner shall constitute all of the information which the Owner .will furnish. All additional information and data which the Owner will supply after promulgation of the formal contract documents shall be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original Contract Documents. Bidders are required, prior to filing of proposal, to read and become familiar with the Contract Documents, to visit the site of the project and examine carefully all local conditions, to inform themselves by their own independent research and investigations, tests, boring, and. by such other means as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge of the conditions which will be encountered during construction of the project. They must judge for themselves the difficulties of the work and all attending circumstances affecting the cost of doing the work or the time required for its completion, and obtain all information required to make an intelligent proposal. No information given by the Owner or any representative of the . Owner other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the Owner. Bidders shall rely exclusively and solely upon their own estimates, investigation, research, tests, explorations, and other data which are necessary for full. and complete information upon which the proposal is to be based. It is mutually agreed that the submission of a proposal is prima -facie evidence that the bidder has made the investigation, examinations and tests herein required. Claims for additional compensation due to variations between conditions actually encountered in construction and as indicated in- the Contract Documents will not be allowed. The logs of Soil Borings, if any, -on the plans are for general information only and may not be correct. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer guarantee that the data shown is representative of conditions which actually exist. C2-2A SUBMITTING OF PROPOSAL: The Bidder shall submit his Proposal on the form furnished by the Owner. All blank spaces applicable to the project contained in the form shall be correctly filled in and the Bidder shall state the prices, written in ink in both words and numerals; for which he proposes to do .work- contemplated or furnish the materials required. All such prices shall be written legibly. In case of discrepancy between .price written in- words and the price written in numerals, the price most advantageous to the City shall govern. If a proposal is .submitted Eby an individual, his or her .name must be signed by. him (her) or his (her) 'duly authorized agent. If a proposal is submitted by a firm, association, or. partnership, the name and address of each member of the firm, association, or partnership, or by person duly authorized. If a proposal is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporation name and business address must be given, and the proposal signed by an official or duly authorized agent. The corporate seal must be affixed. Power IMP C2-2 (2) .r of Attorney authorizing agents or others to sign proposal must be properly certified and .. must be in writing and submitted with the proposal. .. C2-2.5 REJECTION OF PROPOSALS: Proposals may be rejected if they show any alteration of words or figures, additions not called for, conditional or uncalled for alternate bids, erasures, or irregularities of any kind, or contain unbalanced value of any items. Proposal tendered or delivered after the official time designated for receipt of proposal shall be returned to the Bidder unopened. . .. C2-2.6 BID. SECURITY: No proposal will be considered unless it is accompanied by a "Proposal Security" of the character and the amount indicated in the "Notice to Bidders" and the "Proposal." The Bid Security is required by the Owner as evidence of good faith r on the part of the Bidder, and by way of a guaranty that if awarded the contract, the Bidder will within the required time execute a formal contract and furnish the required .performance and other bonds. The bid security of the three lowest bidders willbe retained until the contract is awarded or other disposition is made thereof The bid security of all other bidders may be returned promptly after the canvass of bids. C2-2.7 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL: No proposal will, be considered unless it is delivered, accompanied by its proper Bid Security, to the City Manager or his representative in the official place of business as set forth in the "Notice to Bidders." It is the Bidder's sole responsibility to deliver the proposal at the proper time .to the proper place. The mere fact that a proposal was dispatched will not be considered. The Bidder must have the proposal actually delivered. Each proposal shall be in a sealed envelope .. plainly marker with the word "PROPOSAL," and the name or description of the project as designated in the "Notice to Bidders." The envelope shall be addressed to the City .. Manager, City Hall, Fort Worth, Texas. C2-2.8 WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS: Proposals actually filed with the City. Manager cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for opening proposals. A request for non -consideration must be made in writing, addressed to the City Manager, and filed with him prior to the time set for opening of proposals. After all proposals not requested for .. non -consideration are opened and publicly read aloud, the proposals for which non - consideration requests have been properly filed maL at the option. -of the Owner, be returned .unopened. C2 2.9. TELEGRAHIC MODIFICATIONS OF PROPOSALS: Any Bidder may modify his proposal by telegraphic communication at any time prior to. the time set for opening W _ proposals, provided such telegraphic. communication is. received by .xhe City Manager prior *to the said proposal opening time, and provided further, that the City Manager is satisfied that a written and duly authenticated confirmation of such telegraphic communication over the signature. of the bidder was mailed prior to the proposal opening time. If such confirmation is not received within forty-eight (48) hours after the proposal opening time, no further consideration will be given to the proposal. C2-2 (3) C2-2.10 PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSAL: Proposals which have been properly filed and for which no "Non -consideration Request" has been received will be publicly opened and read aloud by the City Manager or his authorized representative at the time and place indicated in the "Notice to Bidders." All proposals which have been opened and read will remain on file with the Owner until -the contract has been awarded. Bidders or their authorized representatives are invited to be present for the opening of bids. C2-2.11 IRREGULAR PROPOSALS: Proposals shall be considered as "Irregular" if they show any omissions, alterations of form, additions, or conditions not called for, unauthorized alternate bids, or irregularities of any kind. However, the Owner reserves -• the right to waive any all irregularities and to make the award of the contract to the best interest of the City. Tendering a proposal after the closing hour is an irregularity which can not be waived. C2-2.12 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS: Bidders may be disqualified and their proposals not considered for any of, but not limited to, the following reasons: a) Reasons for believing that collusion exists among bidders. b) Reasonable grounds for believing that any bidder. is interested in more than one proposal for work contemplated. .. c) The .bidder being interested in any litigation against the Owner or where the. Owner may have a claim against or be engaged in litigation against the bidder. d) The bidder being in arrears on -any existing contract or having defaulted on a previous contract. e) The bidder having performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner. f) Lack of competency as revealed by financial statement, experience statement, equipment schedule, and such inquiries as the Owner may see _ fit to make. g) Uncompleted work which, in the judgment of the Owner, will prevent or hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded. -• h) The bidder not filing with .the Owner, one week in advance of the hour of the opening of proposals the following: 1. Financial Statement, showing thefinancial condition of the bidder as: specified in Part"A" -.Special Instructions 2. A current experience _ record showing especially the projects of a nature similar to the one under consideration, which .have been successfully completed'b}' the Bidder. 3. An equipment . schedule showing the- equipment the bidder has _ available for use on the project. The Bid Proposal of the bidder who, in the judgment of the Engineer, is disqualified under the requirements stated herein, shall be set aside and not opened. .. C2-2 (4) wo M PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C3-3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS SECTION 0-3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS: C3-3.1 CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS: After proposals have been opened and read aloud, the proposals will be tabulated on the basis of the quoted prices, the quantities shown in the proposal, and the application of such formulas or other methods of bringing items to a common basis as may be established in the Contract Documents. The total obtained by taking the sum of the products of the unit prices quoted and the estimated quantities plus any lump sum items and such other quoted amounts as may enter into the cost of the completed project will be considered as the amount of the bid. Until the ward of the contract is made by the Owner, the right will be reserved to reject any or all proposals and waive technicalities, to re -advertise for new proposals, or to proceed with the work in any manner as may be considered for the best interest of the Owner. .. C3-3.2 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE/WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMPLIANCE: Contractor agrees to provide to Owner,. upon request, _ complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and/or a Woman -owned Business Enterprise (WBE) on the contrast and the payment therefor. Contractor further agrees, upon request by the .Owner, to allow and audit and/or an examination of any books, records, or files in the possession of the Contractor that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MWE or WBE. Any material misrepresentation of any nature will be grounds for termination of the contract and for initiating any action under appropriate, federal, state or local laws and ordinances relating to false statements; further, any such misrepresentation may be grounds for disqualification of Contractor at Owner's discretion for bidding on future -� Contracts with the Owner for a period of time of not less than six (0 months. .. C3 3.3 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT PROVISIONS: The Contractor shall comply .with Current City Ordinances .prohibiting - discrimination . in employment practices. The. Contractor shall post the: required notice:to that effect on the projectsite, and at his request,. will be provided assistance by the .-City of Fort Worth's Equal Employment Officer who will refer any .qualified applicant he .may have on file in his office to the Contractor. Appropriate "notices may be acquired from the Equal Employment Officer. C3-3.4 WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSALS: After a proposal has been read by the Owner, it cannot be withdrawn by the Bidder within forty-five (45) days after the date on which the proposals were opened. C3-3 (1) . RM C 3-3.5 AWARD OF CONTRACT: The Owner reserves the right to withhold final action on the proposals for a reasonable time, not to exceed forty-five (45) days after the date of opening proposals, and in no event will an award be made until after investigations have been made as to the responsibility of the proposed awardee. The award of the contract, if award is made, will be to the lowest_ and best responsive bidder. •• The award of the contract shall not become effective until the Owner has notified the Contractor in writing of such award. — C3-3.6 . RETURN OF PROPOSAL SECURITIES: As soon as proposed price totals have been determined for comparison of bids, the Owner may, at its discretion, return the proposal security which accompanied the proposals which, in its judgment, would not be considered for the award. All other proposal securities, usually those of the three lowest bidders, will be retained by the Owner until the required contract has been executed and bond furnished or the Owner has otherwise disposed of the bids, after which they will be returned by the City Secretary. C3-3.7 BONDS: With the execution and delivery of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall furnish to, and file with the owner in the amounts herein required, the MW following bonds: a. PERFORMANCE BOND:. A good and -sufficient performance bond in the amount of not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the full and faithful execution of the work and performance of the contract, and for the protection. of the Owner and all other persons against damage by reason of negligence of the Contractor, or improper execution of the work or use of inferior materials. This performance bond shall guarantee the payment for all labor, materials, equipment, supplies, and services used in the construction of the work, and shall remain in full force and effect until provisions as above stipulated are accomplished and final payment .is made on the project by the City. b. MAINTENANCE -BOND: A good ;and sufficient maintenance bond, in •theamount of not less: than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as evidenced by -the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the _ prompt, fiill. and faithful performance of the general guaranty which is set. forth in paragraph C8-8.10. C. PAYMENT BOND: A good and sufficient payment bond, in the amount of not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the prompt, full and faithful payment of all claimants as defined in Article C3-3 (2) .. 5160, Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, 1925, as amended by House Bill 344, Acts 56"' Legislature, Regular Session,. 1959, effective April 27, 1959, and/or the latest version thereof, supplying labor and materials in the •• prosecution of the work provided for .in the contract being constructed under these specifications. Payment Bond shall remain in force until all payments as above stipulated are made. d. OTHER BONDS: Such other bonds as may be required by these Contract Documents shall be furnished by the Contractor. No sureties will be accepted by the Owner which are at the time in default or delinquent on any bonds or which are interested in any litigation against the Owner. All bonds shall " be made on the forms furnished by the Owner and shall be executed by an approved surety company doing business in the City of Fort Worth, Texas, and which is acceptable to the Owner. In order to be acceptable, the name of the surety shall be included on the current U.S. Treasury list of acceptable sureties, and the amount of bond written by any one acceptable company shall not exceed the amount shown on the Treasury list for that .. company. Each bond shall be properly executed by both the Contractor and Surety Company. Should any surety on the contract be determined unsatisfactory at any time by the Owner, notice will 'be given the Contractor to that effect and the Contractor shall immediately provide a new surety satisfactory to the Owner. No payment will be made under the .. contract until the new surety or sureties, as required, have qualified and have been accepted by the Owner. The contract shall not be operative nor will any payments be due or.paid until approval of the bonds by the Owner. C3-3.8 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT: - Within ten (10) days after the Owner has appropriate resolution, or otherwise, awarded the contract, the Contractor shall execute .. and file with the Owner, the Contract and such bonds as may be required in the Contract Documents. No Contract shall be binding upon the . Owner . until . it has been attested by the City Secretary,.approved as to form and. legality by the City Attorney, and executed for the Owner by:either. the: Mayor or City Manager.- C3-3:9 FAILURE TO EXECUTE -CONTRACT:. The failure of - the Awardee . to execute the required bond or bonds or to sign the required contract within ten (10) days after -the contract is awarded. shall he considered by the owner as an abandonment of his proposal, and the owner may annual the Award. By reason of the uncertainty of the market prices of material and labor, and it being impracticable and difficult to accurately determine the amount of damages occurring to the owner by reason of said awardee's failure to execute said bonds and contract within ten (10) days, the proposal security .. accompanying the proposal shall be the agreed amount of damages which the Owner will C3-3 (3) on suffer by reason of such failure on the part of the Awardee and shall thereupon immediately by forfeited to the Owner. The filing of a proposal will be considered as acceptance of this provision by the Bidder. C-3-3.10 BEGINNING WORK: The * Contractor shall not commence work until authorized in writing to do so by the Owner. Should the Contractor fail to commence work at the site of the project within the time stipulated in the written authorization usually termed "Work Order" or "Proceed Order", it is agreed that the Surety Company will, within ten (10) days. after the commencement date set forth in such written authorization, commence the physical execution of the contract. C3-3.11 INSURANCE: The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance required under the Contract Documents, and such insurance has been approved by the Owner. The prime Contractor shall be responsible for delivering to the Owner the sub -contractor's certificate of insurance for approval. The prime Contractor shall indicate on the certificate of insurance included in the documents for execution whether or not his insurance covers sub -contractors. It is the intention of the Owner that the insurance coverage required herein shall -include the. .. coverage of all sub -contractors. a. COMPENSATION INSURANCE: The Contractor shall maintain, during the life of this contract, Worker's Compensation Insurance on all of his employees to be engaged in. work on the project under this contract, and for all sub -contractors. In case any class of employees engaged in .hazardous work on the project under this contract is not protected under the Worker's Compensation Statute, the Contractor shall provide adequate _ employer's general liability insurance for the protection of such of his employees not'so protected. b. COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE: The Contractor, Shall procure and shall maintain during the life of this contract; Comprehensive General, Liability. Insurance (Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance) in the amount not less than $500,000 covering each. occurrence on account of bodily injury, -including: death, and in an�amount not less 'than450000 covering each. occurrence on account of property damage with $2,000,000 umbrella policy: coverage. _ . C. ADDITIONA I .LMBILITY: The Contractor. _ '... shall _ finnish insurance as a separate policies or by additional endorsement to one of the above -mentioned policies, and in the amount as set forth for public liability and property damage, the following insurance: 1. Contingent Liability (covers General Contractor's Liability for acts 4 of sub -contractors). C3-3 (4) 2.. Blasting, prior to any blasting being done. 3. Collapse of buildings. or structures adjacent to excavation (f excavation are performed adjacent to same). 4: Damage to underground utilities for $500,000. 5. Builder's risk (where above -ground structures are involved. 6. Contractual Liability (covers all indemnification requirements of Contract). d. AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE - BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE: The. Contractor shall procure and maintain during the life of this Contract, *Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance in an amount not less than $250,000 for injuries including accidental death to any one person and subject to the same limit for each person an amount not less than $500,000 on account of one accident, and automobile. property damage insurance in an amount not less than $100,000. e. SCOPE OF INSURANCE AND SPECIAL HAZARD: The insurance required under the above paragraphs shall provide adequate protection for the Contractor and his sub -contractors,. respectively, against damage claims which may arise from operations under this contract, whether such operations be by the insured or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by him, and also against any of the following special hazards which may. be encountered in the performance of the Contract. f. PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF INSURANCE: The Contractor shall furnish ,., the owner with satisfactory proof .of coverage by insurance required in -these-Contract Documents in the amounts ' and by carriers: -satisfactory tor the, Owner. (Sample attached.) All insurance requirements made upon the .. Contractor shall apply to the sub -contractors, should the Prime Contractor's insurance not cover the sub -contractor's work operations. LOCAL AGENT FOR INSURANCE AND BONDING: The insurance and bonding companies with whom the Contractor's insurance and C3-3 (5) un performance, payment, maintenance and all such other bonds are written, shall be represented by an agent or agents having an office located within the city limits of the City of Fort Worth. Tarrant County, Texas. Each such agent shall be a duly qualified, one upon whom authority and power to act �. on behalf of the insurance and/or bonding company to negotiate and settle with the City. of Fort Worth, or any other claimant, and claims that the City of Fort Worth or other claimant or any property owner who has been .. damaged, may have against the Contractor, insurance, and/or bonding company. If the local insurance representative is not so empowered by the insurance or bonding. companies, then such authority must be vested in a local agent or claims officer residing in the Metroplex, the Fort- Worth - Dallas area. The name of the agent, or agents shall be set forth on all such bonds and certificates of insurance. C3-3.12 CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATIONS: Under the Contract, the Contractor shall pay for all materials, labor and services when due. C3-3.13 WEEKLY PAYROLLS: A certified copy of each payroll covering payment of wages to all persons engaged in -work on the project at the site of the project shall be frnished to the Owner's representative within seven (7) days after the close of each payroll period. A copy or copies of the applicable minimum wage rates as set forth.in the Contract Documents shall•be kept posted in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times during the course of the Contract. Copies of the wage rates will be furnished the Contractor, by the Owner; however, posting and protection of the wage rates shall -be the responsibility of the Contractor. C3-3.14 CONTRACTOR'S CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION: Any Contractor, whether a person, persons, partnership, company, firm, association, corporation or other who is approved to do business with and enters into a contract with the City for construction .of water and/or sanitary sewer facilities, will have or shall establish a fully — operational business office within the Fort Worth -Dallas metropolitan area. The ;Contractor shall charge, delegate, or assign this office (or he may delegate his Project Superintendent) with full" authority to transact all business actions required in the performance of the Contract. This local authority shall be made responsible to. act for the �Conttactor in. all matters. made responsible to act for the `Contractor :in all matters pertaining to the work governed by .the Contract whether it be administrative:' or other W' wise andas such shall be empowered,thus delegated andmdirected, to settle all material, labor or other expenditure, all claims <against work or any other mater associated such. as maintaining adequate and appropriate insurance or security coverage for the proj.ect..Such local authority for the administration of the work under the Contract shall be maintained ,until all business transactions executed as part of the Contract are complete. Should the. Contractor's principal base of operations be other than in the Fort Worth - Dallas metropolitan area, notification of the Contractor's assignment of local authority shall be made in writing • to the Engineer in advance of any work on the project, all RM C3-3 (6) appropriately signed and sealed, as applicable, by the Contractor's responsible offices with the understanding that this written assignment of authority to the local representative shall become part of the project Contract as though bound directly into the project documents. The intent of these requirements is that all matters associated with the Contractor's .administration, whether it be oriented - in furthering the work, or other, be governed direct by local authority. This same requirement is imposed on insurance and surety coverage. Should the Contractor's local representative fail to perform to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the Engineer, at his sole discretion, may demand that such local representative be replaced and the Engineer may, at his.sole discretion, stop all work until a new local authority satisfactory to the Engineer is assigned. No credit of working time will be allowed for periods in which work stoppages are in effect for this reason. -.0-3.15 VENUE: Venue of any action hereinunder shall be exclusively in Tarrant County, Texas. C3-3 (7) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C44 SCOPE OF WORK SECTION C44 SCOPE OF WORK �..� C44.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: It is the definite intention of these Contract Documents to provide for a complete, useful project which the Contractor undertakes to construct or furnish, all in full compliance with the requirements and intent of the Contract Documents. It is definitely understood that the Contractor shall do all work as provided for in the Contract Documents, shall do all extra or special work as may be considered by the Owner as necessary to complete the project in a satisfactory and .. acceptable manner. The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specifically. stated in these Contract Documents, furnish all labor, tools, materials, machinery, equipment, special services, and incidentals necessary to the prosecution and completion of the project. C442 SPECIAL PROVISIONS: Should any work or conditions which are not thoroughly and satisfactorily stipulated or covered by General or Special Conditions of these Contract Documents be anticipated, or should there be any additional proposed work which is not covered by these Contract Documents, the "Special Provisions" covering all such work will be prepared by the Owner previous to the time of receiving bids or proposals for any such work and Punished to the Bidder in the .form of Addenda. All such "Special Provisions" shall be considered to be part of the Contract Documents just as though they were originally written therein. C4-4.3 INCREASED OR DECREASED OUANTUMS: The Owner reserves the right to alter the quantities of the work to be performed or to extend or shorten the improvements at any time when and as found to be necessary, and the Contractor shall perform the work as altered, increased or decreased at the unit prices. Such increased or decreased quantity shall not be more than twenty-five (25) percent of the contemplated quantity of such item or items. When such changes increase or decrease the original quantity of any item or items of work to be done or materials to be furnished by the 25 .. percent or more, then either party to the " contract shall upon ,written request to the other party be entitled to ' a revised consideration upon that portion of the work; above or below the 2.5 percent of the original quantity stated in the proposal; such revised consideration to be determined-. by: special agreement or as hereinafter provided . for , "Extra Work." No allowance- will be. made for any changes in anticipated profits not .shall such changes be considered as waiving or invalidating any conditions or provisions of the Contract Documents. Variations in quantities of sanitary sewer pipes in depth categories, shall be interpreted ., herein as applying to overall quantities of sanitary sewer pipe in each pipe size, but not to the various depth categories. C4-4 (1) C4-4.4 ALTERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: By Change order, the r. owner reserves the right to make such changes in the Contract Documents and in the character or quantities of the work as may be necessary or desirable to insure completion in the most satisfactory manner, provided such changes do not materially alter the original Contract Documents or change the general nature of the project as a whole. Such changes shall not be considered as waiving or invalidating any condition or provision of the Contract Documents. .. C4-4.5 EXTRA WORK: Additional work made necessary by changes and alterations of the Contract Documents or of quantities or for other reasons for which no prices are provided in the Contract Documents, shall be defined as `Extra Work" and shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with these Contract Documents or approved additions thereto; provided however, that before any extra work is begun a "Change " order" shall be executed or written order issued by the Owner to do the work for payments or credits as shall be determined by one or more combination of the following methods: " a. Unit bid price previously approved. b. An agreed lump sum. r C. The actual reasonable cost of (1) labor, (2) rental of equipment used on the extra work for the time so used at Associated General Contractors of America current equipment rental rates, (3).materials entering permanently .. into the project, and (4) actual cost of insurance, bonds, and social security as determined by the Owner, plus a fixed fee to be agreed upon but not to exceed 10 percent of the actual cost of such extra work. The fixed fee is not to include any additional profit to the Contractor for rental of equipment owner by him and used for extra work. The fee shall be full and complete compensation to cover the cost of superintendence, overhead, me other profit, general and all other expense not included in (1), (2), (3), and (4) above. The Contractor shall keep accurate cost records on the form and in the method suggested by the _Owner -and shall give the .Owner access to —• all accounts, bills, vouchers, and records relating to the Extra Work. Wo "Change -Order" shall become effective until it has been approved and signed -by each of the Contracting Parties. No claim for Extra Work of :any kind will be allowed unless,: ordered in writing by the ,Owner. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the Contractor to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation, he shall make written request to the Engineer for written orders authorizing such Extra Work, prior to beginning such work. rl C4-4 (2) Should a difference arise as to what does or dose not constitute Extra Work, or as to the payment thereof, and the Engineer insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written orders and shall keep accurate account of the actual reasonable cost thereof as provided under method (Item. Q. Claims for extra work will not be paid unless the Contractor shall file his claim with the Owner within five (5) days before the time for making the first estimate after such work is done and unless the claim is supported by satisfactory vouchers and certified payrolls covering all labor and materials expended upon said Extra Work. •. The Contractor shall famish the Owner such installation records of all deviations from the original Contract Documents as may be necessary to enable the Owner to prepare for permanent record a corrected set of plans showing the actual installation. The compensation agreed upon for "Extra Work" whether or not initiated by a "Change Order" shall be a full, complete and final payment for all costs Contractor incurs as a result or relating to the change or extra work, whether said costs are known, unknown, foreseen or unforeseen at that time, including without limitation, any costs for .delay, extended overhead, ripple or impact cost, or any other effect on changed or unchanged work as a result of the change or extra work. C446 SCHEDULE OF OPERATION: Before commencing any work under this contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner and receive the Owner's approval thereof, a "Schedule of Operations," showing by a straight line method the date of commencing and finishing each of the major elements of the Contract. There shall be also shown the estimated monthly cost of work for which estimates are to be expected. -There shall be presented also a composite graph showing the anticipated progress of construction with the time being plotted horizontally and percentage of completion plotted vertically. The progress charts shall be prepared on 8-11T' x 11" sheets and at, least five black or blue line prints shall be furnished to the Owner. C447 PROGRESS SCHEDULES FOR WATER AND SEWER PLANT FACILITIES: Within ten (10) days prior to submission of the first monthly progress payment, . the •• Contractor shall prepare and submit to the owner for approval six copies of the schedule. in which the Contractor . proposes to carry on activities (including procurement of materials, ;plans, and equipment) and the contemplated dates for* completing the. same. The schedule shall be. in the form of a time schedule 'Critical Path Method (CP1V0 network diagram. As the work progresses, the Contractor shall enter on the diagram the actual progress of the end of each partial payment period or at such intervals as directed by the Engineer. The. Contractorshallalso revise.the schedule to reflect any adjustments ... in contract time approved by the Engineer. Three copies of the updated schedule shall be delivered at such intervals as directed by the Engineer. As a minimum, the construction schedule shall incorporate all work elements and activities indicated in the proposal and in the technical specifications. i C4-4 (3) No MR Prior to the final drafting of the detailed construction schedule, the Contractor shall _ review the draft schedule with the Engineer to ensure the Contractor's understanding of the contract requirements. M The following guidelines shall be adhered to in preparing the construction schedule: a. Milestone dates and final project completion dates shall be developed to conform to the time constraints, sequencing requirements and completion time. b. The construction progress shall be divided into activities with time durations of approximately fourteen days (14) days and construction values not to exceed $50,000. Fabrication, delivery and submittal activities " are exceptions to this guideline. C. Durations shall be in calendar days and normal holidays -and weather IW conditions over the duration of the contract shall be accounted for within the duration of each activity.. d. 'One critical path shall be shown on the construction schedule. e. Float time is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities of the CPM construction schedule: Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or the Owner. f. Thirty days shall be used for submittal review unless otherwise specified. .. The construction schedule shall as a minimum, be divided into general categories as indicated in the Proposal and Technical Specifications and each general category shall be broken down into activities in enough detail to achieve activities of approximately fourteen (14) days duration. 'For each general category, the construction schedule shall identify all trades or subcontracts whose -work is represented `by activities that follow' the guidelines of this Section. For each of the trades or subcontracts, the construction schedule shall indicate the following_. procurements, construction...and-preacceptance activities and events in. their ..._ logical sequence for equipment and materials. 1. Preparation and transmittal of submittals 2. Submittal review periods. so C4-4 (4) r. .o 3. Shop fabrication and delivery. 4. Erection or installation. 5. Transmittal of manufacturer's operation and maintenance instructions. ,,. 6. Installed equipment and materials testing. . 7. Owner's operator instruction (if applicable). 8. Final inspection. 9. Operational testing. If, in the opinion of the Owner, work accomplished falls behind that scheduled, the Contractor shall take such action as necessary to improve his progress. In addition, the Owner may require the Contractor to submit a revised schedule demonstrating his program and proposed plan to make up lag in scheduled progress and to insure completion of the work within the contract time. If the owner finds the proposed plan not acceptable, he may require the Contractor to increase the work force, the construction plant and equipment, the number of work shifts or overtime operations without additional cost to the Owner. Failure of the Contractor to comply. with these requirements shall be considered grounds for determination by the Owner that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the work with diligence as will insure its completion within the time specified. Wo C4-4 (5) THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK so PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS CS-5 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS .K SECTION C5-5 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS C5-5.1 AUTHORITY OF ENGINEER: The work shall be performed to the .. satisfaction of the Engineer and in strict compliance with the Contract Documents. The Engineer shall decide all questions which arise. as to the quality and acceptability of the materials furnished, work performed, rate of progress of the work, overall sequence of the -� construction, interpretation of the Contract Documents, acceptable fulfillment of the Contract, compensation, mutual rights between Contractor and Owner under these Contract Documents, supervision of the work, resumption of operations, and all other questions or disputes which may arise. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequence or procedures of construction, or the safety precaution and programs incident thereto, and he will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the contract documents. The Engineer shall determine the -amount and quality of the work completed and " materials furnished, and his decisions and estimates shall be final. His estimates in such event shall be a condition to the right of the Contractor to receive money due him under the Contract. The Owner shall have executive authority to enforce and make effective such necessary decisions and. orders as the Contractor fails -to carry out promptly. In the event of any dispute between the Engineer and Contractor over the decision of the Engineer on any such matters, the Engineer must, within a reasonable time, upon written request of the Contractor, render and deliver to both the owner and Contractor, a written ,. decision on the matter in controversy. C5-5.2 CONFORI = WITH PLANS: The finished project in all. cases shall MW conform with lines, grades, cross -sections, finish, and dimensions shown on the plans or any other requirements other wise described in the Contract Documents. Any deviation from the approved Contract Documents required by the Engineer during construction -will in. all cases be determined by the Engineer and authorized by the Owner by Change Order. C5-5.3 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The 'Contract Documents .are _made. up. of several sections, which, taken together, are intended, to. describe and provide for a complete and useful project, and any requirements appearing in one of the sections is as binding as though it occurred in all sections. In case of .. discrepancies, figured dimension shall govern over scaled dimensions, plans shall govern over specifications, special conditions shall govern over.general conditions and standard specification, and quantities shown on the plans shall govern over those shown in the proposal. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission in the no CS-5 (1) .. Contract Documents, and the owner shall be permitted to make such corrections or interpretations as may be deemed necessary for fulfillment of the intent of the Contract Documents. In the event the Contractor discovers an apparent error or discrepancy, he shall immediately call this condition to the attention of the Engineer. In the event of a r, conflict in drawings, specifications, or other portions of the Contract Documents which were not reported prior to the award of Contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to have quoted -the most expensive resolution of the conflict. C5-5.4 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR: The Contractor will be furnished with three sets of Contract Documents and shall have available on the site of the project at all times, one set of such Contract Documents. The Contractor shall give to the work the constant attention necessary to facilitate the progress thereof and shall cooperate with the Engineer, his inspector, and other Contractors in every possible way. The Contractor shall at all times have competent personnel available to the project site for proper performance of the work. The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all tunes at the site of the project a competent, English-speaking superintendent and an assistant who are fully authorized to act as the Contractor's agent on the work. Such superintendent and his assistant shall be capable of reading and understanding the Contract Documents and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Owner, the Engineer, or his authorized representatives. Pursuant to this responsibility of the Contractor, the Contractor shall designate in writing to the project superintendent, to act as the Contractor's agent on the work. Such assistant project superintendent shall be a resident of Tarrant County, Texas, and shall be subject to call, as is the project superintendent, at any time of the day or night on any day of the week on which the Engineer determines that circumstances require the presence on the project site of a representative of the Contractor to adequately provide for the safety or convenience of the traveling public or the owners of property across which the project extends or the safety of the property contiguous to the project routing. �. The Contractor shall provide all facilities to enable the Engineer and his inspector to examine and inspect the workmanship and materials entering into the work. �C5-5.5 EMERGENCY AND/OR RECTIFICATION WORK: When, in the opinion of the Owner or Engineer, a condition of emergency exists related to any part of the work, the Contractor, or the Contractor through his designated representative, shall respond with dispatch to a verbal request made by the Owner or Engineer to alleviate the emergency condition. Such a response shall occur day or . night, whether the project. is.. scheduled on a calendar -day or a working -day basis. Should the Contractor fail to respond to a request from the Engineer to rectify any discrepancies, omissions, or correction necessary to conform with the requirements of the project specifications or plans, the Engineer shall give the Contractor written notice that such work or changes are to be performed. The written notice shall direct attention to the C5-5 (2) .r .. discrepant condition and request the Contractor to take remedial action to correct the condition. In the event the Contractor does not take positive steps to fulfill this written request, or does not shoe just cause for not taking the proper action, within 24 hours, the s City may take such remedial action with City forces or by contract. The City shall deduct an amount equal to the entire costs for such remedial action, plus 25%, from any funds due the Contractor on the project. C5-5.6 FIELD OFFICE: The Contractor shall provide, at no extra compensation, an adequate field office for use of the Engineer, if specifically called for. The field .office shall be not less than 10 x 14 feet in floor area, substantially constructed, well heated, air conditioned, lighted, and weather proof, so that documents will not be damaged by the elements. C5-5.7 CONTRUCTION STAKES: The City, through its Engineer, will furnish the Contractor with all lines, grades, and measurements necessary to the proper W prosecution and control of the work contracted under these Contract Documents-, and lines, grades and measurements will be established by means of stakes or other customary methodof marking as may be found consistent with good practice. These stakes or markings shall be .set sufficiently in advance of construction operations to avoid delay. Such stakes or markings as may be established for Contractor's use or guidance shall be preserved .by the Contractor until he is authorized by the Engineer to remove them. Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, any stakes or markings have been carelessly or willfully destroyed, disturbed, or removed by the Contractor or any of his employees, the full cost of replacing such stakes. or marks plus 25% will be charged against the Contractor,. and the full amount will be deducted -from payment due the Contractor. C5-5.8 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF CITY INSPECTOR: City Inspectors will .� be authorized to inspect all work done and to be done and all materials furnished. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work, and the preparation or.manufacturing of the materials to be used or equipment to be installed. A City .Inspector may be -r stationed on the work to report to the Engineer as to the progress of the work .and the manner in which it is being performed," to report any evidence that, the: materials being furnishedor the work being performed by the Contractor fails to fulfill the. requirements of the Contract Documents; and to call. the attention of the Contractor to any such failure or other infringements. Such inspection or lack of inspection will not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to perform .the work in accordance with the requirements of the .Contract Documents. In case of any dispute. arising. between. the Contractor and the City Inspector as to the materials or equipment furnished or the manner of performing the work, the City Inspector will have the authority to reject materials or equipment, and/or to suspend work until the question at issue can be referred to and decided by the Engineer. The City Inspector will not, however, be authorized to revoke, alter, enlarge, or release any requirement of these Contract Documents, nor to approve or accept any portion or section of the work, nor to issue any instructions contrary tot he' requirement s of the we C5-5 (3) lud Contract Documents. The City Inspector will in no case act as superintendent or foreman or perform any other duties for the Contractor, or interfere with the management or operation of the work. He will not accept from the Contractor any compensation in any form for performing any duties. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and MP instructions of the City Inspector or Engineer when the same are consistent with the obligations of the Contract Documents of the Contract Documents, provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders or instructions or the City Inspector, the Contractor may within six days make written appeal to the Engineer for his decision on the matter in Controversy. r. C5-5.9 INSPECTION: The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with every reasonable facility for ascertaining. whether or not the work as performed is in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If the Engineer so requests, the Contractor shall, at any time before acceptance of the work, remove or uncover such portion of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, the Contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the Contract Documents. Should the work exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering or removing and replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed shall be paid for as extra work, but should Work so exposed or examined prove to be unacceptable, the uncovering or removing and replacing.'of all adjacent defective or damaged parts'shall be at the Contractor's expense. No work shall be' done or materials used without suitable .. supervision or inspection. C5-5.10 REMOVAL OF EDUCTIVE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK:All work, materials, or equipment which has been rejected shall be remedied or removed and replaced in an acceptable manner by the Contractor at this expense. Work done beyond the lines and grades given or as shown on the plans, except as herein specially provided, or any Extra Work done without written authority, will be considered as unauthorized and done at the expense of the Contractor and will not be paid for by the Owner. Work so �.. done may be ordered removed at the Contractor's expense. Upon the failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with any order of the- Engineer made under the provisions of this paragraph, the Engineer will have the authority to cause defective work. to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed, and the .cost thof may deducted from any money due or to become due tot he: Contractor. Failure to require the removal of any defective or unauthorized work shall not constitute " acceptance of such work. . _ C5-5.11 SUBST=E MATERIALS OR EOUIPMENT: _ Ifs the- Specifications, law, ordinance, codes or regulations permit Contractor to furnish or use a substitute that is equal to any material or equipment specified, and if Contractor wishes to furnish or use a proposed substitute, he shall, prior to the - preconstruction conference, make written application to ENGINEER for approval of such substitute certifying in writing that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the function called for by the general design, _ be similar and of equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use and C5.5 (4) aw capable of performing the -same function as that specified ; and identifying all variations of the proposed substitute from that specified and indicating available maintenance service. No substitute shall be ordered or installed without written approval of Engineer who will be the judge of the equality and may require Contractor to furnish such other data about the proposed substitute as he considers. pertinent. No substitute shall be ordered or installed without such performance guarantee and bonds as Owner may require A which shall be furnished at Contractor's expense. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer and anyone directly or indirectly employees by either of them from and against the claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys ow fees) arising out of the use of substituted materials or equipment. C5-5.12 SAMPLES. AND TESTS OF MATERIALS: Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, or as called for in the Contract Documents, tests of materials or equipment are necessary, such tests will be made. at the expense of and paid for direct to the testing agency by the Owner unless other wise specifically provided. The failure of the Owner to !" make any tests of materials shall in. no way relieve the contractor of his responsibility of furnishing materials and equipment fully conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Tests and sampling of materials, unless otherwise specified, will be made in accordance with the latest methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing Materials or specific requirements of the Owner. The Contractor shall provide such s facilities as the Engineer may require.for collecting and forwarding samples and shall not, without specific written permission of the Engineer, use materials represented by the samples until tests have been made and the materials approved for use. The Contractor ,. will furnish adequate samples without charge to the Owner. In case of concrete, the aggregates, design minimum, and. the mixing and transporting equipment shall be approved by the Engineer before any concrete is placed, and the Contractor shall be responsible for replacing any concrete which does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents: Tests shall be made at least 9 days.prior to the .a placing of concrete, .using samples from the same aggregate, cement, and mortar which are to be used later in the concrete. Should the source of supply change, new tests shall be made prior to the use of new materials. . C5-5 13 STORAGE OF MATERIALS: All materials which are to be used in the construction contract shall be stored' so as to insure the preservation of quality and fitness +� of the work. When directed by the Engineer, they shall be placed on wooden :platforms or other hard, clean durable surfaces .and .not on the ground, and shall/be placed under cover when directed. Stored materials shall be placed and located so. as to facilitate prompt "' .... _ inspection. C5-5.14 EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTHffIES: The location and dimensions shown on the plans relative to the existing utilities are based on the best information - available. Omission from, the inclusion of utility locations on the Plans is not to be _ considered as nonexistence of, or a definite location of, existing underground utilities. The location of many gas mains, water mains, conduits, sewer lines and service lines for Am C5-5 (5) aw all utilities, etc., is unknown to the Owner, and the Owner assumes no responsibility for failure to show any or all such structures and utilities on the plans or to show them in 'their exact location. It is mutually agreed that such failure will not be considered sufficient basis for claims for additional compensation for Extra Work or for increasing -Y the pay quantities in any manner whatsoever, unless an obstruction encountered is such as to necessitate changes in the lines and grades of considerable magnitude or requires the building of special works, provision of which is not made in these Contract Documents, `r in which case the provision in these Contract Documents for Extra Work shall apply. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to verify locations of the adjacent and/or conflicting utilities sufficiently in advance of construction in order that he may negotiate such local adjustments as necessary in the construction process to provide adequate clearances. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions in order to protect all existing utilities, structures, and service lines. Verification of existing utilities, structures, and service lines shall include notification of all utility companies at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of construction including exploratory excavation if necessary. All R verification of utilities and their adjustment shall be considered subsidiary work. C5-5.15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE: a. Normal Prosecution: In the normalprosecution of work where the interruption of service. is necessary, the Contractor, at least 24 hours in advance, shall be requiredto: . 1. Notify the Water Department's Distribution Division as to location, time, and schedule of service interruption. 2. Notify each customer personally through responsible personnel as to the time and schedule of the interruption of their service, or 3. In the event that personal notification of a customer cannot be made, a prepared tag form shall be attached to the customer's door knob. The tag shall be durable in composition, and in large bold letters shall say: . C5-5 (6) .. *a IMI Am an "NOTICE" Due to Utility Improvement in your neighborhood, .your (water) (sewer) service will be interrupted on between the hours of and This inconvenience will be as short as possible. Thank You, Contractor Address Phone . b. Emergency: In the event that an unforeseen service interruption occurs, ,. notice shall be as above, but immediate. C5-5.16 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS: If, through act or neglect on the part of the Contractor, or any other Contractor or any sub -contractor shall suffer loss or damage of the ' work, the Contractor agrees to settle with such other Contractor or sub -contractor by agreement or arbitration. If such other Contractor or sub- contractor shall assert any claim against the owner on account of damage alleged to have .been sustained, the owner will. notify the Contractor, who shall indemnify and save harmless the owner against any such claim. C5-5.17 CLEAN-UP: Clean-up of surplus and/or waste materials accumulated on the job site during the prosecution of the work under these Contract Documents shall be accomplished in keeping with a daily routine established to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Twenty-four (24) hours after written notice, is given the Contractor that the s clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the Engineer, if the Contractor fails to correct the unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take such direct action as the Engineer deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the written notice, and the costs .of such direct action,. plus 25 % of such costs,. shall be deducted from the monies due or to become due, to the Contractor. Upon 'the -completion of the project as a whole as covered by these. Contract Documents, and before final acceptance and final payment will be made, the ; Contractor shall clean and remove from the site of -the. project all surplus and discarded materials, temporary �. structures,and and debris of every. kind. He shall leave the site of all work .in a neat and orderly condition equal to that which originally existed. Surplus and waste materials removed from the site of the work shall be disposed of at locations satisfactory to the Engineer. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean all equipment and materials installed by him and shall deliver over such materials and equipment in a bright, clean, polished and new appearing condition. No extra compensation will be made to the Contractor for any clean-up required on the project. EJ C5-5 (7) MW C5-5.18 FINAL INSPECTION: Whenever the work provided for in and ' contemplated under the Contract Documents has been satisfactorily completed and final clean-up performed, the Engineer will notify the proper officials of the Owner. and request. r that a Final Inspection be made. Such inspection will be made within 10 days after such notification. After such final inspection, if the work and materials and equipment are found satisfactory, the Contractor will be notified in writing of the acceptance of the same after the proper resolution has been passed by the City Council. No time charge will be made against the Contractor between said date of notification of the Engineer and the date of final inspection of the work. y C5-5 (8) w .,. PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C6-6 LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RESPONSIBILITY SECTION C6-6 LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RESPONSIBILITY 4W C6-6.1 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED:The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all Federal and State Laws and City ordinances and regulations which in any way affect the conduct of the work or his operations, and shall observe and comply with all orders, laws, ordinances and regulations which exist or which may be enacted later by bodies having jurisdiction or authority for such enactment. No plea or misunderstanding or ignorance thereof will be considered The Contractor and his Sureties shall indemnify and save harmless the City and all of its officers, agents, and employees against any and all claims or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, or order, whether it be by himself or his employees. C6-6.2 PERMITS AND LICENSES: The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges, costs and fees, and give all notices necessary and incident to the s due and lawful prosecution of the work. C6-6.3 PATENTED DEVICES, MATERIALS, AND PROCESSES: If the Contractor is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letter, patent, or copyright, he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner of such patent, letter, or copyrighted design. It is mutually agreed and understood that without exception the contract price shall include all royalties or cost arising from patents, trademarks, and copyrights in any way involved in the work. The .m. Contractor and his sureties shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such trade -mark. or copyright in connection with the work agreed to be performed under these Contract Documents, and +� shall indemnify the Owner for any cost, expense, or damage which it may be obliged to pay by reason of such infringement at any time during the prosecution of the work or after completion of the work, provided, however, that the Owner will assume the responsibility to defend any *and all suits brought for the infringement of any patent claimed to be infringed upon the design, type of construction or materialor equipment specified in the Contract Documents furnished the Contractor by the .Owner,. and to hold the Contractor harmless on account of such -suits. C6-6.4 SANITARY PROVISIONS: The Contractor shall establish and enforce A among. his employees such regulations in regard to. cleanliness and disposal of garbage and waste as will tend to prevent the inception and spread of infectious or contagious ,. diseases and to effectively prevent the creation of a nuisance about the work on any property either public or private, and such regulations as are required by Law shall be put into immediate force and effect by the Contractor. The necessary sanitary conveniences for use of laborers on the work, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor and their -use shall be strictly enforced by EJ C6-6(1) aw the Contractor..All such facilities shall be kept in a clean and sanitary condition, free from objectionable odors so as not to cause a nuisance. All sanitary laws and regulations of the State of Texas and the City shall be strictly complied with. C6-6.5 PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE: Materials or equipment stored about the work shall be placed and used, and the work shall at all times be so conducted, as to cause no greater obstruction or inconvenience to the public than is considered to be absolutely necessary by the Engineer. The Contractor is required to maintain at all times all phases of his work in such a manner as not to impair the safety or convenience of the public, including, but not ]united to, safe and convenient ingress and egress to the property contiguous tot he work area. The Contractor shall make adequate provisions to render reasonable ingress and egress for normal vehicular traffic, except during actual trenching or pipe installation operations, at all driveway crossings. Such provisions may include bridging, placement or crushed stone or gravel or such other means of providing proper ingress and egress for the property served by the driveway as the Engineer may approve as appropriate. Such other means may include the diversion of driveway traffic, with specific approval by the Engineer, If diversion of traffic is approved by the Engineer at any location, the Contractor may make arrangements satisfactory to the Engineer for the diversion of traffic, and shall, at his expense, provide all materials and perform all work necessary for the construction and maintenance of roadways and bridges for such diversion of traffic. Sidewalks must not be .obstructed except by special permission of the Engineer. The materials excavated and the construction materials such as pipe used in construction of the work shall be placed so as not to endanger the work or prevent free access to all fire hydrants, fire alarm boxes, police call boxes, water valves, gas valves, or manholes in the vicinity. The Owner reserves the rightto remedy any neglect on the part of the Contractor as regards to public convenience and safety which may come to its attention, after twenty-four hours notice in writing to the Contractor, save in cases of emergency when it shall have the right to remedy any neglect without notice, and in either case, the cost of such work or materials furnished by the Owner or by the City shall be deducted from the monies due or to become due to the Contractor. The Contractor, after approval of the Engineer, shall notify the Fire Department Headquarters, Traffic Engineer, and Police Department, when any street or alley is requested 'to- be closed or obstructed or. any fire hydrant is to be made inaccessible, and when so directed by the Engineer, shall keep any street,. streets, or highways in condition for unobstructed use by fire apparatus. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Fire _Department. Headquarters when all such obstructed streets, alleys, or hydrants are placed.. back in service. Where the Contractor is required to construct temporary bridges or make other arrangements for crossing over ditches or streams, his responsibility for accidents in connection with such crossings shall include the roadway approaches as well as the structures of such crossings. .. C6-6(2) The Contractor shall at all times conduct his operation and use of construction machinery so as not to damage or destroy trees and scrubs located in close proximity, to or on the site of the work. Wherever any such damage may be done, the Contractor shall immediately satisfy all claims of property owners, and no payment will -be made by the Owner in settlement of such claims. The Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written statement Aw showing all such claims adjusted. C6-6.6 PRIVILEGES OF CONTRACTOR IN STREETS ALLEYS AND RIGHT-OF-WAY: For the performance of the contract, the Contractor will be permitted to use and occupy such portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places or other rights -of -way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in Aw the Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the Engineer. A reasonable amount of tools, materials, and equipment for construction purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid delay in the construction operations. Excavated and waste materials shall be piled or staked in such a way as not to interfere with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property. If the street is occupied by railroad tracks, the work shall be. cry aed on in such manner. as not to interfere with the operation of trains, loading or unloading of cars, etc. Other contractors of the Owner may, for all purposes required by the contract, enter upon the work and premises used by the Contractor and shall be provided all reasonable facilities and assistance for the completion of adjoining work. Any additional grounds desired- by the Contractor for his use shall be provided by him at his own cost and expense. C6-63 RAILWAY CROSSINGS: When the work encroaches upon any,right-of-way of any railroad, the City will secure the necessary easement for the work. Where the railroad tracks are to be .crossed, the Contractor shall observe all the regulations and instructions of the railroad company as to the methods of performing the work and take .. all precautions for the safety of property and the- public. Negotiations with the railway companies for the permits shall be done by and through the City. The Contractor shall give the City Notice not less than five days prior to the time of his intentions to begin ,,. work on that portion :of the project which is related to the railway properties. The Contractor ;will not .be given : extra compensation for such railway crossings unless specifically set forth.in the Contract Documents. C6-6.8 BARRICADES., WARNINGS. AND WATCHMEN: Where the work is carried on in or adjacent to any street, alley, or public place, the Contractor shall at his " own expense, furnish, erect, and maintain such barricades, fences, lights, and. danger signals, shall provide such watchman, and shall take all such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and of the work as are necessary,. Barricades and fences shall be painted in a color that will be visible at night. From sunset to sunrise the Contractor shall furnish and maintain at least one easily visible burning light at each barricade. A sufficient number of barricades shall be erected and maintained to keep pedestrians away from, and vehicles from being driven on or into, any work under C6-6(3) construction or being maintained. The Contractor shall furnish watchmen and keep them at their respective assignments in sufficient numbers to protect the work and prevent accident or damage. All installations and procedures shall be consistent with provisions set forth in the "1980 Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways" issued under the authority of the "State of Texas Uniform Act Regulating Traffic on Highways", codified as Article 6701d Veron's Civil Statues, pertinent section being Section Nos. 27, 29, 30 and 31. The Contractor will not remove any regulatory sign, instructional sign, street name sign, or other sign which has been erected by the City. If it is detennined that a sign must be removed to permit required construction, the Contractor shall contact the Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division (phone number 871-8075), to remove the sign. In case of regulatory signs, the Contractor must replace the permanent sign with a temporary sign meeting the requirements of the above referred manual and such temporary sign must be installed prior to the removal of the permanent sign. If the temporary sign is not installed correctly or if it does not meet the required specifications, the permanent sign shall be left in place until the temporary sign requirements are met. When construction work is completed to the extent that the permanent sign can be re- installed, the Contractor shall again contact the Signs and Markings Division to re -install the permanent sign and shall leave his temporary sign in place until such re -installation is completed. The Contractor will be held responsible foe all damage to the work or the public due to failure of barricades, signs, fences, lights, or watchmen to protect them. Whenever evidence is found of such damage to the work the Engineer may order the damaged portion immediately removed and replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's own expense. The Contractor's responsibility for the maintenance of barricades, signs, fences and lights, and for providing watchmen shall not cease until the project shall have been completed and accepted by the Owner. No compensation, except as specifically provided in these Contract Documents, will be -- paid to the Contractor for the Work and.materials involved in the constructing, providing, and maintaining of barricades, signs, fences, and lights or salaries of watchmen, for the subsequent removal and disposal of such barricades, signs, or for any other incidentals " necessaryfor the proper protection, safety, and convenience 'of the :public during the contract period, as this work is considered to be subsidiary to -the several items for which unit. or- lump sum prices are requested in the Proposal. C6-6.9 USE OF EXPLOSIVES, DROP WEIGHT, ETC.: Should the Contractor elect to use explosives, drop weight, etc., in the prosecution of the work, the utmost care shall be exercised at all times so as not to endanger life or property. The Contractor shall notify the proper representative of any public service corporation, any company, individual, or utility, and the Owner, not less than twenty-four hours in advance of the use of any C6-6(4) .r activity which might damage or endanger their or his property along or adjacent to the work. Where the use of explosives is to be permitted on the project, as specified in the Special Conditions Documents, or- the use of explosives is requested, the Contractor shall submit notice to the Engineer in writing twenty-four hours prior to commencing and shall furnish .. evidence that he has insurance coverage to protect against any damages and/or injuries arising out of such use of explosives. MW C6-6.10 WORK WITHIN EASEMENTS: Where the work passes over, through, or into private property, the Owner will provide such right-of-way or easement privileges, as the City may deem necessary for the prosecution of the work. Any additional rights -of -way or '" work area considered necessary by the Contractor shall be provided by him at his expense. Such additional rights -of -way or work- area shall be acquired for the benefit of the City. The City shall be notified in writing as to the rights so acquired before work begins in the affected area. The Contractor shall not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously obtained permission from the owner of such property. The Contractor will not be allowed to store equipment or material on private property unless and until the specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the Contractor and a copy furnished to the Engineer. Unless specifically provided otherwise, the Contractor shall clear all rights -of -way or easements of obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the work as apart of the project construction operations. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of and shall use every precaution to prevent damage to, all tress, shrubbery, plants, lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements, to all water, sewer, and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or appurtenances thereof, .w including the construction of temporary fences and to all other public or private property adjacent to the work. .� The Contractor shall notify the proper representatives of the owners or occupants of the public or private lands of interest in lands which might be affected by the work. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours. in advance of the beginning of the work. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies or any corporation, company, individual, or other, - either as owners or occupants, whose land or interest in land might be affected by the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for an damage or injury to property of any character resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner:or method or execution of the work, or at any time due to defective work, material, or equipment. When and where any direct or indirect or injury is done to public or private property on aw account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in consequence of non -execution thereof on the part of the. Contractor, he shall restore or have restored as his cost and expense such property to a condition at least equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done, by repairing, rebuilding, or otherwise C6-6(5) replacing and restoring as may be directed by the Owner, or he shall make good such damages or injury in a manner acceptable to the owner of the property and the Engineer. All fences encountered and removed during construction of this project shall be restored to the original or a better than original condition upon completion of this project. When wire fencing, either wire mesh or barbed wire is to be crossed, the Contractor shall set cross brace posts on either side of the permanent easement before the fence is cut. Should additional fence cuts be necessary, the Contractor shall provide cross braced posts at the point of the proposed cut in addition to the cross braced posts provided at the permanent easements limits, before the fence is cut. Temporary fencing shall be erected in place of the fencing removed whenever the work is not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or. at all times to prevent livestock from entering the construction area. The cost for fence removal, temporary closures and replacement shall be subsidiary to the various items bid in the project proposal. Therefore, no separate payment shall be allowed for any service associated with this work. In case of failure on the part of the Contractor to restore such property or to make good such damage or injury, the Owner may, upon 48 hour written notice under ordinary circumstances, and without notice when a nuisance or hazardous condition results, ,V proceed to repair, rebuild, or otherwise restore such property as may be determined by the Owner to be necessary, and the cost thereby will be deducted from any monies due to or to become due to the Contractor under.this contract. C6.6.11 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR: It is understood and agreed by the parties hereto that the Contractor shall perform all work and services hereunder as -an independent contractor, and not as an officer, agent, servant, or employee of the Owner. Contractor shall have exclusive control of and exclusive right to control the details of all work and services performed hereunder, and all persons performing the same, and shall - be solely responsible for the acts and omissions of its officers, agents; servants, employees, contractor, subcontractors, licensees and invitees. The doctrine of respondeat superior shall not apply as between Owner and Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, contractors and subcontractors, and nothing herein shall be construed as creating a partnership or joint enterprise between Owner and Contractor. C6-6.12 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIRIMY FOR DAMAGE.CLAWS: Contractor covenants and agrees to, and does hereby indemnify, hold harmless and defend Owner, its officers, agents, servants, and employees from and against any and all claims or suits for property damage or loss and/or personal injury, including death, to any and all persons, of whatsoever kind or character, whether real or asserted, arising out of or in connection with, directly or indirectly, the work and services to be performed hereunder by -the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not caused, in whole or in apart, by alleged negligence on the part of .r officers, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees of the C6-6(6) MW Owner; and said Contractor does hereby covenant and agree to assume all liability and responsibility of Owner, its officers, agents, servants, and employees for property damage or loss, and/or personal injuries, including death, to any and all person of whatsoever kind or character, whether real or asserted, arising out of or in connection with, directly or indirectly, the work and services to be performed hereunder by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not caused, in whole or in apart, by alleged negligence of officers, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees of the Owner. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to, and does hereby, indemnify and hold harmless Owner from and -� against any and all injuries, loss or damages to property of the Owner during the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether arising out of or in connection with or resulting from, in whole or in apart, any and all alleged acts of omission of officers, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees, or invitees of the Owner. In the event a written claim for damages against the contractor or its subcontractors remains unsettled at the time all work on the project has been completed to the satisfaction of the Director of the Water Department, as evidenced by a final inspection, final payment to the Contractor shall not be recommended to the Director of the. -Water Department for a period of 30 days after the date of such final inspection, unless the Contractor shall submit written evidence satisfactory to the Director that the claim has been settled and a release has been obtained from the claimant involved. If the claims concerned remains unsettled as of the expiration of the above 30-day period, the Contractor may be deemed to be entitled to a semi-final payment for work completed, such semi-final payment to be in the amount equal to the total dollar amount then due less. the dollar value of any written claims pending against the Contractor arising out of performance of such work, and such semi-final payment may then be recommended by the Director. �A The Director shall not recommend final payment to a Contractor against whom such a claim ,for damages is outstanding for: a period of six months following the date of the •s acceptance of the work performed unless the Contractor submits evidence: in writing satisfactory tot he Director that: SW 1. The claim has been settled and a release has been obtained from the claimant involved, or `T 2. Good faith: efforts have been made to..settle such outstanding claims, and such good faith efforts have failed. If condition (1) above is met at any time within the six month period, the Director shall recommend that the final payment to the Contractor be made. If condition (2) above is met at any time within the six month period, the Director may recommend that final payment to the Contractor be made: At the expiration of the six month period, the C6-6(7) aw Director may recommend that final payment be made if all other work has been 4 performed and all other obligations of the Contractor have been met to the satisfaction of the Director. The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to accept bids on other Water Department Contract work from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract. C6-6.13 CONTRACTOR'S CLAIM FOR DAMAGES: Should the Contractor claim compensation foe any alleged damage by reason of the acts. or omissions of the Owner, he shall within three days after the actual sustaining of such alleged damage, make a written statement to -the Engineer, setting out in detail the nature of the alleged damage, and on or before the 25a' day of the month succeeding that in which ant such damage is claimed to ` have been sustained, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer an itemized statement of the details and the amount of such alleged damage and, upon request, shall give the Engineer access to all books of account, receipts, vouchers, bills of lading, and other books or papers containing any evidence as to the amount of such alleged damage. Unless such statements shall be filed as hereinabove required, the Contractor's claim for compensation shall be waived, and he shall not be entitled to payment on account of such damages. C6-6.14 ADJUSTMENT OR RELOCATION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES ETC.: In case it is necessary to change, move, or alter in any manner the property of a public utility or others, the .said property shall not be moved or interfered with until orders thereupon have .. been issued by the Engineer. The right is reserved to the owners of public utilities_ to enter the geographical limits of the Contract for the purpose of making such changes or repairs to the property that may be necessary by the performance of this Contract. C6-6.15 TEMPORARY SEWER AND DRAIN CONNECTIONS: When existing sewer lines have to be taken up or removed, the Contractor shall, at his own expense and �• cost, provide and maintain temporary outlets and connections for all private or public drains and sewers. The Contractor shall also take care of all sewage and drainage which will .be received from these drains and sewers, and for this purpose he shall provide and maintain, at his own cost and expense, adequate pumping facilities and temporary outlets or divisions. The Contractor, at his own cost and expense, shall construct such troughs, pipes, or other structures necessary, and be prepared at all times to dispose of drainage and sewage received from these temporary connections -until such times as the permanent connections are built and are in service. The existing sewers and connections shall be kept in service and maintained under the Contract, except when specified or ordered to be abandoned by the Engineer. All water, sewage, and other waste shall be disposed of .in a satisfactory manner so- that no nuisance is created and so that the work under construction will be adequately protected. C6-6(8) No C6-6.16 ARRANGEMENT AND CHARGES FOR WATER FURNISHED BY THE CITY: When the Contractor desires to use City water.in connection with any construction work, he shall make complete -and satisfactory arrangements with the Fort Worth City Water Department for so doing. City water furnished to the Contractor shall be delivered to the Contractor from a connection on an.existing City main. All piping required beyond the point of delivery shall be installed by the Contractor at his own expense. — The Contractor's responsibility in the use of all existing fire hydrant and/or valves is detailed in. Section E2-1.2 USE OF FIRE HYDRANTS AND VALVES in these General Contract Documents. When meters are used to measure the water, the charges, if any, for. water will be made at the regular established rates. When meters are not used, the charges, if any, will be as prescribed by the City ordinance, or where no ordinances applies, payment.shall be made on estimates and rates established by the Director of the Fort Worth Water Department. AM C 6-6.17 USE OF A SECTION OR PORTION OF THE WORK: Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, any section or portion of the work or any structure is in suitable condition, it may be put into use upon the written notice of the Engineer, and such usage shall. not he held to be in - any way an acceptance of said work or structure or any .part thereof or as a waiver of any of the provisions of these Contract Documents. All .. necessary repairs and removalsof any section of the work so put into use, due to defective materials or workmanship, equipment, or deficient operations on the part of the Contractor, shall be performed by the Contractor at his expense. .w C6-6.18 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE WORK: Until written acceptance by the Owner as provided for in these Contract Documents, the work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution to prevent injury or damage to the work or any part thereof by action of the elements or from any cause whatsoever, whether arising from the execution or nonexecution of the — work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make goodat his own expense all injuries or damage to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the hereinabove causes. C6-6.19 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS: Inspection by the Engineer or any order by the Owner: by payment of money or:any payment for or acceptance of any work, or any. extension of.time, or aay..possession taken by the City shall not operate as a waiver of any provision of the Contract Documents. Any waiver of any breach or Contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. The Owner reserves the right to correct any error that may be discovered in any estimate that may have been paid and to adjust the same to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. C6-6(9) C6-6.20 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS: In carrying out the provisions of these Contract Documents or in exercising any -power of authority granted _ thereunder, there shall be no liability upon the authorized representative of the Owner, either personally or other wise as they are agents and representatives of the City. C6-6.21 STATE SALES TAX: On a contract awarded by the City of Fort Worth, and organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant the provisions of Article 20.04 (IT) of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act, the Contractor may purchase, rent or lease all materials, supplies and equipment used or consumed in the performance #- of this contract by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the. tax, said exemption certificate to comply with State Comptroller's. Ruling .007. Any such exemption certificate issued to the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to and shall comply with the provision of State. Comptroller's Ruling .011, and any other applicable State Comptroller's rulings pertaining to the Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act. On a contract awarded by a developer for the construction of a publicly -owner improvement in a street right-of-way or other easement which has been dedicated to the public and the City of - Fort Worth, an. organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant the provisions of Article 20.04 (H) of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act, the Contractor can probably be exempted' in the same manner stated above. Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act -permits and information can be obtained *„ from: Comptroller of Public Accounts ..., Sales Tax Division Capitol Station Austin, TX me kwo C6-6(10) no MW PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C7-7 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS SECTION C7-7 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS: at C7-7.1 SUBLETTING: The Contractor shall perform with his own organization, and with the assistance of workmen under his immediate superintendance, work of a value of not less than fifty (50%) percent of the value embraced on the contract. If the �+ Contractor sublets any part of the work to be done under these Contract Documents, he will not under any circumstances berelieved of the responsibility and obligation assumed under these Contract Documents. All transactions of the Engineer will be with the ". Contractor. Subcontractors will be considered only in the capacity of employees or worlanen of the Contractor and shall be subject tot he same requirements as to character and competency. The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The Contractor shall at all times, when the work is in operation, be represented either in person or by a superintendent or other designated representatives. C7-7.2 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT: The Contractor shall not assign, transfer, sublet, or otherwise dispose of the contract or his rights, title, or interest in or to the same or any part thereof without the previous consent of the Owner expressed by resolution of the City Council and concurred in by the Sureties. If the Contractor does, without such previous consent; assign, transfer, sublet, convey, or otherwise dispose of the contract or his right, -title, or interest therein or any part thereof, to any person or persons, partnership, company, firm, or corporation, or, does by ,r bankruptcy, voluntary or involuntary, or by assignment under the insolvency laws of any states, attempt to dispose of the contract may, at the option of the Owner be revoked and annulled, unless the Sureties shall successfully complete said- contract, and in the event of any such revocation or annulment, any monies due or to become due under or by virtue of said contract shall be retained by the Owner as liquidated damages for the reason that it would be impracticable and extremely difficult to fix the actual damages. .. C7-7.3 PROSECUTION. OF THE WORK: Prior to beginning any construction operations, the. Contractor shall submit to the Engineer in five or more copies, " if " requested by the Engineer, a progress schedule preferably in chart.. or diagram form, or a brief outlining in detail and step by step the manner of prosecuting the work and ordering materials and equipment which he expects to follow in order to complete the project in the scheduled lime. There shall be submitted a table of estimated amounts tobe. earned by..._ ._ the Contractor during each monthly estimate period. The Contractor shall commence the work to be performed under this contract within the time limit stated in these Contract Documents and shall conduct the work. in a continuous manner and with sufficient equipment, materials, and labor as is necessary to insure its completion within the time limit. rJ C7-7(1) .r The sequence requested of all construction operations shall be at all times as specified in the Special Contract Documents. Any Deviation from such sequencing shall be submitted to the Engineer for his approval. Contractor shall not proceed with any deviation until he has received written approval from the Engineer. Such specification or approval by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from full responsibility of the complete performance of the Contract. The contract time may be changed only as set forth in Section C7-7.8 EXTENSION OF TIME OF COMPLETION of this Agreement, and a progress schedule shall not constitute a change in the contract time. C7-7.4 LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS: The working operations shall at all times be conducted by the Contractor so as to create a minimum amount of inconvenience to the public. At any time when, in the judgment of the Engineer, the Contractor has obstructed or closed or is carrying on operations in a portion of a street or public way greater than is necessary for proper execution of the work, the Engineer may require the. Contractor to finish the section on which operations are in progress before the work is commenced on any additional section or street. C7-7.5 CHARACTER OF WORKMEN AND EQUIPMENT: Local labor shall be used by the Contractor when it is available. The Contractor may bring_ from outside the City of Fort Worth his key men and his superintendent. All other workmen, including equipment operators, may be imported only after the local supply is exhausted. The �. Contractor shall employ only such superintendents, foremen, and workmen who are careful, competent, and fully qualified to perform the duties and tasks assigned to- them, and the Engineer may demand and secure the summary dismissal of any person or persons employed by the Contractor in or about or on the work who, in the opinion of the Owner, shall misconduct himself or to be found to be incompetent, disrespectful, intemperate, dishonest, or otherwise objectionable or neglectful in the proper performance of his or their duties, or who neglect or refuses to comply with or carry out the direction of the owner, and such person or persons shall not be employed again thereon without written consent of the Engineer. All workmen shall have sufficient skill, ability, and experience to properly perform the work assigned to them and operate any equipment necessary to properly carry out the performance ofthe assigned duties. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain on the.. work .all such equipment --as, is considered to be necessary for the prosecution of the work in an acceptable manner and at a satisfactory rate of progress. All equipment, tools, and machinery used for handling materials and executing any part of the work shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and shall be maintained in a satisfactory, safe and efficient working condition. Equipment on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to the work. Workmen -� or adjacent property will result from its use. C7-7(2) MW C7-7.6 WORK SCHEDULE: Elapsed working days shall be computed starting with the first day of the work completed as defined in C1-1.23 "WORKING DAYS'.' or the date stipulated in the "WORK ORDER" for beginning work, whichever comes first. Nothing in these Contract Documents shall be construed as prohibiting the Contractor from working on Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holidays, providing that the following requirements are met: a. - A request to work on a specific Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holiday must be made to the Engineer no later that the preceding Thursday. JW b. Any work to be done on the project on such a specific Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holiday must be, in the opinion of the Engineer, essential to the timely completion of the project. The Engineer's decision shall be final in response to such a request for approval to work on a specific Saturday; Sunday or Legal Holiday, and no extra compensation shall be "` allowed to the Contractor for any work performed on such a specific Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holiday. Calendar Days shall be defined in C 1-1.24 and the Contractor may work as he so desires. C7-7.7 TIME OF COMNMNCEMENT AND COMPLETION: The Contractor shall commence the working operations within the time specified in the Contract Documents and set forth in the Work Order. Failure to do so shall be considered by the owner as V0 abandonment of the Contract by the Contractor and the Owner may proceed as he sees fit. The Contractor shall maintain a rate of progress such as will insure that the whole work ,., will be performed and the premises cleaned up in accordance with the Contract Documents and within the time established in such documents and such extension of time as may be. properly authorized. C7-7.8 EXTENSION OF TIME COMPLETION: The Contractor's request for ' an extension of time ;of .completion - shall be considered only when the request' -for such s extension is submitted` in writing to the Engineer within ' seven daysfrom<:and, after the time alleged.cause of delay shall occurred. Should an extension of the time- of completion be requested such request will be forwarded to the City Council for approval. In adjusting the contract time for completion of work, consideration will be given to unforeseen causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, fire, flood, tornadoes, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, embargoes, or delays of sub -contractors due to such causes. we C7-7(3) w When the date of completion is based on a calendar day bid, a request for extension of time because of inclement weather will not be considered. A request for extension of time due to inability to obtain supplies and materials will be considered only when a review of the Contractor's purchase order dates and other pertinent data as requested by the Engineer indicates that the Contractor has made a bonafide attempt to secure delivery on schedule. This shall include efforts to obtain the supplies and materials from alternate sources in case the first source cannot make delivery. If satisfactory execution and completion of the contract should require work and materials in greater amounts or quantities than those set forth in the approved Contract Documents, then the contract time mat be increased by Change Order. C7-7.9, DELAYS: The Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the work, except when direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor is caused by the failure of the City to provide information or material, if any, which is to be furnished by the City. When such extra compensation is claimed, a written statement thereof shall be presented -by the Contractor to the Engineer and if by the Engineer found correct, shall be approved and referred by the Engineer to the City Council for final _ approval or disapproval; and the action thereon by the City Council shall be final and binding. If delay is caused by specific orders given by the Engineer to stop work, or by the performance of extra work, or by the failure of the City to provide material or necessary instructions for carrying on the work, then such delay will entitle the Contractor to an equivalent extension of time, his application for shall, however, be subject to the approval of the City Council: and no such extension of time shall release.the Contractor or the surety on his performance bond from all his obligations hereunder which shall remain in full force until the discharge of the contract. C7-7.10 TIME OF COMPLETION: The time of completion is an, essential element of the Contract. Each bidder shall indicate in the appropriate place on the last page of the proposal, the number of working days or calendar days. that he will require to �- fully complete this ,contract or the time of completion will be specified by the City, in the proposal section of the Contract Documents. The number of days. indicated shall.be a realistic estimate of the time required to complete the' work :covered; by the specific contract being .bid upon: The amount of time so stated by the successfulbidder or the City will become the time of completion specified in the Contract Documents.. For each calendar day that any work shall remain uncompleted after the, time specified in w the Contract, Documents, or increased time' granted by the Owner, or as automatically increased by additional work or materials ordered after the contract is signed, the sum per _ day given in the following schedule, unless otherwise specified in other parts of the Contract Documents, will be deducted from the monies due the Contractor, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages suffered by the Owner. C7-7(4) AMOUNT OF CONTRACT AMOUNT OF LIQUIDATED DAMAGES PER DAY Less than $ 5,000 inclusive $ 35.00 $ 5,001 to $ 15,000 inclusive $ 45.00 $ 15,001 to $ 25,000 inclusive $ 63.00 $ 25,001 to $ 50,000 inclusive $ 105.00 $ 50,001 to $ .100,000 inclusive $ 154.00 $ 100,001 to $ 500,000 inclusive $ 210.00 $ 500,001 to $ 1,000,000 inclusive $ 315.00 $ 1,000,001 to $ 2,000,000 inclusive $ 420.00 $ 2,000,000 and over $ 630.00 The parties hereto understand and agree that any harm to the City caused by the Contractor's delay in completing the work hereunder in the time specified by the Contract Documents would be incapable or very difficult to calculate due to lack of accurate .. information, and that the "Amount of Liquidated Damages Per Day", as set out above, is a reasonable forecast of just compensation due the City for harm caused by any delay. C7-7.11 SUSPENSION BY COURT ORDER: The Contractor shall suspend operations on such part or parts of the work ordered by any court, and wilt not be entitled to additional compensation by virtue of such court order. Neither will he be liable to the City in the vent the work is suspended by a Court Order. Neither will the Owner be liable to the Contractor by virtue of any Court Order or action for which the Owner is not solely .,. responsible. C7-7.12 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION: The Owner shall have the right to suspend +•• the work operation wholly or in part for such period or periods of time as he may deem necessary due to unsuitable weather conditions or any other unsuitable conditions which in the opinion of the Owner or Engineer cause further prosecution of the work to be unsatisfactory or detrimental to the interest of the project. During. temporary suspension of the work. covered by: this contract, for any reason, the Owner will make no extra . payment for stand-bytime of construction equipment and/or construction crews. If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will not obstructor impede the public `.. _ unnecessarily nor become damaged in any way, and .he ,shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed; he shall provide suitable. drainage w about the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the project due to causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor as set forth in Paragraph C7-7.8 EXTENSION OF THETIME OF COMPLETION, and should it be 40 C7-7(5) r. determined by mutual consent of the Contractor and the Engineer that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not available within a reasonable period of time, then the Contractor may be reimbursed for the cost of moving his equipment off the job and returning the necessary equipment to the job when it is determined by the Engineer that construction may be resumed. Such reimbursement shall be based on actual cost to the Contractor of moving the equipment and no profit will be allowed. No reimbursement shall be allowed if the equipment is moved to another construction project for the City of Fort Worth. The Contractor shall not suspend work without written notice from the Engineer and shall proceed with the work operations promptly when notified by the Engineer to so resume operations. C7-7.13 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT DUE' TO NATIONAL EMERGENCY: Whenever, because of National Emergency, so declared by the president of the United States or other lawful authority, it becomes impossible for the Contractor to obtain all of the necessary labor, materials, and equipment for the prosecution of the work with reasonable continuity for a period of two months, the Contractor shallwithin seven days notify the City in writing, giving a detailed statement of the efforts which have been made and listing all necessary items of labor, materials, and equipment not obtainable. If, after investigations, the owner finds that such conditions existing and that the inability of the Contractor to proceed is not attributable, in whole. or in part to the fault or neglect of the Contractor, than if the Owner cannot after reasonable effort assist the Contractor in _ procuring and making available the necessary labor, 'materials, and equipment. within thirty days, the Contractor my request the owner to terminate the contract and the, owner may comply with the request, and the termination shall be conditioned and based upon a — final settlement mutually acceptable to both the Owner and the Contractor and final payment shall be made in accordance with the terms of the agreed settlement, which shall include. But not be limited to the payment for all work executed but not anticipated profits on work which has not been performed. C7-7.14 SUSPENSION OR ABANDONMENT OF THE WORK AND ANNULMENT OF THE CONTRACT: The work operations on all or any, portion or section of the.. :work under Contract shall be suspended; immediately on written order of the Engineer or the Contract may be declared canceled by the City: Council for any good and sufficient cause. The following, by way of example, but not of limitation,. may be considered. grounds for suspension or cancellation: a. Failure of the Contractor to commence work operations within the time specified in the Work Order issued by the Owner. b. Substantial evidence that progress of the work operations by the Contractor is insufficient to complete the work within the specified time. t C7-7(6) .. so C. Failure of the Contractor to provide and maintain sufficient, labor and equipment to properly execute the working operations. d. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has abandoned the work. e. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has become insolvent or bankrupt, .• - or otherwise financially unable to carry on the work satisfactorily. f. Failure on the part of the Contractor to observe any requirements of the no Contract Documents or to comply with any orders given by the Engineer or Owner provided for in these Contract Documents. g. Failure of the Contractor promptly to make good any defect in materials or workmanship, or any defects of any nature the correction of which has been directed in writing by the Engineer or the Owner. h. Substantial evidence of collusion for the purpose of illegally procuring a contract or perpetrating fraud on the City in the construction of work under contract. i. A substantial indication that the Contractor has made an unauthorized .. assignment of the contract or any funds due therefrom for the benefit of any creditor or for any other purpose. 1W j. If the Contractor shall for any cause whatsoever not carry on the working operation in an acceptable manner. k. If the Contractor commences legal action against the Owner. 4• A Copy of the suspension order or action of the City Council shall be served on the .Contractor's Sureties. When work is suspended for any cause or causes, or when the contract is canceled, the Contractor shall discontinue the work or such part thereof as the owner shall designate, whereupon the Sureties may, at their option, assume the contract or that portion thereof which the Owner has ordered the Contractor to discontinue, and may perform the same or may, with written consent of the owner, sublet the work or that portion of the work as taken over, provided however, that the Sureties shall exercise their option, if at all, within two weeks after the -written notice. to discontinue the work has been'served upon the Contractor and upon the Sureties or their authorized agents. The Sureties, in suchevent shall assume .the Contractor's place in all respects, and shall be paid by the Owner for all work performed by them in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents. All monies remaining due the Contractor at the time of this default shall thereupon become.due and payable to the Sureties as the work progresses, subject to all of the terms of the Contract Documents. C7-7(7) dod In case the Sureties do not, within the hereinabove specified time, exercise their right and option to assume the contract responsibilities, or that . portion thereof which the Owner has ordered the Contractor to discontinue, then the Owner shall have the power to complete, by contract or otherwise, as it may determine, the work herein described or such work thereof as it may deem necessary, and the Contractor hereto agrees that the Owner shall have the right to take possession of and use any materials, plants, tools, equipment, supplies, and property of any kind provided by the Contractor for the purpose .. of carrying on the work and to procure other tools, equipment, materials, labor and property for the completion of the work, and to charge to the account of the Contractor of said contract expense for labor, materials, tools, equipment, and all expenses incidental thereto. The expense so charged shall be deducted by the owner'from such monies as may be due or may become due at any time thereafter to the Contractor under and by virtue of the. Contract or any part thereof. The Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest bid for the work completing the contract, but the expense to be deducted shall be the actual cost of the owner of such work In case such expenses shall exceed the amount which would have been payable under the Contract if the same had been completed by the Contract, then the Contractor and his Sureties shall pay the amount of such excess to the City on notice from the Owner of the excess due. When. any particular part.of the work is being carried on by the Owner by contract or otherwise under the provisions of this section, the Contractor shall continue the remainder of the work in conformity with the terms of the Contract Documents. and in such a manner as 'to not hinder or interfere with the performance of the work by the Owner. C7-7.15 FULFILLMENT OF CONTRACT: The Contract will be considered as. having been fulfilled, save as provided in any bond or bonds or by law, when all the work and all sections or parts of the project covered by the Contract Documents have been finished and completed, the final inspection made by the Engineer, ,and the final acceptance and final payment made by the Owner. .., C7-7.16 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF THE OWNER: The performance of the workk under this contract may be terminated by .the Owner in whole, or From time to time. in part, in accordance with, this section, whenever the Owner . shall determine that --such- termination is in the best interest of the Owner. A: NOTICE OF TERMINATION: Any Termination shall be effected by mailing a notice of the termination to the Contractor specifying the extent to. which performanceof work under the contract is terminated, and. the date upon which such termination becomes effective. Receipt of the notice shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established when the letter is placed in the United States Postal Service Mail by the Owner. Further, it shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established that such termination is made with just cause as therein stated; and no proof in any ,. C7-7(8) R. ow claim, demand or suit shall be required of the Owner regarding such discretionary action .. B. CONTRACTOR ACTION: After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall: •• 1. Stop work under the contract on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of termination; 2. place no finther orders or subcontracts for materials, services or facilities except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the work under the contract as is not terminated; 3. terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the work terminated by notice :.of termination; 4. transfer We to the Owner and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any, directed by the Engineer: a. . the fabricated or unfabricated " parts, work in progress, completed work, supplies and other - material produced as a part of, or acquired in connection with the performance of, the work terminated by. the notice of the termination; and b. The completed, or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other property which, if •• the contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to the Owner. 5. complete performance of such work as shall not have been terminated by the notice of termination; and' 6. Take such action as may be necessary, or as the. Engineer may direct, for the protection and preservation of the property related to its contract which is in the possession of -the Contractor -and in which the owner.. has or may acquire the rest. o. At a time not later than. 30 days after the termination date specified in the notice of termination, the Contractor may submit to the Engineer a list, certified as to quantity and quality, of any or all items of termination inventory not previously disposed of, exclusive of items the disposition of "0 C7-7(9) .. which has been directed or authorized by Engineer, Not later than 15 days thereafter, the owner shall accept title to such items provided, that the list submitted shall be subject to verification by the Engineer upon removal of the items or, if the items are stored, within 45 days from the date of submission of the list, and any necessary adjustments to correct the list as submitted, shall be made prior to final settlement. C. TERMINATION CLAIM: Within 60 days after the notice of termination, the Contractor shall submit his termination claim to the Engineer in the form and with the certification prescribed by the Engineer. Unless one or more extensions in writing are granted by the Owner upon request of the Contractor, made in writing within such 60-day period or authorized extension thereof, any and all such claims shall be conclusively -- deemed waived. D. AMOUNTS: Subject to the provisions of Item C7-7.1(C), the Contractor and the Owner may agree upon the whole or any part of the. amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor by teason of the total or partial termination of the work pursuant hereto; provided, that such agreed amount or amounts shall never exceed the total contract price reduced by the amount .of payments otherwise made and as further reduced by the contract price work not terminated. The contract shall be amended accordingly, and the Contractor shall be paid the agreed amount. No amount shall be due for lost or anticipated profits> Nothing in C7=7.16(E) hereafter, prescribing the amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of work pursuant to this section, shall be deemed to limit, restrict or otherwise determine or affect the amount or amounts which may be agreed upon to be paid to the Contractor pursuant to this paragraph. E. FAILURE TO AGREE: In the event of the failure of the Contractor �. and the Owner to agree as provided in C7-7.16(D) upon the whole amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of the work pursuant to this section, the. Owner shall determine, on the basis of information available to it, the amount, if any, due to the Contractor by reason of the termination and shall pay to the Contractor the amounts determined. No amount shall be due for lost or anticipated profits. F. DEDUCTIONS: In arriving at the amount due the Contractor under thissectionthere shall be deducted; 1. all unliquidated advance or other payments on account _ theretofore made to the Contractor, applicable to the terminated portion of this contract; C7-7(10) a. 2. any claim which the Owner may have against the Contractor in connection with this contract; and ,r 3. the agreed price for, or the proceeds of the sale of, any materials, supplies or other things kept by the Contractor or sold, pursuant to the provisions of this clause, and not ,.. otherwise recovered by or credited to the Owner. G. ADJUSTMENT: If the termination hereunder be partial, prior to the *� settlement of the terminated portion of this contract, the Contractor may file with4he Engineer a request in writing for an equitable adjustment of the price or prices specified in the contract relating to the continued portion of the contract (the portion not terminated by notice of termination), such equitable adjustment as may be agreed upon shall be made in such price or prices; noting contained herein, however, shall limit the right of the owner and the Contractor to agree upon the . amount or amounts to be paid tot he Contractor for the completion of the continued portion of the contract when said contract does not contain an established contract price for such continued portion. H. NO LIMITATION OF RIGHTS: Noting contained in this section shall limit or alter the rights which the Ownermay have for termination of this contract -under . C7-7.14 .. hereof, entitled "SUSPENSION OR ABANDONMENT - OF THE WORK AND ANNULMENT OF CONTRACT." or any other right which the Owner may have for default or breach of contract by Contractor. C7-7.17 SAFETY METHODS AND PRACTICES: The Contractor shall be - responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and .. programs in connection with the work at all times and shall assume all responsibilities for their enforcement. +� The Contractor shall comply with federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, and regulations so as to protect person and property from injury, including death; or damage in connection with the work. .. Mg C7-7(l. 1) ow MN i THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK mm i ,o um ftd 4" 0-0 P. 5W .. PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C8-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION C8=8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT aw C8-8.1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES: The determination of quantities of work performed by the Contractor and authorized by the Contract Documents acceptably completed under the terms of the Contract Documents shall be made by the Engineer, •. based on measurements made by the Engineer. These measurements will be made according to the United States Standard Measurements used in common practice, and will be the actual length, area, solid contents, numbers, and weights of the materials and item !► installed. C8-8.2 UNIT PRICES: When in the Proposal a "Unit Price" is set forth, the said "Unit Price" shall include the furnishing by the Contractor of all labor, tools, materials, machinery, equipment, appliances and appurtenances necessary for the construction of and the completion in a manner acceptable to the Engineer of all work to be done under these Contract Documents. r The ,' Unit Price" shall include all permanent and temporary protection of overhead, WAW surface, and underground strictures, cleanup, finishing costs, overhead expense, bond, insurance, patent fees, royalties, risk due to the. elements and other clauses, delays, profits, injuries, damages claims, taxes, and all other items not specifically mentioned that may be required to fully construct each item of the work complete in place and in .a satisfactory condition for operation. Im C8-8.3 LUMP SUM: When in the Proposal a "Lump Sum" is set forth, the said "Lump Sum" shall represent the total cost for the Contractor to famish all labor, tools, ,., materials, machinery, equipment, appurtenances, and all subsidiary work necessary for the construction and completion of all the work to provide a complete and functional item as detailed in the Special Contract Documents and/or Plans. .. C8-8.4 SCOPE -OF -PAYMENT:, The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation as herein,provided, in full payment for famishing all labor, tools, materials, �► and incidentals for performing allwork contemplated and embraced under these Contract Documents, for all loss and 'damage arising out of the nature of the work or. from the action of: the elements, for any unforeseen defects or obstructions which may arise or be ow - encountered during - the prosecution . which . may. arise or be encountered during the prosecution of the work at any time before its final acceptance by the Owner, (except as provided in paragraph C5-5.14) for all risks of whatever description connected with the �. prosecution of the work, for all expenses incurred by or in consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of such prosecution of the working operations as herein specified, or any and all infringements of patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other legal reservations, qW C8-8(1) hP. and for completing the work in an acceptable manner according to the terms of the Contract Documents. The payment of any current or partial estimate prior to the final acceptance of the work by the Owner shall in no way constitute an acknowledgment of the acceptance of the work, materials,- or equipment, nor in any way prejudice 'or affect the obligations of the Contractor to repair, correct, renew, or replace at his own and proper expense any defects or imperfections in the construction or in the strength or quality of the material used or equipment or machinery furnished in or about the construction of the work under contract and its appurtenances, or any damage due or attributed to such defects, which defects, imperfections, or damage shall have been discovered on or before the final inspection and acceptance of the work or during the one year guaranty period after the final acceptance. The Owner shall -be the sole judge of such defects, imperfections, or damage, and the �- Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for failure to correct the same as provided herein. ' C8-8.5 PARTIAL ESTIMATES AND RETAINAGE: Between the Is' and the 5 h day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a statement showing an estimate of the value of the. work done during the previous month, or estimate period under the Contract Documents. Not later than the I & day of the month, the Engineer shall verify such estimate, and.if it is found to be acceptable and the value of the work performed since the last partial payment was made exceeds one hundred dollars ($100.00) inn amount, 90% of such estimated sum will be paid to the Contractor if the total contract amount is less than $400,000.00, or 95% of such estimated sum will be paid to -the Contractor if the total contract amount is $400,000.00 or greater, within twenty-five (25) days after the regular estimate period. The City will have the option of preparing estimates on forms furnished by the City. The partial estimates may include acceptable . nonperishable materials delivered to the work which are to be incorporated into the work 'as a permanent part thereof, but which at the time of the estimate have not been installed (such payment will be allowed on a basis of 85% of the net invoice value thereof). The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer such information as he may request to aid him as a guide in the verification or the preparation of partial estimates. It is understood that partial estimates from month to month will be approximate only,. all *� partial monthly estimates and payment will be subject to correction in the estimate . rendered following,-the'discovery of an'error in any previous estimate, and -such estimate shall`not,' in any respect,. be taken -as an admission of the Owner of the amount of work done or of its quantity of sufficiency, or as an acceptance of the work done or the release of the Contractor of any of his responsibilities under the Contract Documents. The City reserves the right to withhold the payment of any. monthly estimate if the Contractor fails to perform the work strictly in accordance with the specifications or MW provisions of this Contract. C8-8(2) C8-8.6 WITHHOLDING PAYMENT: Payment on any estimate or estimates may be held in abeyance if the performance of the construction operations is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C8-8.7 FINAL ACCEPTANCE: Whenever the improvements provided for by the Contract Documents shall have been completed and all requirements of the Contract ,,. Documents shall have been fulfilled on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing that the improvements are ready for final inspection. The Engineer shall notify the appropriate officials of the Owner, will within a reasonable time make such final inspection, and if the work is satisfactory, in an acceptable condition, and has been completed in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof, the Engineer will initiate the processing of the final estimate and recommend final acceptance of the project and final payment thereof as outlines in paragraph C8-8.8 below. C8-8.8 FINAL PAYMENT: Whenever all the improvements provided for by the Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof shall have been completed and all requirements of the Contract Documents have been fulfilled on the part of the Contractor, a final estimate showing the value of the work will be prepared by the Engineer as soon as the necessary measurements, computations, and checks can be made. All prior estimates upon which payment has been made are subject to necessary corrections or revisions in the final payment. The amount of the final estimate, less previous payments and any sums that have been deducted or retained under the provisions of the Contract Documents, will be paid to the Iwo Contractor within 60 days after the final acceptance by the Owner on a proper resolution of the City Council, provided the --Contractor has furnished to the owner satisfactory evidence of compliance as follows: Prior to submission of the final estimate for payment, the Contractor shall execute an affidavit as finnished by the City, certifying that; A. all persons, firms, associations, corporations, or other organizations furnishing labor and/or materials have been paid in full, B. that the wage scale established by the City Council in the City of Fort Worth has been paid, and C. that there are no claims pending for personal injury and/or property damages. The acceptance by the Contractor of the. last or final payment as aforesaid shall operate -as and shall release the owner from all claims or liabilities under the Contract for anything done or furnished or relating to the work under the Contract Documents or any act or neglect of said City relating to or connected with the Contract. C8-8(3) The making of the final payment by the Owner shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue thereafter. C8-8.9 ADEQUACY OF DESIGN: It is understood that the Owner believes it has employed competent engineers and designers to prepare the Contract Documents and all modifications of the approved Contract Documents. It is, therefore, agreed that the Owner shall be responsible for the adequacy of its own design features, sufficiency of the Contract Documents, the safety of the structure, and the practicability of the operations of the completed project, provided the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the said Contract Documents, all approved modifications thereof, and additions and alterations thereof approved in writing by the Owner. The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the Contractor to show that he has complied with the. Contract Documents, approved modifications thereof, and all alterations thereof. C8-8.10 GENERAL GUARANTY: Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents nor -partial or entire occupancy or use of the premises by the Owner shall constitute an acceptance of the work not done in accordance with the Contract Documents or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials. or workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the work and pay for any damage to the other work resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period, of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work unless a. longer period is specified and shall furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond in the amount of 100 percent of the amount of the 4 contract which shall assure the performance- of the general guaranty as above outlined. The Owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. C8-8.11 SUBSIDIARY WORK: Any and all work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the project, such as conditions imposed by the Plans, the General Contract Documents or these Special Contract Documents, in which no specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal, shall be considered as a subsidiary item of work, the cost of which shall be included in the price bid in the Proposal, for each bid item. Surface restoration, rock excavation and cleanup are general items of work w which fall in the category of subsidiary work. C&8.12 MISCELLANEOUS PLACEMENT OF MATERIAL: Material may be allocated under various bid items in the Proposal to establish unit prices for miscellaneous placement of material. These materials shall be used only when directed by the Engineer, depending on field conditions. Payment for miscellaneous placement of material will be made for only that amount of material used, measured to the nearest one - tenth unit. Payment for miscellaneous placement of material shall be in accordance with the General Contract Documents regardless of the actual amount used for the Project. C8-8.13 RECORD DOCUMENTS: The Contractor shall keep on record a copy of all specifications, plans, addenda, modifications, shop drawings and samples at the C8-8(4) site, in good order and annotated to show all changes made during the construction process. These shall be delivered to the Engineer upon completion of the work. C8-8(5) THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK w no SECTION Cl: SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS A. General MW These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions of the Contract and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. Provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and affect. _ B. C8-8.5 PARTIAL ESTMATES AND RETAINAGE: Page C8-8 (2), should be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: Partial pay estimates shall be submitted by the. Contractor or prepared by the City on the �. 5th day and 20th day of each month that the work is in progress. The estimate shall be proceeded by the City on the 1 Oth day and 25th day respectively. Estimates will be paid within 25 days following the end of the estimate period, less the appropriate retainage as set out below. Partial pay estimates may include acceptable nonperishable materials delivered to the work place which are to be incorporated into the work as a permanent part thereof, but which at. the time of the pay estimate have not been so installed. If such materials are included within a pay estimate, payment shall be based upon 85% of the net voice value thereof. The Contractor will famish the Engineer such information as may be reasonably requested to aid in the verification or the preparation of the pay estimate. For contracts of less than - $400,000 , at the time of execution, retainage shall be ten per cent (10%). For contracts of $400,000 or more at the time of execution, retainage shall be .. five percent (5%). Contractor shall pay subcontractors in accord with the subcontract agreement within five Ing (5) business days after receipt by Contractor of the payment by City. Contractor's failure to make the required payments to subcontractors will authorize the City to withhold future payments from the ..Contractor until compliance with this paragraph is accomplished. It is understood that the partial pay estimates will be approximate only, and all partial pay estimates and payment of same will be subject to correction in the estimate rendered following the discovery of the mistake in any previous ' estimate. Partial payment by Owner for the amount of work done. or of its quality or sufficiency or acceptance of the work .done; shall ;not. release the Contractor of any of its responsibilities under the Contract Documents. The City reserves the right to withhold the payment of any partial estimate if the Contractor fails to perform the work in strict accordance with the specifications or other provisions of this contract. C. Part C - General Conditions: Paragraph C3-3..11 of the General Conditions is deleted and replaced with D-3 of Part D - Special Conditions. D. C3-3.11 INSURANCE: Page C3-3 (6): Delete subparagraph "g. LOCAL AGENT FOR INSURANCE AND BONDING' *� Revised Pg.1 10/24/02 MW E. C6-6.12 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBLITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS: Page C6-6 ftm (8), is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following' Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify City's engineer and architect, and their personnel at the project site for Contractor's sole negligence. In addition, Contractor 4 covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the Owner, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims or suits for property loss, property damage, personal injury, including death, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not anv such iniury, damage or death is. caused in whole or in part, by the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants, or employees. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against any and all injuries to Owner's officers, servants and employees and any damage, loss or destruction to property of the Owner arising from the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether or not any such iniurp or damage is caused in whole or in part by the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants or employees. ftw In the event Owner receives a written claim for damages against the Contractor or its subcontractors prior to final payment, final payment `shall not be made until Contractor either (a) submits to Owner satisfactory evidence that the claim has been settled and/or a release from the claimant involved, or (b) provides Owner with a letter from Contractor's liability insurance carrier that the claim has been referred to the insurance carrier. , M& The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to accept bids on other City of Fort Worth public work from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract. �- F. INCREASED OR DECREASED OUANTEMS: Part C - General Conditions, Section C44 SCOPE OF WORK, Page C .4-4 (1), revise paragraph C44.3 INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTEMS to read as follows: The. Owner_ reserves th6right to alter the quantities ofthe work to be performed or to extend or shorten the improvements at any tine when and as found to be necessary, and the Contractor shall perform the work as altered, increased or decreased at the unit prices as established in the contract documents. No allowance Will be made for any changes in lost or anticipated profits nor shall such changes be considered as waiving or invalidating any conditions or provisions of the Contract Documents. Variations in quantities' of sanitary sewer pipes in depth categories shall be interpreted herein as applying to the overall quantities of sanitary sewer pipe in each pipe size but not to the various depth categories. Revised 10/24/02 Pg. 2 W r G. C3-3.11 INSURANCE: Page C3-3 (7): Add. subparagraph "h. ADDITIONAL wo INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS" _ a. The City, its officers, employees and servants shall be endorsed as an additional insured on Contractor's insurance policies excepting employer's liability insurance coverage under Contractor's workers' compensation insurance policy. aw . b. - Certificates of insuranceshall be delivered . to the City of Fort Worth, contract administrator in the respective department as specified in the bid documents, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, TX 76102, prior to commencement of work on the contracted project. c. Any failure on part of the City to request required insurance documentation shall not constitute a waiver of the insurance requirements specified herein. MW d. Each insurance policy shall be endorsed to provide the City a minimum thirty days notice of cancellation, non -renewal, and/or material change in policy terms or coverage. aw A ten days notice shall be acceptable in the event of non-payment of premium. e. Insurers must be authorized to do business in the State of Texas and have a current A.M. Best rating.of A: VII or equivalent measure of financial strength and solvency. f. Deductible limits, or self.fimded retention limits, on each policy must not exceed $10,000.00 per occurrence unless otherwise approved by the City. .. g. Other than worker's compensation insurance, in lieu of traditional insurance, City may consider alternative coverage or risk treatment measures through insurance pools. or risk retention groups. The City must approve in writing any alternative coverage. h. Workers' compensation insurance policy(s) covering employees employed on the project shall be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation providing rights of recovery in " favor of the .City. i. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for contractor's insurance. .. j. Contractor's insurance policies shall each be endorsed to provide that such insurance is primary protection and any self -funded or commercial coverage maintained by City shall not be called upon to contribute to loss recovery. k. In the course of the project, Contractor shall report, in a timely manner, to City's officially designated contract administrator any known loss occurrence which could give rise to a liability claim or lawsuit or which could result in a property loss. •• Revised Pg.3 10/24/02 No 1. Contractor's liability shall not be limited to the specified amounts of insurance .n required herein. m. Upon the request of City, Contractor shall provide complete copies of all insurance policies required by these;contract documents. H. C8-8.4 SCOPE OF PAYMENT: Delete C8-8A, Scope of Payment at page C8-8(1) is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation as herein provided, in full `~ payment for furnishing all labor, tools, materials, and incidentals for performing all work contemplated and embraced under'these Contract Documents, for all loss and damage _ arising out of the nature of the .work or from the action of the elements, for any unforeseen defects or obstructions which may arise or be encountered during . the prosecution which may arise or be encountered during the prosecution of the work at any time before its final acceptanceby the Owner, (except as provided in paragraph C5-5.14) for all risks of whatever description connected with. the prosecution of the work, for all expenses incurred. by or in consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of such ... prosecution. of the working operations as herein specified, or any and all infringements of patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other legal reservations, and for completing the work in an acceptable manner according to the terms of the Contract Documents. The payment of any current or partial estimate prior to the final acceptance of the work by the Owner shall in no way constitute an acknowledgment of the acceptance of the work, materials, or equipment, nor in any way prejudice or affect, the obligations of the Contractor to repair, correct, renew, or replace at his own and proper expense any defects or imperfections in the construction or in the strength or quality of the material used or equipment or machinery furnished in or about the construction of the work under contract and its appurtenances, or any damage due or attributed to such defects, which defects, imperfections, or damage shall have been discovered on or before the final inspection and acceptance of the work or during the two (2) year guaranty period after the final ' acceptance. The Owner shall be the sole judge of such defects, imperfections, or damage, and the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for failure to correct the same as provided herein. W I. C8-8.10 GENERAL GUARANTY: Delete C8-8.10, General Guaranty at page C8-8(4) is deleted in its. entirety and replaced with the following: w Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents; nor partial or entire occupancy or use of the premises by the Owner shall constitute an acceptance of work not done in accordance with the Contract Documents or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the. work'and pay for any damage to other work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two (2) years from the date of final acceptance of the work unless a longer period is specified and shall furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond in the amount of 100 percent of the amount of the contract Revised Pg. 4 40 10/24/02 which shall assure the performance of the general guaranty as above outlined. The Owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. _ Any reference to any shorter period of time of warranty contained elsewhere within the specifications shall be resolved in .favor of this specifications, it being the City's intent that the Contractor guarantee its work for a period of two (2) years following the date of acceptance of the project. In the Special Instructions to Bidders, TPW contracts place the following in lieu of the existing paragraph 2. J. Part C - General Conditions, Section C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL. Page C2-2 (4) exchange paragraphs C2-2.7, C2-2.8 and C2-2.9 with the following: C2-2.7 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL: No proposal will be considered unless it is delivered, accompanied by its proper Bid Security, to the Purchasing Manager or his representative at the official location and stated time set forth in the "No4ce to Bidders." _ It is the Bidder's sole responsibility to deliver the proposal at the proper time to the proper place. The mere fact that a proposal was dispatched will not be considered. The Bidders must have the proposal actually delivered. Each proposal shall be in a sealed envelope „w plainly marked with the word "PROPOSAL," and the name or description of the project as designated in the "Notice to Bidders." The envelope shall be addressed to the Purchasing Manager, City of Fort Worth.Purchasing Division, P.O. Box 17027, Fort .. Worth, Texas 76102. C2-2.8 WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS: Proposals actually filed with the Purchasing .. Manager cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for opening proposals. A request for non -consideration of a proposal must be made in writing, addressed to the City Manager, and filed with him prior to the time set for the opening of proposals. After all proposals .. - not requested for non -consideration are opened and publicly read aloud, the proposals for which non -consideration requests have been properly filed may, at the option of the Owner, be returned unopened. C2-2.9 TELEGRAPHIC MODIFICATION OF PROPOSALS: Any bidder may modify his proposal by'telegraphic communication at any time prior to the time set for opening proposals, provided such telegraphic communication is -received by. the Purchasing Manager prior to the said proposal opening time, and provided further, that the City _ Manager is satisfied that a written and duly authenticated confirmation of such - -telegraphic communication over the signature of the bidder was -mailed prior to the proposal opening time. If such confirmation is not received within forty-eight (48) hours after the proposal opening time, no further consideration will be given to the proposal K. C3-3.7 BONDS (CITY LET PROJECTSI: Reference Part C; General Conditions, dated .. November 1, 1987; (City let projects) make the following revisions: +■ Revised Pg.5 10/24/02 no 1. Page C3-3(3); the paragraph after. paragraph C3-3.7d Other Bonds should be revised to read: In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, the surety must (1) hold a certificate of authority from the United States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law, or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the state of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the Untied States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein. 2. Pg. C3-3(5) Paragraph C3-3.11 INSURANCE delete subparagraph "a. COMPENSATION INSURANCE". 3. Pg. C3-3(6), Paragraph C3-3.11 INSURANCE delete subparagraph "g. LOCAL AGENT FOR INSURANCE AND BONDING". L. RIGHT TO AUDIT: Part C - General Conditions, Section C8-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT, Page C8-8 (5), add the following: C8-8.14 RIGHT TO AUDIT: (a) Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating to this contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access during normal working hours to all necessary Contractor facilities and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this section. The City shall give contractor reasonable advance notice of -- intended audits. (b) Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under the subcontract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers and roods of such subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract, and further, that City shall have access during normal working hours to all subcontractor facilities, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space, in order to conduct -audits in compliance with the provisions of this article. City shall give subcontractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. (c) Contractor and subcontractor agree to photocopy such documents as may be.requested by the City. The City agrees to reimburse the Contractor for the cost of copies as follows: Revised Pg. 6 10/24/02 _ 1.50 copies and under -10 cents per page 2, More than 50 copies - 85 cents for the first page plus fifteen cents for each page thereafter M. SITE PREPARATION: The Contractor shall clear rights -of -way or easements of obstruction which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the work as a part of this project �. construction operations. The contractor's attention is directed to paragraph C6-6.10 work within easements, page C6-6(4), part C - General Conditions of the Water Department General Contract Document and General Specifications. r Clearing and restoration shall be considered as incidental to construction and all costs incurred will be considered tor be included in the Linear Foot price of the pipe. N. Reference Part C - General Conditions, Section C6-6.8 BARRICADES, WARNINGS •� AND WATC OMEN: 1. Wherever the word Watchmen appears in this paragraph, it shall be changed to the .. word flagmen.' 2. In the first paragraph, lines five (5) and six (6), change the phrase take all such other precautionary measures to take all reasonable necessary measures. O.. M1N0R1TY/W0MEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMPLIANCE: Reference Part C (General Conditions), Section C3-3.2 Entitled "MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE/WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMPLIANCE" shall be deleted in its entirety and, replaced with the following: r Upon request, Contractor agrees to provide to Owner complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and/or a Woman.Business Enterprise (WBE), on the contract and payment therefore. Contractor further agrees to permit an audit and%r examination of any -books; records or files in its. possession; that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MBE and/or WBE. The misrepresentation of facts. (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or the .. commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the contract and/or initiating action under appropriate federal, state or local laws or ordinances - relating to false statements; further, any such misrepresentation (other than negligent .. misrepresentation) and/or commission of fraud will result in the Contractor being determined to be irresponsible and barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less than thee (3) years. r r Revised Pg.7 10/24/02. r M P. WAGE RATES: Section C3-3.13 of the General Conditions is deleted and replaced with the following: (a) The contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas GovernmentCode, including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these contract documents. (b) The contractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of acceptance of �. the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and occupation of each worker employed by the contractor in the construction of the work provided for in this contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. These records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of Section C-1, L. Right to Audit (Rev. 9/30/02) pertain to this inspection. (c) The contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its subcontractors to comply with paragraphs (a) and (b) above. (d) With each partial.payment estimate or payroll period, whichever is less, an affidavit stating that the contractor.has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. MW The contractor shall post the prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times. ' r.r Revised Pg. 8 10/24/02 ' PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS D-1 GENERAL..........................................................................................................................3 D-2 COORDINATION MEETING................................................................................................. 5 D-3 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW .......................5 D- 4 COORDINATION WITH FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT........................................7 D- 5 CROSSING OF EXISTING UTILITIES..................................................................................7 D- 6 EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS......................................................................8 D- 7 CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC OVER PIPELINES...................................................................8 D- 8 TRAFFIC CONTROL.............................................................................................................9 D- 9 DETOURS...........................................................................................................................10 D- 10 EXAMINATION OF SITE.................................................................................................10 D- 11 ZONING COMPLIANCE...............................................................................................10 D- 12 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION.....................................................................................10 D- 13 WASTE MATERIAL.........................................................................................................10 D- 14 PROJECT CLEANUP AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE.........................................................10 D- 15 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND SEQUENCING OF WORK....................................11 D- 16 SAFETY RESTRICTIONS - WORK NEAR HIGH VOLTAGE LINES...............................11 D- 17 BID QUANTITIES............................................................................................................11 D- 18 CUTTING OF CONCRETE ................................................... D- 19 PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGN.....................................................................................12 D- 20 CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND DRIVEWAY REPLACEMENT.........................................12 D- 21 MISCELLANEOUS PLACEMENT OF MATERIAL..........................................................12 D- 22 CRUSHED LIMESTONE BACKFILL...............................................................................12 D- 23 2:27 CONCRETE.............................................................................................................13 D- 24 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION............................................13 D- 25 TRENCH PAVEMENT (PERMANENT) REPAIR (E2-19) FOR UTILITY CUTS...............14 D- 26 SITE SPECIFIC TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM (COVERS ALL PROJECTS)...................15 D- 27 SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES....................................................................................16 D- 28 SANITARY SEWER SERVICES......................................................................................19 D- 29 REMOVAL, SALVAGE, AND ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING FACILITIES ..................20 D- 30 DETECTABLE WARNING TAPES ................................................. :................................ 22 D- 31 PIPE CLEANING.......................................................................... ......................... 23 D- 32 DISPOSAL OF SPOIUFILL MATERIAL.......................................................................... 23 D- 33 MECHANICS AND MATERIALMEN'S LIEN....................................................................23 D- 34 ......................................................................................... SUBSTITUTIONS ...................23 D- 35 PRE -CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWER...............24 D- 36 VACUUM TESTING OF SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES.............................................27 D- 37 BYPASS PUMPING ....................... ........28 .......................................................................... D- 38 POST -CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWER.............28 D- 39 SAMPLES AND QUALITY CONTROL TESTING............................................................30 .. D- 40 TEMPORARY EROSION, SEDIMENT, AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL (FOR DISTURBED AREAS LESS THAN 1 ACRE)...................................................................................30 D- 41 INGRESS AND EGRESS/OBSTRUCTION OF ACCESS TO DRIVES ........................... 31 D- 42 PROTECTION OF TREES, PLANTS AND SOIL............................................................. 32 D-43 SITE RESTORATION.......................................................................................................32 D- 44 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD PRODUCT LIST ................................................. 32 D-45 TOPSOIL, SODDING, SEEDING & HYDROMULCHING................................................32 D- 46 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM........................................................................38 D- 47 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION/FINAL INSPECTION...............................38 D- 48 EXCAVATION NEAR TREES (WHERE IDENTIFIED ON THE PLANS) ......................... 38 D- 49 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT OF SEWER PIPE ............................... D- 50 CLAY DAM...................................................................................................................... 39 06/20/08 SC-1 .. PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS in D- 51 EXPLORATORY EXCAVATION (D-HOLE).....................................................................39 D- 52 INSTALLATION OF WATER FACILITIES 52.1 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Pipe.............................................................................40 52.2 Blocking........................................................................................................................40 52.3 Type of Casing Pipe......................................................................................................40 52.4 Tie-Ins............................................................................................................................40 52.5 Connection of Existing Mains........................................................................................41 52.6 Valve Cut-Ins................................................................................................................. 41 52.7 Water Services..............................................................................................................41 52.8 2-Inch Temporary Service Line......................................................................................43 52.9 Purging and Sterilization of Water Lines........................................................................44 52.10 Work Near Pressure Plane Boundaries.........................................................................45 52.11 Water Sample Station....................................................................................................45 52.12 Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings.................................................................................45 D- 53 SPRINKLING FOR DUST CONTROL .......................................... ................................... 46 D- 54 DEWATERING.................................................................................................................46 D- 55 TRENCH EXCAVATION ON DEEP TRENCHES............................................................47 D- 56 TREE PRUNING..............................................................................................................47 D- 57 TREE REMOVAL.............................................................................................................48 D- 58 TEST HOLES..................................................................................................................48 D- 59 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION AND NOTIFICATION OF TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE INTERRUPTION DURING CONSTRUCTION............................................................................................................................ 48 D- 60 TRAFFIC BUTTONS........................................................................................................49 D- 61 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CLEANOUTS.................................................................49 D- 62 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT REPAIR................................................................................49 D- 63 CONSTRUCTION STAKES.............................................................................................50 +.. D- 64 EASEMENTS AND PERMITS......................................................................................... 50 D- 65 PRE -CONSTRUCTION NEIGHBORHOOD MEETING...................................................51 D- 66 WAGE RATES................................................................................................................51 D- 67 REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE ....................................... 52 D-68 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (FOR DISTURBED AREAS GREATER THAN1 ACRE)................................................................................................................................53 D-69 COORDINATION WITH THE CITY'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR OPERATIONS OF EXISTING WATER SYSTEMS........................................................................................................55 D-70 ADDITIONAL SUBMITTALS FOR CONTRACT AWARD .................................................... 55 D-71 EARLY WARNING SYSTEM FOR CONSTRUCTION ........................................................ 55 D-72 AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS.........................................................................................56 D-73 FEE FOR STREET USE PERMITS AND RE-INSPECTIONS.............................................56 ow M OWOI08 SC-2 "" No PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS _ This Part D — Special Conditions is complimentary to Part C — General Conditions and Part C1 — Supplementary Conditions to Part C of the Contract. Anything contained in this Part D that is additive to any provision in Part C — General Conditions and part C1 — Supplementary Conditions to Part C of the Contract are to be read together. Any conflict between Part C General Conditions and Part C1 — Supplementary Conditions of the Contract and this Part D, Part D shall control. FOR: PROJECT DESCRIPTION EAST 7TH STREET DEEP TUNNEL SANITARY SEWER, PART 1 FORT WORTH, TEXAS — DOE PROJECT NO. 4009 FILE NO. 20248 CPMS PROJECT NO. 01086 WATER DEPARTMENT PROJECT NO. P275-541200-708170108683 D-1 GENERAL The order or precedence in case of conflicts or discrepancies between various parts of the Contract Documents subject to the ruling of the Engineer shall generally, but not necessarily, follow the guidelines listed below: 1. Plans 2. Contract Documents 3. Special Conditions The following Special Conditions shall be applicable to this project under the provisions stated above. The Contractor shall be responsible for defects in this project due to faulty materials and workmanship, or both, for a period of two (2) years from date of final acceptance of this project by the City of Fort Worth and will be required to replace at his expense any part or all of this project which becomes defective due to these causes. Subject to modifications as herein contained, the Fort Worth Water Department's General Contract Documents and General Specifications, with latest revisions, are made a part of the General ,. Contract Documents for this project. The Plans, these Special Contract Documents and the rules, regulations, requirements, instructions, drawings or details referred to by manufacturers name, or identification include therein as specifying, referring or implying product control, performance, quality, or other shall be binding upon the contractor. The specifications and drawings shall be considered cooperative; therefore, work or material called for by one and not shown or mentioned in the other shall be accomplished or furnished in a faithful manner as though required by all. Any Contractor performing any work on Fort Worth water or sanitary sewer facilities must be pre - qualified with the Water Department to perform such work in accordance with procedures described in the current Fort Worth Water Department General Specifications, which general specifications shall govern performance of all such work. This contract and project, where applicable, may also be governed by the two following published so specifications, except as modified by these Special Provisions: 1. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET AND STORM DRAIN CONSTRUCTION - MW CITY OF FORT WORTH 0&20/08 SC-3 no PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS w 2. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION - NORTH No CENTRALTEXAS Any conflict between these contract documents and the above 2 publications shall be resolved in favor of these contract documents. A copy of either of these specifications may be purchased at the office of the Transportation and Public Works Director, 1000 Throckmorton Street, 2nd Floor, Municipal Building, Fort Worth, Texas — 76102. The specifications applicable to each pay item are indicated by the call -out for the pay item by the designer. If not shown, then applicable published specifications in either of these documents may be followed at the discretion of the Contractor. General Provisions shall be those of the Fort Worth document rather than Division 1 of the North Central Texas document. Bidders shall not separate, detach or remove any portion, segment or sheets from the contract document at any time. Failure to bid or fully execute contract without retaining contract documents intact may be grounds for designating bids as "non -responsive" and rejecting bids or voiding contract as appropriate as determined by the City Engineer. INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL: A. DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL: No proposal will be considered unless it is delivered, accompanied by its proper Bid Security, to the Purchasing Manager or his representative at the official location and stated time set forth in the "Notice to Bidders". It is the Bidder's sole responsibility to deliver the proposal at the proper time to the proper place. The mere fact that `- a proposal was dispatched will not be considered. The Bidders must have the proposal actually delivered. Each proposal shall be in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the word "PROPOSAL", and the name or description of the project as designated in the "Notice to Bidders". The envelope shall be addressed to the Purchasing Manager, City of Fort Worth Purchasing Division, PO Box 17027, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. B. WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS: Proposals actually filed with the Purchasing Manager cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for opening proposals. A request for non -consideration of a proposal must be made in writing, addressed to the City Manager, and filed with him prior to the time set for the opening of proposals. After all proposals not requested for non - consideration are opened and publicly read aloud, the proposals for which non -consideration requests have been properly filed may, at the option of the Owner, be returned unopened. C. TELEGRAPHIC MODIFICATION OF PROPOSALS: Any bidder may modify his proposal by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the time set for opening proposals, provided such telegraphic communication is received by the Purchasing Manager prior to the said proposal opening time, and provided further, that the City Manager is satisfied that a written and duly authenticated confirmation of such telegraphic communication over the signature of the bidder was mailed prior to the proposal opening time. If such confirmation is not received .. within forty-eight (48) hours after the proposal opening time, no further consideration will be given to the proposal. osrro/os SC-4 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS D-2 COORDINATION MEETING For coordination purposes, weekly meetings at the job site may be required to maintain the project on the desired schedule. The contractor shall be present at all meetings. D-3 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW — A. Definitions: 1. Certification of coverage ("certificate"). A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. 2. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. 3. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in §406.096)- includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without .. limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other services related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) or all employees of the Contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the U. duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide the governmental entity: 1. A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the Im governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and 06120108 SC-5 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2. No later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. F. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. G. The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal �- delivery, within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. H. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: 1. Provide coverage, based on proper reporting on classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; 2. Provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; 3. Provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; 4. Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: .. a.) A certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and b.) A new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the .. coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. .. 5. Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. 6. Notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and MW 7. Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1)-(7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 0&70108 SC-6 - PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 8. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative, criminal, civil penalties or other civil actions. 9. The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. J. The contractor shall post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other Texas Worker's Compensation Commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish -- and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text, without any additional words or changes: "REQUIRED WORKER'S COMPENSATION COVERAGE The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." Call the Texas Worker's Compensation Commission at (512) 463-3642 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage". D- 4 COORDINATION WITH FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT During the construction of this project, it will be necessary to deactivate, for a period of time, existing lines. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with the Water Department to determine the best times for deactivating and activating those lines. D- 5 CROSSING OF EXISTING UTILITIES _ Where a proposed water line crosses over a sanitary sewer or sanitary sewer service line and/or proposed sewer line crosses over a water line and the clear vertical distance is less than 9 feet barrel to barrel, the sanitary sewer or sanitary sewer service line shall be made watertight or be constructed of ductile iron pipe. The Engineer shall determine the required length of replacement. The material for sanitary sewer mains and sanitary sewer laterals shall be Class 51 Ductile Iron Pipe with polyethylene wrapping. The material for sanitary sewer service lines shall be extra strength cast iron soil pipe with polyethylene wrapping. Adapter fittings shall be a urethane or neoprene coupling ASTM C-425 with series 300 stainless steel compression straps. Backfill, 06120108 SC-7 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS fittings, tie-ins and all other associated appurtenances required are deemed subsidiary work, the cost of which shall be included in the price bid in the Proposal for each bid item. D- 6 EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS The plans show the locations of all known surface and subsurface structures. However, the Owner assumes no responsibility for failure to show any or all of these structures on the Plans, or to show them in their exact location. It is mutually agreed that such failure shall not be considered sufficient basis for claims for additional compensation for extra work or for increasing the pay quantities in any manner whatsoever. The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the locations of and protecting all existing utilities, ~' service lines, or other property exposed by his construction operations. Contractor shall make all necessary provisions (as approved or authorized by the applicable utility company) for the support, protection and/or temporary relocation of all utility poles, gas lines, telephone cables, utility services, water mains, sanitary sewer lines, electrical cables, drainage pipes, and all other utilities and structures both above and below ground during construction. It is understood that the Contractor is not responsible for the permanent relocation of existing utilities in direct conflict with the proposed construction. The Contractor is liable for all damages done to such existing facilities as a result of his operations and any and all cost incurred for the protection and/or temporary relocation of such facilities are deemed subsidiary work and the cost of same and shall be included .. in the cost bid per linear foot of pipe installed. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE ALLOWED. Where existing utilities or service lines are cut, broken or damaged the Contractor shall replace or repair the utilities or service lines with the same type of original material and construction, or better, unless otherwise shown or noted on the plans, at his own cost and expense. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner of the damaged utility or service line. He shall cooperate with the Owners of all utilities to locate existing underground facilities and notify the Engineer of any conflicts in grades and alignment. In case it is necessary to change or move the property of any owner of a public utility, such property shall not be moved or interfered with until ordered to do so by the Engineer. The right is reserved to the owner of public utilities to enter upon the limits of the project for the purpose of .. making such changes or repairs of their property that may be made necessary by performance of this contract. The utility lines and conduits shown on the plans are for information only and are not guaranteed by the City of the Engineer to be accurate as to extent, location, and depth; they are shown on the plans as the best information available at the time of design, from the owners of the utilities involved and from evidences found on the ground. D- 7 CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC OVER PIPELINES It is apparent that certain construction vehicles could exceed the load bearing capacity of the pipe under shallow bury conditions. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to protect both the new line and the existing lines from these possibly excessive loads. The Contractor shall not, at any .� time, cross the existing or new pipe with a truck delivering new pipe to the site. Any damage to the existing or new pipe will be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, to the satisfaction of the City. �r 06120108 SC-8 No PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS In locations where it is not permissible to cross the existing or proposed pipes without additional protection the Contractor may elect to provide additional protection of the pipes so that more frequent crossings of the pipes are allowed. It still is, however, the responsibility of the Contractor to repair any damage to the existing or proposed lines, if the damage results from any phase of his construction operation. D- 8 TRAFFIC CONTROL The contractor will be required to obtain a "Street Use Permit" prior to starting work. As part of the "Street Use Permit" a traffic control plan is required. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing traffic control during the construction of this project consistent with the provisions set forth in the "Latest Edition Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways" issued under the authority of the "State of Texas Uniform Act Regulating Traffic on Highways," codified as Article 6701d Vernon's Civil Statutes, pertinent sections being Section Nos. 27, 29, 30 and 31. Unless otherwise included as part of the Construction documents, the Contractor shall submit a .. traffic control plan (duly sealed, signed and dated by a Registered Professional Engineer (P.E.) in the state of Texas), to the City Traffic Engineer [Tel (817)392-8770] at or before the preconstruction conference. The P.E. preparing the traffic control plan may utilize standard traffic reroute configurations posted as "Typicals" on the City's Buzzsaw website. Although work will not begin until the traffic control plan has been reviewed and approved, the Contractor's time will begin in accordance with the timeframe mutually established in the `Notice to Proceed' issued the Contractor. The Contractor will not remove any regulatory sign, instructional sign, street name sign or other sign, which has been erected by the City. If it is determined that a sign must be removed to permit —' required construction, the Contractor shall contact the Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division, (Phone Number 817-392-7738) to remove the sign. In the case of regulatory signs, the Contractor must replace the permanent sign with a temporary sign meeting the requirements of the above -referenced manual and such temporary sign must be installed prior to the removal of the permanent sign. If the temporary sign is not installed correctly or if it does not meet the required specifications, the permanent sign shall be left in place until the �. temporary sign requirements are met. When construction work is completed to the extent that the permanent sign can be reinstalled, the Contractor shall again contact the Signs and Markings Division to reinstall the permanent sign and shall leave his temporary sign in place until such reinstallation is completed. Work shall not be performed on certain locations/streets during "peak traffic periods" as determination by the City Traffic Engineer and in accordance with the applicable provision of the "City of Fort Worth Traffic Control Handbook for Construction and Maintenance Work Areas." The lump sum pay item for traffic control shall cover design and / or installation, and maintenance ■- of the traffic control plan. 06120108 SC-9 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS D- 9 DETOURS The contractor shall prosecute his work in such a manner as to create a minimum of interruption to traffic and pedestrian facilities and to the flow of vehicular and pedestrian traffic within the project area. D-10 EXAMINATION OF SITE It shall be the responsibility of the prospective bidder to visit the project site and make such examinations and explorations as may be necessary to determine all conditions, which may affect construction of this project. Particular attention should be given to methods of providing ingress and egress to adjacent private and public properties, procedures for protecting existing — improvements and disposition of all materials to be removed. Proper consideration should be given to these details during the preparation of the Proposal and all unusual conditions, which may give, rise to later contingencies should be brought to the attention of the Owner prior to the ., submission of the Proposal. D- 11 ZONING COMPLIANCE During the construction of this project, the Contractor shall comply with present zoning requirements of the City of Fort Worth in the use of vacant property for storage purposes. w D- 12 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION The Contractor at his own expense will furnish water for construction. D- 13 WASTE MATERIAL All waste material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of by the Contractor at locations approved by the Engineer. All material shall be disposed of in such a manner as to present a neat appearance and to not obstruct proper drainage or to cause injury to street improvements or to abutting property. D- 14 PROJECT CLEANUP AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE The Contractor shall be aware that keeping the project site in a neat and orderly condition is .. considered an integral part of the contracted work and as such shall be considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid items. Clean up work shall be done as directed by the Engineer as the work progresses or as needed. If, in the opinion of the Engineer it is necessary, clean-up shall be done on ,^ a daily basis. Clean up work shall include, but not be limited to: Sweeping the street clean of dirt or debris Storing excess material in appropriate and organized manner Keeping trash of any kind off of residents' property If the Engineer does not feel that the jobsite has been kept in an orderly condition, on the next estimate payment (and all subsequent payments until completed) of the appropriate bid item(s) will be reduced by 25%. Final cleanup work shall be done for this project as soon as all construction has been completed. No more than seven days shall elapse after completion of construction before the roadway, right- of-way, or easement is cleaned up to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall make a 06/20/08 SC-10 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS final cleanup of all parts of the work before acceptance by the City of Fort Worth or its representative. This cleanup shall include removal of all objectionable rocks, pieces of asphalt or concrete and other construction materials, and in general preparing the site of the work in an orderly manner and appearance. The City of Fort Worth Department of Engineering shall give final acceptance of the completed project work. D- 15 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND SEQUENCING OF WORK Prior to executing the Contract, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to fumish a schedule outlining the anticipated time for each phase of construction with starting and completion dates, _ including sufficient time being allowed for cleanup. The Contractor shall not commence with water and/or sanitary sewer installation until such time that the survey cut -sheets have been received from the City inspector. D- 16 SAFETY RESTRICTIONS - WORK NEAR HIGH VOLTAGE LINES The following procedures will be followed regarding the subject item on this contract: 1. A warning sign not less than five inches by seven inches, painted yellow with black letters that are legible at twelve feet shall be placed inside and outside vehicles such as cranes, derricks, power shovels, drilling rigs, pile drivers, hoisting equipment or similar apparatus. The warning sign shall read as follows: "WARNING - UNLAWFUL TO OPERATE THIS EQUIPMENT WITHIN SIX FEET OF HIGH VOLTAGE LINES." 2. Equipment that may be operated within ten feet of high voltage lines shall have insulating cage -type of guard about the boom or arm, except back hoes or dippers, and insulator links _ on the lift hook connections. 3. When necessary to work within six feet of high voltage electric lines, notification shall be given the power company (ONCOR) who will erect temporary mechanical barriers, de - energize the lines, or raise or lower the lines. The work done by the power company shall not be at the expense of the City of Fort Worth. The notifying department shall maintain an accurate log of all such calls to ONCOR, and shall record action taken in each case. 4. The Contractor is required to make arrangements with the ONCOR company for the temporary relocation or raising of high voltage lines at the Contractor's sole cost and expense. 5. No person shall work within six feet of a high voltage line without protection having been taken as outlined in Paragraph (3). D-17 BID QUANTITIES .. Bid quantities of the various items in the proposal are for comparison only and may not reflect the actual quantities. There is no limit to which a bid item can be increased or decreased. Contractor shall not be entitled to renegotiation of unit prices regardless of the final measured quantities. To the extent that C4-4.3 conflicts with this provision, this provision controls. No claim will be considered for lost or anticipated profits based upon differences in estimated quantities _ versus actual quantities. D-18 CUTTING OF CONCRETE 06120108 SC-11 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS When existing concrete is cut, such cuts shall be made with a concrete saw. All sawing shall be subsidiary to the unit cost of the respective item. D- 19 PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGN Project signs are required at all locations. It shall be in accordance with the attached Figure 30 (dated 9-18-96). The signs may be mounted on skids or posts. The Engineer shall approve the exact locations and methods of mounting. In addition to the 4' x 8' project signs, project signs shall be attached to barricades used where manhole rehabilitation or replacement is being conducted. Signs suspended from barricading shall be placed in such a way that signs do not interfere with reflective paint or coloring on the barricades. Barricade signs shall be in accordance with Figure 30, except that they shall be 1'-0" by 2'-0" in size. The information box shall have the following information: For Questions on this Project Call: (817) 392-8306 M-F 7:30 am to 4:30 p.m. or (817) 392-8300 Nights and Weekends Any and all cost for the required materials, labor, and equipment necessary for the furnishing of Project Signs shall be considered as a subsidiary cost of the project and no additional compensation will be allowed. D- 20 CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND DRIVEWAY REPLACEMENT At locations in the project where mains are required to be placed under existing sidewalks and/or driveways, such sidewalks and/or driveways shall be completely replaced for the full existing width, between existing construction or expansion joints with 3000 psi concrete with reinforcing steel on a sand cushion in accordance with City of Fort Worth Transportation/Public Works Department Standard Specifications for Construction, Item 504. UK At locations where mains are required to be placed under existing curb and gutter, such curb and gutter shall be replaced to match type and geometry of the removed curb and gutter shall be installed in accordance with City of Fort Worth Public Works Department Standard Specification for Construction, Item 502. Payment for cutting, backfill, concrete, forming materials and all other associated appurtenances required, shall be included in the square yard price of the bid item for concrete sidewalk or driveway repair. D- 21 MISCELLANEOUS PLACEMENT OF MATERIAL Material has been allocated under various bid items in the Proposal to establish unit prices for miscellaneous placement of material. These materials shall be used only when directed by the Engineer, depending on field conditions. Payment for miscellaneous placement of material will be made for only that amount of material used, measured to the nearest one -tenth unit. Payment for miscellaneous placement of material shall be in accordance with the General Contract Documents regardless of the actual amount used for the project. D- 22 CRUSHED LIMESTONE BACKFILL No Where specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer, Crushed Limestone shall be used for trench backfill on this project. The material shall conform to Public Works Standard Specifications 06120108 SC-12 do PART Q - SPECIAL CONDITIONS for Street and Storm Drain Construction Division 2 Item 208.2 - Materials and Division 2 Item am 208.3 - Materials Sources. Trench backfill and compaction shall meet the requirements of E2-2 Excavation and Backfill, Construction Specifications, General Contract Documents. Payment for crushed limestone backfill in place shall be made at the unit price bid in the Proposal multiplied by the quantity of material used measured in accordance with E2-2.16 Measurement of Backfill Materials, Construction Specifications, and General Contract Documents. D- 23 2:27 CONCRETE Transportation and Public Works Department typical sections for Pavement and Trench Repair for �. `Utility Cuts 'Figures 1 through 5 refer to using 2:27 Concrete as base repair. Since this call -out includes the word "concrete", the consistent interpretation of the Transportation and Public Works Department is that this ratio specifies two (2) sacks of cement per cubic yard of concrete. D- 24 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION Trench excavation and backfill under parking lots, driveways, gravel surfaced roads, within easements, and within existing or future R.O.W. shall be in accordance with Sections E1-2 Backfill and E2-2 Excavation and Backfill of the General Contract Documents and Specifications except as specified herein. %a 1. TRENCH EXCAVATION: In accordance with Section E2-2 Excavation and Backfill, if the stated maximum trench widths are exceeded, either through accident or otherwise, and if the Engineer determines that the design loadings of the pipe will be exceeded, the Contractor will be required to .. support the pipe with an improved trench bottom. The expense of such remedial measures shall be entirely the Contractor's own. All trenching operations shall be confined to the width of permanent rights -of -way, permanent easements, and any temporary construction easements. All wo excavation shall be in strict compliance with the Trench Safety Systems Special Condition of this document. ■• 2. TRENCH BACKFILL: Trenches which lie outside of existing or future pavement shall be backfilled above the top of the embedment material with Type "C" backfill material. Excavated material used for Type "C" backfill must be mechanically compacted unless the Contractor can furnish the Engineer with satisfactory evidence that the P.I. of the excavated material is less than 8. Such evidence shall be a test report from an independent testing laboratory and must include representative samples of soils in all involved areas, with a map showing the location and depth of the various test holes. If excavated material is obviously granular in nature, containing little or no .. plastic material, the Engineer may waive the test report requirement. See E1-2.3, Type "C" or "D" Backfill, and E2-2.11 Trench Backfill for additional requirements. When Type "C" back -fill material is not suitable, at the direction of the Engineer, Type "B" backfill material shall be used. In general, all backfill material for trenches in existing paved streets shall be in accordance with Figure A. Sand material specified in Figure A shall be obtained from an approved source and shall consist of durable particles free of thin or elongated pieces, lumps of clay, soil, loam or vegetable matter and shall meet the following gradation: 'r 06120108 SC-13 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS • Less than 10% passing the #200 sieve • P.I. = 10 or less Additionally, the crushed limestone embedment gradation specified in Section E1-3 Crushed Limestone for Embedment of the General Contract Documents and Specifications shall be replaced with the following: .. Sieve Size % Retained 1 " 0-10 �- 1 /2" 40-75 3/8" 55-90 #4 90-100 .. #8 95-100 All other provisions of this section shall remain the same. 3. TRENCH COMPACTION: All trench backfill shall be placed in lifts per E2-2.9 Backfill. Trenches which lie outside existing or future pavements shall be compacted to a minimum of 90% Standard Proctor Density (A.S.T.M. D698) by mechanical devices specifically designed for compaction or a combination of methods subject to approval by the Engineer. Trenches which lie under existing or future pavement shall be backfilled per Figure A with 95% Standard Proctor Density by mechanical devices specifically designed for compaction or a combination of methods subject to approval by the Engineer. Backfill material to be compacted as described above must be within +-4% of its optimum moisture content. The City, at its own expense, will perform trench compaction tests per A.S.T.M. standards on all trench backfill. Any retesting required as a result of failure to compact the backfill material to meet the standards will be at the expense of the Contractor and will be billed at the commercial rates as determined by the City. These soil density tests shall be performed at two (2) foot vertical intervals beginning at a level two (2) feet above the top of the installed pipe and continuing to the top of the completed backfill at intervals along the trench not to exceed 300 linear feet. The Contractor will be responsible for providing access and trench safety system to the level of trench backfill to be tested. No extra compensation will be allowed for exposing the backfill layer to be tested or providing trench safety system for tests conducted by the City. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: All material, with the exception of Type "B" backfill, and labor costs of excavation and backfill will be included in the price bid per linear foot of water and sewer pipe. Type "B" backfill shall be paid for at a pre -bid unit price of $15.00 per cubic yard. W D- 25 TRENCH PAVEMENT (PERMANENT) REPAIR (E2-19) FOR UTILITY CUTS The unit price bid under the appropriate bid item of the proposal shall cover all cost for providing pavement repair equal to or superior in composition, thickness, etc., to existing pavement as detailed in the Public Works Department typical sections for Pavement and Trench Repair for Utility Cuts, Figures 2000-1 through 2000-3. am The results of the street cores that were conducted on the project streets, to determine HMAC depths on existing streets, are provided in these specifications and contract documents. �- 06120108 SC-14 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS All required paving cuts shall be made with a concrete saw in a true and straight line on both sides of the trench, a minimum of twelve (12) inches outside the trench walls. The trench shall be backfilled and the top nine (9) inches shall be filled with required materials as shown on paving details, compacted and level with the finished street surface. This finished grade shall be maintained in a serviceable condition until the paving has been replaced. All residential driveways shall be accessible at night and over weekends. — It has been determined by the Transportation and Public Works Department that the strip of existing HMAC pavement between the existing gutter and the edge of the trench pavement repair will not hold up if such strip of existing pavement is two (2) feet or less in width. Therefore, at the locations in the project where the trench wall is three (3) feet or less from the lip of the existing gutter, the Contractor shall be required to remove the existing paving to such gutter. The pavement repair shall then be made from a minimum distance of twelve (12) inches outside the trench wall nearest the center of the street to the gutter line. The pavement shall be replaced within a maximum of five (5) working days, providing job placement conditions will permit repaving. If paving conditions are not suitable for repaving, in the opinion of the Owner, the repaving shall be done at the earliest possible date. —� A permit must be obtained from the Department of Engineering Construction Services Section by the Contractor in conformance with Ordinance No. 3449 and/or Ordinance No. 792 to make utility cuts in the street. The Department of Engineering will inspect the paving repair after construction. This permit requirement may be waived if work is being done under a Performance Bond and inspected by the Department of Engineering. D- 26 SITE SPECIFIC TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM (COVERS ALL PROJECTS) A. GENERAL: This specification covers the trench safety requirements for all trench excavations exceeding depth of five (5) feet in order to protect workers from cave-ins. The requirements of this item govern all trenches for mains, manholes, vaults, service lines, and all other appurtenances. The design for the trench safety shall be signed and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer licensed in Texas. The trench safety plan shall be specific for each water and/or sanitary sewer line included in the project. B. STANDARDS: The latest version of the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Am Health Administration Standards, 29 CFR Part 1926, Sub -Part P - Excavations, are hereby made a part of this specification and shall be the minimum governing requirements for trench safety. Im C. DEFINITIONS: 1. TRENCHES - A trench is referred to as a narrow excavation made below the surface of the ow ground in which the depth is greater than the width, where the width measured at the bottom is not greater than fifteen (15) feet. .. 2. BENCHING SYSTEM - Benching means excavating the sides of a trench to form one or a series of horizontal level or steps, usually with vertical or near -vertical surfaces between levels. ap fifto MOM SC-15 PART Q - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 3. SLOPING SYSTEM - Sloping means excavating to form sides of a trench that are inclined away from the excavation. 4. SHIELD SYSTEM - Shields used in trenches are generally referred to as "trench boxes" or "trench shields". Shield means a structure that is able to withstand the forces imposed on it by a cave-in and protect workers within the structure. Shields can be permanent structures or can be designed to be portable and move along as the work progresses. Shields can be either pre -manufactured or job -built in accordance with OSHA standards. 5. SHORING SYSTEM - Shoring means a structure such as a metal hydraulic, mechanical or timber system that supports the sides of a trench and which is designed to prevent cave- ins. Shoring systems are generally comprised of cross -braces, vertical rails, (uprights), horizontal rails (wales) and/or sheeting. D. MEASUREMENT - Trench depth is the vertical measurement from the top of the existing ground to the bottom of embedment or bottom of excavation. The quantity of trench safety systems shall be based on the linear foot amount of trench depth greater than five (5) feet. _ E. PAYMENT - Payment shall be full compensation for safety system design, labor, tools, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary for the installation and removal of trench safety systems. D- 27 SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES A. GENERAL: The installation, replacement, and/or rehabilitation of sanitary sewer manholes will be required as shown on the plans, and/or as described in these Special Contract Documents in addition to those located in the field and identified by the Engineer. All manholes shall be in accordance with sections E1-14 Materials for Sanitary Sewer Manholes, Valve Vaults, Etc., and ' E2-14 Vault and Manhole Construction of the General Contract Documents and Specifications, unless amended or superseded by requirements of this Special Condition. For new sewer line installations, the Contractor shall temporarily plug all lines at every open manhole under construction in order to keep debris out of the dry sewer lines. The plugs shall not be removed until the applicable manhole complete with cone section has been constructed and the lid installed to keep out debris as a result of additional construction. - 1. CONCRETE COLLARS: Concrete collars will be required on all manholes specified as per Figure 121. so 2. WATERTIGHT MANHOLE INSERTS: Watertight gasket manhole inserts shall be installed in all sanitary sewer manholes. Inserts shall be constructed in accordance with Fort Worth Water Department Standard E100-4 and shall be fitted and installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Stainless Steel manhole inserts shall be required for all pipe diameters 18" and greater. 3. LIFT HOLES: All lift holes shall be plugged with a pre -cast concrete plug. The lift hole shall be sealed on the outside of the manhole with Ram-Nek or an approved equal sealant. The lift hole shall be sealed on the inside of the manhole with quick setting cement grout. .. 4. FINAL RIM ELEVATIONS: Manhole rims in parkways, lawns and other improved lands shall be at an elevation not more than one (1) nor less than one-half (1/2) inch above the 4 surrounding ground. Backfill shall provide a uniform slope from the top of manhole casting OWOI08 SC-16 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS for not less than three (3) feet each direction to existing finish grade of the ground. The grade of all surfaces shall be checked for proper slope and grade by string lining the entire area regarded near the manhole. so Manholes in open fields, unimproved land, or drainage courses shall be at an elevation shown on the drawings or minimum of 6 inches above grade. 5. MANHOLE COVERS: All lids shall have pick slots in lieu of pick holes. Manhole frames and covers shall be McKinley, Type N, with indented top design, or equal, with pick slots. Covers shall set flush with the rim of the frame and shall have no larger than 1/8-inch gap between the frame and cover. Bearing surfaces shall be machine finished. Locking manhole lids and frames will be restricted to locations within the 100-year floodplain and areas specifically designated on the plans. Certain teed Ductile Iron Manhole Lids and Frames are acceptable for use where locking lids are specified. 6. SHALLOW CONE MANHOLES: Shallow manhole construction will be used when manhole depth is;four (4) feet or less. All shallow cone manholes shall be built in accordance with Figure 105. All shallow cone manholes shall have a cast iron lid and frame with pick slots. NOTE: MANHOLES PER FIGURE 106 WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. 7. MANHOLE STEPS: No manhole steps are to be installed on any sanitary sewer manhole. 8. EXTERIOR SURFACE COATING: Exterior surfaces of all manholes shall be coated with two mop coats of coal tar epoxy, Koppers "Bitumastic Super Service Black" Tnemec "46- 450 Heavy Tnemecol," or equal to, a minimum or 14 mils dry film thickness. s 9. MANHOLE JOINT SEALING: All interior and/or exterior joints on concrete manhole sections constructed for the City of Fort Worth Water Department, excluding only the joints using a trapped type performed O-ring rubber gasket shall require Bitumastic joint sealants as per Figure M. This sealant shall be pre -formed and trowelable Bitumastic as manufactured by Kent -Seal, Ram-Nek, E-Z Stick, or equal. The joint sealer shall be supplied in either extruded pipe form or suitable cross -sectional area or flat -tape and shall be sized as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. The joint sealer shall be protected by a suitable removable wrapper and shall not in any way depend on oxidation, evaporation, or .. any other chemical action for either its adhesive properties or cohesive strength. The Joint sealer shall remain totally flexible without shrinking, hardening, or oxidizing regardless of the length of time it is exposed to the elements. The manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit attesting to the successful use of the product as a pre -formed flexible joint sealant on concrete pipe and manhole sections for a period of at least five years. B. EXECUTION: 1. INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANT: Each grade adjustment ring and manhole frame shall be sealed with the above -specified materials. All surfaces to be in contact with the joint sealant shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, sand, mud, or other foreign matter. The manufacturer shall apply a primer to all surfaces prior to installing the joint sealant in accordance with the recommendations. The protective wrapper shall remain on the joint sealant until immediately prior to the placement of the pipe in the trench. After removal of the protective wrapper, the joint sealant shall be kept clean. Install frames and cover over so OWOI08 SC-17 .. PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 4_y manhole opening with the bottom of the rings resting on Bitumastic joint sealer. Frames and grade rings shall rest on two (2) rows (inside and outside) of Bitumastic joint sealer. -' 2. SEALING AND/OR ADJUSTING EXISTING MANHOLES: Excavate (rectangular full depth saw cut if in pavement) adjacent to the manhole to expose the entire manhole frame and a Ali minimum of 6 inches of the manhole wall keeping the sides of the trench nearly vertical. Remove manhole frame from the manhole structure and observe the condition of the frame and grade rings. Any frame or grade ring that is not suitable for use as determined by the Engineer shall be replaced. Grade rings that are constructed of brick, block materials other than pre -cast concrete rings, or where necessary and approved by the Engineer, shall be replaced with a pre -cast flattop section. Pre -cast concrete rings, or a pre -cast concrete flattop section will be the only adjustments allowed. In brick or block manholes, replace the upper portion of the manhole to a point 24 inches below the frame. If the walls or cone section below this level are structurally unsound, notify the Engineer prior to replacement of the grade rings and manhole frame. Existing brickwork, if damaged by the Contractor, shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. Wire brush manhole frame and exposed manhole surfaces to remove dirt and loose debris. Coat exposed manhole surfaces with an approved bonding agent followed by an application of quick setting hydraulic cement to provide a smooth working surface. If the inside diameter of the manhole is too large to safely support new adjustment rings or frames, a flat top section shall be installed. Joint surfaces between the frames, adjustment rings, and cone section shall be free of dirt, stones, debris and voids to ensure a watertight seal. Place flexible gasket joint material along the inside and outside edge of each joint, or use trowelable material in lieu of pre- formed gasket material. Position the butt joint of each length of joint material on opposite sides of the manhole. No steel shims, wood, stones, or any material not specifically accepted by the Engineer may be used to obtain final surface elevation of the manhole frame. In paved areas or future paved areas, castings shall be installed by using a straight edge not less than ten (10) feet long so that the top of the casting will conform to the slope and finish elevation of the paved surface. The top of the casting shall be 1/8 inch below the -- finished elevation. Allowances for the compression of the joint material shall be made to assure a proper final grade elevation. 3. EXPOSED EXTERIOR SURFACES: All exposed exterior surfaces shall be coated with two mop coats of coal tar epoxy. Kopper "Bitumastic Super Service Black"; Tnemec "46-450 Heavy Tnemecol", or equal, to a minimum of 14 mils dry film thickness. r, 4. The exterior surface of all pre -cast section joints shall be thoroughly cleaned with a wire brush and then waterproofed with a 1/2-inch thick coat of trowelable bitumastic joint sealant from 6-inches below to 6-inches above the joint. The coated joint shall then be wrapped ' with 6 mil plastic to protect the sealant from damage during backfilling. C. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: The price bid for new manhole installations shall include all No labor, equipment, and materials necessary for construction of the manhole including, but not 0&20/08 SCA 8 PART D! - SPECIAL CONDITIONS limited to, joint sealing, lift hole sealing and exterior surface coating. Payment shall not include pavement replacement, which if required, shall be paid separately. The price bid for reconstruction of existing manholes shall include all labor equipment and materials necessary for construction of new manhole, including, but not limited to, excavation, backfill, disposal of materials, joint sealing, lift hole sealing and exterior surface coating. Payment shall not include pavement replacement, which if required, shall be paid separately. The price bid for adjusting and/or sealing of existing manholes shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary for adjusting and/or sealing the manhole, including but not d limited to, joint sealing, lift hole sealing, and exterior surface coating. Payment for concrete collars will be made per each. Payment for manhole inserts will be made per each. *D- 28 SANITARY SEWER SERVICES Any reconnection, relocation, re-routes, replacement, or new sanitary sewer service shall be required as shown on the plans, and/or as described in these Special Contact Documents in addition to those located in the field and identified by the Engineer as active sewer taps. The service connections shall be constructed by the Contractor utilizing standard factory manufactured tees. City approved factory manufactured saddle taps may be used, but only as directed by the Engineer. The decision to use saddle taps as opposed to tees shall be made on a case -by -case basis. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the scheduling of tapping crews with building owners and the Engineer in order that the work be performed in an expeditious manner. A minimum of 24 hours advance notice shall be given when taps will be required. Severed service connections shall be maintained as specified in section C6-6.15. D. SEWER SERVICE RECONNECTION: When sewer service reconnection is called for the Contractor shall vertically adjust the existing sewer service line as required for reconnection and furnish a new tap. The fittings used for vertical adjustment shall consist of a maximum bend of 45 degrees. The tap shall be located so as to line up with the service line and avoid .� any horizontal adjustment. For open cut applications, all sanitary sewer service lines shall be replaced to the property or easement line, or as directed by the Engineer. Sanitary sewer services on sewers being rehabilitated using pipe enlargement methods shall be replaced to the property or easement line or as directed by the Engineer. Procedures listed below for Sewer Service Replacement shall be adhered to for the installation of any sewer service line including the incidental four (4) feet of service line which is included in the price bid for Sanitary Sewer Taps. Payment for work such as backfill, saddles, tees, fittings incidental four (4) feet of service line and all other associated appurtenances required shall be included in the price bid for Sanitary Sewer Taps. E. SEWER SERVICE REPLACEMENT: All building sewer services encountered during construction shall be adjusted and/or replaced by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer as required for the connection of the sewer service line. If the sewer service line is in such condition or adjustment necessitates the replacement of the sewer service line, all work shall be performed by a licensed, plumber. The Engineer shall determine the length of the replacement. All sewer services shall be installed at a minimum of two (2) percent slope or as •.: approved by the Engineer. For situations involving sewer service re-routing, whether on public or private property, the City shall provide line and grade for the sewer service lines as shown No OWOI08 SC-19 am PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS on the project plans. Prior to installing the applicable sewer main or lateral and the necessary service lines, the Contractor shall verify (by de -holing at the building clean -out) the elevations (shown on the plans) at the building clean -out and compare the data with the elevation at the proposed connection point on the sewer main, in order to ensure that the two (2) percent minimum slope (or as specified by the Engineer) requirement is satisfied. Elevations shall also be verified at all bend locations on the service re-route. All applicable sewer mains, laterals and affected service lines that are installed without pre -construction de -holing at the affected residences (to verify design elevations) shall be removed and replaced as necessary at the Contractor's expense in the event grade conflicts are brought to light after de -holing is conducted. All elevation information obtained by the Contractor shall be submitted to the Inspector. The Engineer shall be immediately notified in the event that the two (2) percent minimum slope is not satisfied. If the Contractor determines that a different alignment for the re- route is more beneficial than shown on the plans, the Contractor shall obtain and submit all relevant elevation information for the new alignment to the Inspector and shall be responsible .. for ensuring that the two (2) percent minimum grade (or as approved by the Engineer) is satisfied. Prior to backfilling, the Contractor shall double check the grade of the installed service line and submit signed documentation verifying that the line has been installed as designed to the Engineer. The Contractor, at its sole expense, shall be required to uncover any sewer service for which no grade verification has been submitted. All re-routes that are not installed as designed or fail to meet the City code shall be reinstalled at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall ensure that the service line is backfilled and compacted in accordance with the City Plumbing Code. Connection to the existing sewer service line shall be made with appropriate adapter fittings. The fitting shall be a urethane or neoprene coupling A.S.T.M. C-425 with series 300 stainless steel compression straps. The Contractor shall remove the existing clean -out and plug the abandoned sewer service line. The contractor shall utilize schedule 40 PVC for all sanitary sewer service re-routes or relocations located on private property. Furthermore, the contractor shall utilize the services of a licensed plumber for all service line work on private property. Permit(s) must be obtained from the City of Fort Worth Development Department for all service line work on private property and all work related to the service line must be approved by a City of Fort Worth Plumbing Inspector. A copy of the plumbing permit shall be provided to the Engineer prior to beginning work on the sanitary sewer service re-route and proof of final acceptance by the Plumbing Inspector shall be provided to the Engineer upon completion of the sanitary sewer re- route. Payment for work and materials such as backfill, removal of existing clean -outs, plugging the abandoned sewer service line, double checking the grade of the installed service line, pipe fittings, surface restoration on private property (to match existing), and all other associated work for service replacements in excess of four (4) linear feet shall be included in the linear foot price bid for sanitary sewer service line replacement on private property or public right of way. Payment for all work and material involving the "tap" shall be included in the price bid for sanitary sewer service taps. D- 29 REMOVAL, SALVAGE, AND ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING FACILITIES Any removal, salvaging and/or abandonment of existing facilities will necessarily be required as shown on the plans, and/or described in these Special Contract Documents in addition to those located in the field and identified by the Engineer. This work shall be done in accordance with Section E2-1.5 Salvaging of Material and E2-2.7 Removing Pipe, of the General Contract 06/20/08 S C-20 so PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Documents and Specifications, unless amended or superseded by requirements of this Special to Documents A. SALVAGE OF EXISTING WATER METER AND METER BOX: Existing water meter and meter `'' box shall be removed and returned to the Water Department warehouse by the Contractor in accordance with Section E2-1.5 Salvaging of Materials. B. SALVAGE OF EXISTING WATER METER AND CONCRETE VAULT LID: Existing water meter and concrete vault lid shall be removed and returned to the Water Department warehouse by the Contractor in accordance with Section E2-1.5 Salvaging of Materials. The concrete vault shall be demolished in place to a point not less than 18 inches below final grade. The concrete vault shall then be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill material shall be suitable excavated material approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall be compatible with existing surrounding surface and grade. C. SALVAGE OF EXISTING FIRE HYDRANTS: ExistinWr g fire hydrants shall be removed and returned to the Water Department warehouse by the Contractor in accordance with Section E2-1.5 Salvaging of Materials. The void shall be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill material shall be suitable '" excavated material approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall be compatible with existing surrounding surface and grade. D. SALVAGE OF EXISTING GATE VALVE: Existing gate valve and valve box and lid shall be removed and returned to the Water Department warehouse by the Contractor in accordance with Section E2-1.5 Salvaging of Materials. The void area caused by the valve removal shall so be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill material shall be suitable excavated material approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall be compatible with existing surrounding surface and grade. If the ,w valve is in a concrete vault, the vault shall be demolished in place to a point no less than 18" below final grade. E. ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING GATE VALVE: Existing gate valve and box lid shall be ' abandoned by first closing the valve to the fully closed position and demolishing the valve box in place to a point not less than 18 inches below final grade. Concrete shall then be used as backfill material to match existing grade. F. ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING VAULTS: Vaults to be demolished in place shall have top slab and lid removed and vault walls demolished to a point not less than 18" below final grade. The void area caused shall then be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill material shall be suitable excavated material approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall be compatible with the existing surrounding grade. G. ABANDONMENT OF MANHOLES: Manholes to be abandoned in place shall have all pipes entering or exiting the structure plugged with lean concrete. Manhole top or cone section shall be removed to the top of the full barrel diameter section, or to point not less than 18 inches below final grade. The structure shall then be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill material may be either clean "" washed sand of clean, suitable excavated material approved by the Engineer. Surface restoration shall be compatible with surrounding service surface. Payment for work involved in 06120108 SC-21 r PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS backfilling, plugging of pipe(s) and all other appurtenances required, shall be included in the appropriate bid item - Abandon Existing Sewer Manhole. H. REMOVAL OF MANHOLES: Manholes to be removed shall have all pipes entering or exiting the structure disconnected. The complete manhole, including top or cone section, all full barrel diameter section, and base section shall be removed. The excavation shall then be backfilled and compacted in accordance with backfill method as specified in Section E2-2.9 Backfill. Backfill material may be with Type C Backfill or Type B Backfill, as approved by the Engineer. .. Surface restoration shall be compatible with surrounding surface. I. CUTTING AND PLUGGING EXISTING MAINS: At various locations on this project, it may be required to cut, plug, and block existing water mains/services or sanitary sewer mains/services in order to abandon these lines. Cutting and plugging existing mains and/or services shall be considered as incidental and all costs incurred will be considered to be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe, unless separate trenching is required. REMOVAL OF EXISTING PIPE: Where removal of the existing pipe is required, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to properly dispose of all removed pipe. All removed valves, fire .� hydrants and meter boxes shall be delivered to Water Department Field Operation, Storage Yard. C. PAYMENT: Payment for all work and material involved in salvaging, abandoning and/or removing existing facilities shall be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe, except as follows: separate payment will be made for removal of all fire hydrants, gate valves, 16 inch and larger, and sanitary sewer manholes, regardless of location. Payment will be made for salvaging, abandoning and/or removing all other existing facilities when said facility is not being replaced in the same trench (i.e., when removal requires a separate trench). _ L. ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING SEWER LINES: Where plans call for abandonment of existing sewer mains after the construction of a new sewer main, the Contractor shall be responsible for TV inspection of.100% of the existing sewer main to be abandoned to make a final determination that all existing service connections have been relocated to the new main. Once this determination has been made, the existing main will be abandoned as indicated _ above in Item I. .r D- 30 DETECTABLE WARNING TAPES Detectable underground utility warning tapes which can be located from the surface by a pipe detector shall be installed directly above non-metallic water and sanitary sewer pipe. The detectable tape shall be "Detect Tape" manufactured by Allen Systems, Inc. or approved equal, and shall consist of a minimum thickness 0.35 mils solid aluminum foil encased in a protective inert plastic jacket that is impervious to all known alkalis, acids, chemical reagents and solvents found in the soil. The minimum overall thickness of the tape shall be 5.5 mils, and the width shall not be less than two inches with a minimum unit weight of 2'/2 pounds/1 inch/100'. The tape shall be color coded and imprinted with the message as follows: 06120108 Type of Utilitlr Color Code Legends Water Safety Blue Caution! Buried Water Line Below SC-22 No a DART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Sewer Safety Green Caution! Buried Sewer Line Below Installation of detectable tapes shall be per manufacturer's recommendations and shall be as close _ to the grade as is practical for optimum protection and detectability. Allow a minimum of 18 inches between the tape and the pipe. Payment for work such as backfill, bedding, blocking, detectable tapes, and all other associated appurtenances required shall be included in the unit price bid for the appropriate bid item(s). D- 31 PIPE CLEANING Joints shall be wiped and then inspected for proper installation by the inspectors. Each joint shall be swept daily and kept clean during installation. A temporary night plug shall be installed on all exposed pipe ends during any period of work stoppage. D- 32 DISPOSAL OF SPOIL/FILL MATERIAL Prior to the disposing of any spoil/fill material, the Contractor shall advise the Director of Engineering Department, acting as the City of Fort Worth's Flood Plain Administrator ("Administrator'), of the location of all sites where the Contractor intends to dispose of such material. Contractor shall not dispose of such material until the proposed sites have been determined by the Administrator to meet the requirements of the Flood Plain Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth (Ordinance No. 10056). All disposal sites must be approved by the Administrator to ensure that filling is not occurring within a floodplain without a permit. A floodplain permit can be issued upon approval of necessary Engineering studies. No fill permit is required if disposal sites are not in a floodplain. Approval of the Contractor's disposal sites shall be evidenced by a letter signed by the Administrator stating that the site is not in a known flood plain or by a Flood Plain Fill Permit authorizing fill within the flood plain. Any expenses associated with obtaining the fill permit, including any necessary Engineering studies, shall be at the Contractor's expense. In the event that the Contractor disposes of spoil/fill material at a site without a fill permit or a letter from the administrator approving the disposal site, upon notification by the Director of Engineering .■ Department, Contractor shall remove the spoil/fill material at its expense and dispose of such materials in accordance with the Ordinances of the City and this section. D- 33 MECHANICS AND MATERIALMEN'S LIEN The Contractor shall be required to execute a release of mechanics and material men's liens upon receipt of payment. D- 34 SUBSTITUTIONS The specifications for materials set out the minimum standard of quality, which the City believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project. No substitutions will be permitted until the Contractor has received written permission of the Engineer to make a substitution for the material, which has been specified. Where the term "or equal", or "or approved equal" is used, it is understood that if a material, product, or piece of equipment bearing the name so used is furnished, it will be approvable, as the particular trade name was used for the purpose of establishing a standard of quality acceptable to the City. If a product of any other name is proposed for use, the Engineer's •• approval thereof must be obtained before the Contractor procures the proposed substitute. Where the term "or equal", or "or approved equal" is not used in the specifications, this does not necessarily exclude alternative items or material or equipment which may accomplish the intended purpose. However, the Contractor shall have the full responsibility of proving that the proposed substitution is, in fact, equal, and the Engineer, as the representative of the City, shall be the sole 06120108 SC-23 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS judge of the acceptability of substitutions. The provisions of this sub -section as related to "substitutions" shall be applicable to all sections of these specifications. D- 35 PRE -CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWER A. GENERAL: Prior to the reconstruction, ALL sections of existing sanitary sewer lines to be abandoned, removed (except where being replaced in the same location), or rehabilitated (pipe enlargement, cured -in -place pipe, fold and form pipe, slip -line, etc.), shall be cleaned, and a television inspection performed to identify any active sewer service taps, other sewer laterals and their location. Work shall consist of furnishing all labor, material, and equipment necessary for the cleaning and inspection of the sewer lines by means of closed circuit television. Satisfactory precautions shall be taken to protect the sewer lines from damage that might be inflicted by the improper use of cleaning equipment. HIGH VELOCITY JET (HYDROCLEANING) EQUIPMENT: The high -velocity sewer line cleaning equipment shall be constructed for easy and safe operation. The equipment shall also have a selection of two or more high -velocity nozzles. The nozzles shall be capable of producing a scouring action from 15 to 45 degrees in all size lines designated to be — cleaned. Equipment shall also include a high -velocity gun for washing and scouring manhole walls and floor. The gun shall be capable of producing flows from a fine spray to a solid stream. The equipment shall carry its own water tank, auxiliary engines, pumps, and hydraulically driven hose reel. Hydraulically Propelled Equipment shall be of a movable dam type and be constructed in such a way that a portion of the dam may be collapsed at any time during the cleaning operation to protect against flooding of the sewer. The movable dam shall be equal in diameter around the outer periphery to ensure removal of grease. If sewer cleaning balls or other equipment, which cannot be collapsed, is used, special precautions to prevent flooding of the sewers and public or private property shall be taken. The flow of sewage present in the sewer lines shall be utilized to provide necessary fluid for hydraulic cleaning devices whenever possible. -- 2. CLEANING PROCEDURES: The designated sewer manholes shall be cleaned using high - velocity jet equipment. The equipment shall be capable of removing dirt, grease, rocks, sand, and other materials and obstructions from the sewer lines and manholes. If cleaning of an entire section cannot be successfully performed from one manhole, the equipment shall be set up on the other manhole and cleaning again attempted. If, again, successful cleaning cannot be performed or equipment fails to traverse the entire manhole section, it will be assumed that a major blockage exists, and the cleaning effort shall be abandoned. When additional quantities of water from fire hydrants are necessary to avoid delay in normal working procedures, the water shall be conserved and not used unnecessarily. No Y fire hydrant shall be obstructed in case of a fire in the area served by the hydrant. Before using any water from the City Water Distribution System, the Contractor shall apply for and receive permission from the Water Department. The Contractor shall be responsible for the water meter and related charges for the setup, including the water usage bill. All expenses shall be considered incidental to cleaning. 3. DEBRIS REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL: All sludge, dirt, sand, rock, grease, and other solid or semisolid material resulting from the cleaning operation shall be removed at the downstream manhole of the section being cleaned. Passing material from manhole section 0&20/0a SC-24 7. PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS to manhole section, which could cause line stoppages, accumulations of sand in wet wells, or damage pumping equipment, shall not be permitted. 4. All solids or semisolid resulting from the cleaning operations shall be removed from the site and disposed of at a site designated by the Engineer. All materials shall be removed from the site no less often than at the end of each workday and disposed of at no additional cost to the City. 5. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCE SHALL SEWAGE OR SOLIDS REMOVED THEREFROM BE DUMPED ONTO STREETS OR INTO DITCHES, CATCH BASINS, STORM DRAINS OR SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES. 6. TELEVISION INSPECTION EQUIPMENT: The television camera used for the inspection shall be one specifically designed and constructed for such inspection. Lighting for the camera shall be suitable to allow a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. The camera shall be operative in 100% humidity conditions. The camera, television monitor, and other components of the video system shall be capable of producing picture quality to the satisfaction of the Engineer; and if unsatisfactory, equipment shall be removed and no payment will be made for an unsatisfactory inspection. 'a B. EXECUTION: 1. TELEVISION INSPECTION: The camera shall be moved through the line in either direction -+ at a moderate rate, stopping when necessary to permit proper documentation of any sewer service taps. In no case will the television camera be pulled at a speed greater than 30 feet per minute. Manual winches, power winches, TV cable, and powered rewinds or other devices that do not obstruct the camera view or interfere with proper documentation shall be used to move the camera through the sewer line. When manually operated winches are used to pull the television camera through the line, '� telephones or other suitable means of communications shall be set up between the two manholes of the section being inspected to ensure good communications between members of the crew. as The importance of accurate distance measurements is emphasized. All television inspection videotapes shall have a footage counter. Measurement for location of sewer No service taps shall be above ground by means of meter device. Marking on the cable, or the like, which would require interpolation for depth of manhole, will not be allowed. Accuracy of the distance meter shall be checked by use of a walking meter, roll -a -tape, or other suitable device, and the accuracy shall be satisfactory to the Engineer. The City makes no guarantee that all of the sanitary sewers to be entered are clear for the V„ passage of a camera. The methods used for securing passage of the camera are to be at the option of the Contractor. The cost of retrieving the Television camera, under all circumstances, when it becomes lodged during inspection, shall be incidental to Television inspection. 2. DOCUMENTATION: Television Inspection Logs: Printed location records shall be kept by the Contractor and will clearly show the location in relation to an adjacent manhole of each sewer service taps observed during inspection. In addition, other points of significance such as locations of unusual conditions, roots, storm sewer connections, broken pipe, 06120108 SC-25 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS presence of scale and corrosion, and other discernible features will be recorded, and a copy of such records will be supplied to the City. 3. PHOTOGRAPHS: Instant developing, 35 mm, or other standard -size photographs of the television picture of problems shall be taken by the Contractor upon request of the Engineer, as long as such photographing does not interfere with the Contractor's operations. 4. VIDEOTAPE RECORDINGS: The purpose of tape recording shall be to supply a visual and audio record of problem areas of the lines that may be replayed. Video tape recording playback shall be at the same speed that it was recorded. The television tapes shall be furnished to the City for review immediately upon completion of the television inspection and may be retained a maximum of 30 calendar days. Equipment shall be provided to the City by the Contractor for review of the tapes. The Engineer will return tapes to the Contractor upon completion of review. Tapes shall not be erased without the permission of the Engineer. If the tapes are of such poor quality that the Engineer is unable to evaluate the condition of the sewer line or to locate service connections, the Contractor shall be required to re -televise and provide a good tape of the line at no additional cost to the City. If a good tape cannot be provided of such quality that can be reviewed by the Engineer, no payment for televising this portion shall be made. Also, no payment shall be made for portions of lines not televised or portions where manholes cannot be negotiated with the television camera. THE TAPES SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION FOR REVIEW AND DETERMINATION OF SAGS. Upon completion of review of the tapes by the Engineer, the Contractor will be notified as to which sections of the sanitary sewer .. are to be corrected. The Engineer will return tapes to the Contractor upon completion of review. All costs associated with this work shall be incidental to unit prices bid for items under Television Inspection of the Proposal. C. PAYMENT OF CLEANING AND PRE -CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWERS: The cost for Pre -Construction Cleaning and Television Inspection of sanitary sewers shall be per linear foot of sewer actually televised. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with tapes of a quality that the particular piece of sewer can be readily '— evaluated as to existing sewer conditions and for providing appropriate means for review of the tapes by the Engineer including collection and removal, transportation and disposal of sand and debris from the sewers to a legal dump site. -- Television inspection shall include necessary cleaning (hydraulic jet or mechanical cleaner) to provide video image required for line analysis. The primary purpose of cleaning is for television inspection and rehabilitation; when a portion of a line is not or cannot be televised or rehabilitated, the cleaning of that portion of line shall be incidental and no payment shall be made. The City makes no guarantee that all of the sanitary sewers to be entered are clear for the passage of a camera. The methods used for securing passage of the camera are to be at the option of the Contractor, and the costs must be included in the bid price for TV Inspections. 0&'20/08 SC-26 - PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS The cost of retrieving the TV Camera, under all circumstances, when it becomes lodged during inspection, shall be incidental to TV Inspection. The item shall also include all costs of installing and maintaining any bypass pumping required to provide reliable, regular sewer service to the area residents. All bypass pumping shall be incidental to the project. -~ D- 36 VACUUM TESTING OF SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES D. GENERAL: This item shall govern the vacuum testing of all newly constructed sanitary sewer manholes. B. EXECUTION: so 1. TEST PROCEDURE: Manholes shall be vacuum tested prior to any interior grouting with all connections in place. Lift holes shall be plugged, and all drop -connections and gas sealing connections shall be installed prior to testing. The sewer lines entering the manhole shall be plugged and braced to prevent the plugs from being drawn into the manhole. The plugs shall be installed in the lines beyond the drop -connections, gas sealing connections, etc. The test head shall be placed inside the frame at the top of the manhole and inflated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. A vacuum of ten inches of mercury (10"Hg) shall be drawn and the vacuum pump will be turned off. With the valve closed, the level of vacuum shall be read after the required test time. The required test time shall be determined from the Table below in accordance with ASTM C1244-93: Table I MINIMUM TIME REQUIRED FOR VACUUM DROP OF 1" Hg (1011Hg - 9"Hg) (SEC) r- Depth of MH. 48-Inch Dia. 60-Inch Dia. (FT.) Manhole Manhole 0 to 16' 40 sec. 52 sec. 18, 45 sec. 59 sec. _ 20' 50 sec. 65 sec. 22' 55 sec. 72 sec. 24' 59 sec. 78 sec. 26' 64 sec. 85 sec. 28' 69 sec. 91 sec. y 30' 74 sec. 98 sec. For Each 5 sec. 6 sec. .• Additional 2' 1. ACCEPTANCE: The manhole shall be considered acceptable, if the drop in the level of .m vacuum is less than one -inch of mercury (1" Hg) after the required test time. Any manhole, which fails to pass the initial test, must be repaired by either pressure grouting through the 06120108 SC-27 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS manhole wall or digging to expose the exterior wall of the manhole in order to locate the leak and seal it with an epoxy sealant. The manhole shall be retested as described above until it has successfully passed the test. Following completion of a successful test, the manhole shall be restored to its normal condition, all temporary plugs shall be removed, all braces, equipment, and debris shall be removed and disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. C. PAYMENT: Payment for vacuum testing of sanitary sewer manholes shall be paid at the contract price per each vacuum test. This price shall include all material, labor, equipment, and all incidentals, including all bypass pumping, required to complete the test as specified herein. �.. D- 37 BYPASS PUMPING The Contractor shall bypass the sewage around the section or sections of sewer to be rehabilitated and/or replaced. The bypass shall be made by plugging existing upstream manhole and pumping the sewage into a downstream manhole or adjacent system or other method as may be approved by the Engineer. The pump and bypass lines shall be of adequate capacity and size to handle the .� flow without sewage backup occurring to facilities connected to the sewer. Provisions shall be made at driveways and street crossings to permit safe vehicular travel without interrupting flow in the bypass system. Under no circumstances will the Contractor be permitted to discharge sewage into the trenches. Payment shall be incidental to rehabilitation or replacement of the sewer line. D- 38 POST -CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWER A. GENERAL: After construction, ALL sections of sanitary sewer lines shall have a television inspection performed by an independent sub -Contractor hired by the prime Contractor. Work shall consist of furnishing all labor, material, and equipment necessary for inspection of the aw sewer lines by means of closed circuit television. Satisfactory precautions shall be taken to protect the sewer lines from damage that might be inflicted by the improper use of cleaning equipment. B. TELEVISION INSPECTION EQUIPMENT: The television camera used for the inspection shall be one specifically designed and constructed for such inspection. Lighting for the camera shall be operative in 100% humidity conditions. The camera, television monitor, and other — components of the video system shall be capable of producing picture quality to the satisfaction of the Engineer; and if unsatisfactory, equipment shall be removed and no payment will be made for an unsatisfactory inspection. C. EXECUTION: 1. TELEVISION INSPECTION: The camera shall be moved through the line in either direction at a moderate rate, stopping when necessary to permit proper documentation of any sewer service taps. In no case will the television camera be pulled at a speed greater than 30 feet per minute. Manual winches, power winches, TV cable, and powered rewinds or other devices that do not obstruct the camera view or interfere with proper documentation shall be used to move the camera through the sewer line. No more than 2000 linear feet of pipe will be televised at one time for review by the Engineer. 06✓20108 When manually operated winches are used to pull the television camera through the line, telephones or other suitable means of communications shall be set up between the two SC-28 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS manholes of the section being inspected to ensure good communications between members of the crew. The importance of accurate distance measurements is emphasized. All television inspection video tapes shall have a footage counter. Measurement for location of sewer service taps shall be above ground by means of meter device. Marking on the cable, or the like, which would require interpolation for depth of manhole, will not be allowed. Accuracy of the distance meter shall be checked by use of a walking meter, roll -a -tape, or other suitable device, and the accuracy shall be satisfactory to the Engineer. The City makes no guarantee that all of the sanitary sewers to be entered are clear for the passage of a camera. The methods used for securing passage of the camera are to be at the option of the Contractor. The cost or retrieving the Television camera, under all circumstances, when it becomes lodged during inspection, shall be incidental to Television inspection. Sanitary sewer mains must be laced with enough water to fill all low pints. The television inspection must be done immediately following the lacing of the main with no water flow. If sewer is active, flow must be restricted to provide a clear image of sewer being inspected. 2. DOCUMENTATION: Television Inspection Logs: Printed location records shall be kept by the Contractor and will clearly show the location in relation to an adjacent manhole of each sewer service tap observed during inspection. All television logs shall be referenced to stationing as shown on the plans. A copy of these television logs will be supplied to the City. 3. PHOTOGRAPHS: Instant developing, 35 mm, or other standard -size photographs of the television picture of problems shall be taken by the Contractor upon request of the Engineer, as long as such photographing does not interfere with the Contractor's operations. 4. VIDEOTAPE RECORDINGS: The purpose of tape recording shall be to supply a visual and audio record of problem areas of the lines that may be replayed. Video tape recording playback shall be at the same speed that it was recorded. The television tapes shall be furnished to the City for review immediately upon completion of the television inspection and may be retained a maximum of 30 calendar days. Equipment shall be provided to the low City by the Contractor for review of the tapes. Tapes will be returned to the Contractor upon completion of review by the Engineer. Tapes shall not be erased without the permission of the Engineer. If the tapes are of such poor ouality that the Engineer is unable to evaluate the condition of the sewer line or to locate service connections, the Contractor shall be required to re - televise and provide a good tape of the line at no additional cost to the City. If a good tape cannot be provided of such quality that can be reviewed by the Engineer, no payment for televising this portion shall be made. Also, no payment shall be made for portions of lines not televised or portions where manholes cannot be negotiated with the television camera. D. PAYMENT OF POST -CONSTRUCTION TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWERS: The cost for post -construction Television Inspection of sanitary sewers shall be per linear foot of sewer televised. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with tapes of a quality that the OWOI08 SC-29 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS particular piece of sewer can be readily evaluated as to sewer conditions and for providing appropriate means for review of the tapes by the Engineer. Television inspection shall include necessary cleaning (hydraulic jet or mechanical cleaner) to provide video image required for line analysis. The quantity of TV inspection shall be measured as the total length of new pipe installed. All costs associated with this work shall be included in the appropriate bid item - Post -Construction Television Inspection. The item shall also include all costs of installing and maintaining any bypass pumping required to provide reliable, regular sewer service to the area residents. All bypass pumping shall be incidental to the project. D- 39 SAMPLES AND QUALITY CONTROL TESTING A. The Contractor shall furnish, at its own expense, certifications by a private laboratory for all -- materials proposed to be used on the project, including a mix design for any asphaltic and/or Portland cement concrete to be used, and gradation analysis for sand and crushed stone to be used along with the name of the pit from which the material was taken. The contractor shall .. provide manufacturer's certifications for all manufactured items to be used in the project and will bear any expense related thereto. B. Tests of the design concrete mix shall be made by the contractor's laboratory at least nine days prior to the placing of concrete using the same aggregate, cement, and mortar which are to be used later in the concrete. The Contractor shall provide a certified copy of the test results to the City. C. Quality control testing of in -place material on this project will be performed by the city at its own expense. Any retesting required as a result of failure of the material to meet project specifications will be at the expense of the contractor and will be billed at commercial rates as determined by the City. The failure of the City to make any tests of materials shall: in no way relieve the contractor of its responsibility to furnish materials and equipment conforming to the requirements of the contract. �•• D. Not less than 24 hours notice shall be provided to the City by the Contractor for operations requiring testing. The Contractor shall provide access and trench safety system (if required) for the site to be tested, and any work effort involved is deemed to be included in the unit price for the item being tested. E. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the trip ticket for each load of fill material delivered to the N. job site. The ticket shall specify the name of the pit supplying the fill material. D- 40 TEMPORARY EROSION, SEDIMENT, AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL (FOR DISTURBED AREAS LESS THAN 1 ACRE) A. DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of temporary soil erosion sediment and water pollution control measures deemed necessary by the Engineer for the duration of the contract. These control measures shall at no time be used as a substitute for the permanent control measures unless otherwise directed by the Engineer and they shall not include measures taken by the CONTRACTOR to control conditions created by his construction operations. The temporary measures shall include dikes, dams, berms, sediment basins, fiber mats, jute netting, temporary seeding, straw mulch, asphalt mulch, plastic liners, rubble liners, baled -hay retards, dikes, slope drains and other devices. 0&20108 SC-30 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS B. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: The Engineer has the authority to define erodible earth and the authority to limit the surface area of erodible -earth material exposed by preparing right- of-way, clearing and grubbing, the surface area of erodible -earth material exposed by excavation, borrow and to direct the CONTRACTOR to provide temporary pollution -control -� measures to prevent contamination of adjacent streams, other water courses, lakes, ponds or other areas of water impoundment. Such work may involve the construction of temporary berms, dikes, dams, sediment basins, slope drains and use of temporary mulches, mats, seeding, or other control devices or methods directed by the Engineer as necessary to control soil erosion. Temporary pollution -control measures shall be used to prevent or correct erosion that may develop during construction prior to installation of permanent pollution control features, but are not associated with permanent control features on the project. The Engineer will limit the area of preparing right-of-way, clearing and grubbing, excavation and borrow to be proportional to the CONTRACTOR'S capability and progress in keeping the finish grading, mulching, seeding, and other such permanent pollution -control measures current in accordance with the accepted schedule. Should seasonal conditions make such limitations unrealistic, temporary soil -erosion -control measures shall be performed as directed by the Engineer. 2. Waste or disposal areas and construction roads shall be located and constructed in a manner that will minimize the amount of sediment entering streams. 3. Frequent fordings of live streams will not be permitted; therefore, temporary bridges or other structures shall be used wherever an appreciable number of stream crossings are s necessary. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, mechanized equipment shall not be operated in live streams. 4. When work areas or material sources are located in or adjacent to live streams, such areas shall be separated from the stream by a dike or other barrier to keep sediment from entering a flowing stream. Care shall be taken during the construction and removal of such barriers to minimize the muddying of a stream. 5. All waterways shall be cleared as soon as practicable of false work, piling, debris or other obstructions placed during construction operations that are not a part of the finished work. 6. The Contractor shall take sufficient precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumen, calcium chloride or other harmful materials. He shall conduct and schedule his operations so as to avoid or minimize siltation of streams, lakes and reservoirs and to avoid interference with movement of migratory fish. C. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: All work, materials and equipment necessary to provide temporary erosion control shall be considered subsidiary to the contract and no extra pay will be given for this work. D- 41 INGRESS AND EGRESS/OBSTRUCTION OF ACCESS TO DRIVES The Contractor shall provide ingress and egress to the property being crossed by this construction and adjacent property when construction is not in progress and at night. Drives shall be left accessible at night, on weekends, and during holidays. The Contractor shall conduct his activities to minimize obstruction of access to drives and property during the progress of construction. Notification shall be made to an owner prior to his driveway being removed and/or rebuilt. ,. OWOI08 SC-31 MW PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS D- 42 PROTECTION OF TREES, PLANTS AND SOIL All property along and adjacent to the Contractors' operations including lawns, yards, shrubs, trees, etc., shall be preserved or restored after completion of the work, to a condition equal to or better than existed prior to start of work. Any trees or other landscape features scarred or damaged by the Contractor's operations shall be restored or replaced at the Contractor's expense. Trimming or pruning to facilitate the work will be permitted only by experienced workmen in an approved manner (No trimming or pruning without the property owners' consent). Pruned limbs of 1" diameter or larger shall be thoroughly treated as soon as possible with a tree wound dressing. By ordinance, the Contractor must obtain a permit from the City Forester before any work (trimming, removal, or root pruning) can be done on trees or shrubs growing on public property including street Rights -of -Ways and designated alleys. This permit can be obtained by calling the Forestry Office at 817-392-5738. All tree work shall be in compliance with pruning standards for Class II Pruning as described by the National Arborist Association. A copy of these standards can be provided by calling the above number. Any damage to public trees due to negligence by the -- Contractor shall be assessed using the current formula for Shade Tree Evaluation as defined by the International Society of Arboriculture. Payment for negligent damage to public trees shall be made to the City of Fort Worth and may be withheld from funds due the Contractor by the City. To prevent the spread of the Oak Wilt fungus, all wounds on Live Oak and Red Oak trees shall be immediately sealed using a commercial pruning paint. 00 No separate payment will be made for any of the work involved for this item and all costs incurred will be considered a subsidiary cost of the project. D- 43 SITE RESTORATION The contractor shall be responsible for restoring the site to original grade and condition after me completion of his operations subject to approval of the Engineer. The basis for approval by the Engineer will be grade restoration to plus minus one -tenth (0.1) of a foot. D- 44 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD PRODUCT LIST Proposed products submitted in the bid documents must appear in the latest "City of Fort Worth No Standard Product List, for the bid to be considered responsive. Products and processes listed in .0 the "City of Fort Worth Standard Product List shall be considered to meet City of Fort Worth minimum technical requirements. .. D- 45 TOPSOIL, SODDING, SEEDING & HYDROMULCHING This item shall be performed in accordance with the City of Fort Worth Parks and Community Services Department Specifications for Topsoil, Sodding and Seeding. 1. TOPSOIL DESCRIPTION: This item will consist of furnishing and placing a minimum of six (6) inches of topsoil, free from rock and foreign material, in all parkways and medians to the lines and grades as established by the Engineer. OWOro8 SC-32 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS CONSTRUCTION METHODS: Topsoil will be secured from borrow sources as required to supplement material secured from street excavation. All excavated materials from streets which is suitable for topsoil will be used in the parkways and medians before any topsoil is obtained from a borrow source. Topsoil material secured from street excavation shall be stockpiled at locations approved by the Engineer, and at completion of grading and paving operations, topsoil shall be placed on parkway areas so as to provide a minimum six (6) inches of compacted depth of topsoil parkways. 2. SODDING DESCRIPTION: Sodding will consist of furnishing and planting Bermuda, Buffalo or St. Augustine grass in the areas between the curbs and walks, on terraces, in median strips, on embankments or cut slopes, or in such areas as designated on the Drawings and in T accordance with the requirements of this Specification. Recommended Buffalo grass varieties for sodding are Prairie and 609. MATERIALS: Sod shall consist of live and growing Bermuda, Buffalo or St. Augustine grass secured from sources where the soil is fertile. Sod to be placed during the dormant state of these grasses shall be alive and acceptable. Bermuda and Buffalo grass sod shall have a healthy, virile root system of dense, thickly matted roots throughout a two (2) inch minimum thickness of native soil attached to the roots. St. Augustine grass sod shall have a healthy, virile root system of dense, thickly matted roots throughout a one (1) inch minimum thickness of native soil attached to the roots. The sod shall be free from obnoxious weeds or other grasses and shall not contain any matter deleterious to its growth or which might affect its subsistence or hardiness when transplanted. ow Sod to be placed between curb and walk and on terraces shall be the same type grass as adjacent grass or existing lawn. Care shall be taken at all times to retain native soil on the roots of the sod during the process of 1e excavating, hauling, and, planting. Sod material shall be kept moist from the time it is dug until planted. When so directed by the Engineer, the sod existing at the source shall be watered to the extent required prior to excavating. Sod material shall be planted within three days after it Iwo is excavated. CONSTRUCTION METHODS: After the designated areas have been completed to the lines, •• grades, and cross -sections shown on the Drawings and as provided for in other items of the contract, sodding of the type specified shall be performed in accordance with the requirements hereinafter described. Sodding shall be either "spot" or "block"; either Bermuda, Buffalo or St. Augustine grass. a. Spot Sodding .r Furrows parallel to the curb line or sidewalk lines, twelve (12) inches on centers or to the dimensions shown on the Drawings, shall be opened on areas to be sodded. In all furrows, sod approximately three (3) inches square shall be placed on twelve (12) inch centers at proper depth so that the top of the sod shall not be more than one-half (1/2) inch below the finished grade. Holes of equivalent depth and spacing may be used instead of furrows. The soil shall be firm around each block and then the entire sodded area shall be carefully no rolled with a heavy, hand roller developing fifteen (15) to twenty-five (25) pounds per square inch compression. Hand tamping may be required on terraces. so 06120108 SC-33 .. PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS in b. Block Sodding. At locations on the Drawings or where directed, sod blocks shall be carefully placed on the prepared areas. The sod shall be so placed that the entire designated area shall be covered, and any voids left in the block sodding shall be filled with additional sod and tamped. The entire sodded area shall be rolled and tamped to form a thoroughly compact solid mass. Surfaces of block sod, which, in the opinion of the Engineer, may slide due to the height or slope of the surface or nature of the soil, shall,. upon direction of the Engineer, be pegged with wooden pegs driven through the sod block to the firm earth, sufficiently close to hold the block sod firmly in place. When necessary, the sodded areas shall be smoothed after planting has been completed and shaped to conform to the cross-section previously provided and existing at the time sodding operations were begun. Any excess dirt from planting operations shall be spread uniformly over the adjacent areas or disposed of as directed by the Engineer so that the completed surface will present a sightly appearance. The sodded areas shall be thoroughly watered immediately after they are planted and shall be subsequently watered at such times and in a manner and quantity directed by the Engineer until completion and final acceptance of the project by the City of Fort Worth. 3. SEEDING DESCRIPTION: "Seeding" will consist of preparing ground, providing and planting seed or a mixture of seed of the kind specified along and across such areas as may be designated on the Drawings and in accordance with these Specifications. MATERIALS: a. General. All seed used must carry a Texas Testing Seed label showing purity and germination, name, type of seed, and that the seed meets all requirements of the Texas Seed Law. Seed furnished shall be of the previous season's crop and the date of analysis shown on each tag shall be within nine (9) months of time of delivery to the project. Each variety of seed shall be furnished and delivered in separate bags or containers. A sample of each variety of seed shall be furnished for analysis and testing when directed by the Engineer. 06/20/08 The specified seed shall equal or exceed the following percentages of Purity and germination: Common Name Rg-r-ity Germination Common Bermuda Grass 95% 90% Annual Rye Grass 95% 95% Tall Fescue 95% 90% Western Wheatgrass 95% 90% Buffalo Grass Varieties Top Gun 95% 90% Cody 95% 90% Table 120.2.(2)a. SC-34 4� .. w .o No PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS URBAN AREA WARM -SEASON SEEDING RATE (lbs.); Pure Live Seed (PLS) Mixture for Clay or Tight Soils Mixture for Sandy Soils .- Dates (Eastern Sections) (Western Sections) (All Sections) Feb 1 Bermudagrass 40 Buffalograss 80 Bermudagrass 60 to Buffalograss 60 Bermudagrass 20 Buffalograss 40 May 1 Total: 100 Total: 100 Total: 100 Table, 120.2.(2)b TEMPORARY COOL -SEASON SEEDING RATE; (lb.) Pure Live Seed (PLS) Dates (All Sections) Aug 15 Tall Fescue 50 to Western Wheatgrass 50 May 1 Annual Rye 50 Total: 100 CONSTRUCTION METHODS: After the designated areas have been completed to the lines, grades, and cross -sections shown on the Drawings and as provided for in other items of this Contract, seeding of the type specified shall be performed in accordance with the requirements hereinafter described. a. Watering. Seeded areas shall be watered as directed by the Engineer so as to prevent washing of the slopes or dislodgment of the seed. b. Finishing. Where applicable, the shoulders, slopes, and ditches shall be smoothed after seed bed preparation has been completed and shaped to conform to the cross-section aw previously provided and existing at the time planting operations were begun. BROADCAST SEEDING: The seed or seed mixture in the quantity specified shall be uniformly distributed over the areas shown on the Drawings and where directed. If the sowing of seed is W6 by hand, rather than by mechanical methods, the seed shall be sown in two directions at right angles to each other. Seed and fertilizer shall be distributed at the same time provided the specified uniform rate of application for both is obtained. "Finishing" as specified in Section D- 0.0 Construction Methods, is not applicable since no seed bed preparation is required. DISCED SEEDING: Soil over the area shown on the Drawings as directed to be seeded shall ,.. be loosened to a minimum depth of three (3) inches and all particles in the seed bed shall be reduced to less than one (1) inch in diameter or they shall be removed. The area shall then be finished to line and grade as specified under "Finishing" in Section D-45, Construction me Methods. The seed, or seed mixture, specified shall then be planted at the rate required and the application shall be made uniformly. If the sowing of seed is by hand rather than by mechanical methods, seed shall be raked or harrowed into the soil to a depth of approximately one -eight (1/8) inch. The planted area shall be rolled with a corrugated roller of the "Cultipacker" type. All rolling of the slope areas shall be on the contour. "' 06120108 SC-35 .. PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS ASPHALT MULCH SEEDING: The soil over the area shown on the Drawings, or as directed to be seeded, shall be loosened to the minimum depth of three (3) inches and all particles in the seed bed shall be reduced to less than one (1) inch in diameter, or they shall be removed. The area shall then be finished to line and grade as specified under "Finishing" in Section D-45, Construction Methods. Water shall then be applied to the cultivated area of the seed bed until a minimum depth of six (6) inches is thoroughly moistened. — After the watering, when the ground has become sufficiently dry to be loose and pliable, the seed, or seed mixture specified, shall then be planted at the rate required and the application �. shall be made uniformly. If the sowing of seed is by hand, rather than mechanical methods, the seed shall be sown in two directions at right angles to each other. Seed and fertilizer may be distributed at the same time, provided the specified uniform rate of application for both is obtained. After planting, the seed shall be raked or harrowed into the soil to a depth of approximately one -quarter (1/4) inch. The planted surface area and giving a smooth surface without ruts or tracks. In between the time compacting is completed and the asphalt is applied, the planted area shall be watered sufficiently to assure uniform moisture from the surface to a minimum of six (6) inches in depth. The application of asphalt shall follow the last watering as rapidly as possible. Asphalt shall be " of the type and grade as shown on the Drawings and shall conform to the requirements of the item 300, "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions". If the type of asphalt to be used is not shown on the Drawings, or if Drawings are not included, then MS-2 shall be used. Applications of the asphalt ... shall be at a rate of three -tenths (0.3) gallons per square yard. It shall be applied to the area in such a manner so that a complete film is obtained and the finished surface shall be comparatively smooth. RE -SEEDING OF AREAS PLANTED WITH COOL SEASONS SPECIES: Areas where temporary cool season species have been planted may be replanted beginning February 1 with warm season species as listed in Table 120.2(2)a. The re -seeding will be achieved in the following manner. The cool season species shall be mowed down to a height of one (1) inch to insure that slit -seeding equipment will be able to cut through the turf and achieve adequate soil penetration. ` * Slit -seeding, is achieved through the use of an implement which cuts a furrow (slit) in the soil and places the seed in the slit which is then pressed close with a cult packer wheel. �» 4. HYDROMULCH SEEDING: If hydro mulch seeding is provided, seed mix shall have 95% purity of Bermuda grass and have a germination rate of 90%. Contractor shall ensure that the grass establishes. 5. CONSTRUCTION WITHIN PARK AREAS TURF RESTORATION OF PARK AREAS: FERTILIZER DESCRIPTION: "Fertilizer" will consist of providing and distributing fertilizer over such areas as are designated on the Drawings and in accordance with these Specifications. 06170103 SC-36 l- 0- PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS aw MATERIALS: All fertilizer used shall be delivered in bags or containers clearly labeled showing the analysis. The fertilizer is subject to testing by the City of Fort Worth in accordance with the Texas Fertilizer Law. A pelleted or granulated fertilizer shall be used with an analysis of 16-20- 0 or 16-5-8 or having the analysis shown on the Drawings. The figures in the analysis represent the percent of nitrogen, phosphoric acid, and potash nutrients respectively as determined by the methods of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. In the event it is necessary to substitute a fertilizer of a different analysis, it shall be a pelleted or granulated fertilizer with a lower concentration. Total amount of nutrients furnished and applied per acre shall equal or exceed that specified for each nutrient. CONSTRUCTION METHODS: When an item for fertilizer is included in the Drawings and proposal, pelleted or granulated fertilizer shall be applied uniformly over the area specified to be fertilized and in the manner directed for the particular item of work. Fertilizer shall be dry and in good physical condition. Fertilizer that is powdered to caked will be rejected. Distribution of fertilizer as a particular item of work shall meet the approval of the Engineer. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, fertilizer shall be applied uniformly at the average rate of three hundred (300) pounds per acre for all types of "Sodding" and four hundred (400) pounds per acre for all types of "Seeding". MEASUREMENT: Topsoil secured from borrow sources will be measured by the square yard in place on the project site. Measurement will be made only on topsoils secured from borrow sources. Acceptable material for "Seeding" will be measured by the linear foot, complete in place. Acceptable material for "Sodding" will be measured by the linear foot, complete in place. Acceptable material for "Fertilizer' shall be subsidiary to the price of sodding or seeding. PAYMENT: All work performed as ordered and measured shall be subsidiary to the contract unless and otherwise noted in the plans and bid documents to be paid for at the unit price bid for each item of work. Its price shall be full compensation for excavating (except as noted below), loading, hauling, placing and furnishing all labor, equipment, tools, supplies, and incidentals necessary to complete work. All labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to.supply, transport, stockpile and place topsoil or salvage topsoil as specified shall be included in "Seeding" or "Sodding" bid items and will not be paid for directly. "Spot sodding" or "block sodding" as the case may be, will be paid for at the contract unit price per square yard, complete in place, as provided in the proposal and contract. The contract unit price shall be the total compensation for furnishing and placing all sod; for all rolling and tamping; for all watering; for disposal of all surplus materials; and for all materials, labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work, all in accordance with the Drawings and these Specifications. The work performed and materials furnished and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price for "Seeding", or "Sodding", of the type specified, as the case OW0108 SC-37 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS in may be, which price shall each be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for performing all operations necessary to complete the work accepted as follows: Fertilizer material and application will not be measured or paid for directly, but is considered subsidiary to Sodding and Seeding. D- 46 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to implement and maintain a variable "CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM" which must meet OSHA requirements for all its employees and subcontractors at all times during construction. All active sewer manholes, regardless of depth, are defined by OSHA, as "permit required confined spaces". Contractors shall submit an acceptable "CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PROGRAM" for all applicable manholes and maintain an active file for these manholes. The cost of complying with this program shall be subsidiary to the pay items involving work in confined spaces. -- D- 47 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION/FINAL INSPECTION 7. Prior to the final inspection being conducted for the project, the contractor shall contact the city inspector in writing when the entire project or a designated portion of the project is substantially complete. 8. The inspector along with appropriate City staff and the City's consultant shall make an inspection of the substantially completed work and prepare and submit to the contractor a list of items needing to be completed or corrected. .. 9. The contractor shall take immediate steps to rectify the listed deficiencies and notify the owner in writing when all the items have been completed or corrected. No 10. Payment for substantial completion inspection as well as final inspection shall be subsidiary to the project price. Contractor shall still be required to address all other .n deficiencies, which are discovered at the time of final inspection. 11. Final inspection shall be in conformance with general condition item "C5-5.18 Final Inspection" of PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS. D- 48 EXCAVATION NEAR TREES (WHERE IDENTIFIED ON THE PLANS) 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for taking measures to minimize damage to tree limbs, tree trunks, and tree roots at each work site. All such measures shall be considered as incidental work included in the Contract Unit Price bid for applicable pipe or structure installation except for short tunneling/tree augering. 2. Any and all trees located within the equipment operating area at each work site shall, at the direction of the Engineer, be protected by erecting a "snow fence" along the drip line or edge of the tree root system between tree and the construction area. 3. Contractor shall inspect each work site in advance and arrange to have any tree limbs -- pruned that might be damaged by equipment operations. The Engineer shall be notified at least 24 hours prior to any tree trimming work. No trimming work will be permitted within private property without written permission of the Owner. .. 0&20/08 SC-38 .. .. PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS .. 4. Nothing shall be stored over the tree root system within the drip line area of any tree. 5. Before excavation (off the roadway) within the drip line area of any tree, the earth shall be sawcut for a minimum depth of 2 feet. 6. At designated locations shown on the drawings, the "short tunnel' method using Class 51 D.I. pipe shall be utilized. 7. Except in areas where clearing is allowed, all trees up to 8" in diameter damaged during construction shall be removed and replaced with the same type and diameter tree at the contractor's expense. 8. Contractor shall employ a qualified landscaper for all the work required for tree care to ensure utilization of the best agricultural practices and procedures. 9. Short tunneling shall consist of power augering or hand excavation. The tunnel diameter shall not be larger than 1-1/2 times the outside pipe diameter. Voids remaining after pipe aw installation shall be pressure grouted. D- 49 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT OF SEWER PIPE Concrete encasement of sewers shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price per linear foot of concrete encasement as measured in place along the centerline of the pipe for each pipe diameter indicated. The Contract Unit Price shall include all costs associated with installation and reinforcement of the concrete encasement. D- 50 CLAY DAM Clay dam construction shall be performed in accordance with the Wastewater Clay Dam Construction, figure in the Drawings in these Specifications, at locations indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the City. Clay dams shall be keyed into undisturbed soil to make an impervious barrier to reduce groundwater percolation through the pipeline trench. Construction material shall consist of compacted bentonite clay or 2:27 concrete. Payment for work such as forming, placing and finishing shall be subsidiary to the price bid for pipe installation. D- 51 EXPLORATORY EXCAVATION (D-HOLE) The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the locations of all existing utilities prior to construction, in accordance with item D-6. At locations identified on the drawings, contractor shall conduct an exploratory excavation (D-Hole), to locate and verify the location and elevation of the existing underground utility where it may be in potential conflict with a proposed facility alignment. The exploratory excavation shall be conducted prior to construction of the entire project only at locations denoted on the plans or as directed by the engineer. Contractor shall submit a report of findings (including surveyed elevations of existing conflicting utilities) to the City prior to the start of construction of the entire project. If the contractor determines an existing utility is in conflict with the proposed facility, the contractor shall contact the engineer immediately for appropriate design modifications. The contractor shall make the necessary repairs at the exploratory excavation (D-Hole) to obtain a safe and proper driving surface to ensure the safety of the general public and to meet the approval .w of the City inspector. The contractor shall be liable for any and all damages incurred due to the exploratory excavation (D-Hole). • 0&20/08 SC-39 PART D -- SPECIAL CONDITIONS Payment shall not be made for verification of existing utilities per item D-6. Payment for exploratory excavation (D-Hole), at locations identified on the plans or as directed by the Engineer, shall include full compensation for all materials, excavation, surface restoration, field surveys, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work, shall be the unit price bid. No payment shall be made for exploratory excavation(s) conducted after construction has begun. D- 52 INSTALLATION OF WATER FACILITIES 06120/08 aw 52.1 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Pipe POLYVINYL Chloride Plastic Water Pipe and fittings on this Project shall be in accordance with the material standard contained in the General Contract Documents. Payment for work aw such as backfill, bedding, blocking, detectable tapes and all other associated appurtenant required, shall be included in the linear foot price bid of the appropriate BID ITEM(S). .. 52.2 Blocking Concrete blocking on this Project will necessarily be required as shown on the Plans and shall be installed in accordance with the General Contract Documents. All valves shall have •• concrete blocking provided for supporting. No separate payment will be made for any of the work involved for the item and all costs incurred will be considered to be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe or the bid price of the valve. 52.3 Type of Casing Pipe WATER: The casing pipe for open cut and bored or tunneled section shall be AWWA C-200 Fabricated Electrically Welded Steel Water Pipe, and shall conform to the provisions of E1-15, E1-5 and E1-9 in Material Specifications of General Contract Documents and Specifications for Water Department Projects. The steel casing pipe shall be supplied as follows: For the inside and outside of casing pipe, coal -tar protective coating in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 2.2 and related sections in AWWA C-203. Touch-up after field welds shall provide coating equal to those specified above. C. Minimum thickness for casing pipe used shall be 0.375 inch. aw Stainless Steel Casing Spacers (centering style) such as manufactured by Cascade Waterworks Manufacturing Company or an approved equal shall be used on all non - concrete pipes when installed in casing. Installation shall be as recommended by the Manufacturer. 2. SEWER: Boring used on this project shall be in accordance with the material standard E1-15 and "' Construction standard E2-15 as per Fig. 110 of the General Contract Documents. 3. PAYMENT: Payment for all materials, labor, equipment, excavation, concrete grout, backfill, and incidental work shall be included in the unit price bid per foot. 52.4 Tie -Ins SC-40 M PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS The Contractor shall be responsible for making tie-ins to the existing water mains. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to verify the exact location and elevation of the existing line tie-ins. And any differences in locations and elevation of existing line tie-ins between the contract drawings and what may be encountered in the field shall be considered as incidental to construction. The cost of making tie-ins to existing water or sanitary sewer mains shall be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe. *y 52.5 Connection of Existing Mains The Contractor shall determine the exact location, elevation, configuration and angulation of existing water or sanitary sewer lines prior to manufacturing of the connecting piece. .� Any differences in locations, elevation, configuration, and or angulation of existing lines between the contract drawings and what may be encountered in the said work shall be considered as incidental to construction. Where it is required to shut down existing mains in order to make proposed connections, such down time shall be coordinated with the Engineer, and all efforts shall be made to keep this down time to a minimum. In case of shutting down an existing main, the Contractor shall notify the City Project Manager, Construction Services, Phone 817-392-8306, at least 48-hours prior to the required shut down time. -The Contractor's attention is directed to Paragraph C5-5.15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE, Page C5-5(5), PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE WATER DEPARTMENT GENERAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND GENERAL �~ SPECIFICATIONS. The Contractor shall notify the customer both personally and in writing as to the location, time, and schedule of the service interruption. .. The cost of removing any existing concrete blocking shall be included in the cost of connection. Unless bid separately all cost incurred shall be included in the linear foot price bid for the appropriate pipe size. 52.6 Valve Cut -Ins It may be necessary to cut -in gate valves to isolate the water main from which the extension and/or replacement is to be connected. This may require closing valves in other lines and putting consumers out of service for that period of time necessary to cut in the new valve; the work must be expedited to the utmost and all such cut -ins must be coordinated with the engineer in charge of inspection. All consumers shall be individually advised prior to the shut out and advised of the approximate length of time they may be without service. Payment for work such as backfill, bedding, fittings, blocking and all other associated -m appurtenants required, shall be included in the price of the appropriate bid items. 52.7 Water Services The relocation, replacement, or reconnection of water services will be required as shown on the plans, and/or as described in these Special Contract Documents in addition to those located in the field and identified by the Engineer. All service's shall be constructed by the contractor utilizing approved factory manufactured tap saddles (when required) and corporation stops, type K copper water tubing, curb stops with lock wings, meter boxes, and if required approved manufactured service branches. All materials used shall be as specified in the Material Standards (E1-17 & E1-18) contained in the General Contract Documents. on All water services to be replaced shall be installed at a minimum depth of 36 inches below final grade. 06120108 SC-41 .. PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS oft All existing 3/4-inch water service lines which are to be replaced shall be replaced with 1am - inch Type K copper, 1-inch diameter tap saddle when required, and 1-inch corporation from the main line to the meter box. All services which are to be replaced or relocated shall be installed with the service main tap and service line being in line with the service meter unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. .. A minimum of 24 hours advance notice shall be given when service interruption will be required as specified in Section C5-5.15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE. ■• All water service meters shall be removed, tagged, and collected by the contractor for pickup by the Water Department for reconditioning or replacement. After installation of the .. water service in the proposed location and receipt of a meter from the project inspector the contractor shall install the meter. The meter box shall be reset as necessary to be flush with existing ground or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. All such work on the outlet side of the service meter shall be performed by a licensed plumber. 1. WATER SERVICE REPLACEMENTS: Water service replacement or relocation is required when the existing service is lead or is too shallow to avoid breakage during street reconstruction. The contractor shall replace the existing service line with Type K copper from the main to the meter, curb stop with lock wings, and corporation stop. Payment for all work and materials such as backfill, fittings, type K copper tubing, curb stop with lock wings, service line adjustment, and any relocation of up to 12-inches from center line existing meter location to center line proposed meter location shall be included in the .. Linear Foot price bid for Copper Service Line from Main to five (5) feet behind Meter. Any vertical adjustment of customer service line within the 5 foot area shall be subsidiary to the service installation. Payment for all work and materials such as tap saddle (if required), corporation stops, and fittings shall be included in the price bid for Service Taps to Main. 1. WATER SERVICE RECONNECTION: Water service reconnection is required when the existing service is copper and at adequate depth to avoid breakage during street reconstruction. The contractor shall adjust the existing water service line as required for reconnection and furnish a new tap with corporation stop. The contractor will be paid for one (1) Service Tap to Main for each service reconnected plus for any copper service line used in excess of five (5) feet from Main to five (5) feet behind the Meter. .• 2. WATER SERVICE METER AND METER BOX RELOCATIONS: When the replacement and relocation of a water service and meter box is required and the location of the meter and .. meter box is moved more than twelve (12) inches, as measured from the center line of the existing meter to location to the center line of the proposed meter location, separate payment will be allowed for the relocation of service meter and meter box. Centerline is _ defined by a line extended from the service tap through the meter. Only relocations made perpendicular to this centerline will be paid for separately. Relocations made along the centerline will be paid of in feet of copper service line. OW0108 SC-42 "~ No PART D -- SPECIAL CONDITIONS When relocation of service meter and meter box is required, payment for all work and materials such as backfill, fittings, five (5) feet of type K copper service and all materials, labor, and equipment used by and for the licensed plumber shall be included in the price bid for the service meter relocation. All other costs will be included in other appropriate bid item(s). This item will also be used to pay for all service meter and meter box relocations as required by the Engineer when the service line is not being replaced. Adjustment of only the meter box and customer service line within 5 feet distance behind the meter will not justify separate payment at any time. Locations with multiple service branches will be paid for as one service meter and meter box relocation. 4. NEW SERVICE: When new services are required the contractor shall install tap saddle .. (when required), corporation stop, type K copper service line, curb stop with lock wings, and meter box. Reinforced plastic meter boxes with cast iron lid shall be provided for all 2 inch water meters or smaller. The reinforced plastic water meter boxes shall comply with section E1-18A — Reinforced Plastic Water Meter Boxes. Payment for all work and materials such as backfill, fittings, type K copper tubing, and curb stop with lock wings shall be included in the Linear Foot price bid for Service Line from Main to Meter five (5) feet behind the meter. Payment for all work and materials such as tap saddle, corporation stops, and fittings shall be included in the price bid for Service Taps to Mains. Payment for all work and materials such as furnishing and setting new meter box shall be included in the price bid for furnish and set meter box. wo 1. MULTIPLE SERVICE BRANCHES: When multiple service branches are required the contractor shall furnish approved factory manufactured branches. .. Payment for multiple service branches will include furnishing and installing the multiple service branch only and all other cost will be included in other appropriate bid item(s). 2. MULTIPLE STREET SERVICE LINES TO SINGLE SERVICE METER: Any multiple service lines with taps servicing a single service meter encountered during construction shall be replaced with one service line that is applicable for the size of the existing service meter and approved by the Engineer. Payment shall be made at the unit bid price in the appropriate bid item(s). 52.8 2-Inch Temporary Service Line A. The 2-inch temporary service main and 3/4-inch service lines shall be installed to provide temporary water service to all buildings that will necessarily be required to have severed water service during said work. The contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the schedule of'the temporary service connections and permanent service reconnections with the building, owners and the Engineer in order that the work be performed in an expeditious manner. Severed water service must be reconnected within 2 hours of discontinuance of service. �. A 2-inch tapping saddle and 2-inch corporation stop or 2-inch gate valve with an appropriate fire hydrant adapter fitting shall be required at the temporary service point of 06120108 SC-43 -. PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS connection to the City water supply. The 2-inch temporary service main and 3/4-inch 1. service lines shall be installed in accordance to the attached figures 1, 2 and 3. 2" temporary service line shall be cleaned and sterilized by using chlorine gas or chlorinated lime (HTH) prior to installation. The out -of -service meters shall be removed, tagged and collected by the Contractor for delivery to the Water Department Meter Shop for reconditioning or replacement. Upon restoring permanent service, the Contractor shall re -install the meters at the correct location. The meter box shall be reset as necessary to be flush with the existing ground or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. The temporary service layout shall have a minimum available flow rate of 5 GPM at a dynamic pressure of 35 PSI per service tap. This criteria shall be used by the Contractor to determine the length of temporary service allowed, number of service taps and number of �. feed points. When the temporary service is required for more than one location the 2-inch temporary U, service pipes, 3/4-inch service lines and the 2-inch meter shall be moved to the next successive project location. Payment for work such as fittings, 3/4-inch service lines, asphalt, barricades, all service 00 connections, removal of temporary services and all other associated appurtenants required, shall be included in the appropriate bid item. B. In order to accurately measure the amount of water used during construction, the Contractor will install a fire hydrant meter for all temporary service lines. Water used during construction for flushing new mains that cannot be metered from a hydrant will be = estimated as accurately as possible. At the pre -construction conference the contractor will advise the inspector of the number of meters that will be needed along with the locations where they will be used. The inspector will deliver the hydrant meters to the locations. After installation, the contractor will take full responsibility for the meters until such time as the contractor returns those meters to the inspector. Any damage to the meters will be the sole responsibility of the contractor. The Water Department Meter Shop will evaluate the condition of the meters upon return and if repairs are needed the contractor will receive an .w invoice for those repairs. The issued meter is for this specific project and location only. Any water that the contractor may need for personal use will require a separate hydrant meter obtained by the Contractor, at its cost, from the Water Department. " 52.9 Purging and Sterilization of Water Lines Before being placed into service all newly constructed water lines shall be purged and sterilized in accordance with E2-24 of the General Contract Documents and Specifications except as modified herein. The City will provide all water for INITIAL cleaning and sterilization of water lines. All materials for construction of the project, including .. appropriately sized "pipe cleaning pigs", chlorine gas or chlorinated lime (HTH) shall be furnished by the Contractor. Chlorinated lime (HTH) shall be used in sufficient quantities to provide a chlorine residual of fifty (50) PPM. The residual of free chlorine shall be measured after 24 hours and shall not be less than 10 parts per million of free chlorine. Chlorinated water shall be disposed of in the sanitary sewer system. Should a sanitary sewer not be available, chlorinated water shall be "de -chlorinated" prior to disposal. The line may not be placed in service until two successive sets of samples, taken 24 hours apart, have met the established standards of purity. SC-44 aw W, am PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Purging and sterilization of the water lines shall be considered as incidental to the project and all costs incurred will be considered to be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe. A 52.10 Work Near Pressure Plane Boundaries Contractor shall take note that the water line to be replaced under this contract may cross or may be in close proximity to an existing pressure plane boundary. Care shall be taken to ensure all "pressure plane" valves installed are installed closed and no cross connections are made between pressure planes 52.11 Water Sample Station GENERAL: All water sampling station installations will be per attached Figure 34 or as required in large water meter vaults as per Figure 33 unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. _ The appropriate water sampling station will be furnished to the Contractor free of charge; however, the Contractor will be required to pick up this item at the Field Operations Warehouse. PAYMENT FOR FIGURE 34 INSTALLATIONS: Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation of the 3/4-inch type K copper service line will be shall be included in the price bid for copper Service Line from Main to Meter. Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation tap saddle (if required), corporation stops, and fittings shall be included in the price bid for Service Taps to Main. Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation of the sampling station, concrete support block, curb stop, fittings, and an incidental 5-feet of type K copper service line which are required to provide a complete and functional water sampling station shall be included in the price bid for Water Sample Stations. PAYMENT FOR FIGURE 33 INSTALLATIONS: Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation tap saddle, gate valve, and fittings shall be included in the price bid for Service Taps to Main. Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation of the sampling station, modification to the vault, fittings, and all type K copper service line which are required to provide a complete and functional water sampling station shall be included in the price bid �* for Water Sample Stations. 52.12 Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings am Reference Part E2 Construction Specifications, Section E2-7 Installing Cast Iron Pipe, fittings, and Specials, Sub section E2-7.11 Cast Iron Fittings: E2-7.11 DUCTILE -IRON AND GRAY -IRON FITTINGS: All ductile -iron and gray -iron fittings shall be furnished with cement mortar lining as stated in Section E1-7. The price bid per ton of fittings shall be payment in full for all fittings, joint accessories, polyethylene wrapping, horizontal concrete blocking, vertical tie -down concrete blocking, and concrete cradle necessary for construction as designed. 06120108 SC-45 am PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS All ductile -iron and gray -iron fittings, valves and specials shall be wrapped with _ polyethylene wrapping conforming to Material Specification E1-13 and Construction Specification E2-13. Wrapping shall precede horizontal concrete blocking, vertical tie -down concrete blocking, and concrete cradle. Payment for the polyethylene wrapping, horizontal concrete blocking, vertical tie -down concrete blocking, and concrete cradle shall be .. included in bid items for vales and fittings and no other payments will be allowed. .. D- 53 SPRINKLING FOR DUST CONTROL All applicable provisions of Standard Specifications Item 200, "Sprinkling for Dust Control' shall apply. However, no direct payment will be made for this item and it shall be considered to this contract. D- 54 DEWATERING The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the method of dewatering operation for the .m water or sewage flows from the existing mains and ground water. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage of any nature resulting from the dewatering operations. The DISCHARGE from any dewatering operation shall be conducted as approved by the Engineer. Ground water shall not be discharged into sanitary sewers. Dewatering shall be considered as incidental to a construction and all costs incurred will be '" considered to be included in the project price. .w 0&20/08 SC-46 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS D- 55 TRENCH EXCAVATION ON DEEP TRENCHES r Contractor to prevent any water flowing into open trench during construction. Contractor shall not leave excavated trench open overnight. Contractor shall fill any trench the same day of ow excavation. No extra payment shall be allowed for this special condition. D- 56 TREE PRUNING A. REFERENCES: National Arborist Association's "Pruning Standards for Shade Trees". B. ROOT PRUNING EQUIPMENT 1. Vibratory Knife 2. Vermeer V-155ORC Root Pruner C. NATURAL RESOURCES PROTECTION FENCE 3. Steel "T' = Bar stakes, 6 feet long. 4. Smooth Horse -Wire: 14-1/2 gauge (medium gauge) or 12 gauge (heavy gauge). 5. Surveyors Plastic Flagging: "Tundra" weight, International fluorescent orange or red color. 6. Combination Fence: Commercially manufactured combination soil separator fabric on wire mesh backing as shown on the Drawings. D. ROOT PRUNING we 7. Survey and stake location of root pruning trenches as shown on drawings. 8. Using the approved specified equipment, make a cut a minimum of 36 inches deep in order to minimize damage to the undisturbed root zone. 9. Backfill and compact the trench immediately after trenching. 10. Place a 3-foot wide by 4-inch deep cover of mulch over the trench as required by the Engineer. 11. Within 24 hours, prune flush with ground and backfill any exposed roots due to construction activity. Cover with wood chips of mulch in order to equalize soil temperature and minimize water loss due to evaporation. ,�. 12. Limit any grading work within conservation areas to 3-inch maximum cut or fill, with no roots over 1-inch diameter being cut unless cut by hand or cut by specified methods, equipment and protection. E. MULCHING: Apply 2-inches to 4-inches of wood chips from trimming or clearing operation on areas designated by the Engineer. F. Tree Pruning shall be considered subsidiary to the project contract price. "' 06120108 SC-47 sm PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS D- 57 TREE REMOVAL raw Trees to be removed shall be removed using applicable methods, including stump and root ball removal, loading, hauling and dumping. Extra caution shall be taken to not disrupt existing utilities both overhead and buried. The Contractor shall immediately repair or replace any damage to utilities and private property including, but not limited to, water and sewer services, pavement, fences, walls, sprinkler system piping, etc., at no cost to the Owner. All costs for tree removal, including temporary service costs, shall be considered subsidiary to the project contract price and .. no additional payment will be allowed. D- 58 TEST HOLES The matter of subsurface exploration to ascertain the nature of the soils, including the amount of rock, if any, through which this pipeline installation is to be made is the responsibility of any and all prospective bidders, and any bidder on this project shall submit his bid under this condition. ,W Whether prospective bidders perform this subsurface exploration jointly or independently, and whether they make such determination by the use of test holes or other means, shall be left to the discretion of such prospective bidders. If test borings have been made and are provided for bidder's information, at the locations shown on the logs of borings in the appendix of this specification, it is expressly declared that neither the City nor the Engineer guarantees the accuracy for the information or that the material encountered in excavations is the same, either in character, location, or elevation, as shown on the boring logs. It shall be the responsibility of the bidder to make such subsurface investigations, as he deems necessary to determine the nature of the material to be excavated. The Contractor assumes all responsibility for interpretation of these records and for making and maintaining the required excavation and of doing other work affected by the geology of the site. The cost of all rock removal and other associated appurtenances, if required, shall be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe. D- 59 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION AND NOTIFICATION OF TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE INTERRUPTION DURING CONSTRUCTION Prior to beginning construction on any block in the project, the contractor shall, on a block by block .� basis, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending construction to the front door of each residence or business that will be impacted by construction. The notice shall be prepared as follows: The notification notice or flyer shall be posted seven (7) days prior to beginning any construction activity on each block in the project area. The flyer shall be prepared on the Contractor's letterhead and shall include the following information: Name of Project, DOE No., Scope of Project (i.e. type "' of construction activity), actual construction duration within the block, the name of the contractor's foreman and his phone number, the name of the City's inspector and his phone number and the City's after-hours phone number. A sample of the `pre -construction notification' flyer is attached. .. The contractor shall submit a schedule showing the construction start and finish time for each block of the project to the inspector. In addition, a copy of the flyer shall be delivered to the City %W Inspector for his review prior to being distributed. The contractor will not be allowed to begin construction on any block until the flyer is delivered to all residents of the block. 06120108 SC-48 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS In the event it becomes necessary to temporarily shut down water service to residents or businesses during construction, the contractor shall prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending interruption to the front door of each affected resident. The notice shall be prepared as follows: The notification or flyer shall be posted twenty-four (24) prior to the temporary interruption. The flyer shall be prepared on the contractor's letterhead and shall include the following information: -- Name of the project, DOE number, the date of the interruption of service, the period the interruption will take place, the name of the contractor's foreman and his phone number and the name of the City's inspector and his phone number. A sample of the temporary water service interruption notification is attached. A copy of the temporary interruption notification shall be delivered to the inspector for his review ow prior to being distributed. The contractor shall not be permitted to proceed with interruption of water service until the flyer has been delivered to all affected residents and businesses. Electronic versions of the sample flyers can be obtained from the Construction office at (817) 392- 8306. All work involved with the notification flyers shall be considered subsidiary to the contract price and -� no additional compensation shall be made. D- 60 TRAFFIC BUTTONS The removal and replacement of traffic buttons is the responsibility of the contractor and shall be considered a subsidiary item. In the event that the contractor prefers for the Signals, Signs and Markings Division (SSMD) of the Transportation/Public Works Department to install the markings, the contractor shall contact SSMD at (817) 392-8770 and shall reimburse SSMD for all costs incurred, both labor and material. No additional compensation shall be made to the contractor for this reimbursement. w D- 61 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CLEANOUTS Whenever a sanitary sewer service line is installed or replaced, the Contractor shall install a two- way service cleanout as shown in the attached detail. Cleanouts are to be installed out of high traffic areas such as driveways, streets, sidewalks, etc. whenever possible. When it is not possible, the cleanout stack and cap shall be cast iron. MW Payment for all work and materials necessary for the installation of the two-way service cleanout which are required to provide a complete and functional sanitary sewer cleanout shall be included ,-Z in the price bid for Sanitary Sewer Service Cleanouts. D- 62 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT REPAIR The Contractor shall provide a temporary pavement repair immediately after trench backfill and compaction using a minimum of 2-inches of hot mix asphalt over a minimum of 6-inches of compacted flex base. The existing asphalt shall be saw cut to provide a uniform edge and the entire width and length of the temporary repair shall be rolled with a steel asphalt roller to provide smooth rideability on the street as well as provide a smooth transition between the existing pavement and the temporary repair. Cost of saw cutting shall be subsidiary to the temporary pavement repair pay item. no 0&20108 SC-49 .. PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the temporary pavement until the paving contractor has mobilized. The paving contractor shall assume maintenance responsibility upon such mobilization. No additional compensation shall be made for maintaining the temporary pavement. D- 63 CONSTRUCTION STAKES The City, through its Surveyor or agent, will provide to the Contractor construction stakes or other customary method of markings as may be found consistent with professional practice, establishing line and grades for roadway and utility construction, and centerlines and benchmarks for bridgework. These stakes shall be set sufficiently in advance to avoid delay whenever practical. One set of stakes shall be set for all utility construction (water, sanitary sewer, drainage etc.), and one set of excavation/or stabilization stakes, and one set of stakes for curb and gutter/or paving. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to preserve, maintain, transfer, etc., all stakes furnished until completion of the construction phase of the project for which they were furnished. If the City or its agent determines that a sufficient number of stakes or markings provided by the City, have been lost, destroyed, or disturbed, to prevent the proper prosecution and control of the work contracted for in the Contract Documents, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility, at the Contractor's sole expense, to have such stakes replaced by an individual registered by the Texas Board of Professional Land Surveyor as a Registered Land Surveyor. No claims for delay due to lack of replacement of construction stakes will be accepted, and time will continue to be charged in accordance with the Contract Documents. D- 64 EASEMENTS AND PERMITS The performance of this contract requires certain temporary construction, right -of -entry agreements, and/or permits to perform work on private property. The City has attempted to obtain the temporary construction and/or right -of -entry agreements for properties where construction activity is necessary on City owned facilities, such as sewer lines or manholes. For locations where the City was unable to obtain the easement or right -of -entry, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain the agreement prior to beginning work on subject property. This shall be subsidiary to the contract. The agreements, which the City has obtained, are available to the Contractor for review by contacting the plans desk at the Department of Engineering, City of Fort Worth. Also, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain written permission from property owners to perform such work as cleanout repair and sewer service replacement on private property. Contractor shall adhere to all requirements of Paragraph C6-6.10 of the General Contract Documents. The Contractor's attention is directed to the agreement terms along with any special conditions that may have been imposed on these agreements, by the property owners. The easements and/or private property shall be cleaned up after use and restored to its original condition or better. In event additional work room is required by the Contractor, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain written permission from the property owners involved for the use of additional property required. No additional payment will be allowed for this item. The City has obtained the necessary documentation for railroad and/or highway permits required for construction of this project. The Contractor shall be responsible for thoroughly reviewing, understanding and complying with all provisions of such permits, including obtaining the requisite insurance, and shall pay any and all costs associated with or required by the permit(s). It is the Contractor's responsibility to provide the required flagmen and/or provide payment to the .. MW .. No .. No .e .. sw .. 06120108 SC-50 10 PART Q - SPECIAL CONDITIONS appropriate railroad/agency for all flagmen during construction in railroad/agency right-of-way. For railroad permits, any and all railroad insurance costs and any other incidental costs necessary to meet the conditions associated with permit(s) compliance, including payment for flagmen, shall be included in the lump sum pay bid item for "Associated Costs for Construction within Railroad / Agency Right-of-way". No additional compensation shall be allowed on this pay item. D- 65 PRE -CONSTRUCTION NEIGHBORHOOD MEETING .. After the pre -construction conference has been held but before construction is allowed to begin on this project a public meeting will be held at a location to be determined by the Engineer. The contractor, inspector, and project manager shall meet with all affected residents and present the "' projected schedule, including construction start date, and answer any construction related questions. Every effort will be made to schedule the neighborhood meeting within the two weeks following the pre -construction conference but in no case will construction be allowed to begin until this meeting. is held. -• D- 66 WAGE RATES Compliance with and Enforcement of Prevailing Wage Laws Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (Chapter 2258), including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of MW the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these contract documents. VM Penalty for Violation. A contractor or any subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day _ that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023. "' Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information, including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of 2258.023, Texas Government Code, by a contractor or subcontractor, the City shall make an initial *� determination, before the 31st day after the date the City receives the information, as to whether good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the contractor or subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination. Upon the City's �. determination that there is good cause to believe the contractor or subcontractor has violated Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates, such amounts being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final determination of the violation. Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. MW An issue relating to an alleged violation of Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the contractor or subcontractor and any affected worker do not resolve the issue by agreement before 00 the 15th day after the date the City makes its initial determination pursuant to paragraph (c) above. If the persons required to arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11th k06120/08 SC-51 No PART D — SPECIAL CONDITIONS two day after the date that arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the _ petition of any of the persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. Records to be Maintained. The contractor and each subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and occupation of each worker "' employed by the contractor in the construction of the work provided for in this contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of the Audit section of these contract documents shall No pertain to this inspection. Pay Estimates. No With each partial payment estimate or payroll period, whichever is less, the contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. No Posting of Wage Rates. The contractor shall post the prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times. Subcontractor Compliance. The contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its subcontractors to comply with paragraphs (a) through (g) above. (Wage rates are attached at the end of this section.) (Attached) am D- 67 REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE w A. It is the intent of the City of Fort Worth to comply with the requirements of the Asbestos National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) found at 40 CFR Part 61, Subpart M. This specification will establish procedures to be used by all Excavators in the removal and disposal of asbestos cement pipe (ACP) in compliance with NESHAP. Nothing in this specification shall be construed to void any provision of a contract or other law, ordinance, regulation or policy whose requirements are more stringent. B. ACP is defined under NESHAP as a Category II, non -friable material in its intact state but which may become friable upon removal, demolition and/or disposal. Consequently, if the removal/ disposal process renders the ACP friable, it is regulated under the disposal requirements of 40 CFR 61.150. A NESHAP notification must be filed with the Texas Department of Health. The notification must be filed at least ten days prior to removal of the material. If it remains in its non - friable state, as defined by the NESHAP, it can be �- disposed as a conventional construction waste. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) defines friable as material, when dry, which may be crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder by hand pressures. .. 06120108 SC-52 00 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS .. C. The Generator of the hazardous material is responsible for the identification and proper handling, transportation, and disposal of the material. Therefore, it is the policy of the City of Fort Worth that the Excavator is the Generator regardless of whether the pipe is friable or not. D. It is the intent of the City of Fort Worth that all ACP shall be removed in such careful and prudent manner that it remains intact and does not become friable. The Excavator is responsible to employ those means, methods, techniques and sequences to ensure this result. -� E. Compliance with all aspects of worker safety and health regulations including but not limited to the OSHA Asbestos Standard is the responsibility of the Excavator. The City of Fort Worth assumes no responsibility for compliance programs, which are the responsibility of the Excavator. (Copy of forms attached) F. The removal and disposal of ACP shall be subsidiary to the cost of installing the new pipe unless otherwise stated or indicated on the project plans or contract documents. D-68 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION (FOR DISTURBED AREAS GREATER THAN 1 ACRE) ,., PERMIT: As defined by Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) regulations, a Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction Permit is required for all construction activities that result in the disturbance of one to five acres (Small Construction Activity) or five or more acres of total land (Large Construction Activity). The contractor is defined as an "operator" by state regulations and is required to obtain a permit. Information concerning the permit can be obtained through the Internet at http://www.tnrcc.state.tx.us/permitting/water perm/wwperm/construct.html. Soil stabilization and structural practices have been selected and designed in accordance with North Central Texas Council of Governments Best Management Practices and Erosion Control Manual for Construction Activities (BMP Manual). This manual can be obtained through the Internet at www.dfwstormwater.com/runoff.htmi. Not all of the structural controls discussed in the BMP Manual will necessarily apply to this project. Best Management Practices are construction management techniques that, if properly utilized, can minimize the need for physical controls and possible reduce costs. The methods of control shall result in minimum .. sediment retention of not less than 70%. NOTICE OF INTENT (NOI): If the project will result in a total land disturbance equal to or greater ,. than 5 acres, the contractor shall sign at the pre -construction meeting a TCEQ Notice of Intent (NOI) form prepared by the engineer. It serves as a notification to the TCEQ of construction activity as well as a commitment that the contractor understands the requirements of the permit for storm 00 water discharges from construction activities and that measures will be taken to implement and maintain storm water pollution prevention at the site. The NOI shall be submitted to the TCEQ at least 48 hours prior to the contractor moving on site and shall include the required $100 application fee. The NOI shall be mailed to: Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Storm Water & General Permits Team; MC-228 P.O. Box 13087 ow 06120/08 SC-53 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS .. Austin, TX 78711-3087 A copy of the NOI shall be sent to: City of Fort Worth Department of Environmental Management 5000 MLK Freeway Fort Worth, TX 76119 NOTICE OF TERMINATION (NOT): For all sites that qualify as Large Construction Activity, the contractor shall sign, prior to final payment, a TCEQ Notice of Termination (NOT) form prepared by the engineer. It serves as a notice that the site is no longer subject to the requirement of the •• permit. The NOT should be mailed to: Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Storm Water & General Permits Team; MC-228 P.O. Box 13087 Austin, TX 78711-3087 No STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP): A document consisting of an erosion control and toxic waste management plan and a narrative defining site parameters and techniques to be employed to reduce the release of sediment and pollution from the construction site. Five of the project SWPPP's are available for viewing at the plans desk of the Department of Engineering. The selected Contractor shall be provided with three copies of the SWPPP after .. award of contract, along with unbounded copies of all forms to be submitted to the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality. LARGE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY — DISTURBED AREA EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN 5 ACRES: A Notice of Intent (NOI) form shall be completed and submitted to the TCEQ including payment of the TCEQ required fee. A SWPPP that meets all TCEQ requirements prepared by the Engineer shall be prepared and implemented at least 48 hours before the commencement of construction activities. The SWPPP shall be incorporated into in the contract documents. The contractor shall submit a schedule for implementation of the SWPPP. Deviations from the plan must be submitted to the engineer for approval. The SWPPP is not warranted to meet all the conditions of the permit since the actual construction activities may vary from those anticipated during the preparation of the SWPPP. Modifications may be required to fully conform to the requirements of the Permit. The contractor must keep a copy of the most current SWPPP at the construction site. Any alterations to the SWPPP proposed by the contractor must be prepared and submitted by the contractor to the engineer for review and approval. A Notice of Termination (NOT) form shall be submitted within 30 days after final stabilization has been achieved on all portions of the site that is the responsibility of the permittee, or, when another permitted operator assumes control over all areas of the site that have not been finally stabilized. SMALL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY - DISTURBED AREA EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN ONE ACRE BUT LESS THAN FIVE ACRES: Submission of a NOI form is not required. However, a TCEQ Site Notice form must be completed and posted at the site. A copy of the completed Site Notice must be sent to the City of Fort Worth Department of Environmental Management at the .. address listed above. A SWPPP, prepared as described above, shall be implemented at least 48 hours before the commencement of construction activities. The SWPPP must include descriptions of control measures necessary to prevent and control soil erosion, sedimentation and water pollution and will be included in the contract documents. The control measures shall be installed 06120108 SC-54 PART Q - SPECIAL CONDITIONS and maintained throughout the construction to assure effective and continuous water pollution control. The controls may include, but not be limited to, silt fences, straw bale dikes, rock berms, diversion dikes, interceptor swales, sediment traps and basins, pipe slope drain, inlet protection, stabilized construction entrances, seeding, sodding, mulching, soil retention blankets, or other structural or non-structural storm water pollution controls. The method of control shall result in a minimum sediment retention of 70% as defined by the NCTCOG "BMP Manual." Deviations from the proposed control measures must be submitted to the engineer for approval. PAYMENT FOR SWPPP IMPLEMENTATION: Payment shall be made per lump sum as shown on the proposal as full compensation for all items contained in the project SWPPP. D-69 COORDINATION WITH THE CITY'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR OPERATIONS OF EXISTING WATER SYSTEMS It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate any event that will require connecting to or the operation of an existing City water line system with the City's representative. The Contractor may obtain a hydrant water meter from the Water Department for use during the life of named project. In the event the Contractor requires that a water valve on an existing live system be turned off and on to accommodate the construction of the project, the Contractor must coordinate this activity through the appropriate City representative. The Contractor shall not operate water line valves of existing water system. Failure to comply will render the Contractor in violation of Texas Penal Code Title 7, Chapter 28.03 (Criminal Mischief) and the Contractor will be prosecuted to the full extent of the law. In addition, the Contractor will assume all liabilities and responsibilities as a result of these actions. D-70 ADDITIONAL SUBMITTALS FOR CONTRACT AWARD The City reserves the right to require any pre -qualified contractor who is the apparent low bidder(s) for a project to submit such additional information as the City, in sole discretion may require, including but not limited to manpower and equipment records, information about key personnel to be assigned to the project, and construction schedule, to assist the City in evaluating and assessing the ability of the apparent low bidder(s) to deliver a quality product and successfully complete projects for the amount bid within the stipulated time frame. Based upon the City's assessment of the submitted information, a recommendation regarding the award of a contract will be made to the City Council. Failure to submit the additional information if requested may be grounds for rejecting the apparent low bidder as non -responsive. Affected contractors will be notified in writing of_a recommendation to the City Council. D-71 EARLY WARNING SYSTEM FOR CONSTRUCTION Time is of the essence in the completion of this contract. In order to insure that the contractor is responsive when notified of unsatisfactory performance and/or of failure to maintain the contract schedule, the following process shall be applicable: The work progress on all construction projects will be closely monitored. On a bi-monthly basis the percentage of work completed will be compared to the percentage of time charged to the contract. If the amount of work performed by the contractor is less than the percentage of time allowed by 20% or more (example: 10% of the work completed in 30% of the stated contract time as may be amended by change order), the following proactive measures will be taken: OWOI08 SC-55 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS A letter will be mailed to the contractor by certified mail, return receipt requested demanding that, within 10 days from the date that the letter is received, it provide sufficient equipment, materials and labor to ensure completion of the work within the contract time. In the event the contractor receives such a letter, the contractor shall y provide to the City an updated schedule showing how the project will be completed within the contract time. 2. The Project Manager and the Directors of the Department of Engineering, Water Department, and Department of Transportation and Public Works will be made aware of the situation. If necessary, the City Manager's Office and the appropriate city council .. members may also be informed. 3. Any notice that may, in the City's sole discretion, be required to be provided to ., interested individuals will distributed by the Engineering Department's Public Information Officer. 4. Upon receipt of the contractor's response, the appropriate City departments and directors will be notified. The Engineering Department's Public Information Officer will, if necessary, then forward updated notices to the interested individuals. MW 5. If the contractor fails to provide an acceptable schedule or fails to perform satisfactorily a second time prior to the completion of the contract, the bonding company will be notified appropriately. .. D-72 AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS The Contractor shall be required to observe the following guidelines relating to working on City construction sites on days designated as "AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS". Typically, the OZONE SEASON, within the Metroplex area, runs from May 1, through OCTOBER 31, with 6:00 .. a.m. - 10:00 a.m. being critical BECAUSE EMISSIONS FROM THIS TIME PERIOD HAVE ENOUGH TIME TO BAKE IN THE HOT ATMOSPHERE THAT LEADS TO EARLY AFTERNOON OZONE FORMATION.. .. The Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), in coordination with the National Weather Service, will issue the Air Pollution Watch by 3:00 p.m. on the afternoon prior to the WATCH day. On designated Air Pollution Watch Days, the Contractor shall bear the responsibility of being aware that such days have been designated Air Pollution Watch Days and as such shall not begin work until 10:00 a.m. whenever construction phasing requires the use of motorized equipment for periods in excess of 1 hour. However, the Contractor may begin work prior to 10:00 a.m. if use of motorized equipment is less than 1 hour, or if equipment is new and certified by EPA as "Low Emitting", or equipment burns Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD), diesel emulsions, or alternative fuels such as CNG. If the Contractor is unable to perform continuous work for a period of at least seven hours between the hours of 7:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m., on a designated Air Pollution Watch Day, that day will be .r considered as a weather day and added onto the allowable weather days of a given month. D-73 FEE FOR STREET USE PERMITS AND RE -INSPECTIONS 06/20/08 SC-56 PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS r A fee for street use permits is in effect. In addition, a separate fee for re -inspections for parkway construction, such as driveways, sidewalks, etc., will be required. The fees are as follows: 1. The street permit fee is $50.00 per permit with payment due at the time of permit application. 2. A re -inspection fee of $25.00 will be assessed when work for which an inspection called for is incomplete. Payment is due prior to the City performing re -inspection. Payment by the contractor for all street use permits and re -inspections shall be considered subsidiary to the contract cost and no additional compensation shall be made. D-74 "GREEN" CEMENT POLICY As per Fort Worth City Council Resolution 3536, the City Manager is authorized to specify the purchase of dry kiln cement as the base bid in City of Fort Worth bid projects, with an alternative bid for the purchase of cement from an unspecified source and preferential purchasing for bids from a cement kiln with emissions not exceeding 1.7 pounds of NOx per ton of clinker produced. In cases where cement meeting the above requirements is not available, and where cement from a non -compliant source must be utilized, the Contractor shall furnish good faith effort documentation in the form of letters from two North Texas cement suppliers of green cement stating that no stock of green cement is available for the contractor at that time. These letters shall be considered valid for a maximum of one week after which new letters must be submitted to the Project Inspector if green cement continues to remain unavailable. All related costs for complying with the Green Cement Policy shall be considered subsidiary to the applicable project pay items. The contractor shall submit the Green Cement Policy Compliance Statement or the good faith effort documentation at the time the of bid opening of the project. A copy of the Compliance Statement is attached at the end of this section. Failure to comply with the Green Cement Policy may result in rejection of the bid as non -responsive. END OF PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS REST OF THE PAGE. INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK OWOI08 SC-57 FART Q - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Date: CPN No.: Project Name: F Mapsco Location: Limits of Construction: (To be printed on Contractor's Letterhead) DOE No: THIS IS TO INFORM YOU THAT UNDER A CONTRACT WITH THE CITY OF FORT WORTH, OUR COMPANY WILL WORK ON WATER AND / OR SEWER LINES ON OR AROUND YOUR PROPERTY. CONSTRUCTION WILL BEGIN APPROXIMATELY SEVEN DAYS FROM THE DATE OF THIS NOTICE. IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT ACCESS, SECURITY, SAFETY OR ANY OTHER ISSUE, PLEASE CALL: Mr. <CONTRACTOR'S SUPERINTENDENT> AT <TELEPHONE NO.> OR Mr. <CITY INSPECTOR> AT < TELEPHONE NO.> AFTER 4:30 PM OR ON WEEKENDS, PLEASE CALL (817) 392 8306 PLEASE KEEP THIS FLYER HANDY WHEN YOU CALL 0620108 SC-558 we or - FORTWORTH PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS .. F TOM MPAWMENT OF HEALTH v r ROM CIRCLE ITEMS TifAT ARE AMENDED tJ _ If t) OF-MOUTION4 ftENOVA'tION NOTIFICATION l ORM .T~ N .. iJGnaalitit Ctitr$l�t r. O ica'P'haneNumber( } _ y z} ia!e j ct Consullg0vt r H Licarsa Nuns ` .. t-1t>in�l P het Ine Wilber I' _ :} 3} Earl A?lat•.n p fi;t�ln�t 1 illy Stag= Zrp: Qwmt tr -W,. "Ncs#aa; Thu lrtvpiCc %ttU >ttrrt�ttm t t� wilt bo sent to the owner o! cite liltttlding and e invoicd vW11 be -tom nbt/byir.end fr4oynnt�ti{nYt iaitt aatt n t1tra +utdari In 3his suction •Ci' .. .'Ty, 1 h} W�i�44nY.NVfi SN' 1�� `�i��Y E I'hyst al 0 dorvly, Zrp , W � .. - �� YX�t1�`��.• w�Yf I ��ya��n{f /A, �T'g{ii��dli�,�l,��,�,.[�qq qq.5,�[�'' �� YTn¢�:�y.�y.xr .L/�@�W ilt�Vtl,til tMi31 1 offi shy iyhmIi1 +Tp4 G1f p5 5 z��: MtitriFiar a(%fp #g Sd fool (1(- .2)` YE-. S r NCB ii tIltiltlrl+C "tllli<i�:tl '. - i7rnQ{ttt#il5tt,itQaA1lht) ' . Annual Consolidated T liatitt .bect4 08 • [� Eveniry n t5right - Ph !PtAIac g: .X. 6) Is Iris it Public Buildef? YES NO,Fatlerar r`acility? NO IndiAtrial Site? -YES :". NO ' NESHAP-Only Facile'"; YFr, Nt l 'Y ; d I?uirditf d € j+Otcuoicd? _ YES No 7j Plca'icahri Trp�, CHiK ONLY ONE Oiiq:nal ItQlrvot til Says) Canc i cttt. '.1 Ql dtlltett :Li Er"M t►cylOrdt sd . N It St::5 15 9ti afPtl3nttmam lob artfenr.man# lttJriEb8F.19:t1 (itato s copy of original and/or ras#'Otoni # owyou t^ii will et 1b Errergencyo: A. �� y . {lii•r.'h13�irD1 " the 7 art, td �c eta rtf uttd ezpl at t1 F; ;i 4v6 +tsusce trriiiiiifa concitims a� Whit "Sd � , �i�A�t.dtl8pe �rc+tlputcc�s. rn�t�!�'� n _ rr " I K" n) t }stldn t f, r lu s rafc sign i6'"B t . t�r18 rt dci" b s ,Is Ecur d car Qzr tri #ie : Y aslt �l /ial 1a castes s�b��d P orodtt d;l}D .trial . �) tAd 8p Asfae 3 i r ypt*r arrrtr 7 i YE5 O Q ll 5 Y ! 1 TDhI lath"t W-ema NO " Nl�1;tl Its 1 I "tAs3t #lt�[I ' TI�W G btx > qry eel No N litl (pl%luld"inj orciicts an asstiti�n r[ts%e:f g iiiH lbte ior) ?' l flj. okra bn of plat tt' "clei n oc: rents rrrt rvt�rk, tyj f a1, Ltd in laid{ K► S f j DoWipikin of w K Pradiq & grid ongineeft convels to 6q tt I prat�tt tsr t w #the ' . darnaalldufran : Lj • t� ors 20MB SC-60 W 110 iso wi PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS ow PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS DA-1 AWARD OF CONTRACT FOR PROJECTS WITH MULTIPLE UNITS (OMITTED) ................................................................................................................................. 3 DA-2 PIPELINE REHABILITATION CURED -IN -PLACE PIPE (OMITTED) .............. 4 DA-3 PIPE ENLARGEMENT SYSTEM OMITTED 4 DA-4 FOLD AND FORM PIPE (OMITTED)...................................................................... 4 DA-5 SLIPLINING (OMITTED).,..........................................................................................4 DA-6 PIPE INSTALLED BY OTHER THAN OPEN CUT .................................................. 4 DA-7 TYPE OF CASING PIPE ...................... ,...... ,.............................................. ...... ........... 7 DA-8 SERVICE LINE POINT REPAIR / CLEANOUT REPAIR (OMITTED) ............... 8 .. DA-9 PROTECTIVE MANHOLE COATING FOR CORROSION PROTECTION........ 8 DA-1 Q MANHOLE REHABILITATION (OMITTED)........................................................ 10 .. DA-11 SURFACE PREPARATION FOR MANHOLE REHABILITATION (OMITTED) ..................................................................................................................................... 14 DA-12 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - MICROSILICATE MORTAR SYSTEM .v (OMITTED)....................................................................................................4... .............. 10 DA-13 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - QUADEX SYSTEM (OMITTED) ............. 14 DA-14 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - SPRAY WALL SYSTEM ............................ IQ DA-15 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - RAVEN LINING SYSTEM ........................ 12 DA-16 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING: PERMACAST SYSTEM WITH EPDXY LINER(OMITTED) ........................................... ........... .............................................. 15 DA-17 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING -STRONG -SEAL -SYSTEM (OMITTED) ... 15 DA-18 RIGID FIBERGLASS MANHOLE LINERS (OMITTED) ..................................... 15 DA-19 PVC LINED CONCRETE WALL RECONSTRUCTION (OMITTED) ................ 15 DA-20 PRESSURE GROUTING (OMITTED) ........................................................... .. 15 DA-21 VACUUM TESTING OF REHABILITATED MANHOLES (OMITTED)........... 15 DA-22 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES (OMITTED) ........ ................... .............................. 15 DA-23 LOCATION AND EXPOSURE OF MANHOLES AND WATER VALVES (OMITTED).................................................................................................................................. 15 DA-24 REPLACEMENT OF CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER .................................... 15 DA-25 REPLACEMENT OF 6" CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS (OMITTED) ..................... 16 DA-26 REPLACEMENT OF H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT AND BASE (OMITTED) ............. 16 DA-27 GRADED CRUSHED STONES (OMITTED)........................................................... 16 _ DA-28 WEDGE MILLING 2" TO 0" DEPTH 5.0' WIDE (OMITTED) ............................ 16 DA-29 BUTT JOINTS —MILLED (OMITTED) ..................... 16 DA-30 2" H.M,A.C. SURFACE COURSE (TYPE "D" MIX) .............................................. 16 DA-31 REPLACEMENT OF 7" CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER (OMITTED) ........... 16 DA-32 NEW 7" CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER (OMITTED) ........................................ 16 DA-33 NEW 4" STANDARD WHEELCHAIR RAMP (OMITTED) ................................. 16 DA-34 8" PAVEMENT PULVERIZATION (OMITTED) ................................................... 16 DA-35 REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT OR BASE (UTILITY CUT) ............... 16 .� DA-36 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS............................................................................. 18 DA-37 POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED MATERIAL HANDLING. 18 DA-38 LOADING, TRANSPORTATION, AND DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED SOIL �' ....................................................................................................................................22 DA-39 ROCK RIPRAP - GROUT - FILTER FABRIC (OMITTED) ................................. 23 .r 11102104 ASC-1 WE PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS DA-40 CONCRETE RIPRAP (OMITTED)..........................:................................................ 23 DA-41 CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS (OMITTED) ............................. 23 DA42 CONCRETE PIPE FITTINGS AND SPECIALS (OMITTED) .............................. 23 DA-43 UNCLASSIFIED STREET EXCAVATION (OMITTED) ....................................... 23 DA-44 6" PERFORATED PIPE SUBDRAIN (OMITTED) ................................................. 23 DA-45 REPLACEMENT OF 4" CONCRETE SIDEWALKS (OMITTED) ...................... 23 DA46 RECOMMENDED SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION (OMITTED) ................. 23 DA-47 PAVEMENT REPAIR IN PARKING AREA.... .............................. _ ......................... 23 DA-48 EASEMENTS AND PERMITS (NOT AVAILABLE AT BIDDING) ...................... 23 DA-49 HIGHWAY REQUIREMENTS (OMITTED)........................................................... 23 DA-50 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT (OMITTED).............................................................. 23 DA-51 CONNECTION TO EXISTING STRUCTURES....................................................... 24 DA-52 TURBO METER WITH VAULT AND BYPASS INSTALLATION (OMITTED)... ........................................................................................................................................ 24 DA-53 OPEN FIRE LINE INSTALLATIONS (OMITTED) ............................................... 24 DA-54 WATER SAMPLE STATION (OMITTED).............................................................. 24 DA-55 CURB ON CONCRETE PAVEMENT........................................................................ 24 DA-56 SHOP DRAWINGS....................................................................................................... 24 DA-57 COST BREAKDOWN.................................................................................................. 25 DA-58 STANDARD STREET SPECIFICATIONS H.M.A.C. OVERLAY (OMITTED). 25 DA-59 H.M.A.C. MORE THAN 9 INCHES DEEP (OMITTED) ........................................ 25 DA--60 ASPHALT DRIVEWAY REPAIR.............................................................................. 25 DA-61 TOP SOIL........................................................................................................................ 25 DA-62 WATER METER AND METER BOX RELOCATION AND ADJUSTMENT (OMITTED)................................................................................................................................ 25 DA-63 BID QUANTITIES........................................................................................................ 26 DA-64 WORK IN HIGHWAY RIGHT OF WAY................................................................ 26 DA-65 CRUSHED LIMESTONE (FLEX-BASE)................................................................... 26 DA-66 OPTION TO RENEW.................................................................................................. 26 DA-67 NON-EXCLUSIVE CONTRACT........................................................................... 26 DA-68 CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER (OMITTED)....................................................... 27 DA-69 TRAFFIC BUTTONS.................................................................................................... 27 DA-70 PAVEMENT STRIPING.............................................................................................. 27 DA-71 H.M.A.C. TESTING PROCEDURES...................................:..................................... 27 DA-72 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES.............................................................................. 28 DA-73 RELOCATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEM BACK -FLOW PREVENTER/CONTROL VALVE AND BOX ....................................... .............................. 28 DA-74 RESILIENT -SEATED GATE VALVES (OMITTED) ............................................. 28 DA-75 EMERGENCY SITUATION, JOB MOVE -IN ........................................................... 28 DA-76 1 Y2" & 2" COPPER SERVICES (OMITTED).......................................................... 28 DA-77 SCOPE OF WORK (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)........................................................ 28 DA-78 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILTY (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) ........................ 28 DA-79 CONTRACT TIME (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)....................................................... 28 DA-80 REQUIRED CREW PERSONNEL & EQUIPMENT (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) 28 DA-81 TIME ALLOWED FOR UTILITY CUTS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) .......... :....... 28 11102104 ASC-2 Q "o «r 0 .. PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS "' DA-82 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) .................. DA-83 PAVING REPAIR EDGES (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) ........................................... 28 DA-84 TRENCH BACKFILL (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) ................................................... 29 DA-85 CLEAN-UP (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)..................................................................... 29 DA-86 PROPERTY ACCESS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) ................................................... 29 DA-87 SUBMISSION OF BIDS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) ................................................ 29 DA-88 STANDARD BASE REPAIR FOR UNIT I (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) ................. 29 DA-89 CONCRETE BASE REPAIR FOR UNIT II & UNIT III (UTIL.. CUT) .. (OMITTED)............................................................................................................................. DA-90 2" TO 9" H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) ................................ 29 DA-91 ADJUST WATER VALVE BOXES, MANHOLES, AND VAULTS (UTIL. CUT) .. (OMITTED)................................................................................................................................... 29 DA-92 MAINTENANCE BOND (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) .............................................. 29 DA-93 BRICK PAVEMENT (UTIL. CUT)(,OMITTED) ..................................................... 29 •• DA-94 LIME STABILIZED SUBGRADE (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) .............................. 29 DA-95 CEMENT STABILIZED SUBGRADE (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) ....................... 29 DA-96 REPAIR OF STORM DRAIN\ STRUCTURES (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)......... 29 .� DA-97 "QUICK -SET" CONCRETE (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) ............................ ... 29 DA-98 UTILITY ADJUSTMENT (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) ............................................ 29 DA-99 STANDARD CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND WHEELCHAIR RAMPS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED)..................................................................................................... ...............29 DA-100 LIMITS OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT REPAIR (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED). 29 DA-101 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) ....................... 29 DA-102 PAYMENT (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) ............................ DA-103 DEHOLES (MISC. EXT.)..................... ,..,........... 4...............................Nthµ ............... 29 DA-104 CONSTRUCTION LIMITATIONS (MISC. EXT.) ............................................... 30 ow DA-105 PRESSURE CLEANING AND TESTING (MISC. EXT.).................................... 30 DA-106 BID QUANTITIES (MISC. EXT.)........................................................................... 30 DA-107 LIFE OF CONTRACT (MISC. EXT.).................................................................... 30 DA-108 FLOWABLE FILL (MISC. EXT.)............... .................. —...,................................... 30 DA-109 BRICK PAVEMENT REPAIR (MISC. REPL.) (OMITTED) ............................ 31 .. DA-110 DETERMINATION AND INITIATION OF WORK (MISC. REPL.)................ 31 DA-111 WORK ORDER COMPLETION TIME (MISC. REPL.)..................................... 31 DA-112 MOVE IN CHARGES (MISC. REPL.)................................................................... 32 DA-113 PROJECT SIGNS (MISC. REPL.)..................................................................... 32 DA-114 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES (MISC. REPL.).......................................................... 32 DA-115 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM DESIGN (MISC. REPL.)...................................... 32 .. DA-116 FIELD OFFICE......................................................................................................... 33 DA-117 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN................................................................................. 33 DA-118 COORDINATION OF WORK WITH CONTRACTOR FOR OTHER UNITS .. (OMITTED) ........................ .. 33 ow DA-1 AWARD OF CONTRACT FOR PROJECTS WITH MULTIPLE UNITS (OMITTED) 11102104 ASC-3 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS DA-2 PIPELINE REHABILITATION CURED -IN -PLACE PIPE (OMITTED) DA-3 PIPE ENLARGEMENT SYSTEM (OMITTED) DA-4 FOLD AND FORM PIPE (OMITTED) DA-5 SLIPLINING (OMITTED) DA-6 PIPE INSTALLED BY OTHER THAN OPEN CUT GENERAL: r 1. Furnish materials and necessary accessories, with strengths, thickness, coatings, and fittings indicated, specified and/or necessary to complete the work. 2. All excavation shall provide an open area conforming to the outside diameter of the casing and/or carrier conduit. The excavation shall be to an alignment and grade -� which will allow the carrier conduit to be installed to proper line and grade as shown on the Plans and as established in the Specifications. 3. Work shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the City of Fort Worth Water Department, the Texas Department of Transportation, or railroad company, as applicable. MATERIALS: 1. Casing Pipe: Casing pipe shall be steel conforming to ANSI B36.10 and the following: a. Field Strength: 35,000 psi minimum. b. Wall thickness: 0.312 in. minimum (0.5 for railroad crossings). C. Diameter: As shown on the drawings (minimum size requirements). d. Joints: Continuous circumferential weld in accordance with AWS D1.1. .. 2. Carrier Pipe in Casing: Carrier pipe shall be as shown on drawings and as specified in the General Contract Documents. 3. Sewer Pipe without Casing Pipe: Shall be minimum Class'51 ductile iron pipe, or as designated on the plans. 4. Grout: Grout shall be Portland Cement grout of min. 2000 psi compressive strength at 28 days. Proportioned not less than 1 cu. ft. of cement to 3 cu. ft. of fine sand with sufficient water added to provide a free flowing thick slung. -- EXECUTION 11102104 ASC-4 MW PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. Where sewer pipe is required to be installed under railroad embankments or under highways, streets or other facilities in other than open cut, construction shall be performed in such a manner so as to not interfere with the operation of the railroad, street, highway, or other facility, and so as not to weaken or damage any .. embankment or structure. During construction operations, barricades and lights to safeguard traffic and pedestrians shall be furnished and maintained, until such time as the backfill has been completed and then shall be removed from the site. .. 2. Pits and Trenches: a. If the grade of the pipe at the end is below the ground surface, suitable pits or trenches shall be excavated for the purpose of conducting the jacking or tunneling operations and for placing end joints of the pipe. Wherever end �. trenches are cut in the sides of the embankment or beyond it, such work shall be sheeted securely and braced in a manner to prevent earth from caving in. .. b. The location of the pit shall meet the approval of the Engineer. C. The pits of trenches excavated to facilitate these operations shall be backfilled immediately after the casing and carrier pipe installation has been completed. "" 3. Boring and Jacking Steel Casing Pipe: Steel casing pipe shall be installed by boring hole with the earth auger and simultaneously jacking pipe into place. a. The boring shall proceed from a pit provided for the boring equipment and workmen. The holes are to be bored mechanically. The boring shall be done using a pilot hole. By this method an approximate 2-inch hole shall be bored the entire length of the crossing and shall be checked for line and grade on the opposite end of the bore from the work pit. This pilot hole shall serve as the centerline of the larger diameter hole to be bored. Other methods of maintaining line and grade on the casing may be approved if acceptable to the Engineer. Excavated material shall be placed near the top of the working pit and disposed of as required. The use of water or other fluids in connection with the boring operation will be permitted only to the extent required to lubricate cuttings. Jetting or sluicing will not be permitted. b. In unconsolidated soil formations, a gel -forming colloidal drilling fluid consisting of at least 10 percent of high grade carefully processed bentonite may be used to consolidate cuttings of the bit, seal the walls of the hole, ., and furnish lubrication for subsequent removal of cuttings and installation of the pipe immediately thereafter. No C. Allowable variation from the line and grade shall be as specified under paragraph A.2. All voids between bore and outside of casing shall be pressure grouted. 11102104 4. Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing: ASC-5 2.2 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS a. Sanitary sewer pipe located within the encasement pipe shall be supported r, by "skids" or "bands" to prevent the pipe and bells from snagging on the inside of the casing, and to keep the installed line from resting on the bells. b. All skids shall be treated with a wood preservative. Skids should extend for the full length of the pipe with the exception of the bell area and spigot area necessary for assembly unless otherwise specified. C. The Contractor shall prevent over -belling the pipe while installing it through the casing. A method of restricting the movement between the assembled bell and spigot where applicable shall be provided. •• d. At all bored, jacked, or tunneled installations, the annular space between the carrier pipe and casing shall be filled with grout. Care must be taken .. that not too much water is forced into the casing so as not to float the pipe. The backfill material will not be required unless specified on the plans and specified by the Engineer. e. Closure of the casing after the pipe has been installed shall be plugged at the ends of the casing as shown on the drawings or as required by the Engineer. Boring and Jacking Ductile Iron Pipe without Casing Pipe: a. As indicated on drawings and as required and directed by the Engineer sewer shall be constructed of bore and jacked ductile iron pipe. b. When a casing pipe is not designated on the drawings, the contractor shall provide a casing pipe if necessary to achieve line and grade. Casing pipe shall be provided at no additional cost and shall be subsidiary to the cost bid for installation By Other than Open Cut. C. Bore and jack in accordance with paragraph C.3. above. d. Short length of sewer consisting of a single pipe section may be installed by jacking without a bore hole if permitted by the Engineer and in soft soil layer. All voids outside of installed pipe shall be pressure grouted. -- Tunneling: Where the characteristics of the soil, the size of the proposed pipe, or the use of monolithic sewer would make the use of tunneling more satisfactory than jacking or boring, or when shown on the plans, a tunneling method may be used, with the approval of the Engineer or railroad/highway officials. a. When tunneling is permitted, the lining of the tunnel shall be of sufficient strength of support the overburden. The Contractor shall submit the proposed liner method to the Engineer for' approval. The tunnel liner design shall bear the seal of a licensed professional engineer in the State of Texas. Approval by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the adequacy of the liner method. ASC-6 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS b. The space between the tunnel liner and the limits of excavation shall be pressure grouted or mud -jacked. .. C. Access holes for placing concrete shall be space at maximum intervals of 10 feet. D. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Installation of pipe by other than open cut will be measured by the linear foot of pipe, complete in place. Such measurement will be made between the ends of the pipe along the central axis as installed. The work performed and materials furnished as prescribed by this item will be paid for at the Contract Unit Price bid per linear foot for Pipe Installed by Other Than Open Cut of the type, size, and class of pipe specified as shown on plans. The furnishing of all materials, pipe, liner materials required for installation, for all preparation, hauling and installing of same, and for all labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work, including excavation, backfilling and disposal of surplus material shall be included in the Contract Unit Price as shown in the Bid Proposal. Payment shall not include pavement replacement, which if required, shall be paid separately. DA-7 TYPE OF CASING PIPE 1. WATER: no The casing pipe for open cut and bored or tunneled section shall be AWWA C-200 Fabricated Electrically Welded Steel Water Pipe, and shall conform to the provisions of E1-15, E1-5 and E1-9 in Material Specifications of General Contract Documents and Specifications for Water Department Projects. The steel casing pipe shall be supplied as am follows: A. For the inside and outside of casing pipe, coal -tar protective coating in accordance with am the requirements of Sec. 2.2 and related sections in AWWA C-203. Am B. Touch-up after field welds shall provide coating equal to those specified above. C. Minimum thickness for casing pipe used shall be 0.375 inch. „w Casing Spacers (centering style) such as manufactured by Cascade Waterworks Manufacturing Company, Advanced Products and Systems, Inc., or an approved equal shall be used on all non - concrete pipes when installed in casing. Installation shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. so 2. SEWER: aw Boring used on this project shall be in accordance with the material standard E1-15 and Construction standard E2-15 as per Fig. 110 of the General Contract Documents. no 3. PAYMENT: Payment for all materials, labor, equipment, excavation, concrete grout, backfill, and .o incidental work shall be included in the unit price bid per foot. %W 11102104 ASC-7 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS .. DA-8 SERVICE LINE POINT REPAIR / CLEANOUT REPAIR (OMITTED) DA-9 PROTECTIVE MANHOLE COATING FOR CORROSION PROTECTION A. GENERAL: 1. Scope: This section governs all work, materials and testing required for the No application of interior protective coating. Structures designated to received interior coating are listed on the construction drawings. The structures are to be coated, including interior wall, top and bench surfaces. Protective coating for corrosion protection shall meet the requirements of this Specification (and items DA-14 and i" DA-15) and the Manufacturers recommendations and specifications. 2. Description: The Contractor shall be responsible for the furnishing of all labor, supervision, materials, equipment, and testing required for the completion of protective coating of structures in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. •• 3. Manufacturer's Recommendations: Materials and procedures utilized for the lining process shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Corrosion Protection: Corrosion protection may. be required on all structures where high turbulence or high H2S content is expected. r B. MATERIALS: 1. Scope: This section governs the materials required for completion of protective coating of designated structures. 2. Protective Coating: The protective coating shall be a proprietary two component, 100 percent solids, rigid polyurethane system designated as Spray Wall as manufactured by Sprayroq, Inc. or a two-part epoxy resin system using 100% solids based epoxy binder with fibrous and flake fillers, is manufactured by Raven Lining systems and designated as Raven 405. .. 3. Specialty Cement (If required for leveling or filling): The specialty cement -based coating material shall be either Quadex QM-1s as manufactured by Quadex, Inc. or Reliner MSP as manufactured by Standard Cement Materials. 4. Material Identification: The protective coating material sprayed onto the surface of the structure shall be a urethane or epoxy resin system formulated for the application to a sanitary sewer environment. The spray system shall exhibit the minimum physical properties as follows: Property Standard Long Term Value Tensile Strength ASTM D-638 5,000 psi Flexural Stress ASTM D-790 10,000 psi Flexural Modulus ASTM D-790 550,000 psi 11102104 ASC-8 .. PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS +� 5. Mixing and Handling: Mixing and Handling of specialty cement material and protective coating material, which maybe toxic under certain conditions shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer and in such a manner .. as to minimize hazard to personnel. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide appropriate protective measures to ensure that materials are under control at all times and are not available to unauthorized personnel or animals. All equipment shall. be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Only personnel thoroughly familiar with the handling of the coating material shall perform the spray coating operations and coating installations. ow C. EXECUTION: 1. General: Protective coating shall not be installed until the structure is complete and in place. 2. Preliminary Repairs: w a. All foreign materials shall be removed from the interior of the structure using high pressure water spray (3500 psi to 4000 psi at spray tip). am b. All unsealed lifting holes, unsealed step holes, and voids larger than approximately one-half (1/2) inch in thickness shall be filled with patching compound as recommended by the material supplier for this application. n. C. After all repairs have been completed, remove all loose material. we 3. Protective Coating: a. The protective coating shall be applied to the structure from the bottom of the frame to the bench, down to the top of the trough. The top of the structure shall also be coated. am b. The protective coating shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following procedure. 1) The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign materials and matter. 2) Place covers over the invert to prevent extraneous material from MW entering the sewers. .W 11102104 3) If required for filling or leveling, apply specialty cement product to provide a smooth surface for the coasting material. 4) Spray the urethane or epoxy onto the structure wall and bench/trough to a minimum uniform thickness of 125 mils (0.125 inches). Thickness to be verifiable through the use of methods acceptable to the Engineer. After the walls are coated, the wooden bench covers shall be removed. ASC-9 .. ON PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 5) The final application shall have a minimum of three (3) hours cure time or be set hard to the touch, before being subjected to active flow. 6) No applications shall be made to frozen surfaces or if freezing is expected to occur inside the structure within 24 hours after application. D. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Payment shall be based on the Contract Unit Price Bid per vertical foot, measured from the bottom of the frame to the top of the bench. The Contract Unit Price shall be payment in full for performing the work and for furnishing all labor, supervision, materials, equipment and material testing required to complete the work. Pressure grouting, if necessary to stop active infiltration prior to application of the protective coating, shall be included in the above unit price. DA-10 MANHOLE REHABILITATION (OMITTED) .. DA-11 SURFACE PREPARATION FOR MANHOLE REHABILITATION (OMITTED) DA-12 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - MICROSILICATE MORTAR SYSTEM (OMITTED) .. DA-13 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - QUADEX SYSTEM (OMITTED) DA-14 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - SPRAY WALL SYSTEM A. GENERAL 1. Scope This section governs all work, materials and testing required for the application of interior manhole coating. Manholes designated for interior coating are listed on the Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule. Interior manhole coating shall meet the requirements of this Section or of Section DA-12, DA-13, DA-15, DA-16 or DA-17. 2. Description The Contractor shall be responsible for the furnishing of all labor, supervision, materials, equipment, and testing required for the completion of interior coating of manholes in accordance with the Contract Documents. �J 3. Manufacturer's Recommendations Materials, mixture ratios, and procedures utilized for the coating process shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Manholes Manholes to be coated are of brick, block, or concrete construction. All manholes shall have a minimum of one-half (1/2) inch specialty cement -based coating material 11102104 ASC-10 +m rr ow OF w no .. ow .+ PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS (Quadex QM-1 s or Reliner MSP) sprayed or trowelled on coating over the original interior surface. B. MATERIALS 1. Scope This section governs the materials required for completion of interior coating of manholes. 2. Interior Coating The interior coating shall be a proprietary two component, 100 percent solids, rigid polyurethane system designated as Spray Wall as manufactured by Sprayroq, Inc. 3. Specialty Cement The specialty cement -based coating material shall be either Quadex QM-1 s as manufactured by Quadex, Inc. or Reliner MSP as manufactured by Standard Cement Materials. 4. Material Identification The interior manhole coating material sprayed onto the surface of the manhole shall be a urethane resin system formulated for the application to a sanitary sewer environment. The spray system shall exhibit the physical properties as follows: Pro a Standard Long Term Value Tensile Strength ASTM D-638 5,000 psi -� Flexural Stress ASTM D-790 10,000 psi Flexural Modulus ASTM D-790 550,000 psi .. 5. Mixing and Handling Mixing and handling of specialty cement material and interior coating material, which am may be toxic under certain conditions shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer and in such a manner as to minimize hazard to personnel. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide appropriate protective measures to ensure that materials are under control at all times and are not available to unauthorized personnel or animals. All equipment shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Only personnel thoroughly familiar with the handling of the coating material shall perform the spray coating operations and coating installations. G. EXECUTION 1. General MW Manhole coating shall not be installed until sealing of manhole frame and grade adjustments, or partial manhole replacement when required for the manhole per the Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule, is complete. 11102104 ASCA 1 w .. PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2. Temperature Normal interior coating operation shall be performed at temperatures of 40°F or •• greater. No application shall be made when freezing is expected within 24 hours. 3. Interior Manhole Coating a. The interior coating shall be applied to the manhole from the bottom of the frame to the bench, down to the top of the trough. b. The interior coating shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following procedure. 1) The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign materials and matter. Cleaning shall be accomplished by using high pressure water spray (minimum 3500 psi at spray tip), cleaning with muriatic acid, .. degreaser, or other solvents as needed in order to remove any film or residue on the surface. 2) Place covers over the invert to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewers. 3) Apply a minimum of one-half (1/2) inch specialty cement product W (Quadex QM-1 s or Reliner MSP) smooth surface for the urethane coating material. 4) Spray the urethane onto the manhole wall and bench/trough with a minimum thickness of 125 mils (0.125 inches). Thickness to be verifiable through the use of methods acceptable to the Engineer. -- 5) Coat trough area with specialty cement product (Quadex QM-1s or Reliner MSP). D. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Payment shall be based on the Contract Unit Price per vertical foot, measured from the bottom of the frame to the top of the bench. The Contract Unit Price shall be payment in full for performing the work and for furnishing all labor, supervision, materials, equipment and material testing required to complete the work. Grouting, if necessary, shall be included in the above unit price. Grouting of the pipe seals, bench and trough, and lower portion of a particular manhole, if required by Manhole Rehabilitation Work Schedule or required to be done by the Engineer, shall be paid for separately at the Contract Unit Price. DA-15 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING - RAVEN LINING SYSTEM A. GENERAL 1. Scope w 11102104 ASC-12 .. on ow PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS This section governs all work, materials and testing required for the application of interior manhole coating. Manholes designated for interior coating are listed of the Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule, listed in Section I. Interior manhole coating shall ., meet the requirements of this Section, or of Section DA-12, DA-13, DA-14, DA-16 or DA-17. 2. Description The Contractor shall be responsible for the furnishing of all labor, supervision, materials, equipment, and testing required for the completion of interior coating of ow manholes in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. Manufacturer's Recommendations Materials, mixture ratios, and procedures utilized for the coating process shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Manholes Manholes to be coated are of brick, block, or concrete construction. All manholes shall have a minimum of one-half (1/2) specialty cement -based coating material (Quadex QM-1 s or Reliner MSP) sprayed or trowelled on coating over the original interior surface. B. MATERIALS 1. Scope This section governs the materials required for completion of interior coating of manholes. 2. Interior Coating Raven Ultra High -Build epoxy Coating, a two-part epoxy resin system using 100% am solids based epoxy binder with fibrous and flake fillers, is manufactured by Raven Lining systems and designated as Raven 405. 3. Specialtow y Cement The specialty cement -based coating material shall be either Quadex QM-1 s as manufactured by Quadex, Inc. or Reliner MSP as manufactured by Standard Cement we Materials. 4. Material Identification am Contractors will completely identify the types of grout, mortar, sealant, and/or root control chemicals proposed and provide case histories of successful use or defend .0 the choice of grouting materials based on chemical and physical properties, ease of application, and expected performance. These grouting materials shall be compatible with Raven 405 interior coating. The contractor shall be responsible for ow getting approval from Raven Lining systems and/or the grout manufacturers for the use of these grouting materials. -we 11102104 ASC-13 ., VAW PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 5. Mixing and Handling Mixing and handling of interior coating, which may be toxic under certain conditions shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer and in such a manner as to minimize hazard to personnel. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide appropriate protective measures to ensure that materials are under control at all times and are not available to unauthorized personnel or animals. All .. equipment shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Coating shall be performed only by certified applicators approved by the manufacturers. C. EXECUTION 1. General Manhole coating shall not be performed until sealing of manhole from frame and grade adjustments, partial manhole replacement, manhole grouting or sewer replacement/repairs are complete. .. 2. Temperatures Normal interior coating operation shall be performed at temperatures of 40°F or greater. No application shall be made when freezing is expected within 24 hours. 3. Interior Manhole Coating ' a. Manholes scheduled for interior coating are shown on the Manhole Rehabilitation Schedule. The interior coating shall be applied to the manhole from the bottom of the manhole frame to the bench/trough, including the bench/trough. b. The interior coating shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following procedure. 1) Apply a minimum of one-half (1/2) inch specialty cement -based product (Quadex QM-1s or Reliner MSP) smooth surface for the urethane coating material. 2) The surface prior to application may be damp but shall not have noticeable free water droplets seeping or running water. Material shall be spray applied per manufacturer's recommendations with a " minimum thickness of 125 mils (0.125 inch). 3) After the walls are coated, the wooden bench covers shall be .. removed and the bench sprayed to the same average and minimum thickness as required for the walls. 4) The final application shall have a minimum of three (3) hours cure time or be set hard to the touch, before being subjected to active flow. 11102104 ASC-14 .. PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS —5) No applications shall be made to frozen surfaces or if freezing is expected to occur in side the manhole within 24 hours after application. D. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT go Payment shall be based on the Contract Unit Price per vertical foot, measured from the bottom of the frame to the top of the bench. The Contract Unit Price shall be payment in full for performing the work and for furnishing all labor, supervision, materials, equipment all testing necessary to complete the work. Payment for grouting of pipe seals, bench and VAW trough and manhole walls shall be based on the Contract Unit Price for each manhole actually grouted. me DA-16 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING: PERMACAST SYSTEM WITH EPDXY LINER (OMITTED) •+DA-17 INTERIOR MANHOLE COATING -STRONG -SEAL -SYSTEM (OMITTED) DA-18 RIGID FIBERGLASS MANHOLE LINERS (OMITTED) r DA-19 PVC LINED CONCRETE WALL RECONSTRUCTION (OMITTED) MW DA-20 PRESSURE GROUTING (OMITTED) DA-21 VACUUM TESTING OF REHABILITATED MANHOLES (OMITTED) "" DA-22 FIBERGLASS MANHOLES (OMITTED) .. DA-23 LOCATION AND EXPOSURE OF MANHOLES AND WATER VALVES (OMITTED) DA-24 REPLACEMENT OF CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER .. These provisions require the contractor to remove all failed existing curb and gutter, as designated by the Construction Engineer, and replace with standard concrete curb and gutter, laydown curb and gutter, or in like kind, as governed by the standard City Specifications, Item No. 104 "Removing Old Concrete", Item No. 502 "Concrete Curb and Gutter", and Drawing Nos. S-S2 through S-S4. Pay limits for laydown curb and gutter are shown in Drawing No. S-S5 of the Standard Specifications. Contractor shall saw cut the curb and gutter and pavement prior to removal. Included, and figured subsidiary to this unit price, will be the required sawcut excavation, as per specification Item No. 106 "Unclassified Street Excavation", into the street to aid in the construction of the curb and gutter. The pay limit will be 9" out from the gutter lip, with same day haul -off of the removed material to a suitable dump site. The street void shall be filled with H.M.A.C. "Type D" mix as per specification No. 300 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions", Item No. 304 "Prime Coat" and Item No. 312 "Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete" and compacted to standard City densities and top soil as per specification item No. 116 "Top Soil", if needed, shall be added and .� leveled to grade behind the curb. Existing improvements within the parkway such as water meters, sprinkler system, etc. damaged during construction shall be replaced with same or better at no cost to the City. �, 11102104 ASC-15 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Backfill for curb and gutter shall be completed within fourteen (14) calendar days from the day of .m demolition to date of completion. If the contractor fails to complete the work within fourteen (14) calendar days, a $100 dollar liquidated damage will be assessed per block per day. ww The unit price bid per linear foot shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. no DA-25 REPLACEMENT OF 6" CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS (OMITTED) DA-26 REPLACEMENT OF H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT AND BASE (OMITTED) DA-27 GRADED CRUSHED STONES (OMITTED) DA-28 WEDGE MILLING 2" TO 0" DEPTH 5.0' WIDE (OMITTED) .. DA-29 BUTT JOINTS —MILLED (OMITTED) %W DA-30 2" H.M.A.C. SURFACE COURSE (TYPE "D" MIX) All applicable provisions of Standard Specifications, Item Nos. 312 "Hot -Mix Asphaltic Concrete", 300 "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions", 304 "Prime Coat", and 313 "Central Plant Recycling -Asphalt Concrete" shall apply to the construction methods for this portion of the project. Standard Specification 312.5 (1) shall be revised as follows: The prime coat, tack coat, or the asphaltic mixture shall not be placed unless the air temperature is fifty (50) degrees Fahrenheit and rising, the temperature being taken in the shade and away from artificial heat. Asphaltic material shall also not be placed when the wind conditions are unsuitable in the opinion of the Engineer. The contractor shall furnish batch design of the proposed hot mix asphaltic concrete for City approval 48 hours prior to placing the H.M.A.C. overlay. The City will provide laboratory control as necessary. The unit price bid per square yard of H.M.A.C. complete and in place, shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. DA-31 REPLACEMENT OF 7" CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER (OMITTED) DA-32 NEW 7" CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER (OMITTED) w, DA-33 NEW 4" STANDARD WHEELCHAIR RAMP (OMITTED) DA-34 8" PAVEMENT PULVERIZATION (OMITTED) �. DA-35 REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT OR BASE (UTILITY CUT) The following specifications are for the furnishing and placing of reinforced concrete pavement or base as shown on detail and as directed by the Engineer. A. GENERAL: 0- 11102104 ASC-16 �. I= w .. PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS am .. Reinforced concrete pavement or base shall conform to Specification Item No. 314 herein except for finishing and curing. B. FINISHING: ,- The reinforced concrete shall be brought to a uniform surface by working with a wooden float. The surface shall be flush with the adjacent pavement and shall have a finish similar to the surrounding pavement. The surface shall be even and shall provide a smooth ride. .. C. CURING: The reinforced concrete pavement surfaces shall be sprayed uniformly with a membrane curing "" compound conforming to the requirements of ASTM C-309, Type 2, white -pigmented compound, which shall not produce permanent discoloration of the concrete. Concrete shall be allowed to cure for seven days or test cylinders reach 3000 psi before removal of barricades. D. EXECUTION: so Included in this item will be the removal of the existing reinforced concrete pavement. The existing pavement shall be sawed so as to maintain an even, straight pavement cut. The existing reinforcing steel at sawed line and construction joints shall be lapped 18 inches with the new reinforced concrete pavement. The existing steel shall be thoroughly cleaned before "w lapping. W. -80 .. The following work method will be performed on each utility cut: 1. Place safety signs, barricades and/or other warning devices where necessary and as required. 2. Replace pavement to nearest joint. 3. Mark out the damaged area with keel, chalk line or paint being sure to include all areas requiring repair. 4. Saw cut along marked lines.a minimum of two (2) inches deep. 5. Remove existing concrete. 6. Form joints and place reinforcing steel and Dowel Bars (as required) according to standard specifications. 7. Place and finish concrete. 8. Clean up job site, removing all debris. 9. Maintain traffic control devices to protect the area until the concrete has cured seven days or concrete reaches 3000 psi compressive strength. E. PAYMENT: w 11102104 ASC-17 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS .. .. Payment shall be made at the unit price per linear foot as shown on the proposal and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work. .. DA-36 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS All applicable provisions of Standard Specifications for Roadway Markers (Buttons) shall apply. The Contractor shall install standard roadway markers according to city specifications as shown on plan sheet or as directed by the Engineer. Please refer to "Roadway Markers Specifications". VW DA-37 POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED MATERIAL HANDLING A. GENERAL: as 11102104 Where known by the design engineer, the locations of potentially petroleum contaminated material (soil) that may be encountered during excavation and/or construction activities will .w be shown on the plans. For all locations where material is excavated and suspected of being contaminated with petroleum products, whether known or not, these special conditions are to be followed. The contractor is also to follow all applicable Federal. State and Local regulations when handling known or suspect contaminated materials (soils). 1. WORK INCLUDED 4W a. Excavation, stockpiling and testing of Potentially Petroleum Contaminated Material. b. Removal, testing, and disposal of petroleum contaminated groundwater. c. Obtaining and paying for required permits. "W d. Hiring of qualified environmental professional consultant(s). Contractor will be required to submit the environmental consultant's experience and qualifications to the City prior to beginning work in areas of Potentially Petroleum Contaminated ,r Material. e. Hiring of qualified environmental sampling professionals that will collect and submit samples to the applicable City of Fort Worth testing laboratory. The City of Fort Worth's Department of Environmental Management for coordination of laboratory testing. 2. REFERENCES a. All applicable OSHA regulatory requirements. .. b. All applicable Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regulatory requirements. c. All applicable State of Texas regulatory requirements. d. All applicable City of Fort Worth (City) regulatory requirements. e. All applicable NIOSH standards. aw f. All applicable TNRCC requirements. ASC-18 No PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS 3. SUBMITTALS .. a. The contractor shall prepare and submit to the City's Department of Environmental Management, Senior Specialist in Compliance, plans for handling Potentially Petroleum Contaminated Material (PPCM) not less than 30 days prior to am commencing excavation. b. The Contractor shall take necessary precautions while performing this project. _ Contractor shall not commence PPCM work (1) Contractor's submittal for dealing with PPCM is reviewed by the City and (2) the plans (i.e., drawing and description) for discharging any treated liquid into the storm sewer or sanitary sewer are reviewed by the City (3) and acceptable stockpile area is identified by the Contractor. c. Contractor shall submit the name of his proposed qualified environmental professional consultant(s) and proposed PPCM Handling Plan to the City. The aw PPCM Handling Plan shall include the detailed sequence of construction including proposed excavation and handling methods, proposed carriers for contaminated materials, waste disposal site, and a list of any permits that may be required for aw PPCM handling or contaminated materials disposal. The above data must be compiled and arranged in a format that is acceptable to the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC). M. d. Contractor shall submit actual limits of PPCM excavation, as prepared by his qualified environmental consultant(s) and testing lab. No e. Contractor shall submit for review the proposed carrier pipe material to be used with the actual limits of PPCM excavation, including pipe gasket and carrier pipe coating or liner. MW B. PRODUCTS: 1. PIPE GASKET MATERIAL. Materials used within the actual limits of PPCM excavation, including pipe gaskets, shall be resistant to petroleum hydrocarbon deterioration. .. C. EXECUTION: 1. POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED AREAS a. Areas suspected of having petroleum contaminated material (soils) are shown in on the engineering drawings. o' b. In areas other than those noted on the plans and where potentially petroleum contaminated materials are either detected or suspected, the City of Fort Worth and the Engineer should be notified immediately and the work should proceed in -w accordance with this section. 2. SCREENING POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED AREAS MR a. Care should be taken during all excavation and dewatering activities to identify areas potentially contaminated by petroleum. •• 11102104 ASC-19 11102104 No PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS b. When a petroleum odor is encountered during excavation or when there is visual evidence of potentially petroleum contaminated soil, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer without delay. .. c. The Contractor shall have retained the services of an environmental consultant who shall be present at the site to screen suspect soil with a photo -ionization detector (PID) or a flame ionization detector (FID). A reading of 20 ppm above ambient conditions or greater on PID or FID tested soil sample will be considered potentially petroleum contaminated. The soul sample should be a recent sample from the excavation face. The sample should be stored in a laboratory supplied glass jar with -" a teflon gasket lined lid. The City of Fort Worth Department of Environmental Management will be notified prior to all sample collection and submittal to the current testing laboratory identified by the City. The PID or FID tests should be performed in a confined location. Soils producing a reading of less than 20 ppm above ambient will not be considered potentially petroleum contaminated. The PID or FID shall be calibrated according to manufactures instructions. .. d. Water encountered during excavation or dewatering shall be considered to be potentially contaminated if there is a visible sheen, a hydrocarbon odor, adjacent soil that appears visually to be contaminated by hydrocarbons or at any time the Contractor has reason to believe that hydrocarbon contamination may have occurred. The Contractor shall immediately notify the City and the TNRCC whenever contaminated water is encountered. a. The Contractor shall contact the City whenever contamination from any source is suspected. 3. HANDLING POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED SOIL (PPCS) a. Contractor shall coordinate with the City to determine a suitable location for the stockpiling of contaminated soil. The following procedure shall be followed in preparing the chosen site: am 1. Provide a diked enclosure large enough to hold all material and prevent runoff. 2. The diked area shall be lined with 20-30 mil plastic tp prevent seepage into the existing soil. .. 3. At the end of each work day, Contractor shall completely cover stockpile with 20 mil plastic. During the day, the Contractor shall keep the stockpile covered, as necessary, to prevent release of contaminated materials due to rain or wind. 4. Sampling and evaluation of materials will be performed at the Contractor's dw expense. (The City of Fort Worth will provide laboratory services) b. PPCS shall be handled, tested, observing all standard chain -of -custody procedures .w and sampling preservation and analyses shall conform to published and recognized standards. c. The stockpiled PPCS shall be sampled and tested every 50 cubic yards for Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons (TPH) (TX1005) and Benzene, Toulene, Ethylbenzene and Xylene (BTEX) (EPA 8020). All test results will be forwarded to the City of Fort Worth Department of Environmental Management. ASC-20 ■. PART DA -ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS d. Contaminated soil identified by test results will be disposed of according to DA-36, Loading, Transportation, and Disposal of Contaminated Soil. aw e. It is the intent of the City of Fort Worth that uncontaminated soils be utilized as backfill material, if the soils also meet the Type C or B backfill classifications. 00 4. HANDLING POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED WATER (PPCW) a. Water pumped from the excavation or from dewatering activities that has an oily sheen, a hydrocarbon odor, or is otherwise suspect, shall be considered potentially No petroleum contaminated. b. PPCW shall be handled, tested, and discharged in accordance with the TNRCC's .N appropriate state regulation. PPCW shall be tested no later than 15 days prior to extraction. PPCW shall, if necessary, be treated in an appropriately sized oil/water separator, air stripper or GAC canisters. Contractor shall have his testing laboratory am determine that the oil/water separator treated discharge is within the limits established by the TNRCC's regulations before being allowed to discharge (discharge to sanitary sewer). Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing the .w effluent test reports to the City. ow em .. w x 11102104 c. Alternatively, the Contractor may dispose of contaminated water, after appropriate pretreatment, into the sanitary sewer collection system. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain the necessary permit(s) and to perform all testing required by the City of Fort Worth Pretreatment Services Division. d. All treated water shall be discharged into a Contractor supplied Frac Tank, sampled, and analyzed before discharge into the sewer system. e. The product that is recovered shall be disposed of in accordance with all applicable regulations. Any phase separate product recovered from the oil/water separator and air stripper shall be transported in accordance with Department of Transportation rules and regulations for flammable products. When .transporting product for disposal, transportation shall also be performed by a licensed carrier. The Contractor is responsible for proper manifesting of the material from the site to the waste disposal facility. Completed Manifests shall be returned to the City Department of Environmental Management within 90 days of shipment. 5. HANDLING VAPOR CONCENTRATIONS a. In order to maintain safe working conditions, the vapor concentrations should not exceed 20 percent of the Lower Explosive Limit (LEL). During construction, measures should be taken to maintain LEL levels below 20 percent in all working areas. b. To monitor vapor levels and oxygen levels a combustible gas indicator (CGI) with a LEU02 meter should continuously operate in the working area. The CGI should be properly calibrated and should have an alarm that sounds if 20 percent LEL is reached. Monitoring data from the GCI should be recorded periodically to determine if ventilation or other methods are effective. In the event local health and safety ASC-21 fte PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS agencies require more stringent monitoring, the local regulations must be implemented. D. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: we Payment for handling PPCS, PPCW and Vapor Concentrations, obtaining and paying for any permits required, hiring the services of a qualified professional environmental consultant(s), environmental issues, stockpiling and all issues included and incidental to this section will be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, and supervision. Measurement and Payment for this section will be per linear foot of trench excavated where .m the excavated material is handled as a contaminated material. No separate payment will be made for handling of contaminated water, vapor concentrations, sampling, stockpiling, etc. DA-38 LOADING, TRANSPORTATION, AND DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED SOIL wo A. GENERAL: .. This item has been established for the loading, transportation and disposal of contaminated soils in a State of Texas approved disposal site (landfill) to handle special wastes (petroleum contaminated soils). A bid item has been established in the proposal for the .. proper loading, transportation and disposal of the material to a designated site and the quantity established is the engineers best estimate of the quantity that may be removed. This quantity may vary depending upon actual conditions and testing results. The unit price bid will not be increased regardless of the actual amount of material disposed and may be decreased if a larger volume of material, than that listed in the bid proposal, results in a unit cost reduction for disposal. B. WASTE MANIFESTS: Any and all non -hazardous liquid and petroleum substance waste removed from the site -� of generation and transported for treatment and/or disposal must be accompanied by a waste shipment record/manifest detailing required generator, transported, destination and waste description information. These results may not be uniform throughout the entire site. For all petroleum substance waste; the waste shipment record utilized shall be the TNRCC PETROLEUM -SUBSTANCE WASTE AFFIDAVIT (Form TWC-0332). The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining, originating and maintaining manifests in accordance with federal and state laws. The Contractor shall sign the manifests forms as Independent Contractor to the Owner. AUTHORIZATION OF PAYMENT FOR REMOVAL TRANSPORT AND TREATMENT / DISPOSAL OF WASTES IN CONTINGENT UPON RECEIPT BY THE ENGINEER OF FULLY COMPLETED AND SIGNED MANIFEST FORMS that are in agreement with regard to the type and amount of waste removed from the site and received by the treatment/disposal facility. The Contractor shall immediately resolve any manifest discrepancies. Completed Manifests shall be returned to the City Department of Environmental Management within 90 days of shipment. C. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: Payment for this item shall be made per in place cubic yard of contaminated soils that .. are loaded, transported and disposed of in an approved special disposal site. No separate payment will be made for loading, transportation and disposal of contaminated 11/02/04 ASC-22 .. ow PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS .. ground waters collected; these costs considered subsidiary to DA-37, POTENTIALLY PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED MATERIAL HANDLING. The proposed landfill shall be included in the Contractor's bid submittal and approved by the City of Fort Worth „■ Department of Environmental Management prior to contract award. Contractor shall be responsible for all landfill costs, including, but not limited to landfill fees, transportation costs and landfill operator requested analytical testing and waste characterization. DA-39 ROCK RIPRAP - GROUT - FILTER FABRIC (OMITTED) DA-40 CONCRETE RIPRAP (OMITTED) DA-41 CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE AND FITTINGS (OMITTED) DA-42 CONCRETE PIPE FITTINGS AND SPECIALS (OMITTED) DA-43 UNCLASSIFIED STREET EXCAVATION (OMITTED) DA-44 6" PERFORATED PIPE SUBDRAIN (OMITTED) "a DA-45 REPLACEMENT OF 4" CONCRETE SIDEWALKS (OMITTED) DA-46 RECOMMENDED SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION (OMITTED) DA-47 PAVEMENT REPAIR IN PARKING AREA As a condition to the sanitary sewer easement agreement with Ann L. Rhodes (grantor) the City of Fort Worth (grantee) shall remit to Grantor the cost of repaving that portion of asphalt paving damaged during the use of the Temporary Construction Easement, and the construction of the Permanent Sewer Facility. DA-48 EASEMENTS AND PERMITS (NOT AVAILABLE AT BIDDING) Easements and permits, both temporary and permanent, have been secured for this project at this time and made a part thereto. Any easements and/or permits, both temporary and permanent, that have not been obtained by the time of publication shall be secured before construction starts. No work is to be done in areas requiring easements and/or permits until the necessary easements are obtained. The Contractor's attention is directed to the easement description and permit requirements, as contained herein, along with any special conditions that may have been imposed on these easements and permits. Where the pipeline crosses privately owned property, the easements and construction areas are shown on the plans. The easements shall be cleaned up after use and restored to their original Im conditions or better. In the event additional work room or access is required by the Contractor, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain written permission from the property owners involved for the use of additional property required. No additional payment MW will be allowed for this item. Im DA49 HIGHWAY REQUIREMENTS (OMITTED) DA-50 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT (OMITTED) „! 11102104 ASC-23 "a PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS DA-51 CONNECTION TO EXISTING STRUCTURES All connections between proposed and existing facilities, shall consist of a watertight seal. Concrete used in the connection shall be Class A (3000 psi) concrete and meet the requirements of Section E1-20 and E2-20 of the General Contract Documents. Prior to concrete placement, a gasket, RAM- Nek or approved equal shall be installed around penetrating pipe. aw Payment for such work as connecting to existing facilities including all labor, tools, equipment, and material necessary to complete the work shall be included in the linear foot price of the appropriate pipe BID ITEM. DA-52 TURBO METER WITH VAULT AND BYPASS INSTALLATION (OMITTED) DA-53 OPEN FIRE LINE INSTALLATIONS (OMITTED) DA-54 WATER SAMPLE STATION (OMITTED) DA-55 CURB ON CONCRETE PAVEMENT r Standard Specification Item 502 shall apply except as herein modified. INTEGRAL CURB: Integral curb shall be constructed along the edge of the pavement as an integral part of the slab and of the same concrete as the slab. The concrete for the curb shall be deposited not more than thirty (30) minutes after the concrete in the slab. SUPERIMPOSED CURB: Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of three thousand (3,000) pounds per square inch at twenty-eight (28) days. The quantity of mixing water shall not exceed seven (7) U.S. gallons per sack (94 lbs.) of Portland Cement. The slump of the concrete shall not exceed three (3) inches. A minimum cement content of five (5) sacks of cement per cubic yard of concrete is required. PAYMENT: Payment shall be made for cutting and replacing curbs and gutters required in this •• Project under the appropriate bid item and shall be in compliance with Public Works Department standard requirement Item 502. r DA-56 SHOP DRAWINGS 1. Submit seven (7) copies of shop drawings, layouts, manufacturer's data and material _ schedules as may be required by the Engineer for his review. Submittals may be checked by and stamped with the approval of the Contractor and identified as the Engineer may require. Such review by the Engineer shall include checking for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with information given in the General Contract Documents. Indicated actions by the Engineer, which may result from his review, shall not constitute concurrence with any deviation from the plans and specifications unless such deviations are specifically identified by the method described below, and further shall not relieve the Contractor` of responsibility for errors or omissions in the submitted data. Processed shop drawing submittals are not change orders. The purpose of submittals by the Contractor is to demonstrate that the Contractor understands the design concept, and that he demonstrates his understanding by .. indicating which equipment and materials he intends to furnish and install, and by detailing the 11102104 ASC-24 •• ow PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS .o fabrication and installation methods he intends to use. If deviations, discrepancies or conflicts between submittals and the design drawings and/or specifications are discovered, either prior to or after submittals are processed, the design drawings and specifications shall govern. The wo Contractor shall be responsible for dimensions which are to be confirmed and correlated at the job site, fabrication processes and techniques of constriction, coordination of his work with that of other trades and satisfactory performance his work. The Contractor shall check and verify all measurements and review submittals prior to being submitted, and sign or initial a statement �. included with the submittal, which signifies compliance with plans and specifications and dimensions suitable for the application. Any deviation from the specified criteria shall be expressly stated in writing in the submittal. Three (3) copies of the approved submittals shall be "' retained by the Contractor until completion of the project and presented to the City in bound form. ow 2. Shop drawings shall be submitted for the following items prior to installation: • Tunneling qualifications as identified in the specifications shall be submitted with bid • Tunneling pit and trench safety plan • Staging plan for pipe Additional shop drawing requirements are described in some of the material specifications. 3. Address for Submittals - The submittals shall be addressed to the Project Manager: �. Gopal Sahu City'of Fort Worth 1000 Throckmorton Street Fort Worth, TX 76102 Iwo DA-57 COST BREAKDOWN In order to establish a basis upon which partial payments to the Contractor may be authorized, immediately after execution of the contract the Contractor shall furnish a detailed cost breakdown of his contract price arranged and itemized to meet the approval of the Engineer. DA-58 STANDARD STREET SPECIFICATIONS H.M.A.C. OVERLAY (OMITTED) DA-59 H.M.A.C. MORE THAN 9 INCHES DEEP (OMITTED) DA-60 ASPHALT DRIVEWAY REPAIR .. At locations where H.M.A.C. driveways are encountered, such driveways shall be completely replaced for the full extent of utility cut with H.M.A.C. equal to or better than the existing driveway. •" DA-61 TOP SOIL Where directed by the Engineer, top soil shall be applied in accordance with the City of Fort ow Worth Transportation and Public Works Department's Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction, Item 116, except as follows: All labor, equipment, tools and incidentals shall be included in the square yard bid price for the top soil. No DA-62 WATER METER AND METER BOX RELOCATION AND ADJUSTMENT (OMITTED) 11102104 AS C-2 5 goo to PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS L J DA-63 BID QUANTITIES Bid quantities of the various items in the proposal are for comparison only and may not reflect the .. actual quantities. There is no limit to which a bid item can be increased or decreased. Contractor shall not be entitled to renegotiation of unit prices regardless of the final measured quantities. To the extent that C4-4.3 conflicts with this provision, this provision controls. No claim will be considered for lost or anticipated profits based upon differences in estimated quantities versus actual quantities. In particular, the Contractor shall be aware that it is the City's intention that the quantities in Unit I be used on an "emergency" basis only. Total quantities given in the bid proposal may not reflect actual quantities; however, they are given for the purpose of bidding and awarding the contract. A contract in the amount of $200,000 (see Options to Renew) shall be awarded with final payment based on actual measured quantities and the unit price bid in this proposal. Moreover, there is to be not limit on the variation between the estimated quantities shown and actual quantities performed. It is understood and agreed that the scope of work contemplated in this contract is that which is designated by the City bit will in not case exceed $200,000 (see Options to Renew) including all change orders. DA-64 WORK IN HIGHWAY RIGHT OF WAY When the Engineer directs the Contractor to perform work in the right-of-way which is under the jurisdiction of the Texas Department of Transportation (Tex -Dot), the Contractor shall obtain approval from the Texas Department of Transportation prior to commencing any work therein. All work performed in the Tex -Dot right-of-way shall be performed in compliance with and subject to approval from the Texas Department of Transportation and Item E2-29.1 "Construction Within Highway Right -of -Way" of the General Contract Documents and Specifications, effective July 1, 1978, as amended. .. DA-65 CRUSHED LIMESTONE (FLEX -BASE) Crushed limestone required for use as a flexible base material shall conform to Specification Item No. 208 of the Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction for the City of Fort Worth Transportation and Public Works Department. W DA-66 OPTION TO RENEW The City has the right to renew this contract for three (3) one year terms/expenditures of $200,000 aw under the same terms, conditions, and unit prices. The City shall give at least sixty (60) days notice prior to the expiration of one year from the date of execution of this contract or of an option period or a like notice at such time as there is less than $20,000 left unexpended. ON DA-67 NON-EXCLUSIVE CONTRACT ow 11102104 ASC-26 •• .. PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS No This contract is non-exclusive. During the term of this contract or any renewal hereof, the City reserves the right to advertise and award another contract for like or similar work. If a second contract is awarded, the City further reserves the right to issue work orders under either contract MW as it deems in its best interest, without recourse. DA-68 CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER (OMITTED) DA-69 TRAFFIC BUTTONS Im The Contractor shall supply all materials and labor necessary to install traffic buttons of the same type as were previously installed at locations designated by the Engineer. The buttons to be supplied shall be generally, but not limited to Type W-4 and Type If C-R4 and installed with a Type III Epoxy. am The unit price bid for this item shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. aw DA-70 PAVEMENT STRIPING .. Pavement striping, whenever and wherever encountered, shall be replaced to match the existing striping or as directed by the Engineer. Materials used shall be of 420 Type intersection grade tape (in 18-inch width) such as Stamark as manufactured by 3M company or approved equal. The unit price bid for this item shall be full compensation for all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. no DA-71 H.M.A.C. TESTING PROCEDURES The contractor is required to submit a Mix Design for both Type "B" and "D" asphalt that will be N. used for each project. This should be submitted at the Pre -Construction Conference. This design shall not be more than two (2) years old. Upon submittal of the design mix a Marshal (Proctor) will be calculated, if one has not been previously calculated, for the use during density .. testing. For type "B" asphalt a maximum of 20% rap may be used. No Rap may be used in type "D" Upon approval of an asphalt mix design and the calculation of the Marshal (proctor) the contractor is approved for placement of the asphalt. The contractor shall contact the City Laboratory, through the inspector, at least 24 hours in advance of the asphalt placement to schedule a technician to assist in the monitoring of the number of passes by a roller to establish a rolling pattern that will provide the required densities. The required Density for Type "B" and for Type "D" asphalt will be 91 % of the calculated Marshal (proctor). A Troxler Thin Layer Gauge will be used for all asphalt testing. After a rolling pattern is established, densities should be taken at locations not more than 300 feet apart. The above requirement applies to both Type "B" and "D" asphalt. Densities on type "B" must be done before Type "D" asphalt is applied. Cores to determine thickness of Type "B" asphalt must be taken before Type "D" asphalt is ow applied. Upon completion of the application of Type "D" asphalt additional cores must be taken to determine the applied thickness. •. 11102104 ASC-27 No PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS .. DA-72 SPECIFICATION REFERENCES When reference is made in these specifications to a particular ASTM, AWWA, ANSI or other specification, it shall be understood that the latest revision of such specification, prior to the date .. of these general specifications or revisions thereof, shall apply. DA-73 RELOCATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEM BACK -FLOW PREVENTER/CONTROL wo VALVE AND BOX The relocation and reconnection of sprinkler system control valve and box will be required as shown on the plans, and/or as described in these Special Contract Documents in addition to those located in the field and identified by the Engineer. A minimum of twenty-four (24) hours advance notice shall be given when service interruption will be required. When the relocation is required, separate payment will be allowed for the relocation of sprinkler back -flow preventer or control valve and box. Payment for all work and material such as back -fill, fittings, five (5) feet of PVC Schedule 40 and all material labor, and equipment used •• by and for the licensed plumber shall be included in the price bid for the relocation of sprinkler back -flow preventer or control valve and box. All other costs will be included in other appropriate bid item(s). r DA-74 RESILIENT -SEATED GATE VALVES (OMITTED) DA-75 EMERGENCY SITUATION, JOB MOVE -IN .. The Owner or Engineer shall determine when an emergency situation shall exist. When water emergency work is required, the Contractor shall mobilize to the said location within twenty-four -" (24) hours after given notification from the Inspector and/or Project Manager. The Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements for bypass pumping, setting up barricades, notifying citizens, etc., while waiting for other utilities to be located as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall work continuously until the emergency work order has been completed at a time agreed to by the Project Manager, Inspector, and Contractor. After the emergency work order has been completed, there will be no additional "Job Move -In" charges paid to remobilize back to the previous project .. location site. DA-76 1 %" & 2" COPPER SERVICES (OMITTED) DA-77 SCOPE OF WORK (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-78 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILTY (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-79 CONTRACT TIME (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-80 REQUIRED CREW PERSONNEL & EQUIPMENT (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-81 TIME ALLOWED FOR UTILITY CUTS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-82 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-83 PAVING REPAIR EDGES (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) 11102104 ASC-28 r am MW M .. PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS DA-84 TRENCH BACKFILL (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) 6.4 DA-85 CLEAN-UP (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) ow DA-86 PROPERTY ACCESS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-87 SUBMISSION OF BIDS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) ow DA-88 STANDARD BASE REPAIR FOR UNIT I (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-89 CONCRETE BASE REPAIR FOR UNIT II & UNIT III (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) 9 " DA-90 2" TO 9" H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) NNW DA-91 ADJUST WATER VALVE BOXES, MANHOLES, AND VAULTS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-92 MAINTENANCE BOND (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) •• DA-93 BRICK PAVEMENT (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-94 LIME STABILIZED SUBGRADE (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-95 CEMENT STABILIZED SUBGRADE (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) low DA-96 REPAIR OF STORM DRAIN\ STRUCTURES (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-97 "QUICK -SET" CONCRETE (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) .. DA-98 UTILITY ADJUSTMENT (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-99 STANDARD CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND WHEELCHAIR RAMPS (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-100 LIMITS OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT REPAIR (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-101 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-102 PAYMENT (UTIL. CUT) (OMITTED) DA-103 DEHOLES (MISC. EXT.) The Contractor excavates for existing water and/or sanitary sewer main as detailed by work order together with a sketch. The location and dimensions shown on the plans relative to other existing utilities are based on the best information available. Omission from, or the inclusion of utility locations on the Plans is not to be considered as the nonexistence of, or a definite location of, existing underground utilities. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to verify locations of adjacent and/or conflicting utilities sufficiently in advance of construction in order' that he may negotiate such local adjustments as necessary in the dehole process to provide adequate clearances. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions in order to protect all services .., 11102104 ASC-29 PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS encountered. Any damage to utilities resulting from the Contractor's operations, shall be restored .. at his expense. Payment for work such as backfill and all other associated appurtenants required, shall be included in the price of the appropriate bid item. DA-104 CONSTRUCTION LIMITATIONS (MISC. EXT.) ow The Contractor shall have no more than three (3) locations under construction at any one time, unless approval by the Engineer has been granted in writing. .. DA-105 PRESSURE CLEANING AND TESTING (MISC. EXT.) Care shall be taken to keep all water extensions clean and free from foreign objects. Chlorinated lime shall be placed in the first joint of pipe of the extension and upon completion of the pipe laying, water shall be introduced slowly for sterilization, after which the extension shall be thoroughly flushed with clean water. Risers shall be installed, as directed by the Engineer, for .. flushing and for providing sample points for bacteria tests. The water main extensions of the project shall be tested under normal line pressure and any .m leaks observed shall be immediately repaired. DA-106 BID QUANTITIES (MISC. EXT.) fto Bid quantities of the various items in the proposal are for comparison only and may not reflect the actual quantities. There is no limit to which a bid item can be increased or decreased. Contractor shall not be entitled to renegotiation of unit prices regardless of the final measured quantities. To the extent that C4-4.3 conflicts with this provision, this provision controls. No claim will be considered for lost or anticipated profits based upon differences in estimated quantities versus actual quantities. DA-107 LIFE OF CONTRACT (MISC. EXT.) It is contemplated that Work Orders will be issued to the Contractor for work to be performed under this Contract for not to exceed 365calendar days following the date of the Contract nor to exceed the limit of the bid price, whichever should occur first. The Contractor shall be required to complete any work covered by a Work Order issued prior to that date of termination but will not be required to accept any work order for execution dated after that date of termination. If the cost of the work performed under this Contract is less than the limit of the bid price at the end of the 365 calendar day period, at the City's option and the Contractor's concurrence, the Project may be extended to the limit of the bid price. Im DA-108 FLOWABLE FILL (MISC. EXT.) 1. Description: The flowable fill material shall be delivered to the site, free flowing and self -leveling and shall have a consistency enabling it to fill all voids without tamping, vibrating or compacting. as 11102104 ASC-30 r PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS -* The flowable fill material shall have an in place density of not less than 95 and not more than 115 lbs./cu. ft., with a maximum twenty-eight (28) day compression strength of not less than 60 and not more than 85 PSI allowing the material to be removed with hand tools such as picks and shovels. The height of free fall of the flowable fill shall not exceed four (4) feet. .. 2. Material Specifications: Flowable fill shall consist of: a. An appropriate amount of Portland Cement meeting ASTM C-150 (with other additives as necessary). b. Aggregates meeting ASTM C-33 c. Sand or fine aggregates as per City of Ft. Worth Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction Item 406 d. Flyash, Class C or F, meeting ASTM C-618 e. Admixtures -w 1. Mineral admixtures will be pozzolanic 2. Chemical admixtures shall be in liquid or powder form used in standard ready -mix concrete products unless specifically designed for flowable fill. Permissible types of admixtures are: a. High air generators, as manufactured by Grace Construction Products or approved equal, which are specifically designed for flowable fill to lower unit weights, reduce shrinkage and subsidence, and control compressive strength. b. Air entraining admixtures conforming to ASTM C-260. c. High range water reducers conforming to ASTM C-494 Type F or G. d. Accelerating admixtures conforming to ASTM C-494, Type C. 1. Non -chloride, non -corrosive accelerators used where metals are present in concrete or embedded members. 2. Calcium chloride DA-109 BRICK PAVEMENT REPAIR (MISC. REPL.) (OMITTED) DA-110 DETERMINATION AND INITIATION OF WORK (MISC. REPL.) The Engineer shall determine and designate to the Contractor the location of the service main requiring replacement by a Work Order together with a sketch for each such replacement, giving the limits, size and nature of work required. The Engineer will notify the Contractor that a Work Order is ready and fax the Contractor a copy of the Work Order notification. The Contractor is to "! provide his fax number to the Engineer at the pre -construction conference. Single or several Work Orders may be issued at one time. The Contractor shall initiate work on a replacement within seven (7) working days of the date the Work Order is faxed to the Contractor, and continue work on the Work Order until it has been completed, not including paving. The Contractor shall furnish and supply sufficient equipment and personnel to complete the Work Order in the amount of time provided for in the Work Order. Should the Contractor fail to start any Work Order within the time -* specified, he shall add the necessary work crews and equipment to prosecute the work to complete the Work Order or Work Orders in the time provided therefore. am DA-111 WORK ORDER COMPLETION TIME (MISC. REPL.) 11102104 _ ASC-31 MW PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Should the contractor fail to complete an individual work order in the given amount of calendar days as specified on each individual work order, liquidated damage charges as prescribed in Part C - General Conditions C7-7.10 Time of Completion will be subtracted from the final pay estimate of that particular work order. The estimated amount for each particular work order will be used for determining the amount of damages charged per calendar day of time exceeding the specified amount. The first two paragraphs of Part C - General Conditions C7-7.10 Time Of Completion shall be replaced with the following: The time of completion of each individual work order in an essential element of this contract. Each work order issued will have the maximum allowed number of calendar days allowed for the completion of that specific work. The number of calendar days specified will be calculated as follows: The total estimated cost for the specific work order divided by 2000 (rounded up) + 10 days = Number of Calendar Days allowed for Construction of Individual Work Order. DA-112 MOVE IN CHARGES (MISC. REPL.) No A Work Order may contain one or more locations. One move -in fee will paid to the contractor per Work Order issued. Locations for multiple sites per Work Order will be in the same general vicinity, if possible, and if so, only one mobilization charge will be paid. so When water and sewer work are required only the water move in fee will be paid. At no time will both fees be paid for one specific location. DA-113 PROJECT SIGNS (MISC. REPL.) Project Signs are required at all locations which will be under construction for more than thirty (30) •. calendar days as indicated in Part B Proposal. Project Signs shall be in accordance with Figure 30 (dated 9-18-96) of the General Contract Documents. The signs may be mounted on skids or on posts. The exact locations and methods of mounting shall be approved by the engineer. Any and all costs for the required materials, labor, and equipment necessary for the furnishing of Project Signs shall be considered as a subsidiary cost of the project and no additional compensation will be allowed. DA-114 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES (MISC. REPL.) The Contractor shall pay liquidated damages of one hundred dollars ($100.00) per day per Work Order, for failure to begin a Work Order within the seven (7) working days of the date the Work Order is faxed to the Contractor. Failure to complete project within the stipulated construction time on the Work Order, the Contractor will pay liquidated damages in the amount stipulated in these .� contract documents. DA-115 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM DESIGN (MISC. REPL.) No Because of the unique nature of this contract, the number of trench safety system designs required is not known at the time bids are received. While the contractor is still bound by the .. latest version of the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standards, 29 CFR Part 1926, Subpart P-Excavations as detailed in D-26 Trench Safety System, I I/02/04 AS C-32 .. PART DA - ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS it is the City's intention that all costs incurred by the Contractor in acquiring trench safety designs be included in the unit price bid for Job Move in. DA-116 FIELD OFFICE As specified in Part C, General Conditions C5-5.6, the contractor shall provide a field office .w exclusively for the City of Fort Worth Construction Manager and coordination meetings for the following: .. A. Temporary field office shall be established on the job site where approved or directed by the Engineer, adequately furnished. B. Contractor shall provide either a separate building or a partitioned -off space of at least 140 sq ft of floor space with solid lockable door in Contractor's building for the exclusive use of the City of Fort Worth Construction Manager throughout the period of construction. The temporary office shall be weathertight, have a tight floor at least 8-in off the ground and shall be insulated and �* suitably ventilated. The office shall be provided with janitor service, heating and cooling equipment, electrical wiring, outlets and fixtures suitable to light the tables and desk adequately as directed. Provide separate toilet facilities in the field office. .. C. Provide the following furniture and equipment in the Construction Manager's office: _ 1. One plan table, 3-ft by 5-ft and one stool 2. Desk about 3-ft by 5-ft with desk chair 3. Two additional chairs 4. Two -drawer, filing cabinet with lock Field office shall also have available to the Construction Manager the following: 1. One conference table (6-ft). 2. Eight folding chairs. 3. First aid kit suitable for ten people with manual, American White Cross No. K10 or equal. 4. Duplicating machine, Xerox Model 10251 or equal. .. D Contractor shall furnish temporary light and power, including wiring, lamps and similar equipment as required to adequately light all work areas and with sufficient power capacity to meet the reasonable needs of the Construction Manager. Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements with the local electric company for temporary electric service and pay all expenses wo in connection therewith and pay all electrical bills. DA-117 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN Im Traffic control shall be in accordance with item D-8 of the Special Conditions with the exception of the Contractor providing the traffic control plan. A traffic control plan has been prepared and is included in the project plans. All other requirements of D-8 shall apply. DA-118 COORDINATION OF WORK WITH CONTRACTOR FOR OTHER UNITS (OMITTED) 11102104 AS C-33 SECTION E1 — MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS JANUARY 1, 1978 (REVISIONS) TABLE OF CONTENTS E1-2.4 Backfill E2-2.1 Trench Backfill E100-4 Watertight Manhole Inserts E1-2.4 (1) E2-2.1 (1) E100-4 (1) All materials, construction methods and procedures used in this project shall conform to Sections E1, E2, and E2A of the Fort Worth Water Department General Contract Documents and General Specifications, together with any additional material specification(s), construction(s) or later revision(s). (See revisions listed on this sheet). Sections E1, E2, and E2A of the Fort Worth Department General contract Documents and General Specifications are not included herein, but shall be made a part of this contract document by reference for all purposes, the same as if copied verbatim herein, and such Sections are filed and kept in the office of the City Secretary of the City of Fort Worth as an official record of the City of Fort Worth. INDEX E1 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS E2 CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS E2A GENERAL DESIGN DETAILS THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SECTION E1 - MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS MATERIAL STANDARD E1-2 JANUARY 1, 1978 (APRIL 20, 1981) Revisions as of April 20, 1981, follow: E1-2.4 Backfill: (Correct minimum compaction requirement to 95% Proctor density and correct P.I. valves as follows:) C. Additional backfill requirements when approved for use in streets: 1. Type B Backfill (a) Maximum plastic index (PI) shall be 8 2. Type C Backfill (a) Material meeting requirements and having a PI of 8 or less shall be considered as suitable for compaction by jetting (b) Material meeting requirement and having a PI of 9 or more shall be considered for use only with mechanical compaction SECTION E1 - MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS MATERIAL STANDARD E1-2 JANUARY 1, 1978 (APRIL 20, 1981) E2-2.11 Trench Backfill: (Correct minimum compaction requirement whenever it appears in this section to 95% Proctor density except for paragraph a.1. where the "95% modified Proctor density" shall remain unchanged). E1-2.4 & E2-2.11 (1) SECTION E100 - MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS MATERIAL STANDARD E100-4 JANUARY 1, 1978 (ADDED 5/13/90) E100-4 WATERTIGHT MANHOLE INSERTS E100-4.1 GENERAL: This standard covers the furnishing and installation of watertight gasketed manhole inserts in the Fort Worth sanitary sewer collection system. E100-4.2 MATERIAL AND DESIGN: a. The manhole insert shall be of corrosion -proof high density polyethylene that meets or exceeds the requirements of ASTM D1248, Category 5, Type III. b. The minimum thickness of the manhole insert shall be 1/8 inch. C. The manhole insert shall have a gasket that provides positive seal in wet or dry conditions. The gasket shall be made of closed cell neoprene rubber and meet the requirement of ASTM D1056, or equal. d. The manhole insert shall have a strap for removing the insert. The - strap shall be made of minimum 1 inch wide woven polypropylene or nylon webbing, with the ends treated to prevent unraveling. Stainless steel hardware shall be used to securely attach strap to the insert. e. The manhole insert shall have one or more vent holes or valves to release gasses and allow water inflow at a rate no greater than 10 gallons per 24 hours. E100-4.3 INSTALLATION a. The manhole frame shall be cleaned of all dirt and debris before placing the manhole insert on the rim. b. The manhole insert shall be fully seated around the manhole frame rim to retard water from seeping between the cover and the manhole frame rim. E100-4 (1) PART E — TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 01 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01001 Summary of Work 01340 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 01526 Trench Safety System DIVISION 02 — SITE WORK 02140 Dewatering 02160 Temporary Support of Excavation 02200 Earthwork 02222 Structural Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting 02270 Erosion Control 02500 Tunneling 02520 Tunnel Support System 02540 Monitoring System 02580 Tunnel Grouting 02730 Gravity Sanitary Sewer 02800 Leakage Test of Hydraulic Structures DIVISION 03 — CONCRETE 03100 Concrete Forms and Accessories 03200 Steel Reinforcement 03300 Cast in Place Concrete DIVISION 09 — PAINTINGS AND COATINGS 09901 CORROSION PROTECTION FOR CONCRETE STRUCTURES DIVISION 15 — MECHANICAL 15021 Reinforced Concrete Sewer Pipe 15041 Ductile Iron Pipe 15051 Fiberglass Sewer Pipe 15315 PVC Corrosion Protection for Concrete Sanitary Sewer Pipe Job No. 011913 SECTION 01001 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. The provisions of the "Special Conditions of the Agreement" shall govern in the event of any conflict between them and the "General Conditions of the Agreement." 1.2 LOCATION A. The work covered by these documents is titled East 7t' Street Deep Tunnel Sanitary Sewer, Part 1. The project site is located as shown on the plan set location map. 1.3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish all materials, appliances, tools, equipment, transportation, services and all labor and superintendents necessary for construction of the work described herein. The completed work shall not lack any part which can be reasonably implied as necessary for proper and useful operation of the facility. B. The work, in general, consists of the following: Construction of 24-inch sewer (by tunnel), tunneling pits, a connection to existing 96" sewer tunnel, a flow control junction structure connection to existing 48" sewer tunnel, manholes and other accessories. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Applicable END OF SECTION �, C&B No. 011913.010 01001-1 Summary of Work THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK r. SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. Requirements in this section are in addition to any specific requirements for submittals specified in other sections of these Contract Documents. B. Submittals to the Engineer shall be addressed to: Kathy Pontesso, P.E. Carter & Burgess, Inc. 777 Main Street Fort Worth, Texas 76102 C. Submitted data shall be fully sufficient in detail for determination of compliance with the Contract Documents. D. Review, acceptance, or approval of substitutions, schedules, shop drawings, lists of materials, and procedures submitted or requested by the Contractor shall not add to the Purchase Order amount, and all additional costs which may result there from shall be solely the obligation of the Contractor. E. The Owner is not precluded, by virtue of review, acceptance, or approval, from obtaining a credit for construction savings resulting from allowed concessions in the work or materials therefore. F. It shall not be the responsibility of the Owner to provide engineering or other services to protect the Contractor from additional costs accruing from such approvals. G. No equipment or material for which listings, drawings, or descriptive material is required shall be installed until the Engineer has on hand copies of such approved lists and the appropriately stamped final shop drawings. H. The review of drawings by the Engineer will be limited to general design requirements only, and shall in no way relieve the Contractorfrom responsibility for errors or omissions contained therein. I. Submittals will be acted upon by the Engineer in a prompt manner. Delays caused by the need for re -submittals shall not constitute reason for an extension of Contract time or an adjustment in Contract Amount. J. Submittal Numbering System: Submittals shall be numbered chronologically in the order they are submitted. Resubmittals shall be designated by the original submittal number plus a lower case letter. Each resubmittal shall have a new lower case letter designation (ie: submittal 1, 1 a, 1 b, etc.) C&B No. 011913.010 01340-1 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 1.2 SHOP DRAWING AND PRODUCT DATA PROCEDURES A. Shop Drawing Requirements: Shop drawings shall show design, materials (kind, thickness and finish), dimensions, connections and other details necessary to ensure compliance with contract drawings and specifications and shall also show adjoining work in such detail as required to ensure proper connection with same. Shop drawings shall be in accordance with the following items: �. 1. Present in a clear and thorough manner. Title each drawing with the Project name and number; identify each element of drawings by reference to sheet number and detail, schedule. 2. Identify field dimensions; show relation to critical features, work or adjacent products. 3. Minimum Sheet Size: 8-1/2 inches by 11 inches. B. Identification: All shop drawings shall be identified with the name of the project for which shop drawings are being submitted. The project name number, Contractor(s) name, date of submittal, drawing number, revision number, date of each revision (if any), as well as the specification section under which the work is to be performed and the contract drawing and detail numbers that relate to the shop drawings. C. Transmittals: Initial shop drawings, catalog cuts and brochures shall be included with the bid documents. All re -submittals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal from the Contractor setting forth the same identification information as required above under paragraph B. Transmittal shall also indicate if shop drawing is a re -submittal. D. Submittal Procedures: 1. The Contractor shall submit six (6) copies of shop drawings with each submittal. Prints shall be blue line on white background or black line on white background. Submit six (6) copies of product data. 2. When shop drawings are submitted in the form of brochures, manufacturers' standard drawings or catalog cuts not readily available in reproducible form, six (6) copies of each shall be submitted to the Owner. Additional copies ,- shall be furnished upon request of the Owner at no additional cost. 3. In the event that a range of variations in texture, graining, color or other characteristics may be anticipated in furnished materials, assemblies or elements of the work, a sufficient number of samples of such materials or products shall be submitted to the Owner for approval and shall indicate the full range of characteristics which will be present in the materials or products proposed for the work. Any such materials or products delivered or erected prior to selection of texture, grain, color or other characteristic by Owner shall be subject to removal and replacement by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Distribution and Stamp: 1. Following the Engineer's review of each shop drawing submission, the on Engineer will return two (2) copies to the Contractor with the Engineer's review stamp and signature affixed thereto, annotated as follows: a. "FURNISH AS SUBMITTED" means reviewed for construction, wo fabrication and/or manufacture subject to the provision that the work mo CAB No. 011913.010 01340-2 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples Irr shall be in accordance with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. Final acceptance of the work shall be contingent upon such compliance. b. "FURNISH AS CORRECTED" means unless otherwise noted on the drawings, reviewed for construction, fabrication and/or manufacture subject to the provision that the work shall be carried out in compliance with all annotations and/or corrections indicated and in accordance with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. Final acceptance of the work shall be contingent upon such compliance. If marked 'REVISE AND RESUBMIT," review is valid and Contractor may proceed as noted above while resubmitting a corrected submittal of the drawing for record purposes. C. "SUBMIT SPECIFIED ITEM" means that major deviations from the requirements of the drawings and specifications exist in the submittal. No work based on such drawings shall be constructed, fabricated or manufactured. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings of the specified item and make the required corrections. 2. Contractor's Distribution: When submittals are returned "FURNISH AS SUBMITTED" or"FURNISH AS CORRECTED," the Construction Contractor shall be provided two (2) copies of submittals. F. Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Review shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any deviation from the requirements of the Equipment Pre -selection Documents, unless the Contractor has informed the Owner in writing of such deviation at the time of submission and a written review has been given to the specific deviation, nor shall review relieve the Contractor from such responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings or samples. Review shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility, including responsibility for accuracy of dimensions and details, and for mutual agreement and conformity of its drawings with the contract drawings and specifications. 1.3 SAMPLE PROCEDURES A. Sample Requirements: 1. Where possible, all samples required for a particular specification section .. shall be submitted together. 2. Samples shall be submitted from the same source which will supply the actual job. Samples shall be of adequate size to show quality, type, color, range, finish, texture and other specified characteristics. 3. Samples of materials or products which are normally furnished in containers or packages, which bear descriptive labels and/or application or installation instructions, shall be submitted with such labels and/or instructions. B. Identification: All samples shall be labeled, tagged or otherwise clearly identified. Labels or tags shall set forth the name of the project or location for which the sample is being submitted; Contractor; the name of the manufacturer, fabricator or processor; the trade designation, grade and quality of the material or product; the date of submittal; and specific identification of each sample and a precise reference to the specification section and paragraph wherein the material, product or element C&B No. 011913.010 01340-3 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples of the work is specified. Each label or tag shall have sufficient clear space to permit s the application of the review stamps of both the Contractor and the Engineer. C. Transmittals: All samples shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal from the Contractor setting forth the same identification information as required above under paragraph B. Where appropriate, test data and/or manufacturers' certificates shall be referenced in and forwarded with the letter of transmittal. Samples without .. accompanying certificates or test data will be returned without action. D. Submittal Procedure: The Contractor shall submit three (3) sets of each sample required to the Engineer. E. Engineer's Distribution and Stamp: Following the Engineer's review of each sample submission, the Engineer will return one sample of each set of samples to the Contractor with the Engineer's review stamp and signature affixed thereto. F. Contractor's Distribution: When samples are returned "FURNISH AS SUBMITTED" or "FURNISH AS CORRECTED," the Contractor shall retain such samples in a suitable place at the site for use by the Contractor, its Subcontractors, the General Contractor, the Owner and its authorized representatives to ensure that all work is being installed in accordance with approved samples. The remaining approved samples will be retained by the Engineer and Owner. G. Cost of Submittal and Distribution: All charges in connection with the delivery of samples to the Engineer's office or where directed by the Engineer (and all charges in connection with the subsequent distribution thereof by the Engineer) shall be paid by the Contractor. 1.4 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Contractor shall review all submittals prior to transmittal; determine and verify field measurements, field construction criteria and manufacturer's catalog numbers. B. Coordinate submittals with requirements of work and of Documents. C. Verify submittal is sealed and signed by appropriate Professional Engineer, as may _ be required, in accordance with the appropriate specification section. D. Each shop drawing and each sample label shall bear Contractor's review stamp signed or initialed to certify compliance with requirements of Associated Specification. E. Do not fabricate products or begin work which requires submittals until return of submittal with Engineer's review. 1.5 RESUBMITTALS A. Make resubmittals under procedures specified for initial submittals; identify changes made since previous submittal. C&B No. 011913.010 01340-4 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples B. Delays caused by the need for resubmittal shall not constitute reason for an extension of delivery time or adjustment of Purchase Order Amount. C. Contractor shall pay the Owner for Engineer's review of submittals reviewed two or more times through a deductive change order. 1.6 SHOP DRAWING REQUIREMENTS A. Shop drawings referred to herein shall include submittals for both shop and field - fabricated items. The Contractor shall submit, as applicable, the following for all prefabricated or manufactured structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, process: 1. Shop drawings or equipment drawings, including dimensions, size and location of connections to other work, and weight of equipment. 2. Catalog information and cuts. 3. Installation or placing drawings for equipment, drives, and bases. 4. :Supporting calculations for equipment and associated supports specified to be designed by equipment manufacturers or suppliers. 5. Complete manufacturer's specifications, including materials description and paint system. B. The submittals shall include satisfactory identification of items, units, and assemblies in relation to the Specification section number, or as provided in the applicable specification section. C. Should the Contractor propose any item on his shop drawings, or incorporate an item into the work, and that item should subsequently prove to be defective, or otherwise unsatisfactory (regardless of the Engineer's review), the Contractor shall, at his own expense, replace the item with another item that will perform satisfactorily. 1.7 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED FOR FOREIGN -MANUFACTURED ITEMS A. In addition to the submittal requirements stated above, suppliers of foreign - manufactured items shall submit the names and addresses of companies within the United States that maintain technical service representatives and a complete inventory of spare parts and accessories available within forty-eight (48) hours for each foreign -made item proposed for incorporation into the work. Failure to prove the foregoing capabilities shall be just cause for rejection of the foreign - manufactured items. 1.8 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF PROPER INSTALLATION A. The Contractor shall submit manufacturer's certification of proper installation of each item of equipment prior to startup or performance testing. Such certificate shall state that the equipment or system has been installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and has been inspected by a manufacturer's authorized representative, that it has been serviced with the proper initial lubricants, that applicable safety equipment has been properly installed, and that the proper electrical and mechanical connections have been made. C&B No. 011913.010 01340-5 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 1.9 SAMPLES AND TEST SPECIMENS A. Where required in the Specifications, and as determined necessary by the Engineer, test specimens or samples of materials, appliances, and fittings to be used or - offered for use in connection with the work shall be submitted to the Engineer at the Contractor's expense, with information as to their sources, with all cartage charges prepaid, and in such quantities and sizes as may be required for proper examination and tests to establish the quality or equality thereof, as applicable. B. All samples and test specimens shall be submitted in ample time to enable the Engineer to make any tests or examinations necessary, without delay to the work. The Contractor will be held responsible for any loss of time due to his neglect or failure to deliver the required samples to the Engineer as specified. C. Laboratory tests and examinations that the Owner elects to make in its own laboratory will be made at no cost to the Contractor, except that, if a sample of any material or equipment proposed for use by the Contractor fails to meet the Specifications, the cost of testing subsequent samples shall be borne by the Contractor. D. All tests required by the Specifications to be performed by an independent laboratory shall be made at the sole expense of the Contractor. E. Material used in the work shall conform with the submitted samples and test certificates as reviewed by the Engineer. 1,10 CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED STANDARDS AND CODES A. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished for materials specked to a recognized standard or code prior to the use of any such materials in the work. The Engineer may permit the use of certain materials or assemblies prior to sampling and testing if accompanied by a Certificate of Compliance. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer of the material or the manufacturer of assembled materials and shall state that the materials involved comply in all respects with the requirements of the Specifications. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each lot of material delivered to the work, and the lot so certified shall be clearly identified in the certificate. B. All materials used on the basis of a Certificate of Compliance may be sampled and tested at any time. The fact that material is used on the basis of a Certificate of Compliance shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for incorporating material in the work which conforms to the requirements of the Equipment Pre- selection Documents and any such material not conforming to such requirements will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. C. The Engineer reserves the right to refuse recommendation for payment for material on the basis of a Certificate of Compliance. END OF SECTION C&B No. 011913.010 01340-6 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples SECTION 01526 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Trench safety system for the construction of trench excavations. B. Trench safety system for structural excavations which fall under provisions of State and Federal trench safety laws. 1.2 UNIT PRICES A. Measurement for trench safety systems used on trench excavations is on a linear foot basis measured along the centerline of the trench, including manholes and other line structures. B. Measurement for special shoring requirements used in trench excavations, if included in the unit price bid schedule, is on a square foot basis. C. No payment will be made for trench safety systems for structural excavations under this section. Include payment for trench safety system in applicable structure installation sections. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. A trench shall be defined as a narrow excavation (in relation to its depth) made u below the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet. B. The trench safety system requirements will apply to larger open excavations if the erection of structures or other installations limits the space between the excavation slope and these installations to dimensions equivalent of a trench as defined. C. Trench Safety Systems include but are not limited to sloping, sheeting, trench boxes or trench shields, sheet piling, cribbing, bracing, shoring, dewatering or diversion of water to provide adequate drainage. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall conform to requirements of Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. B. Submit a safety program specifically for the construction of trench excavation. Design the trench safety program to be in accordance with OSHA 29CFR standards governing the presence and activities of individuals working in and around trench excavations. C&B No. 011913.010 01526-1 Trench Safety System C. Construction and shop drawings containing deviations from OSHA standards or special designs shall be sealed by a licensed Engineer, licensed by the State of Texas, retained and paid by Contractor. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with the detail specifications set out in the provision of Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring, Federal Occupation Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards, 29CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P, as amended,- including Final Rule, published in the Federal Register Vol. 54, No. 209 on Tuesday, October 31, 1989. The sections that are incorporated into these specifications by reference include Sections 1926-650 through 1926-652. B. Legislation that has been enacted by the Texas Legislature with regard to Trench Safety Systems is hereby incorporated, by reference, into these specifications. Refer to Texas Health and Safety Code Ann., §756.021 (Vernon 1991). 1.6 INDEMNIFICATION A. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Engineer, Owner, its employees and agents, from any and all damages, costs (including, without limitation, legal fees, court costs, and the cost of investigation), judgments or claims by anyone for injury or death of persons resulting from the collapse or failure of trenches constructed under this Contract. B. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that this indemnity provision provides indemnity for the Owner in case the Owner is negligent either by act or omission in providing for trench safety, including, but not limited to safety program and design reviews, inspections, failures to issue stop work orders, and the hiring of the Contractor. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION Y 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install and maintain trench safety systems in accordance with provisions of OSHA 29CFR. B. Specially designed trench safety systems shall be installed in accordance with the trench safety drawings produced for the locations and conditions identified on the Drawings. C. A competent person, as identified in the Contractor's Trench Safety Program, shall verify that trench boxes and other pre -manufactured systems are certified for the actual installation conditions. C&B No. 011913.010 01526-2 Trench Safety System - 1 3.2 INSPECTION A. Contractor, or Contractor's independently retained consultant, shall make daily inspections of the trench safety systems to ensure that the installed systems and operations meet OSHA 29CFR and other personnel protection regulations requirements. B. If evidence of possible cave-ins or slides is apparent, Contractor shall immediately stop work in the trench and move personnel to safe locations until the necessary precautions have been taken by Contractor to safeguard personnel entering the trench. C. Maintain a permanent record of daily inspections. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor shall verify specific applicability of the selected or specially designed trench safety systems to each field condition encountered on the project. END OF SECTION C&B No. 011913.010 01526-3 Trench Safety System THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SECTION 02140 DEWATERING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. The work included in this Section requires the design, furnishing, installation, maintenance, operating, and removing temporary dewatering systems and controls required to lower and control water levels and hydrostafic pressures during construction; disposing of pumped water; constructing, maintaining, observing and, except where indicated or required to remain in place, removing equipment and instrumentation when no longer needed. B. Dewatering includes lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from the slopes or bottoms of excavations; increasing the stability of excavated slopes; preventing loss of material from beneath the slopes or bottoms of excavations; reducing lateral loads on sheeting and bracing; improving the excavating and hauling characteristics of sandy soil; preventing rupture or heaving of the bottom of an excavation; and disposing of pumped water. 1.2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Methods of groundwater discharge, conveying, and transmission to off -site locations shall meet with the approval of the governmental authorities having jurisdiction. B. The cost and the time required for the contractor to obtain all necessary permits shall be the responsibility of the contractors and shall not constitute a change in contract amount or time. 1.3 DESIGN CRITERIA A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the design and adequacy of the dewatering system. Design the dewatering systems to perform as follows: 1. Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure and lower the groundwater levels below the base of the excavation. MW 2. Develop a substantially dry and stable sub -grade for protection of construction operations. no 3. Prevent damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures, utilities, and other work. C&B No. 011913 4. Assure that, after 12 hours of initial pumping, no soil particles will be present in the discharge. 02140-1 Dewatering B. Methods of dewatering may include sump pumping, single or multiple stage well point systems, educator and ejector type systems, deep wells, and combinations thereof. C. Locate dewatering facilities where they will not interfere with utilities and construction work to be performed by others. D. Modify dewatering procedures which cause, or threaten to cause, damage to new or existing facilities so as to prevent further damage. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining modifications to be made which shall be at no additional expense to Owner. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with these specifications. B. Prior to installation of the dewatering system, submit shop drawings and design data, indicating the following, for review by Engineer. 1. The proposed type of dewatering system. 2. Arrangement, location, and depths of system components. 3. Complete description of equipment and instrumentation to be used, with installation, operation, and maintenance procedures. 4. Types and sizes of filters. _. 5. Design calculations demonstrating adequacy of the proposed system and equipment. 6. Methods of disposal of pumped water. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Surface Drainage: Intercept and divert precipitation and surface water away from excavations through the use of dikes, curb walls, ditches, pipes, sumps, or other means. B. Drainage of Excavated Areas: Provide and maintain ditches of adequate size to collect surface and seepage water which may enter the excavations. Divert the water into sumps and drain or pump into drainage channels, subject to the approval of jurisdictional authorities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Contractor shall furnish all materials, tools, equipment, facilities, and services as required for providing the necessary dewatering work and facilities. Provide C&B No. 011913 02140-2 Dewatering back-up equipment as necessary for replacement and emergencies. B. Provide piezometers for monitoring groundwater levels and other instruments and measuring devices as required to verify adequacy of dewatering system. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DEWATERING A. Perform dewatering in accordance with approved shop drawings. Keep the Engineer advised of any changes made to accommodate field conditions and, on completion of the dewatering system installation, revise and resubmit shop drawings as necessary to indicate the installed configuration. B. Organize dewatering operations to lower the groundwater level in excavations as required for prosecution of the work, and to provide a stable, dry sub -grade for the prosecution of construction operations. C. Maintain water level at lower elevations, so that no danger to structures can occur because of buildup of excessive hydrostatic pressure, and provide for maintaining the water level a minimum of 2 feet below the lowest excavation grade, unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. D. Install and operate dewatering systems to lower groundwater levels to an elevation at or below the tunnel invert prior to the commencement of tunnel excavation at the east end and prior to tunnel excavation progressing into the mixed face and soft ground sections at the west end. 3.2 RECORDS A. Observe and record the average flow rate and time of operation of each pump used in the dewatering system. Where necessary provide appropriate devices, such as flow meters, for observing the flow rates. Submit the data, on a form approved by the Engineer, during the period that the dewatering system is in operation. B. Observe and record the elevation of the groundwater on a form approved by the Engineer, during the period that the dewatering system is in operation. Submit observation records within 24 hours of reading, on a regular basis. C. During initial period of the dewatering, make required observations on a daily 0-0 basis. If, after a period, dewatering operations have stabilized, reduce observations to longer intervals as accepted by the Engineer. "' C&B No. 011913 02140-3 Dewatering 3.3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement or payment will be made for work required under this section according the unit bid price in the bid proposal. END OF SECTION C&B No. 011913 02140-4 Dewatering y. SECTION 02160 TEMPORARY SUPPORT OF EXCAVATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section includes specifications for designing, furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing excavation support systems as indicated and required. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Lagging: Temporary or permanent excavation support structure consisting of heavy timber boards, planking, sheathing, or reinforced precast concrete planks secured in place by steel H-piles. B. Proof Load: An applied load 25 percent greater than the design load, imposed by load test. C. Sheeting: A line of timber or planks, plain or tongue -and -grooved on sides, driven endwise into ground to protect subgrade operations. D. Sheet Piling: Interlocking steel sheet piling installed vertically to hold back earth or retain soil and to keep water out of a foundation excavation. May be temporary or permanent structure. E. Shores/Shoring: Props or posts of timber or other material in compression, used for temporary support of excavations. F. Soldier Piles: Vertical steel H-piles installed to take the side thrust of horizontal sheeting or lagging. Also called soldier beams. G. Strut: A brace or supporting member which resists thrusts in the direction of its own length; may be vertical, diagonal or horizontal. H. Tie -Backs: Excavation -face support obtained by grouted rock bolts or tie -wired deadman in combination with face -retaining steel plates, board timbers, shotcrete, or wire fabric. I. Waler: Horizontal timber or beam used to brace or support vertical sheeting or sheet piling. C&B No. 011913 02160-1 Temporary Support of Excavation 1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Code of Federal Regulations - 29 CFR Part 1926.650 Subpart P - Excavations B. Texas trench code. 1.4 REFERENCES A. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1. A6 Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling, and Bars for Structural Use. 2. A328 Specification for Steel Sheet Piling 3. A 563 Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts 4. A586 Specification for Zinc -Coated Parallel and Helical Steel Wire Structural Strand 5. A641 Specification for Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire 6. A690 Specification for High -Strength Low -Alloy Steel H-Piles and Sheet Piling for Use in Marine Environments 7. C1107 Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic -Cement Grout (Non - Shrink) 8. D245 Method for Establishing Structural Grades and Related Allowable Properties for Visually Graded Lumber _. 9. D1760 Specification for Pressure Treatment of Timber Products 10. F432 Specification for Roof and Rock Bolts and Accessories 11. F436 Specification for Hardened Steel Washers 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with these specifications. - B. Excavation Support Systems Program: Prepare and submit a written schedule and procedure, along with detailed drawings, of the proposed excavations and excavation support systems to the Engineer for review. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings, indicating method, staging, and necessary details for construction of the excavation support systems work to be performed. D. Computations: Submit appropriate design calculations to support shop drawings. Include maximum theoretical deflections of supporting members. C&B No. 011913 02160-2 Temporary Support of Excavation E. Professional Engineer's Certification. Shop drawings and computations shall be prepared, sealed, and signed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Texas. 1.6 DESIGN CRITERIA A. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the design, construction, and safety of the excavation system. Design temporary support of excavation in accordance with the Contract Drawings. Design must be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. B. Design excavation support systems to support earth pressures, utility loads, equipment, applicable traffic and construction loads, and other surcharge loads in a manner which will allow the safe and expeditious construction of permanent structures without movement or settlement of the ground and in a manner which will prevent damage to, or movement of existing structures and utilities. C. Design each member to support the maximum loads which may occur during construction. For the purpose of this Section, the design load means the maximum load a support member will have to carry in actual practice, and the proof load means a specified test load greater than the design load. D. Carry bottom of support system to a depth below the main excavation adequate to prevent lateral and vertical movement. Where additional excavation is carried below the main excavation, provide means to prevent movement of the main excavation, supports. E. Design the excavation support system so as to allow the required free excavated space for workers, concrete formwork, and permanent structures. F. Design excavation support systems for staged removal to conform to construction and backfill sequences as indicated. G. Employ walers, struts, and tieback anchors for horizontal support as required for excavation faces to be retained by soldier piles and lagging, or sheet piles. Provide struts with intermediate vertical and horizontal supports as required to prevent buckling. H. Provide diagonal bracing where needed for stability of the system. Use timber lagging, steel sheeting, or reinforced precast concrete sheeting or planking. Tiebacks will not be permitted to extend outside of right-of-way property limits. Design soldier piles as simple beams assuming hinges at struts and at bottom of excavations. J. Design piles or other vertical support members to be incorporated in a system employing tieback anchors to have capability of resisting vertical components of tieback loads without significant settlement during any stage of excavation and construction. C&B No. 011913 02160-3 Temporary Support of Excavation --. K. Timber support systems, except lagging, will be permitted only for utilities and minor structures. L. Basis for determining minimum allowable working stresses for timbers: ASTM D245. M. Minimum thickness of lagging between soldier piles spaced up to 8 feet on center: 3 inches for excavations of depth up to 25 feet, and 4 inches for excavations of depth in excess of 25 feet. 1.7 SITE CONDITIONS Y A. Provision for Contingencies: 1. Monitor performance of components of excavation support systems, both for vertical and horizontal movement, at regular intervals. 2. Provide and secure approval for a contingency plan, or alternative procedures, to be implemented in the event of an unfavorable performance of the system. 3. Have materials and equipment available to implement the approved contingency plan. B. Existing Utilities: 1. Proceed with caution in areas of utility facilities and structures. Expose existing utilities by hand -excavation or by other method acceptable to the utility owner. 2. If existing utility facilities and structures interfere with proposed method of excavation support, modify or relocate such facilities in accordance with the utility owner's recommendations. C. LOADS: Lateral loads shall not be transferred to new structures until the structure is capable of sustaining such loads. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Soldier Piles/H-Piles: ASTM A690 of sizes indicated on approved shop drawings. Provide H-piles of sizes required to contain lagging, sheeting, or planking as indicated. B. Steel Sheet Piling: ASTM A328, continuous interlocking type, of sizes indicated on approved shop drawings, with suitable handling holes. C. Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A6 of sizes indicated on approved shop drawings. C&B No. 011913 02160-4 Temporary Support of Excavation D. Timber: Structural grade lumber with a minimum fiber stress in bending of 1100 psi. 1. Lagging: Heavy timber boards or planking of sizes indicated on approved shop drawings. Lagging boards or planking shall be secured and contained in place. by H-piles (soldier piles), with boards inserted in the recesses between the H-flanges. 2. Posts, Struts, and Walers: Heavy timber posts, beams, stringers, and planking, as required, of sizes indicated on shop drawings. E. Concrete: Refer to Specification 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete, for requirements. Provide 4000 psi concrete with a minimum cement content of 7.0 sacks per cubic yard unless otherwise indicated. Lean concrete, where indicated, shall conform to requirements of Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete. Concrete shall have a minimum Calcium Carbonate (CaCO3) equivalent of 0.75. F. Tiebacks: Rock Bolts: ASTM F432, of sizes indicated on approved shop drawings. Provide face plates conforming to ASTM A6 where required, nuts conforming to ASTM A563 and washers conforming to ASTM F436, as indicated or required. 2. Wire and Deadman: Single -strand or multiple -strand galvanized steel wire conforming to ASTM A641 or ASTM A586, as appropriate, with structural log or heavy timber deadman with preservative treatment as indicated. Deadman may be pre -cast concrete anchor block or steel plate as indicated or required. G. Grout: Refer to Section ASTM C1107, Non -shrink Grout, for requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF SOLDIER PILES AND LAGGING A. Provide prebored holes for H-piles (soldier piles) adequate to accommodate pile sections indicated. Extend holes to depth below level of adjacent sub -grade as necessary to provide firm bearing. B. After a pile has been seated plumb in the pre -bored hole, encase it with Class 4000 concrete from the bearing tip to level of adjacent sub -grade excavation. C. Provide timber lagging or reinforced pre -cast concrete members, secured in place to soldier piles, contained in the recesses between the H-flanges. Install lagging horizontally with no gaps between boards. Cant' bottom of lagging system to depth below adjacent sub -grade as necessary to prevent lateral movement and to obtain adequate vertical support. C&B No. 011913 02160-5 Temporary Support of Excavation D. As installation progresses, backfill voids between excavation face and lagging with sand or soil rammed into place. Pack with materials such as hay or burlap where necessary to allow drainage of ground water without loss of soil or sand packing or backfill. E. If unstable material is encountered during excavation, take suitable measures to contain such material in place and to prevent soil displacement. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF SHEET PILING A. Drive sheet piles in plumb position, with each pile interlocked with adjoining pile for its entire length so as to form a continuous diaphragm throughout the length of each run of wall, bearing firmly against original ground. Drive to depth indicated or to firm bearing. B. Provide driving method so that interlocking members can be extracted, if required, without injury to adjacent works. C. Do not drive piles within 100 feet of concrete less than seven days old. D. Methods of driving, cutting, and splicing shall conform to approved shop drawings. 3.3 SUPPORT SYSTEMS WITH BRACING AND TIEBACKS A. General: Provide waters, struts, rakers, shores, and tie -backs as necessary to support excavation faces retained by posts, soldier piles, or concrete slurry walls. B. Internal Bracing: 1. Provide walers where required, at each level of bracing. As excavation proceeds, place walers on open face of support system wall. Wedge, drypack, and otherwise provide tight bearing between walers and support system wall, with ample bearing areas to provide uniform transfer of loads. 2. Provide struts with intermediate bracing as needed to enable struts to carry the design load without distortion or buckling. 3. Provide diagonal bracing as needed for stability of the system. 4. Include web stiffeners, plates, angles, or bracing as needed to prevent rotation, crippling, or buckling of connections and points of bearing between structural members. Allow for eccentricities caused by field fabrication and assembly. 5. Install and maintain internal bracing support members in tight contact with each other and with the surface being supported. 6. Design internal bracing support members for maximum loads which may occur during excavation and removal stages. C&B No. 011913 02160-6 Temporary Support of Excavation C. Tie -backs: 1. Provide tie -back anchorage system as indicated or required. Install tie- back system in accordance with approved shop drawings. 2. Tie -backs shall not extend beyond project right-of-way and easement - properties. 3. Install manufactured rock -bolt systems in accordance with manufacturers instruction. 4. Stress installed tie -backs to proof loads indicated on approved shop drawings. Tie -backs which lose more than five percent of applied proof loads will be rejected. 5. Apply proof loads as herein specified, and provide means to measure load application with an accuracy of plus or minus five percent. 6. After load -test approval, reduce tie -back proof load to the design load, and encase tie -back anchorage and wires or rods in grout, lean concrete, or compacted backfill, as indicated, maintaining the design load until tie- backs are fixed in place. Provide a method of fixation which will limit the load loss to not more than five percent of the design load in the transfer of loads from the jack to the support system. D. Proof Loading: 1. Perform proof loading of internal bracing members and tie -backs, including struts, shores, and similar members. Employ procedures which will produce uniform loading on bracing members and tie -backs without inducing eccentricities or overstressing and distortion. 2. Perform and accomplish proof loading by approved load testing or jacking procedures. Submit detailed shop drawings of proposed load testing and jacking procedures for review by the Engineer. Perform proof loading in the presence of the Engineer. 3. Apply proof loads as soon as possible after bracing and tie -backs are installed in accordance with methods, procedures, and sequences as indicated on approved shop drawings. 4. Coordinate excavation work with installation of bracing and tie -backs and with the application of proof loading. Provide steel shims and wedges, welded or bolted in place, to help maintain the proof -loading force on the bracing and tie -backs after release of load -testing pressures. E. Creep Tests on Tie -Backs: C&B No. 011913 02160-7 Temporary Support of Excavation 1. Load test tie -backs for creep at each level of support in the excavation, at the first installation on each side of the excavation, at horizontal intervals not exceeding 500 feet, and wherever a significant change occurs in the soil in which the tie -backs are anchored. Tests shall be performed under the observation of the Engineer. 2. Perform a 24-hour load test on one out of each 100 tie -back anchors. Perform tests by applying the proof load and maintaining it constant for 24 - hours. 3. Keep records of axial movement with incremental applications of the load, and the amount and time of load fall -off with no pumping of the jack or axial movement during the 24-hour period that the proof load on the anchor is maintained. 4. Redesign the tie -back system to attain specified limits if, during the 24- hour period, the axial deformation of the tie -back system exceeds 0.20 inch, or the decrease in jack pressure without pumping is more than five percent after correcting for temperature changes. 3.4 SUPPORT OF EXCAVATION AT INTERFACES A. Design, construct, maintain, and remove such parts of the excavation support system at the limits of the Contract interfacing with adjacent contracts, as required by construction schedules and actual conditions. B. If excavation of this Contract is started at a contract interface before the beginning of excavation on adjacent contracts, design, construct, and maintain the end support system in accordance with the following provisions: 1. Install the end support system to the face of the line separating the ti contracts. Allow no part of the support system, such as soldier piles, lagging, and tiebacks, to project into the next contract, except for the thickness of the support wall. 2. Provide a backfill and restoration plan for the excavation work of the adjacent contract. 3. Design and construct the support system to resist vertical settlement when the adjacent contractor removes the end support to connect the structures at the interface of the two contracts. 4. if excavation has started on the adjacent contract at an interface before excavation on this Contract, coordinate the removal of the portions of the support system which have been installed in the adjacent contract, and are required to be removed, and support and maintain the remainder as necessary to join the work of the two contracts. 3.5 REMOVAL OF EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS A. If removal is required wholly or in part, perform such removal in a manner which C&B No. 011913 02160-8 Temporary Support of Excavation will not disturb or damage adjacent structures, construction, or utilities. Fill voids immediately with lean concrete or with approved backfill compacted to the density specified in Section 02226, Grading, Excavating and Backfilling. B. Excavation support systems shall be left in place until the concrete walls and structures to receive the transferred loading from the removed support system has reached 80 percent of the specified compressive strength at 28 days. Demonstrate with strength test results that the concrete has reached sufficient strength before load transfer from the support system to the concrete structure may be performed. C. Remove from the site all elements of excavation support systems. 3.6 SAFETY PROGRAM A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a safety program specifically for the construction of temporary support of excavation together with the general safety program required. The support system program shall be in accordance with OSHA standards governing the presence and activities of individuals working in and around trench excavation. 3.7 INSPECTION A. The CONTRACTOR shall make daily inspections of the Temporary Support Systems to ensure that the systems meet all applicable safety codes and requirements. Daily inspection is to be made by a "competent person" provided by the CONTRACTOR. If evidence of possible cave-ins, or slides, is apparent, all work in the excavation shall cease until the necessary precautions have been taken by the CONTRACTOR to safeguard personnel entering the excavation. It is the sole duty, responsibility and prerogative of the CONTRACTOR to determine the specific applicability of the designed temporary support of excavation to each field condition encountered on the project. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a permanent record of daily inspections. 3.8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Separate measurement or payment will not be made for work required under this section. All costs in connection therewith will be considered incidental to the item of work to which they pertain. END OF SECTION C&B No. 011913 02160-9 Temporary Support of Excavation SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. The earthwork consists of operations required for excavation, non -expansive earth fill, structure backfill and general earth fill, as may be required during development of the project. The term "embankment" as used in this section refers to the compacted earth fill required for the lagoon levees and miscellaneous related fill. The "sub - grade" refers to the surface of the cleared and stripped areas that are designated to receive fill or structures. B. The Contractor shall inform and satisfy himself as to the character, quantity and distribution of material to be excavated. 1.2 WORK AFFECTING EXISTING UTILITIES A. Above or below grade utilities which are to remain shall be protected by the Contractor. Existing utilities shall not be taken out of service without specific written _2 authorization by the Owner. 1.3 PROTECTION A. Protect benchmarks, existing structures (not being removed), fences, roads and paving. -1 B. Notify the Engineer of unexpected subsurface conditions. C. Where damage could result from continuing work, discontinue work in area until Engineer notifies Contractor of the required modifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. Contractor shall furnish, operate and maintain all equipment required to complete this project, including, but not limited to, the following: B. Grading Equipment: Equipment necessary to produce uniform layers, sections and smoothness of grade for compaction and drainage. C. Miscellaneous Equipment: Scarifiers, disks, spring tooth or spike tooth harrows, earth hauling equipment and other equipment suitable for removal of material from excavations and for the construction of fills. C&B No. 011913 02200-1 Earthwork 2.2 TOPSOIL A. Source: Topsoil is to be obtained from excavation and fill areas. Strip and stockpile the top six (6) inches of material from such areas. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CLEARING, GRUBBING AND STRIPPING A. All areas to be excavated or to receive earth fill, roadways, structures or other such facilities, shall be cleared, grubbed and stripped prior to excavation and subgrade Y preparation. B. Clearing and grubbing shall consist of the removal of all trees, large vegetation, abandoned structures, and debris, including all roots 1 inch or larger in diameter, to a minimum depth of eighteen (18) inches below the proposed subgrade level for areas to be planted, sod or surfaced and to a depth of twenty four (24) inches below finished grade in areas to be covered by a building or structure. C. Stripping shall consist of the removal of all topsoil, roots, vegetation and rubbish not removed by the clearing and grubbing operation. Additionally, any other - unsatisfactory material shall be removed from the subgrade area of future compacted fills or embankments, and from the surfaces underneath the future roadways or other structures. The stripped areas shall be observed to determine if additional excavation is required to remove weak or otherwise unsuitable materials that would adversely affect the fill placement. D. Dispose of removed obstructions and debris off -site. 3.2 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. The sub -grade shall be firm and able to support the construction equipment without displacement. Soft or yielding sub -grade shall be corrected and made stable before construction proceeds. The sub -grade shall be proof rolled to detect soft spots, which if exist, shall be reworked. Proof rolling shall be performed using a heavy pneumatic tired roller, loaded dump truck or similar equipment weighing approximately 25 tons. The sides of stump holes or other similar cavities or depressions shall be broken down to flatten the slopes (no steeper than 5 horizontal to 1 vertical), with the sides of the cuts or holes being scarified to provide bond between the foundation soils and the embankment fill. Each depression or hole shall be filled with the same type of material which is to be placed immediately above the foundation soil. B. Existing hillsides or slopes which will receive fill shall be loosened by scarifying or plowing to a depth of not less than 8 inches. The fill material shall be benched into the existing slope in such a manner as to provide adequate bonding between the fill and slope, as well as to allow the fill to be placed in essentially horizontal lifts. C. Prior to placement of compacted fill in any section of the embankment, after depressions and holes have been filled, the foundation of such sections shall be ' compacted to the same density and moisture requirement as the embankment. C&B No. 011913 02200-2 Earthwork a. D. In areas of the sub -grade which are too soft, wet or otherwise unstable to allow embankment construction to begin, the use of plating and/or plating in combination with a geo grid may be required. E. The traffic of heavy equipment, including heavy compaction equipment, may create pumping and general deterioration of the shallower clay soils. Therefore, it shall be anticipated that some construction difficulties will be encountered during periods when these soils are saturated. The clayey, sandy and silty soils may have to be excavated, mixed, dried and replaced. At times, excavating and replacing with selected soils, the use of lime or cement treatment, or the use of geo-synthetics may be required before an adequate sub -grade can be achieved. 3.2 PLACING OF MATERIAL A. Embankment materials shall be placed on a properly prepared sub -grade as recommended above. The combined excavation, placing and spreading operation shall be done in such a manner to obtain blending of material, and to provide that the materials, when compacted in the embankment, will have the most practicable degree of compaction and stability. Materials excavated from cut sections and hauled to construct fills must be mixed and not segregated. Sands and clayey sands shall be blended with sandy clays and clays, rather than having lifts of non - cohesive sandy materials. B. If the surface of the embankment is too smooth and hard to bond properly with a succeeding layer, the surface shall be roughened and loosened by discing before the succeeding layer is placed. C. Where fill is to be placed next to existing fill, that fill shall be removed to un- weathered, dense material. Each layer shall be benched and discs as adjoining lifts are placed. Material hauling equipment shall be so routed over the embankment surface to distribute the added compaction afforded by the rolling equipment, and to prevent the formation of ruts on the embankment surface. D. The surface of the fill shall be graded to drain freely and maintained throughout construction. During the dumping and spreading process, all roots and debris and all rocks greater than four (4) inches in maximum dimension shall be removed from the embankment materials. No rocks shall be allowed within the final 8 inches of sub -grade. C&B No. 011913 02200-3 Earthwork 3.3 PROCESSING AND MOISTURE -DENSITY CONTROL A. Following the spreading and mixing of the soil on the embankment, it shall be processed by discing or pulverizing throughout its thickness to break up and reduce clod size, and provide additional blending of materials. Processing shall consist of - at least five passes of a fully penetrating disc plow or three passes of a fully penetrating roto-till pulverize. Additional passes of the processing equipment shall be performed as necessary to accomplish breaking up, reduction of clod size, and blending the fill. Each successive pass of the processing equipment shall be in a direction perpendicular to the previous pass, where working space permits. The maximum recommended loose lift thickness prior to compaction is eight (8) inches. The moisture content of the soil shall be adjusted, if necessary, by either aeration or the addition of water to bring the moisture content within the recommended range. Water required for sprinkling to bring the fill material to the proper moisture content shall be applied evenly through each layer. B. Any layers which become damaged by weather conditions shall be reprocessed to meet recommended requirements. The compacted surface of a layer of fill shall be lightly loosened by discing before the succeeding layer is placed. C. When the moisture content and the condition of the fill layer are satisfactory, compaction shall be performed with a heavy tamping foot rollerwith fully penetrating feet (feet long enough to penetrate into the previous lift) either towed by a crawler - type tractor or the self-propelled type. The tamping foot roller shall weigh no less than 2,000 pounds per linear foot of drum width. Vibratory tamping rollers are recommended for compacting sandier fill materials. D. The in -place density of the fill shall be no less than 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698, Standard Proctor, at a moisture content between optimum and 5 percentage. points wet of optimum moisture content for all low -permeability earth fill zones (liners, cores, etc.) And between 2 percentage points below to 5 percentage points above optimum moisture content for non - expansive earth fill zones and general earth fill zones. The moisture content and density of all fill material shall be maintained at the specified range of moisture and density. These moisture ranges represent the maximum limits. It is possible under some circumstances or with some soils, that a more narrow range, within the recommended limits, will be necessary to consistently achieve the recommended density. In order to help provide a homogeneous earth fill mass, a minimum of eight passes of the tamping foot roller shall be provided, even if the recommended density is achieved with fewer passes. E. Field density tests (including moisture content) shall be taken as each lift of fill material is placed. A minimum of one field density test per lift for each 3,000 square feet of compacted area is required. For small or critical areas, the frequency of testing shall be reduced to one test per 1,000 square feet or less. A minimum of two density tests shall be taken on each lift, regardless of size. The earthwork operations will be observed and tested on a continuing basis by an experienced geo-technician working in conjunction with the project geotechnical engineer. F. Each lift shall be compacted, tested and approved before another lift is added. The actual quality of the fill, as compacted, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor C&B No. 011913 02200-4 Earthwork and satisfactory results from the tests shall not be considered as a guarantee of the quality of the Contractor's filling operations. 3.4 STRUCTURE BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. The backfill material shall be placed in maximum 8-inch lifts and compacted to a density ranging between 95 and 100 percent of maximum Standard Proctor (ASTM D698) dry density at a moisture content ranging from 2 percentage points below optimum to 5 percentage points above optimum for the backfill materials. Caution shall .be exercised not to over compact the backfill. Hand -operated tampers or other lightweight compactors are required in the 5-foot area adjacent to the wall or other structure. Non -expansive earth fill shall be used for structure backfill. The lift thickness shall be reduced to 4 inches for those areas where hand -operated compactors are required. The backfill surface shall slope away from the structure on a gradient of 1.5 to 3 percent, such that surface water does not pond adjacent to the structure within the backfill zone. Topsoil and seeding shall be accomplished to help prevent drying and cracking of the backfill surface. The slope shall be maintained on a 1.5 to 3 percent gradient after topsoil is placed. 3.5 TRENCH BACKFILL A. Trench backfill for pipelines or other utilities shall be properly placed and compacted. Non -expansive earth fill shall be used for trench backfill. Free draining granular material shall not be used. The non -expansive soil backfill shall be placed in approximate 4 to 6 inch loose lifts. The density and moisture content shall be as recommended for non -expansive fill in subsection 3.3 Processing and Moisture - Density Control, of this specification, except all non -expansive backfill above the spring line of the pipes, in sections of the trench underneath pavements, shall be compacted to a minimum of 100 percent of maximum dry density (ASTM D698). In areas where granular backfill is used, it shall be compacted, with a vibratory compactor, to a minimum of 95 percent of maximum density as determined by ASTM D4253, at a moisture content that will facilitate compaction. A minimum of one field density test shall be taken per lift for each 150 linear feet of trench, with a minimum of two tests per lift. In restricted areas where compaction of non - expansive earth fill is not practical, flowable fill shall be used. B. Where lean concrete fill or flowable fill is used, each lift or section shall be allowed to reach initial set as required to provide the intended support, prior to the next lift or section. being placed. The lean concrete fill or flowable fill will not require compaction. 3.6 EARTH FILL AND FLOWABLE FILL MATERIALS The following information is provided to define the requirements for the various earth fill and flowable fill materials for construction of the project: A. NON -EXPANSIVE EARTH FILL: The non -expansive earth fill shall consist of soil materials with a liquid limit of 35 or less, a plasticity index between 8 and 20, a minimum of 35 percent passing the No. 200 sieve, a minimum of 85 percent "+ passing the No. 4 sieve, and which are free of organics or other deleterious materials. When compacted to the recommended moisture and density, the material C&B No. 011913 02200-5 Earthwork shall have a maximum free swell value of 0.5 percent and a maximum hydraulic conductivity (permeability) of 1 E-05 cm/sec, as determined by laboratory testing of remolded specimens of the actual materials proposed for the non -expansive earth fill. B. LOW -PERMEABILITY EARTH FILL: The low -permeability earth fill shall consist of soil materials classified as CH or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487, CLASSIFICATION OF SOILS FOR ENGINEERING PURPOSES. The materials also shall have a minimum liquid limit of 35, a minimum plasticity index of 18, a minimum of 85 percent passing the No. 4 sieve, and shall be free of organics or other deleterious materials. The material shall have a Percent Dispersion of less than 20 when tested in accordance with ASTM D4221, STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR DISPERSIVE CHARACTERISTICS OF CLAY SOIL BY DOUBLE HYDROMETER. When compacted to the recommended moisture and density, the material shall have a maximum hydraulic conductivity of 1 E-07 cm/sec, as determined by laboratory testing of remolded specimens of the actual materials proposed for the low -permeability fill. C. GENERAL EARTH FILL: The general earth fill shall consist of any soil materials which have a plasticity index of between 8 and 25 (inclusive), a percent passing the No. 200 sieve between 20 and 70, a minimum of 85 percent passing the No. 4 sieve, and which are free of organics or other deleterious material. D. FLOWABLE FILL: Flowable fill shall consist of a low -cement content ready -mix - material with high flow properties. The mix shall consist of approximately one part Portland cement to three parts fly ash, by weight with sufficient amounts of aggregate, high air generator or foaming agent, and water to produce a 28-day compressive strength in the range of 25 to 100 psi. The material shall have an initial set time (walkable surface) of 24 hours or less. The flowable fill shall provide full support to pipeline, adjacent earth walls, structures, or other such facilities, after 4 initial set, but shall be of a low enough compressive strength after reaching final strength to allow future excavation with ordinary small excavation equipment. The Contractor shall be required to submit an appropriate mix design along with laboratory test results on the flowable fill prior to beginning work on this item. E. COMPLIANCE TESTING: Representative samples of the actual soil materials proposed for use in the various earth fill zones shall be initially tested for compliance with the recommendations by the project geotechnical engineer, prior to use of the materials as fill. The testing program shall continue through construction as a t means to verify that the earth fill materials being placed continue to meet the recommended requirements. C&B No. 011913 02200-6 Earthwork 3.7 EARTH FILL ZONES Table 1 specifies for the various earth fill zones. TABLE 1 EARTH FILL ZONES ITEM ZONE EARTH FILL MATERIAL Embankment Fill for structures, pavements and flatwork Top 10 Feet Non -Expansive Embankment Fill for structures, pavement and flatwork Below 10 Feet General Structure Backfill All Non -Expansive Trench Backfill beneath present or future structures, pavements All (exclusive of lean and flatwork concrete or flowable fill Non -Expansive zones) Trench Backfill more than 5 feet To 1 foot above top of outside the limits of present or pipe (exclusive of lean future structures, pavements concrete or flowable fill and flatwork zones) Non -Expansive Trench Backfill more than 5 feet outside the limits of present or From 1 foot above top of future structures, pavements pipe and upward General and flatwork General Embankments more than 5 feet outside the limits of present and future structures, All General pavements and flatwork Other specific recommendations for earth fill materials are also presented in other sections of these Specifications. CEEB No. 011913 02200-7 Earthwork 3.8 ACCEPTANCE OF IMPORTED FILL A. Any soil imported from off -site sources shall be tested for compliance with the recommendations for the particular application and approved by the project geotechnical engineer prior to the materials being used. The Owner will also require the Contractor to obtain a written, notarized certification from the landowner of each proposed off -site soil borrow source stating that to the best of the landowner's knowledge and belief there has never been contamination of the borrow source site with hazardous or toxic materials. The certification shall be furnished to the Owner prior to proceeding to furnish soils to the site. The Contractor shall be required to provide the services of an EPA approved laboratory to perform, as a minimum, a - toxic contaminant scan of composite soil samples representative of each separate proposed borrow source, in accordance with EPA protocol for the list of contaminants contained in the 40 CFR, Part 261, Appendix Vill, by EPA methods SW-846, prior to importing the soil borrow. Any potential off -site borrow on which the test results indicate the presence of contaminants above background levels shall be rejected. Soil materials derived from the excavation of underground petroleum storage tanks shall not be used as fill on this project. 3.9 EXCAVATION A. Temporary slopes of 2 horizontal to 1-vertical and flatter shall be used for this site. In all cases, the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) must be followed. The Contractor shall monitor the slope stability by - observation and measurement, and to prevent excessive loads (especially heavy vibratory loads) from being applied to the slope. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the slopes in a safe condition during construction and _ the use of slope stability monitoring equipment is shall be used. C. The side slopes of excavations through the overburden soils shall be made in such Y a manner to provide for their stability during construction. Structures, pipelines or other facilities which are constructed prior to or during the currently proposed construction and which require excavation, shall be protected from loss of end bearing or lateral support. - D. Temporary construction slopes and/or permanent embankment slopes shall be protected from surface runoff water. Site grading shall be designed to allow - drainage at planned areas where erosion protection is provided, instead of allowing surface water to flow down unprotected slopes. E. Drainage: During excavation, maintain grades for complete drainage. Install temporary drains or drainage ditches as needed to intercept or divert surface water and prevent interference or delay the work. The pumping of water shall be included in the bid items. No separate payment will be make for drainage control and pumping. F. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable safety regulations concerning trench safety and excavations, including, but not limited to OSHA regulations. 3.10 DEWATERING OF EXCAVATIONS C&B No. 011913 02200-8 Earthwork A. Ground water may be encountered within the excavations. The Contractor shall be responsible for selecting and providing appropriate excavation dewatering systems for use during construction. - B. The dewatering method selected shall be capable of lowering and continuously maintaining the ground water surface a minimum of 3 feet below the base of all excavations throughout the construction period. The Contractor shall be required to provide adequate personnel and equipment to operate and maintain the dewatering system on a 24-hour basis, as required. ,W 3.11 SOIL CORROSION AND REACTION POTENTIAL A. The clays at this site may be corrosive. Standard construction practices for protecting metal pipe and similar facilities in contact with these soils shall be used. 3.12 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL A. All disturbed areas shall be protected from erosion and sedimentation during construction, and all permanent slopes and other areas subject to erosion or sedimentation shall be provided with permanent erosion and sediment control facilities. All applicable ordinances and codes regarding erosion and sediment control shall be followed. 3.13 SITE GRADING TOLERANCES A. Site grading to conform to Plans within the following tolerances: 1. Drainage ditches: 0.10 feet. 2. Excavations: 0.10 feet. 3. Compacted fill: 0.10 feet. 3.14 SURPLUS MATERIAL A. Dispose of unclassified material, surplus fill materials and excess topsoil as directed by the Owner. B. Leave stockpile areas and entire jobsite clean and raked, ready to receive seeding. END OF SECTION C&B No. 011913 02200-9 Earthwork SECTION 02211 SITE GRADING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. General excavation and fill operations, rough grading and contouring of site, and drainage ditches. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01010 — Construction Sequence Items. B. Section 02100 — Site Preparation. C. Section 02200 — Earthwork. D. Section 02828 — Hot -Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement. E. Section 02514 — Portland Cement Concrete Paving. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Test material to be used as compacted fill, whether excavated on -site or imported as offsite borrow, for compliance with the requirements of Section 02200 prior to placement. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Stockpile excavated materials and/or borrow in designated areas or in areas as approved by the Owner or Engineer. B. Lightly compact and slope top of stockpiles to prevent excessive erosion and ponding of water. 1.5 WORK AFFECTING EXISTING UTILITIES A. Utilities: 1. Protect above or below grade utilities which are to remain. 2. Do not take existing utilities out of service without specific authorization by the Owner. B. See related sections for coordination of Work with operation of existing facility. 1.6 PROTECTION C&B No. 011913 02211-1 Site Grading A. Underpin adjacent structures which may be damaged by excavation work, including service lines and pipe chases. B. Protect bottom of excavations and soil around and beneath foundations from frost and freezing. Grade around excavations to prevent surface water runoff into excavated areas. C. Grade area around structures to drain away from the structure and coordinate with existing grading. D. Repair damage, promptly, at no cost to Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Non -Expansive Earth Fill as defined by Section 02200. Use material excavated II on -site or borrow from an outside source approved by the Owner. B. Low Permeability earth Fill as defined by Section 02200. Use material excavated on -site or borrow material from an outside source as approved by the Engineer. C. General Earth Fill as defined by Section 02200. Use material excavated on -site or borrow material from an outside source as approved by the Engineer. D. Flowable Fill as defined by Section 02200. Unclassified Material: All -material excavated from site not meeting the requirements for topsoil, or fill material. ` PART 3 - EXECUTION -- 3.1 PREPARATION AND LAYOUT A. Establish extent of site grading area and elevation; designate and identify datum elevation. B. Set required lines and levels. C. Maintain bench marks, monuments and other reference points. 3.2 UTILITIES A. Known underground utilities are indicated on the Drawings. B. Before starting excavation, establish location and extent of underground utilities occurring in work area. �. C. Notify the Owner for direction for removal and/or relocation of lines which are in the way of excavation. C&B No. 011913 02211-2 Site Grading D. Maintain, re-route or extend as required, existing utility lines to remain which pass through work area with the approval of the Owner. E. Support and protect utility services uncovered by excavation. F. Accurately locate and record abandoned and active lines re-routed or extended, on Project Record Drawings. G. As excavation approaches utilities, hand excavate to uncover utilities. 3.3 EXCAVATION A. Before starting excavation, clear work area in accordance with Sections 02100 and 02200. B. Excavate in accordance with lines and levels required for construction of the Work. C. When excavation is through paved areas, cut pavement to provide a square, uniform edge with minimum disturbance of remaining pavement and replace in accordance with applicable Sections. D. Machine slope banks. E. Hand trim excavations and leave free from loose or organic matter. F. Provide and maintain surface and groundwater control until backfilling is complete. Keep excavations free from standing water. G. Do additional excavation only by written authorization of Owner or Engineer. H. Correct unauthorized excavation as directed, at no cost to Owner. -+ I. Excavation is not to interfere with normal 45 degree bearing splay of any foundation. J. Stockpile excavated material in areas designated by Owner according to classifications given under materials portion of this section. K. Do not disturb soil within branch spread of existing trees or shrubs that are to remain. 3.4 COMPACTED FILL �r A. Preparation for Fill Placement: 1. Do not start backfilling operations until structures have been inspected and backfilling authorized by Engineer. 2. Ensure areas to be filled are free from debris, snow, ice and water, and that ground surfaces are not in a frozen condition. 3. Do not place fill over existing sub -grade surfaces which are porous, wet or spongy. C&B No. 011913 02211-3 Site Grading 4. Compact existing sub -grade surface if densities are not equal to that required for materials. 5. Cut out soft areas of existing sub -grade. Backfill with Earth Fill material and compact to required density as specified in Section 02200. 6. Place compacted fill to grades, contours, levels and elevations shown on Drawings. B. Material Placement: 1. General Placement Requirements: a. Place fill systematically and as early as possible to allow maximum time for natural settlement and compaction. b. Place and compact trench backfill in continuous layers not exceeding six (6) inches loose depth. Lift thickness shall be reduced to four (4) inches for those areas where hand -operated compactors are required. Place Structural Backfill and Embankment Backfill in continuous layers not exceeding eight (8) inches loose depth. Use a method so as not to disturb or damage completed work constructed in the excavations. C. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain required compaction density. 2. Non -Expansive Earth Fill a. Use for top ten (10) feet embankment fill for structures, pavements and flatwork. b. Use for all trench backfill, exclusive of concrete or flowable fill, beneath present or future structures, pavements and flatwork. C. Use to one (1) foot above top of pipe for trench backfill more than five (5) feet outside limits of present or future structures, pavements and flat work. 3. General Earth Fill: a. Use for depths below ten (10) feet for embankment fill for structures, pavement and flatwork. b. Use from one (1) foot above top of pipe and upward for trench backfill more than five (5) feet outside the limits of present or future structures, pavements and flatwork. C. Use for all general embankments more than five (5) feet outside limits of present or future structures, pavements and flatwork. d. Use for Levee shells. 4. Topsoil: a. Use within limits of seeded areas after substantial completion of construction and site fill has been placed. b. The Contractor shall notify Owner twenty-four (24) hours prior to placement of topsoil. 5. Unclassified material: a. Dispose excess fill as directed by the Owner within Weatherford City limits. C. Compaction: 1. Compact fill materials listed below to required percentages of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698. C&B No. 011913 02211-4 Site Grading a. Compact fill under structures and roads to a minimum density of 95% of maximum Standard Proctor at a moisture content ranging from 2% below optimum to 5% above optimum. b. Compact non -expansive trench backfill above the springline of the pipes to a minimum of 100% of maximum dry density. C. Compact trench backfill to a minimum density of 95% maximum Standard Proctor. d. Compact granular backfill to a minimum of 95% of maximum density. e. Compact embankment backfill to a minimum density of 95% maximum Standard Proctor. f. Minimum frequency of density tests: 1) Trench Backfill - one test per lift for each 150 LF of trench. 2) Structural Backfill - one test per lift for each 3,000 SF. 3) Embankment Backfill - one test per lift for each 3,000 SF. 4) Embankment Backfill (for small critical areas) - one test per lift for each 1,000 SF. 3.5 TOLERANCES A. Site grading to conform to Plans within the following tolerances: 1. Drainage ditches: 0.10 feet. 2. Excavations: 0.10 feet. .- 3. Compacted fill: 0.10 feet. 3.6 SURPLUS MATERIAL A. The Contractor shall properly dispose of any unclassified material, surplus fill materials and excess topsoil unless otherwise directed by the Owner. Prior to disposal of materials, the location of disposal site shall be approved in writing by the Owner. B. Leave stockpile areas and entire jobsite clean and raked, ready to receive seeding. ri _W In C&B No. 011913 END OF SECTION 02211-5 Site Grading SECTION 02222 STRUCTURAL EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Excavation, backfill and compaction around structures. B. Site excavation and backfilling. C. Excavation support systems. D. Fill for over -excavation. E. Groundwater and surface water control. F. Excavation for paving and landscaping. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02200 — Earthwork 1.3 REFERENCES A. Referenced Standards: 1. ASTM D698 - Moisture Density Relationship of Soils using a 5.5 lb hammer and a 12-inch drop. 2. ANSI/ASTM C136 - Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. 3. ANSI/ASTM D1556 - Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the .. Sand -Cone Method. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Test material to be used as compacted fill, whether excavated onsite or imported as offsite borrow, for compliance with the requirements of Section 02200 prior to placement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Excavation Support System: CONTRACTOR'S option, suited for purpose. B. Fill Materials: Specification Section 02200. • C&B No. 011913 02222 -1 Structural Excavating, Backfilling And Compacting PART 3 - EXECUTION , 3.1 PREPARATION AND LAYOUT A. Establish extent of structural excavation by area and elevation; designate and identify datum elevation. B. Set required lines and levels. C. Maintain bench marks and other reference points. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protect, support and/or reroute existing utilities. , B. Protect adjacent work from damage by excavation and backfilling operations. C. Protect adjacent structures from undermining. i D. Support sides of excavations to prevent soils movement which may diminish the excavation width below width required for working. E. Support sides of excavation which interfere with normal 45 degree bearing splay of any foundation. 3.3 EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS A. Design, installation and maintenance of temporary excavation support systems is T the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. Provide support systems at no additional expense to OWNER. B. Design and construct excavation support systems in accordance with OSHA Standards and interpretations. 3.4 GROUNDWATER AND SURFACE WATER CONTROL A. CONTRACTOR is responsible for designing, providing and maintaining a system for control of groundwater. B. Lowering groundwater by pumping from open sumps within foundation limits is not permitted. C. Provide adequate swales, dams, ditches and grades to prevent surface water from flowing into excavation. i D. Maintain water control until structure is complete and backfill is brought to final grade unless otherwise directed by OWNER or ENGINEER. -� E. Groundwater or water from other sources may be present in excavations regardless of whether shown on boring logs. 3.5 EXCAVATION C&B No. 011913 02222 - 2 Structural Excavating, Backfilling And Compacting A. Excavate to lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Excavations shall be either braced or stored or laid back to a slope no steeper than two horizontal to one vertical. B. When excavation is essentially complete, verify depths and dimensions as well as soil classification and bearing capacity. C. Perform additional excavation only as approved by OWNER. D. Correct unauthorized excavation as directed at no cost to OWNER. E. Fill over -excavated areas under structure bearing surfaces with concrete or compacted sand fill as required by the OWNER.or ENGINEER. F. Excavate to within 1 foot of final grade, making final excavation immediately prior to placement of formwork and reinforcing steel. Limit area of final excavation to that which is being prepared for concrete placement. Limit exposure of final excavated surface to 24 hours. If excavated surface is exposed longer than 24 hours or is damaged due to weather conditions, CONTRACTOR shall excavate four inches and provide a concrete seal slab. Keep excavations free of standing water until concrete and backfill operations are complete. G. Seal slabs shall be used where called for on the Drawings or as specified in paragraph F above. 3.6 BACKFILLING A. Verify fill materials to be reused are acceptable. B. Verify foundation perimeter drainage installation has been inspected. C. Verify underground tanks are anchored to their own foundation to avoid floatation after backfilling. D. Backfill materials shall be as specified in Section 02200. E. Backfill around structures as soon as possible after approval by the OWNER or ENGINEER. F. Systematically backfill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not backfill over porous, wet, frozen or spongy subgrade surfaces. G. Maintain moisture content of backfill materials as specified in Section 02200. H. Do not backfill against walls until concrete has been in place at least seven days. I. Do not backfill against unsupported foundation walls or partially completed structures until after main floor slabs have been in place at least seven days and placement is approved by the OWNER or ENGINEER. J. Backfill simultaneously on each side of foundation walls and other structures to equalize soil pressures. Provide temporary bracing as required. C&B No. 011913 02222 - 3 Structural Excavating, Backfilling And Compacting K. Take special care to prevent wedging action against structure. Bench or serrate slopes bounding excavation. L. Make grade changes gradual. Blend slope into level areas. M. Surplus backfill materials shall be removed from site and disposed of in accordance with all applicable regulations. N. Tolerance for Top Surface of Backfilling: Plus or minus 0.1 foot from required elevations. Regardless of tolerances, grading shall be performed in such a manner as to prevent ponding of water on compacted surfaces. 3.7 COMPACTION A. Remove shoring and sheeting unless otherwise approved by the ENGINEER. The cost of abandoned shoring and sheeting is to be bome by the CONTRACTOR. B. Compact fill materials in accordance with Section 02200. C. Remove and replace improperly compacted backfill material at no cost to A OWNER. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL -. A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of the General Conditions. B. Tests and analysis of fill material will be performed in accordance with ANSI/ASTM and with the General Conditions. C. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ANSI/ASTM D698 and with the General Conditions. D. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and retest at no cost to OWNER. E. Frequency of Tests: 1. Density and moisture testing shall be in accordance with Section 02200. F. Proof roll compacted fill surfaces under structures and paving as specified in Section 02200. 3.9 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect finished Work under provisions of General Conditions. B. Recompact fills subjected to vehicular traffic. 3.10 CLEAN UP C&B No. 011913 02222 - 4 Structural Excavating, Backfilling And Compacting UN A. Remove surplus fill materials to onsite spoil areas as directed by the OWNER or ENGINEER. END OF SECTION C&B No. 011913 02222 - 5 Structural Excavating, Backfilling And Compacting SECTION 02270 EROSION CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Provide materials, labor and equipment necessary to minimize erosion, siltation and pollution on the project covered by these specifications. w B. For this project, a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) has been prepared and will be available to the Contractor. C. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the SWPPP. The Contractor shall keep himself fully informed of all regulations which in any way affect the conduct of the work. In the event of conflict between applicable regulations and the requirements of these specifications, the more restrictive requirement shall apply. D. Related Work Described Elsewhere: 1. Earthwork - Section 02200 2. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) E. Related Documents: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan apply to the work of this section. W. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Codes and Standards: Erosion and sedimentation control shall conform to the requirements of the Texas General Permit TXR 150000 under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit in accordance with the requirements of General Conditions. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, installation instructions and general recommendations for each major product required. Data shall confirm that proposed products comply with requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to installation and fabrication, where possible. Do not delay job progress. B. Installer: A firm specializing and experienced in the installation of erosion control devices in continuous business in the area for not less than 2 years. C. Qualifications of Workmen: Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and. who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods for proper performance of the work of this section. C&B No. 011913 02270-1 Erosion Control D. The Contractor will utilize supervisor trained in the management of SWPPP implementation and erosion control measures installation and maintenance inspection. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Contractor shall install the erosion control measures as shown on the plans and receive approval from the Engineer after the installation has been completed prior to the start of any grading activity. The Contractor will be responsible for stabilization operations. B. Protection: 1. Use all means necessary to protect materials of this Section and all utilities, pavements, walls and curbs on or off the site before, during and after the performance of work on this Section. 2. Obtain approval for access to public right-of-way and comply with all requirements necessary for the performance of the work. . 3. In the event of damage to erosion control devices, make all repairs, replacements, or pay all costs necessary for repair or replacement necessary to satisfaction of Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Barricades: Barricade open excavations and post with warning lights. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL: A. Silt fences and other erosion control devices shall conform to the details shown on the plans. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution throughout the life of the project to prevent the eroding of soil and the siltation of ditches, ground surfaces, or other property. Should any erosion or siltation occur, the Contractor shall take immediate action to correct the situation. The Contractor shall remove and replace onto the site at a location uphill from erosion control devices material washed into streams, ditches, or other property. The Contractor shall be liable for any damage to private or public property resulting from insufficient erosion and siltation control measures. B. Construction operations in streams, ditches and water impoundments shall be restricted to those areas which must be entered for the performance of work shown on the plans. Excavated material shall not be deposited in streams, ditches, or impoundments except that temporary earth dikes may be used when approved by the Engineer, but such dikes shall be completely removed in such manner as to prevent siltation. C&B No. 011913 02270-2 Erosion Control C. Temporary and permanent erosion control measures shall be provided as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Temporary sediment control devices must be installed to the extent possible prior to initiation of grading and excavation. The devices must be maintained at a minimum of 50% of the original sediment storage capacity and shall remain in place after the Contractor completes his work. D. The Engineer may limit the area over which excavation, embankment and grading operations are performed whenever the Contractor's operations are not effectively minimizing erosion and/or siltation. E. The Contractor shall take every precaution throughout the life of the project to prevent the pollution of streams and water impoundments. Pollutants such as chemicals, fuels, lubricants, bituminous, sewage and other harmful waste shall not be discharged into or alongside streams or impoundments, or into natural or f manmade channels leading thereto. The Contractor shall also comply with all Federal, State, and local water and air pollution laws, and the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) for this project. 3.2 CLEANING A. Cleanup and Restoration: All erosion control measures must be maintained and cleaned out as specified. This includes the removal of all temporary erosion control devices, clean-up of all construction and excess materials and debris from the project site. Clean-up is incidental to the project. .0 K" .. s C&B No. 011913 END OF SECTION 02270-3 Erosion Control ..A SECTION 02500 TUNNELING PART GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install pipe casings or tunnel liners by: boring, tunneling or micro -tunneling. This section sets forth the requirements for trench -less (no -dig) construction of utility lines crossing roadways or railroad or other structures. B. Tunneling activities shall include, but not be limited to: excavation; handling, removal, and disposal of all materials encountered in the tunnel; installation of initial support; groundwater control and disposal; tunnel ventilation, lighting and wiring; safety facilities; installation of final lining; and all other appurtenant work necessary to complete the work in accordance with the Specifications and Drawings. C. The Contractor shall determine the excavated size of the tunnel based on construction requirements, the specified line and grade tolerances for installing the pipeline, and the finished dimensions and limitations shown on the Drawings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design Criteria For Tunnel Liner Plate: The tunnel liner plate shall be designed by the Manufacturer in accordance with the methods and criteria as specified in AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, Section 16. Soil parameters shall be determined by the Tunnel Liner Plate Manufacturer. The tunnel liner plate shall be designed to allow a maximum deflection of 3%. The thickness of the tunnel liner plate specified herein is the minimum acceptable and shall be increased as necessary to obtain adequate joint strength, stiffness, buckling strength, and resistance to deflection. B. Regulations: Perform all work in accordance with the current applicable regulations of all federal, state and local agencies. Comply with all applicable provisions of State of Texas and 29 CFR Part 1926, Subpart S, Underground Construction by OSHA. In the event of conflict among applicable regulations, comply with the more restrictive applicable regulation. C. Installer's Qualifications: Installation shall be by a competent, experienced contractor or sub -contractor. The installation contractor shall have a satisfactory experience record of at least ten (10) years engaged in similar work of equal scope. D. Performance Requirements: Lateral or vertical variation in the final position of the pipe casing or tunnel liner from the line and grade established by the engineer shall be permitted only to the extent of 1" in 100', provided that such variation C&B No. 011913 02500-1 Tunneling shall be regular and only in the direction that will not detrimentally affect the function of the carrier pipe. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01340, SUBMITTALS. B. Tunneling shall be performed by a qualified tunneling contractor with at least 10 years of verifiable experience. Contractor qualifications shall be submitted with their bid. C. Submittals shall include the record data for the tunnel liner plate and fasteners from the tunnel liner plate manufacturer. Record data shall include calculations for the design of the tunnel liner plate signed and sealed by an engineer registered in the State of Texas. D. Shop drawing detailing the connection between tunnel liner plate and the carrier pipe. 1.4 STANDARDS A. AWWA C-202 "Steel Water Pipe 6 inches and Larger" B. AWWA C-206 "Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe" C. AWWA C-210 "Liquid Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines" D. AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, 1989 E. AASHTO M-167 F. AASHTO M-190 "Bituminous Coated Corrugated Metal Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arches" G. ASTM A-36 "Structural Steel' H. ASTM A-123 "Zinc (Hot Dipped Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel } Products" I. ASTM A-135 "Electric - Resistance - Welded Steel Pipe" _. J. ASTM A-139 "Electric - Fusion (Arc) - Welded Steel Pipe" K. ASTM A-153 "Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware" L. ASTM A-307 "Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile" _ C&B No. 011913 02500-2 Tunneling 1.5 M. ASTM A-449 "Quenched and Tempered Steel Bolts and Studs" N. ASTM A-569 "Steel, Carbon, Hot -Rolled Sheet and Strip, Commercial Quality" O. ASTM A-570 "Hot Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet and Strip, Structural Quality" P. ASTM C-76 "Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe" Q. ASTM D-698 "Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures, Using 5.5-lb Rammer and 12 Inch Drop" R. ASTM D-4254 "Test Methods for Minimum Index Density of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density" JOB CONDITIONS; PERMITS AND EASEMENT REQUIREMENTS A. Where the work is in the public right-of-way or railroad company right-of-way, the Owner will secure the appropriate permits or easements. The Contractor shall observe regulations and instructions of the right-of-way Owner as to the methods of performing the work and take precautions for the safety of the property and the public. Negotiations and coordination with the right-of-way Owner shall be carried on by the Contractor, not less than five (5) days prior to the time of his intentions to begin work on the right-of-way. B. Comply with the requirements of the permit and/or easement, a copy of which is included in the Appendix. If required by the Right -of -Way Owner, obtain Protective Liability Insurance in the amount required by the particular company or other insurance as is specified in the permit at no cost to the Owner. Acquire a permit, agreement, or work order from the right-of-way owner as is required. C. Construction along roads and railroads shall be performed in such manner that the excavated material be kept off the roads and railroads at all times, as well as, all operating equipment. Construction shall not interfere with the operations of the roads and railroads. D. Barricades, warning signs, and flagmen, when necessary and specified, shall be provided by the Contractor. E. No blasting shall be allowed. Existing pipelines are to be protected. The Contractor shall verify location and elevation of any pipe lines and telephone cable before proceeding with the construction and plan his construction .so as to avoid damage to the existing pipe lines or telephone cables. Verification of location of existing utilities shall be the complete responsibility of the Contractor. C&B No. 011913 02500-3 Tunneling 1.6 OPTIONS A. Bore And Tunnel Methods: Unless specified otherwise, the Contractor shall use tunneling for the installation method of selected tunnel liner material as identified in the next section. The Contractor shall be fully responsible to insure the methods used are adequate for the protection of workers, pipe, property, and the public. Provide a finished product as required. B. Tunneling shall be by Tunnel Boring Machine (TBM), Hand Tunneling, or Microtunneling. Costs for tunneling will be reflected in the unit bid price for installation of pipe by tunnel. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Minimum 42-inch Steel Casing Pipe: Steel casing pipe shall have a minimum yield strength of 36,000 psi. Casing shall meet ASTM A-36, ASTM A-570, ASTM A-135, ASTM A-139, or approved equal. Pipe shall be coated and lined in accordance with AWWA C-210 or approved equal. Pipe joints shall be welded in accordance with AWWA C-206. After pipe is welded, coating and lining shall be repaired. Unless specified otherwise, the minimum wall thickness of steel casing pipe shall be 0.5-inch. B. Tunnel Liner Plate: Corrugated metal tunnel liner plates shall be fabricated from uncoated steel meeting ASTM A1011. Material to be galvanized shall be zinc coated in accordance with ASTM A-123, except that the zinc shall be applied at a rate of 2.0 oz. per square foot on each side. Tunneling plates and fasteners shall comply with the requirements of AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges. Steel plates shall have a minimum tensile strength of 42,000 psi and minimum yield strength 28,000 psi Liner plates shall be punched for bolting on both longitudinal and circumferential seams, fabricated to permit complete erection from the inside of the tunnel. a. Bolts and nuts shall be galvanized to conform to ASTM B-695. Bolts and nuts shall be 5/8" in diameter and length as recommended by the manufacturer. Bolts shall conform to ASTM A 449, Type 1 or ASTM A 307. For longitudinal seams, bolts shall be A 449, Type 1, for plate thickness equal to or greater than 0.209. For plate thickness less than 0.209, the bolts shall be A 307, Grade A. All circumferential bolts may be A 307, Grade A. Nuts shall conform to ASTM A 563, Grade A, Hex. Galvanizing when required shall be in accordance with the requirements of ASTM B-695, Class 50. b. Plates shall be of uniform fabrication and those intended for one size tunnel shall be interchangeable. Welding of tunnel liner plate shall not be allowed. The material used for the construction of these plates shall be new, unused, and suitable for the purpose intended. Workmanship shall be first class in every respect. Minimum thickness of tunnel liner plate shall be as follows: C&B No. 011913 02500-4 Tunneling f 9in-muni Thickm ' , Eri, _�Wf- - 48" J 0.164 2.2 MIXES A. Cement Mortar: Consisting of one (1) part cement to two (2) parts clean sand with sufficient water to make a thick workable mix. B. Pressure Grout Mix: Comprised of 1 cubic foot of cement and 3.5 cubic feet of clean fine sand with sufficient water added to provide a free flowing thick slurry' - If desired to maintain solids in the mixture in suspension, one cubic foot of commercial grade bentonite may be added to each 12 to 15 cubic feet of the slurry. C. Cellular Grout Mix: The cellular grout shall be a low -density, non -shrink grout composed of Type 11 Portland cement, water, and a performed foam. The cellular grout shall have the following characteristics: 1. Minimum 28-day Compressive Strength = 2000 psi 2. Slung (West) Density = 50 to 60 pcf 3. Cement = Type II, per ASTM C150 4. Water = Potable 5. Foam = Per ASTM C869 6. Water/Cement Ratio = 0.56 to 0.60 2.3 MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS A. Tunnel Liner Plate: Manufactured by Contech, Armco Steel Corp., Commercial Shearing, Inc. or approved equal. B. Casing Insulators: Insulators shall consist of pre -manufactured steel bands with plastic lining and plastic runners. Insulators shall fit snug over the carrier pipe and position the carrier pipe approximately in the center of the casing pipe, to provide adequate clearance between the carrier pipe bell and the casing pipe. Fasteners for insulators shall be stainless steel or cadmium -plated. Insulators shall be as manufactured by Cascade Waterworks Manufacturing Company or Pipeline Seal and. Insulators, Incorporated or Perry Equipment Corporation. C&B No. 011913 02500-5 Tunneling PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES A. Excavation And Backfill Of Access Pits 1. Do not allow excavation over the limits of the bore or tunnel as specified. Trench walls of access pits adjacent to the bore or tunnel face shall be truly vertical. Shore the trench walls as necessary to protect workmen, the public, structures, roadways, and other improvements. . 2. Excavations within the right-of-way and not under surfacing shall be backfilled and consolidated by tamping in 6" horizontal layers to 95% of maximum density as measured by ASTM D-698. Surplus material shall be removed from the right-of-way and the excavation finished to original grades. Backfill pits immediately after the installation of the carrier pipe is completed. If carrier pipe is not installed immediately after casing pipe installation, the Right -of -Way Owner may require the access pits be temporarily backfilled until installation of carrier pipe. 3. Where seeding or sodding is disturbed by excavation or backfilling operations, such areas shall be replaced by seeding or sodding as specified. B. Installing Carrier Pipe In Casings 1. Pipe to be installed within the casing or tunnel liner shall meet the requirements for this type of pipe as specified. Where indicated, place, align, and anchor guide rails and/or casing insulators inside the casing. If guide rails are used, place cement mortar on both sides of the rails. 2. Pull or skid pipe into place inside the casing. Lubricants such as flax soap or drilling mud may be used to ease pipe installation. Do not use petroleum products, oil or grease for this purpose. 3. After installation of the carrier pipe, mortar inside joint and prepare w outside of the joints as applicable. Verify electrical discontinuity between the carrier pipe and tunnel line. If continuity exists, remedy the short prior to applying grout. 4. After carrier pipe installation is complete, the annular space between the carrier pipe and tunnel liner shall be completely filled with grout. The - Contractor shall take precautions to prevent flotation of the carrier pipe during grouting. Exterior joint coating (heat shrink sleeves) is required for polyurethane or Pritec coated pipe. Provide necessary bulkheads as recommended by the grout supplier. If pressure is used to apply grout, verify the maximum allowable pressure with . the carrier pipe manufacturer, and do not exceed this pressure. C&B No, 011913 02500-6 Tunneling C. Free Air System: If required by OSHA standards, free -air systems shall be installed and maintained. D. Installation Of Pressure Grout Mix 1. Install pressure grout mix in the void space between the outside of the casing pipe or tunnel liner and the excavation. For bore or jacks with casing pipe, install pressure grout mix immediately upon completion of setting casing pipe. For tunnel liner plate, install pressure grout mix at the end of each work day or more often as conditions warrant. 2. Unless specified otherwise, install pressure grouting through grout fittings for the casing pipe or tunnel liner plate 42" in diameter or larger. Grout fittings shall be fabricated into casing pipe and tunnel liner plate at a maximum spacing of 6'. Remove and plug grout fittings after pressure grouting. 3. Install pressure grout from the low end for all crossings where grout fittings are not used, Seal the low end and pressure grout until grout is extruded from the opposite end. 3.2 TUNNEL LINER PLATE A. Liner plate shall be assembled in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Longitudinal seams shall be staggered between rings. Voids occurring between liner plate and .existing structure or ground shall be grouted until completely filled. Grout material and method of grouting shall be approved by the engineer prior to the commencement of work. B. Install the tunnel liner plates to the limits indicated and as specified in AASHTO Standards Specifications for Highway Bridges, Section 11-26, Construction of Tunnels Using Steel Tunnel Liner Plates. Assemble steel liner plates into circumferential rings. Liner plates shall be of the type to permit segments to be installed completely from inside the tunnel or bore. C. Accurately maintain the face of the excavation inside the tunnel so as to allow the absolute minimum of void space outside the liner plate. Maintain a maximum of 1/2" tolerance between the outside of the liner plate and the excavation wherever -� possible. The tunnel diameter shall not be greater than 2" larger than the liner outer diameter. D. Liner plate installation shall proceed as closely as possible behind the excavation. Excavation shall at no time be more than 6" ahead of the required space to install an individual tunnel liner plate. Use breast plates, poling boards • or other suitable devices to maintain accurate excavation with the minimum of unsupported excavation at any time. Tunnel liner plate shall not be allowed to deflect vertically during installation. C&B No. 011913 02500-7 Tunneling 3.3 MEASURE AND PAYMENT Measure and payment of tunneling shall be included in the unit bid price per linear feet of the selected pipe material. This unit bid price will include tunneling, tunnel liner installation, pipe material and installation, grouting of annulus space between tunnel liner and outside earth as well as annulus space between tunnel liner and the sewer pipe END OF SECTION C&B No. 011913 02500-8 Tunneling SECTION 02520 TUNNEL SUPPORT SYSTEMS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. The work specified in this Section includes requirements for tunnel initial support systems. B. Initial support systems shall provide sufficientcapacity to support the ground safely and maintain the shape of the tunnel without encroaching beyond the lines shown on the Drawings and within the specified tolerances, and to avoid ground subsidence until pipeline construction is complete and ready to accept loading. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 02500 - Tunneling. 1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. Shotcrete: American Concrete Institute, ACI 506.2-77, "Specification for Materials, Proportioning, and Application of Shotcrete (ACI 506.2-77) (Revised 1983)." B. ASTM Standards: 1. ASTM A 36 Specification for Structural Steel. _. 2. ASTM A 185 Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ASTM A 325 Specification for High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. 4. ASTM A 615 Deformed and Plain Billet - Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 5. ASTM A 563 Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. 6. ASTM F 436 Hardened Steel Washers. 1.4 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Initial supports shall be designed for appropriate loading conditions, including but not limited to: handling and installation stresses; loads imposed by subsequent construction operations; rock, soil and water loads; ground subsidence and convergence control; grouting; and other conditions of service. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit the Shop Drawings and calculations listed below. All design calculations shall be prepared and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Texas. C&B No. 011913 02520-1 Tunnel Support Systems 1. Drawings and calculations for any modifications or alternatives to the details indicated on the Drawings. PART 2 MATERIAL PART 3 - EXECUTION 1.1 GENERAL A. Install initial support as specified below for the soft ground and rock tunnel sections. Any damaged or displaced initial support and any improperly installed initial support shall be removed and replaced or repaired immediately in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER. All elements of the initial support system shall be maintained in good condition until pipeline construction is complete. Any defect which threatens the satisfactory performance of the initial support shall be repaired immediately. l B. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for developing procedures to support the ground in a safe manner, for maintaining stability of the ground, and for safety during excavation and support installation. PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate measurement and payment will be made for Tunnel Support Systems. The cost of the supply and installation of tunnel supports shall be incidental to the price bid v for the item of which they are a component part. END OF SECTION C&B No. 011913 02520-2 Tunnel Support Systems SECTION 02540 MONITORING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish, install, and maintain monitoring systems. B. Secure all permits required to access property for installation of monitoring systems. C. Collect and interpret data, maintain records of data and furnish copies of data and interpretation to the Engineer. 1,2 WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 02500 Tunneling. B. Section 02520 Tunnel Support Systems. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Personnel Qualifications for Instrument Installation 1. Employ qualified technicians with a minimum of 2 years experience in the installation of instrumentation similar to that specified in this section. 2. Employ a professional engineer to supervise and direct technicians and " be responsible for data collection and interpretation as required by the Drawings and Specifications. 1.4 TOLERANCES A. Install surface settlement points, subsurface settlement points and convergence points at 100' intervals. B. Should actual field conditions prohibit installation at the location and elevations specified in this section, obtain prior acceptance from the Engineer for new instrument location and elevation. C. Instrument Manufacturer: Each instrument specified herein is to be the product of an acceptable manufacturer currently engaged in manufacturing geotechnical instrumentation hardware of the specified types. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Procedures: Prior to proceeding with the work submit the following: ' C&B No. 011913 02540-1 Monitoring Systems 1. Qualifications of the personnel shall be in accordance with these specifications. 2. Proposed schedule and procedure for installing instruments and for performing the other work of this section. 3. Full manufacturer's information on each instrument type used, including calibration and monitoring procedures. 4. Materials and mix proportions for bentonite-cement grout and cement grout, when required. 5. The manufacturer's recommended procedure for the installation of each instrument. B. Working Drawings: After the instrument has been installed, submit the following: 1. Working Drawings showing the installed location of each instrument, prepared as specified hereinafter including the following installation data: Instrument identification number (including reference to instrumentation type), date, station and offset, anchor, tip or sensor elevation and instrument length, if applicable. Working Drawings showing details of installed instruments, accessories and protective measures, showing fully all dimensions and indicating material used. C. Data and Interpretation: Submit information to Engineer at least monthly in a Y format approved by the Engineer. 1.6 DESCRIPTION OF INSTRUMENTS A. Surface Settlement Points 1. Inscribed marking, masonry nail driven flush with surface, or expansion anchored bolts installed into existing concrete or asphalt at predetermined locations to measure settlement. 2. Settlement is determined by optical survey methods. B. Subsurface Settlement Markers 1. Fixed steel pipes installed from the ground surface, as shown in the _ Drawings, at predetermined locations to measure settlement below the ground surface. 2. Settlement is determined by optical survey methods. C. Tunnel Convergence Points 1. Convergence anchors shall be eyelet or hook type installed at C&B No. 011913 02540-2 Monitoring Systems predetermined stations within the tunnel in sets of 3 as show on the Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Subsurface Settlement Marker 1. Outer pipe casing shall be Schedule 40 with a 3-inch outside diameter. 2. Inner pipe shall be 1-inch inside diameter Schedule 40, with a stainless steel pipe cap for read point and 1/8 inch steel plate for spider magnets. 3. Protective covers shall be cast iron curb boxes conforming to ASTM A48, Class 30. B. Tunnel Convergence Points 1.. Anchors to be eyelet or hook type similar to those made by Terrametrics, Slope Indicator Company, Irad Gage, and Geokon or an approved equal. 2. Anchors in rock shall be attached to threaded bar, approximately 12 inches in length, embedded in the rock. Epoxy resin or cementetious grout shall be used to embed the bar. 3. Anchors in soft -ground sections shall be welded directly to the steel ribs. C. Tape Extensometer: Tape extensometer and calibration table shall be compatible with convergence anchors and similar to those made by Terrametrics, ` Slope Indicator Company, Irad Gage, and Geokon or an approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Purpose of Monitoring System: To determine ground behavior for comparison with design assumptions and to provide a timely warning for the implementation of remedial measures to prevent possible damage to structures, facilities, equipment, and utilities. B. Access to Instruments: Provide and facilitate safe access to instruments for the Engineer. 3.2 INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Surface Settlement Points shall be installed and initial reading made prior to the No start of -any excavation. B. Subsurface Settlement Points shall be installed and initial readings made a C&B No. 011913 02540-3 Monitoring Systems minimum of 500 feet in advance of the tunnel heading. C. Convergence Points shall be installed within 15 feet of the tail of the shield. 3.3 INSTRUMENT LOCATIONS A. The location of all instrumentation shall be approved by the engineer. 3.4 METHOD OF INSTALLATION A. General: Install instruments as recommended by the manufacturer and/or engineer. 3.5 INSTRUMENT PROTECTION, MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT A. Protect and maintain instruments by draining water or flushing debris from under protective covers, and keeping protective covers locked and water -tight. B. Repair or replace damaged or missing instrument components or entire instruments as required within five days of notification, at no additional cost. 3.6 REMOVAL OF INSTRUMENTS A. Prior to final acceptance of the work and subject to review of the Engineer, remove and dispose of the top two feet of the subsurface settlement markers together with the protective boxes and covers and plug remaining open portions of casing with grout or concrete. B. Backfill casing excavations with concrete or suitable backfill material . C. Construct new pavement patches in paved areas of the same material and to the same thickness as existing adjacent pavement. D. Restore disturbed or damaged surfaces to the conditions existing prior to installation of the instruments. 3.7 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Payment for instrumentation specified in this section will not be a separate pay item. END OF SECTION C&B No. 011913 02540-4 Monitoring Systems SECTION 02580 TUNNEL GROUTING PART 1 - GENERAL - 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The work specked in this Section includes the requirements for contact grouting around the final lining in the tunnel. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 02570 Pipe -in -Tunnel Installation. B. Section 02560 Concrete in Tunnel. 1.3 SUBMITTALS + Submit the following in accordance with the SPECIFICATIONS. A. Shop Drawings: Submit details of equipment, grout mixes, contact grouting procedures, and proposed sequence. B. Reports and Records: Maintain and submit daily logs of grouting operations, including pressures, volumes, and grout mixes. 1.4 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS A. ASTM Standards: 1. ASTM C144 - Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GROUT MATERIALS A. Cement: Conform to Section 03300, "Concrete". B. Sand: 1. General: Conform to ASTM C144 except where modified in the following subparagraphs. 2. Fineness modulus: Between 1.50 and 2.00. 3. Grading requirements: C&B No. 011913 02580-1 Tunnel Grouting Sieve Sizes Percentage Passing by Weight No. 8 100 No. 16 95 - 100 No. 30 60 - 85 No. 50 20 - 50 No. 100 10 - 30 No. 200 0 - 5 C. Compressive Strength: Minimum strength of 100 psi in 24 hours. D. Fluidifier: Fluidifier shall be Interplast-N manufactured by Sika Chemical Corporation, Lynhurst, New Jersey, or approval equal. The fluidifier shall contain a shrinkage compensator, and shall not contain bentonite or other clay -like substances. E. Admixtures: Other admixtures may be used subject to the acceptance of the ENGINEER to improve the pumpability, control time of set, to hold sand in suspension, and to prevent segregation and bleeding. Admixtures that promote steel corrosion will not be allowed. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 CONTACT GROUTING A. General: Pipe -in -Tunnel Alternative: Contact grout shall be used to fill any voids between the final lining and concrete backfill, between the concrete backfill and initial support, and behind initial support. Grout shall be placed through pipes provided in the final lining as shown on the Drawings or as accepted by the ENGINEER. Contact grouting shall be performed as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. Contact grouting shall not be performed until the concrete backfill has achieved sufficient strength to withstand the maximum grout pressure but in no case shall this be less than 72 hours after placement of concrete backfill. 2. Cast -in -Place Alternative: Contact grout shall be used to fill any voids between the final cast -in -place lining and the surrounding initial supports and behind initial support. Grout shall be placed through pipes provided in the final lining as shown on the Drawings or as accepted by the ENGINEER. Contact grouting shall be performed as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. Contact grouting shall not be performed until the concrete lining has achieved sufficient strength to withstand the maximum grout pressure but in no case shall this be less than 7 days after placement of concrete lining. B. Equipment: Equipment for mixing and injecting grout shall be of an approved type and of adequate size to satisfactorily mix and agitate the grout and force it into the grout holes, in a continuous flow at the specified pressure. Pumps a■ C&B No. 011913 02580-2 Tunnel Grouting shall be capable of continuously developing a uniform pressure of 30 pounds per square inch at the grout hole connection. 2. Arrangement of grouting equipment shall provide for continuous circulation of grout in the system and shall permit accurate pressure control. Equipment and hoses shall be kept clean by constant circulation of grout and by periodic flushing with water. 3. The mixer shall be provided with a meter for measuring the amount of mixing water used. The meter shall be calibrated to read in cubic feet to the nearest one -tenth of a cubic foot. 4. In addition to the grout mixer, mechanical agitator tanks equipped with suitable screens shall be used. 5. Two pressure gauges shall be provided, one at the grout pump and one at the manifold hookup at the collar of each hole being grouted. The accuracy of the gauges shall be periodically checked with an accurately calibrated high pressure gauge. 6. Equipment and grouting procedure shall be such that grouting pressures at the grout hole connection in excess of the maximum specified shall not occur. Suitable stop valves shall be provided at the collar of each hole for use in maintaining pressure as required until the grout has set. 7. The grouting equipment shall be provided with a meter to determine the volume of grout injected. The meter shall be calibrated to the nearest one - tenth of a cubic foot. 8. The grouting equipment shall. be maintained in satisfactory operating condition to ensure continuous and efficient grouting operations. 9. Use hose for grouting operations having an inside diameter not less than 1-1/2 inches, and capable of withstanding the maximum pressures to be used. 10. Grout holes through the backfill shall be drilled with rotary or percussion type drilling equipment. C. Grout Composition: Cement grout shall consist of Portland Cement, fluidifier, and water in the proportions specified herein or as accepted by the ENGINEER. Sand may be added to the grout mix in instances of very high grout takes as accepted by the ENGINEER but in no case shall the grout mix contain more than three parts sand to one. part cement by weight. Anticipate that the addition of sand will require additional fluidifier to be added to the grout mix. Grout mix (water/ cement) ratios shall be expressed in cubic feet of water per cubic foot of cement (94 lb bag). The water -cement ratio by volume shall be varied to meet the characteristics of the holes as they develop during the contact grouting operation. The range of water -cement ratios shall be between 2:1 and 0.75:1 by volume. The use of 2:1 C&B No. 011913 02580-3 Tunnel Grouting mixes will be allowed only in attempts to grout holes which show a very low rate of grout take. The grout shall contain a fluidifier, in the proportion of one percent by weight of cementious material or as recommended by the manufacturer. All grout mixes shall be recirculated in the grout lines when any initial or new mix ' is batched or after adding water, fluidifter, or sand to the mix. The mix shall be recirculated for at least 2 minutes after return prior to pumping the grout into the grout hole. D. Mixing and Injection of Grout: All materials shall be free of lumps when put into the mixer and the grout mix shall be constantly agitated. Grout shall flow unimpeded and shall completely fill all voids. Grout not injected after 90 minutes of mixing shall be wasted. 2. No contact grouting operations shall be performed until all concrete backfill within a distance of 50 feet of the hole has been cured in place for at least 72 hours for Pipe -in -Tunnel alternate or 7 days for the Cast -in -Place alternate and has achieved sufficient strength to withstand the maximum grouting pressure. �- 3. Drill 1-1/2 inch minimum diameter grout holes through the concrete backfill and any initial support and at least 2 inches into rock or undisturbed soil. Grout holes shall be drilled through nipples threaded onto each grout coupling to avoid damaging the threads of the grout couplings. Grout holes used for return shall be redrilled prior to grouting. 4. The locations of grout holes are shown on the Drawings. Drilling grout holes through pipe, except through attached grout pipes and couplings, will not be permitted. 5. Make connections for injecting grout at each hole drilled for each pipe coupling. The injection of grout shall be performed continuously, filling all spaces and voids and avoiding disturbance of grout which has taken initial set. The grouting process shall be operated and controlled so that the grout will be delivered uniformly and steadily. -- 6. Grouting shall progress from grout pipe to grout pipe in the sequence indicated in the accepted Shop Drawings. 7. 1n general, grouting will be considered completed when less than one cubic foot of grout can be pumped in 15 minutes under the specified maximum pressure. After the grouting at any grout pipe is finished, the pressure shall be maintained by means of a stopcock or other suitable device until the grout has set. Fill any voids left after removing the packer or grout pipe with mortar. Mortar shall be of a stiff consistency mixed in the proportions of one part cement to 2 parts sand. Replace grout plugs in pipe at the completion of grouting. Depressions or recesses in the lining at the couplings shall be filled with mortar. - C&B No. 011913 02580-4 Tunnel Grouting 61 8. The minimum grouting pressure shall be at least 10 pounds per square inch (psi) at the grout hole collar connection, unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. 9. The maximum grouting pressure shall not exceed 20 pounds per square inch (psi) at the grout hole collar connection. 10. All grouting operations are to be performed in the presence of the ENGINEER. Notify the ENGINEER at least 24 hours in advance of the startup of a grouting operation. 11. Grout couplings shall be attached to the pipe at the fabricating plant as shown on the Drawings. 12. Drilling of grout holes shall follow within 100 feet of the concrete backfill placement so as to test the degree of completeness of the backfilling. If incomplete backfilling is revealed by the drilling operations, modify backfill placement procedures to ensure that all voids are completely filled. E. Cleanup: 1. Take all the necessary precautions to protect and preserve the interior lining from damage. Any damage to the lining caused by or occurring during the grouting operations shall be repaired as accepted by the ENGINEER. The interior lining shall be maintained smooth and free from defects. 2. During grouting work, provide for adequate disposal of all waste and wastewater. Grout spills shall be minimized and clean-up shall proceed immediately after grouting. Remove all waste grout caused by grouting operations. PART 4 -MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT No separate measurement and payment will be made for TUNNEL GROUTING. The cost associated with tunnel grouting shall be incidental to the price bid for the item of which it is a component part. END OF SECTION C&B No. 011913 02580-5 Tunnel Grouting SECTION 02730 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This section covers pipe, fittings, and accessory requirements for sanitary sewers 48-inch and smaller for tunnel construction method and for sanitary sewer sizes used in direct bury construction method. B. This Specification is intended to be primarily functional in nature and to define in general terms the minimum requirements for sanitary sewers. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other pertinent information. B. Calculations and technical information on the design of sanitary sewers verifying that they meet or exceed the structural integrity and performance requirements as set forth in these specifications. C. Shop drawings for joint connections, corrosion protection system, and structural details of sewer. D. Instructions on storage, handling, transporting, and installing sewer pipe as recommended by pipe manufacturers. E. Test results as specified in these specifications. F. All structural designs submitted by Contractor shall be sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Texas. 1.3 DESIGN CRITERIA A. The design criteria for gravity pipe which functions as secondary liners for tunnels shall be designed for appropriate loading conditions, including, but not limited to, the overburden and lateral earth pressures, expansion pressures and volume change occurring in the clay shale and shale during and after construction, handling and installation stresses, loads imposed by the tunnel shield or tunnel boring machine thrusts jacks, subsurface soil and water loads, grouting, and all other conditions of service. Contractor shall be responsible for the design of the liner to carry all loadings including the thrust of any jacking or other construction forces or loads anticipated. B. The design shall take into account, as a minimum, the loading criteria defined in the geotechnical report including soil expansive pressures; long-term earth and hydrostatic loading; construction loading such as erection and jacking forces; loads from manufacturing, handling, and storing; space necessary to install permanent structures; and all other construction operations. C&B No. 011913 02730-1 Gravity Sanitary Sewers C. The design criteria to be used at railroad crossings shall include in conformance with North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTOCOG) specifications 6.6.4. Railroad Crossings. D. The design criteria to be used for truck loading shall include H-20 vehicle loading distributions in accordance with AASHTO. E.. The design criteria for longitudinal loading on the pipe and joints shall be determined by the Contractor, based on the selected method of construction (jacking forces). F. A minimum safety factor of 2.5 times the maximum anticipated total pipe loading shall be used in the pipe design. G. The Contractor shall be responsible for the design of the pipe and pipe joints to carry the thrust of the jacks. Note that any design indicated on the drawings considered in -place loads only and did not take into account any construction loads. H. The sanitary sewer carrier pipe and casing pipe if used, each shall be designed to support the entire dead and live loads as specified above. The design criteria to be used for dead load shall be for the full load of soil measured vertically from the - existing ground to the top of sewer. Design to be adequate for the cover and the water pressure equivalent in feet to the vertical distance between the deepest flow line of the proposed sewer and its natural ground elevation. - I. Carrier pipe joints shall be designed to withstand a water pressure head equivalent in feet to the vertical distance between the deepest flowline of the proposed sewer _ and its natural ground elevation, from either direction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC (FRP) PIPE A. Refer to Section 15051 — Fiberglass Sewer Pipe - 2.2 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE (RCP) v A. Refer to Section 15021 — Reinforced Concrete Pipe 2.3 DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) A. Refer to Section 15041 — Ductile Iron Pipe C&B No. 011913 02730-2 Gravity Sanitary Sewers PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All pipe completed in place shall be tested for deflection in accordance with the requirements set forth in these Specifications or as recommended by manufacturers subject to approval by Engineer. B. Damaged pipe sections and pipe jacking deflection tests shall be repaired or replaced per manufacturer's recommendations or as directed by Engineer. C. Where proposed sanitary sewer lines are installed within 9 feet in all directions of waterline facilities, the minimum horizontal and vertical separation, pipe materials, and installation requirements shall conform to the latest edition of Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) Rules Title 31, Chapter 317, Section 13, Appendix E - Separation Distances. 3.2 TELEVISION INSPECTION OF NEWLY CONSTRUCTED SEWERS •- A. All sewers constructed under this project shall be inspected by videotape prior to final acceptance of the job. B. Videotape inspection shall be done one manhole section at a time. The cameral height shall be adjusted on skids such that the camera lens is always centered (1/2 I.D. or higher) in the pipe being televised. Pipe shall be flushed with water immediately prior to video taping to reveal low areas. C. The television inspection equipment shall have an accurate footage counter that displays on the monitor the exact distance of the camera from the center line of the starting manhole. The Contractor shall submit color video tapes or DVDs. Each tape or DVD shall be permanently labeled with the following information before submitting said tapes: 1. Wastewater Division Job Number 2. Block Map Number 3. Location (by Manhole Number) and Size of Sanitary Sewer 4. Date Televised 5. Date Tape Submitted 6. Name of Contractor D. These tapes will become the property of the City of Fort Worth. If these tapes are of such poor quality that the Engineer is unable to evaluate the conditions of the sewer, the Contractor shall be required to re-tel evise the sanitary sewer and provide a tape of good quality at no additional cost to the Owner. E. The cost of television inspection of all nE!wly constructed sewers shall be considered incidental to the unit price bid for new sanitary sewer construction. 3.3 PIPE LEAKAGE TESTS C&B No. 011913 02730-3 Gravity Sanitary Sewers Testing of Installed Pipe shall be in accordance with latest TCEQ requirements. An infiltration, exfiltration or low-pressure air test shall be specified. Copies of all test results shall be made available to the TCEQ Executive Director upon request. Tests shall conform to the following requirements: A. Infiltration or Exfiltration Tests: The total exfiltration as determined by a hydrostatic head test shall not exceed 50 gallons per inch diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours at a minimum test head to two feet above the crown of the pipe at the - upstream manhole. When pipes are installed below the groundwater level an infiltration test shall be used in lieu of the exfiltration test. The total infiltration, as determined by a hydrostatic head test, shall not exceed 50 gallons per inch diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours at a minimum test head of two feet above the crown of the pipe at the upstream manhole, or at least two feet above existing groundwater level, whichever is greater. For construction within the 25 year tloodplain, the infiltration or exfiltration shall not exceed 10 gallons per inch diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours at the same minimum test head. If the quantity of infiltration and exfiltration exceeds the maximum quantity specified, remedial action shall be undertaken in order to reduce the infiltration and exfiltration to an amount within the R limits specified. B. Low Pressure Air Test: The procedure for the low pressure air test shall conform to the procedures described in ASTM C-828, ASTM C-924, ASTM F-1417 or other appropriate procedures, except for testing times. The test times shall be as outlined in this section. For sections of pipe less than 36-inch average inside diameter, the following procedure shall apply unless the pipe is to be joint tested. The pipe shall be pressurized to 3.5 psi greater than the pressure exerted by groundwater above the pipe. Once the pressure is stabilized, the minimum time allowable for the pressure to drop from 3.5 pounds per square inch gauge to 2.5 pounds per square inch gauge shall be computed from the following equation: T= 0.085xDxK `- Q T = time of pressure of drop 1.0 pound per square inch gauge in seconds. K = 0.000419xDxL, but not less than 1.0. D = average inside pipe diameter in inches. L = length of line of same pipe size being tested, in feet. Q = rate of loss, 0.0015 cubic feet per minute per square foot internal surface shall be used. Since a K value of less than 1.0 shall not be used, there are minimum testing times for each pipe diameter as follows: Pipe Minimum Length for Time for Diameter Time Minimum Longer Time Length (inches) (seconds) (feet) (seconds) 6 340 398 0.855 (L) C&B No. 011913 02730-4 Gravity Sanitary Sewers w ,. 8 454 298 1.520 (L) 10 567 239 2.374 (L) 12 680 199 3.419 (L) 15 850 159 5.342 (L) 18 1020 133 7.693 (L) 21 1190 114 10.471 (L) 24 1360 100 13.676 (L) 27 1530 88 17.309 (L) 30 1700 80 21.369 (L) 33 1870 72 25.856 (L) The test may be stopped if no pressure loss has occurred during the first 25% of the calculated time. If any pressure loss or leakage has occurred during the first 25% of the testing period, then the test shall continue for the entire test duration as outlined above.or until failure. Lines with a 27-inch average inside diameter and larger may be air tested at each joint. Pipe greater than 36-inch diameter must be tested for leakage at each joint. If the joint testis used, a visual inspection of the joint shall be performed immediately after testing. The pipe is to be pressurized to 3.5 psi greater than the pressure exerted by groundwater above the pipe. Once the pressure has stabilized, the minimum time allowable for the pressure to drop from 3.5 pounds per square inch gauge to 2.5 pounds per square inch gauge shall be 10 seconds. PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Measurement and payment for gravity sanitary sewer will be at the Contract unit price per linear foot of size pipe installed from center -of -manhole to center -of -manhole, complete in place, in accordance with the method of construction specified in the bid item. This shall include all excavation, embedment, backfilling, casing, primary support for tunneling, grouting, testing and all other requirements for a complete in place pipe installation per these plans and specifications. END OF SECTION C&B No. 011913 02730-5 Gravity Sanitary Sewers THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK C&B No. 011913 02730-6 Gravity Sanitary Sewers SECTION 02800 LEAKAGE TEST OF HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Under this section of the specifications, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and related items required to test all hydraulic structures for leakage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 WATER FOR LEAKAGE TESTS A. Shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall provide whatever labor and materials may be necessary to fill structures for testing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL All hydraulic structures shall be tested by filling with water to the maximum operating water level at the beginning of the test period. Tests shall be made prior to backfill around the walls of structures to permit observation and detection of points of leakage. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish equipment and/or necessary piping as required to transport water used in testing from source to test location. 3.02 NON -POROUS STRUCTURES Non -porous structures, such as steel and fiberglass, shall show no leakage during the twenty-four hour test period. 3.03 CONCRETE STRUCTURES Water shall be allowed to stand in concrete structures for 24 hours prior to the beginning of the twenty-four hour test period to allow for absorption of water by the surface of the concrete in contact with the water. Accurate measurements of the water level shall be made at the beginning and the end of the 24-hour test period. The drop in the water surface shall not exceed 1/4-inch. During the test period, close observation of the structure will be made for the purpose of detecting leakage. 3.04 REPAIRS If the leakage exceeds the specified allowable limits, the point or points of leakage shall be sought out and remedied by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the OWNER. C&B No. 011913 02800-1 Leakage Test of Hydraulic Structures IM In addition, all noticeable leaks other than small surface seepage of concrete structures shall be repaired regardless of the amount of leakage. END OF SECTION C&B No. 011913 02800-2 Leakage Test of Hydraulic Structures M w &.' SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. This section provides for the furnishing and installation of form materials, water - stops and form accessories. B. Work Included: 1. Formwork for cast -in -place concrete, with shoring, bracing and anchorage. 2. Openings for other work. 3. Form accessories. 4. Form stripping. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. B. 03200 - Steel Reinforcement. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 - Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. ACI 347 - Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. C. PS-1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood. 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring and bracing to conform to design and code requirements, so that resultant concrete conforms to required shapes, lines and dimensions. Formwork shall be sufficient to carry the wet weight of concrete and a minimum of 20 psf construction line load. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design, construct, and erect formwork in accordance with ACI 347 and 301. 1.6 COORDINATION C&B No. 011913 03100-1 Concrete Formwork A. Coordinate this Section with other Sections of work which require attachment of components to formwork. B. If formwork is placed after reinforcement resulting in insufficient concrete cover over reinforcement, request instructions from Engineer before proceeding. C. Provide 3/4-inch bevels at concrete edges except at top of walls and elevated slabs, which shall receive rounded edges. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM MATERIALS A. Facing Materials: 1. Unexposed Finish Concrete: Any standard form materials that produce structurally sound concrete. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. 2. Exposed Finish Concrete: Materials selected to offer optimum smooth, stainfree final appearance and minimum number of joints. Provide materials with sufficient strength to resist hydrostatic head without bow or deflection in excess of allowable tolerances, and as follows: a. Plywood: PS-1 "B-B (Concrete Form) Plywood," Class 1, Exterior Grade, mill -oiled and edge -sealed. b. Lumber: Southern Pine special, No. 2 grade, with stamp grade clearly visible. C. Steel: Minimum 16 gauge sheet, well matched and tight fighting d. Glass Fiber Fabric Reinforced Plastic Forms: Matched, tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete. 2.2 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A. Form Ties: Snap off; 1 1/2-inch break back dimension. Provide tight fitting washer at midpoint of rod. B. Form Release Agent: Material which will not stain concrete, absorb moisture, or impair natural bonding or color characteristics of coating intended for use on concrete. C. Comers: Chamfered wood or plastic strips; maximum possible lengths. D. Nails, Spiles, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required, of sufficient strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete. E. Waterstops: 1. Polyvinyl chloride, minimum 1,750 psi tensile strength, minimum 50OF to plus 1750F working temperature range, maximum possible lengths, ribbed C&B No. 011913 03100-2 Concrete Formwork profile, preformed corner sections, heat welded jointing. 2. Acceptable products: a. Expansion joints: 6-inch Vinylex R66-316H. b. Other locations: 4-inch Vinylex RB4-316H. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions agree with Drawings. 3.2 EARTH FORMS A. Earth forms are not permitted. 3.3 ERECTION - FORMWORK A. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance with requirements of ACI 301. B. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to overstressing by construction loads. C. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not damage concrete during stripping. Permit removal of remaining principal shores. D. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum. E. Obtain approval before framing openings in structural members which are not indicated on Drawings. F. Provide chamfer strips on exposed edges unless drawings note otherwise. 3.4 APPLICATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's j recommendations. B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items. C. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings which are effected by agent. Soak inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces coated prior to placement of concrete. 3.5 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in or passing through concrete work. C&B No. 011913 03100-3 Concrete Formwork B. Locate and set in place items which will be cast directly into concrete. C. Coordinate work of other Sections in forming and placing openings, slots, reglets, recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchors, and other inserts. D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, straight, level, and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement. E. Install waterstops continuous without displacing reinforcement. Heat seal joints watertight. F. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate } cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. G. Close temporary openings with tight fittings panels, flush with inside face of forms, and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces. 3.6 FORM CLEANING A. Clean and remove foreign matter within forms as erection proceeds. B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete. C. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean -out ports. D. During cold weather, remove ice and snow from within forms. Do not use de- icing salts or water to clean out forms, unless formwork and concrete construction proceed within heat enclosure. Use compressed air or other means to remove foreign matter. 3.7 FORMWORK TOLERANCES A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 301. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in .. accordance with formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure. 3.9 FORM REMOVAL A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads. B. Remove formwork progressively so no unbalanced loads are imposed on structure. r C&B No. 011913 03100-4 Concrete Formwork C. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against finish concrete surfaces scheduled for exposure to view. D. Store removed forms in manner that surfaces to be in contact with fresh concrete will not be damaged. Discard damaged forms. END OF SECTION C&B No. 011913 03100-5 Concrete Formwork SECTION 03200 STEEL REINFORCEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. This section provides for the furnishing and installing of reinforcing steel and required supports for cast -in -place concrete. B. Work Included 1. Reinforcing steel bars, fabricated steel bar for cast -in -place concrete. 2. Support chairs, bolsters, bar supports, and spacers for supporting reinforcement. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. B. 03200- Steel Reinforcement. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. ACI 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. C. ANSI/AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code Reinforcing Steel. D. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. E. CRSI - Manual of Practice. F. CRSI 63 - Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars. G. CRSI 65 - Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and Nomenclature. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform concrete reinforcement work in accordance with CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, and Documents 63 and 65. B. Conform to ACI 315. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings indicating sizes, spacings, locations and quantities of reinforcing steel, wire fabric, bending and cutting schedules, splicing, stirrup C&B No. 011913 03200-1 Steel Reinforcement spacing, supporting and spacing devices. B. Furnish one complete set of final shop drawings to the testing laboratory for its use in reinforcing placement inspection. C. Manufacturers Literature: Submit for review, manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for the proprietary splicing method used, to show compliance with these specifications. 1.6 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver reinforcement in bundles properly tagged showing quantity, grade and suitable identification marks to allow checking, sorting, and placing. B. Storage: Store reinforcement off ground; cover; keep clean. 1.7 CERTIFICATES A. Submit mill test certificates of supplied concrete reinforcing, indicating physical and chemical analysis. PART -2PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615, 60 ksi yield grade billet -steel deformed bars, uncoated finish. B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 for smooth wires and ASTM A497 for deformed wires. 2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Tie Wire: Minimum 18 gage annealed type or Acceptable patented system. B. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: 1. Standard CRSI, galvanized; sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during installation and placement of concrete. 2. In exposed concrete (including painted) use plastic supports, hot -dipped galvanized bar supports with plastic feet, or stainless steel. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate in accordance with ACI 315, providing concrete cover specified in Section 03300. B. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on Drawings at points of minimum stress. Indicate location of splices on shop drawings. PART - 3 EXECUTION C&B No. 011913 03200-2 Steel Reinforcement 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Reinforcing is to be installed only from Placement Drawings which have been reviewed by the Engineer. B. Before placing concrete, clean reinforcement of foreign particles or coatings. ..dl C. Tolerances: .,, 1. Maintain surface clearance dimensions shown, plus or minus 1/4 inch. 2. Secure reinforcing with accessories and tie wire to prevent displacement before and during concreting. Concrete will not be poured if bars are not properly and securely placed with adequate supports. D. Dowels: Secure in position prior to pouring concrete. E. Interferences: Give notice whenever pipes, conduits, sleeves, and other construction interferes with placement; obtain method of procedure to resolve interference. 3.2 SPLICES A. General: Lap splice all bars in accordance with standard detailing practice unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. 3.3 REPAIR A. Refer to Division 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete, Structural Repair. B. Remove and replace damaged bars if practicable. C. Partially embedded bars that become damaged are to be restored to full capacity as follows: 1. Bent Bars - Straighten by cold bending or with minimum heat (short of a red glow). 2. Cracked or Broken Bars - Weld in new material equivalent to 100% of base bar in accordance with AWS recommendations. END OF SECTION C&B No. 011913 03200-3 Steel Reinforcement a THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART -1GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. This section provides for the furnishing and installing of cast -in -place concrete for junction boxes, manholes and all other related structural concrete. 1.2 RELATED WORK 46 A. 03200 Concrete Reinforcement. B. 03100 Concrete Formwork. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ACI 211-1; Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal and Heavy Weight Concrete. B. ACI 301-1; Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. C. ACI 304-1; Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete. D. ACI 304-55; Placing Concrete by Pumping. E. ACI 305-1; Hot Weather Concreting. F. ACI 306-1; Cold Weather Concreting. G. ACI 308-1; Recommended Practice for Curing Concrete. H. ACI 318-1; Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. I. NRMCA: Check List for Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities. J. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates. K. ASTM C94 - Ready -Mixed Concrete. L. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement. M. ASTM C260 - Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. N. ASTM C494 - Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. C&B No. 011913 03300-1 Cast -in -Place Concrete 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality assurance for all cast -in -place concrete is specified in this section. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Literature: Submit for review, manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each item of proprietary material used, showing compliance with these specifications. Submit product literature for superplasticizer. B. Design Mixes: Submit for review, design with support material as described under paragraph MIX DESIGN of the test results and manufacturer's data. C. Placing Schedule: Submit concrete placement plans and schedule; include location and details of construction joints and waterstops. D. Refer to Sections 03100 and 03200 for additional submittal requirements. PART -2PRODUCTS 2.1 MIX DESIGN A. The Contractor at his own expense shall employ a technical agency familiar with local construction conditions and materials to design concrete mixes. The technical agency shall be'other than that retained by the Owner for quality control testing. B. Prior to the formulation of design mixes, the Contractor shall review with the technical agency responsible for their preparation, requirements relative to slump, seasonal variation of admixtures and anticipated job use conditions. C. Separate design mixes are required for each anticipated and/or actual change in type of mix materials including admixtures, change in proportion of basic materials, change in slump limits and change in pumped concrete requirements. D. Mix designs are to be formulated with ample lead time (6 weeks) to allow testing and verification of the design as hereinafter specified so that mixes can be reviewed by the Engineer prior to job use. E. Mix designs reviewed by the Engineer are to be in file in the Contractor's field office prior to pouring concrete. F. Requirements of Mix Designer: 1. List design mixes required, stating where each applies. 2. Design the concrete mixes subject to the controls specified under Paragraph 2.5, Proportioning, including adjustments for seasonality. 3. Verify the adequacy of the design mix for compressive strength in accordance with ACI 301, Method 1 or Method 2 as hereinafter modified: a. Method 1: Compression test cylinders shall be made and tested C&B No. 011913 03300-2 Cast -in -Place Concrete Y/ _ in accordance with appropriate ASTM procedures to substantiate an average compressive strength as specified in Paragraph 2.5, Proportioning. b. Method 2: Appropriate field test data for concrete made with the same ingredients may be used. Thirty (30) or more consecutive strength test results of mixes with the same materials and proportions used in similar construction and climatic conditions within the past year shall be used to indicated performance in strength shall be as specified in Paragraph 2.5, Proportioning. 4. Adjust mix designs that prove unsatisfactory in use, subject to the Engineer's review. Concrete that does not consistently exhibit the specified control characteristics will be considered unsatisfactory. G. Submit for Engineer's Review: 1. List of mixes. 2. Mix proportions. 3. Proposed adjustments for seasonality. 4. Test results and/or mill certificates showing that the mix proportions and materials comply with the performance characteristics specified. 2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150; modified as follows: 1. Alkali content; maximum 0.6% or certify that no alkali reactivity is produced with the proposed cement -aggregate combinations (ASTM C227). 2. Type II sulfide resistant cement unless otherwise noted. B. Concrete shall have a minimum aluminum alkalinity of 0.75. C. Aggregate: ASTM C33 (modified grading - see Paragraph 2.5, Proportioning) for normal weight concrete. Coarse aggregate shall be crushed limestone, fine aggregate shall be artificial or natural sand. D. Mixing Water: Drinkable, tasteless, odorless. E. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C. 2.3 ADMIXTURES .. A. Air -Entraining: ASTM C260. B. Water Reducing (Plasticizing): ASTM C494 Type A, Type F. C. Water Reducing (Retarding): ASTM C494 Type D. D. Water Reducing (Accelerating): ASTM C494 Type E. E. Calcium Chloride: Strictly prohibited. • C&B No. 011913 03300-3 Cast -in -Place Concrete F. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Bonding Agent: Polyvinyl acetate or acrylic base. B. Grout 1. Structural Repair: See Paragraph "Structural Repair." C. Joint Filler: Premolded, bituminous. - 2.5 PROPORTIONING A. General: Proportion the materials to produce job -use concrete of the type and strength indicated, subject to the following controls. B. Strength and Durability 1. Structural Concrete a. Water reducing (plasticizer) admixture required. - b. Trial Mix: Average compressive strength shall be determined by ACI 301, Method 1 with a minimum of 1200 psi greater than the specified for or by Method 2 where the average strength exceeds - the specified strength for by at least: i) 400 psi if standard deviation is less than 300 psi. ii) 550 psi if standard deviation is 300 psi to less than 400 psi. iii) 700 psi if standard deviation is 400 psi to less than 500 psi. iv) 900 psi if standard deviation is 500 psi to less than 600 psi. v) 1,200 psi if standard deviation is equal to or greater than 600 psi. C. Minimum Cement Content: i) 3,000 psi concrete - 5.0 bags/cubic yard ii) 4,000 psi concrete - 7.0 bags/cubic yard iii) 5,000 psi concrete - 8.0 bags/cubic yard d. For pumped concrete, increase minimum cement content as required to maintain equivalent water/cement ratios to those required for all strengths of non -pumped concrete. 2. Exterior Exposed Concrete a. Air entrainment and water reducing admixtures as required. b. Minimum cement: 5 1/2 bag/cubic yard. C. Maximum water/cement ratio: 0.40. C. Aggregates: ASTM C33. Maximum Size 467 for general use. _ 1. Size 57 for beams, walls and slabs. 2. Size 7 or Size 67 for tight pours. 3. Minimum 15% passing No. 50 sieve. 4. Minimum 3% passing No. 10 sieve. C&B No. 011913 03300-4 Cast -in -Place Concrete 5. Fineness Modulus, Sand: Minimum 2.5, maximum 3. D. Consistency: Plastic and workable with cohesiveness sufficient to prevent segregation with maximum slump as hereinafter specified. E. Admixtures -� 1. Water Reducing (Plasticizing): Follow the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Air entraining: Limit air content as follows: .. a. Exposed normal weight concrete - minimum 4%, maximum 6%. 3. Fly Ash: Maximum 120 Ib/cy. 4. Accelerators: Only as accepted by the Engineer. 5. Retarders: Only as accepted by the Engineer. F. Pumped Concrete 1. Aggregates a. Maximum Size: One-third the maximum opening in either the pump or the pipeline, whichever is smaller. b. Grading: As close as possible to the middle of the ASTM C33 grading range. C. Fine Aggregate Fineness Modulus (FM): 2.40 to 3.00 with 15 to 30% passing the No. 50 sieve and 3 to 10% passing the No. 100 sieve. d. Daily Variation in FM: 0.20 from the value used in selecting proportions. 2. Admixtures a. Air Content: Minimum 4%, maximum 6%. b. Pumping Aids: As required to produce a pumpable mix with sufficient strength. C. Accelerators: Not to be used with pumped concrete. 2.6 MIXING CONCRETE A. Ready Mixed Concrete: ASTM C94 Alternative No. 1 for controlled mixes. B. Concrete will be considered unacceptable if it undergoes initial set or if not deposited within 90 minutes of the time the water is introduced. C. Adding water to unworkable concrete at delivery end is not permitted. D. Admixtures introduced at the site are to be added separately, in solution form, and with additional mixing time at the rate of 30 seconds/cubic yard or a minimum of 1 1/2 minutes. E. Slump: 4 inches at the point of deposit, 5 inches maximum at the pump. C&B No. 011913 03300-5 Cast -in -Place Concrete PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement, and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, held securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent. Apply bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. At locations where new concrete is dowelled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels, and pack solid with non -shrink grout. - 3.3 PLACING CONCRETE A. Notify Engineer minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of concreting y' operations. B. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301. - C. Wet all exposed subgrade, previously poured concrete, and uncoated wood forms immediately prior to pouring (except during freezing temperatures). D. Do not pour concrete in free standing water, over ice, or on frozen subgrade. E. 24 hours time must elapse between adjacent slab and wall pours. Walls must reach an initial set (minimum 3 hours curing) before framing supported thereon is poured. F. Convey concrete from the mixer to point of deposit with sufficient equipment and manpower to prevent segregation and to maintain continuous plastic flow at delivery end until the pour unit is complete. G. Deposit concrete within 5 feet of its final position in uniform layers not exceeding 18 inches deep with not more than 30 minutes time lapse between layers. H. Free fall, except in walls, shall not exceed 4 feet. Free fall in walls shall not exceed 10 feet. Use drop chutes to prevent segregation in wall pours. u I. Guide the flow of concrete in walls for vertical drop between the reinforcing. J. Consolidate the concrete to maximum density using internal vibration (use Y external vibration only as a supplement). Work the concrete around and under reinforcing and into corners. Refer to ACI 309R. K. Mechanical Vibrators: Minimum frequency - 8000 rpm. Insert and withdraw T vertically drawing out entrapped air and excess water. C&B No. 011913 03300-6 Cast -in -Place Concrete L. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, formed joints are not disturbed during concrete placement. M. Maintain concrete cover around reinforcing as shown on plans and for a minimum as follows: Min. Coverage Item (inches) Supported Slabs 2" Walls (exposed to weather or backfill) 211 Footings and Concrete Formed Against Earth 311 Slabs on Fill 2„ N. Place concrete continuously between predetermined construction and control joints. Do not break or interrupt successive pours such that cold joints occur. O. Construction Joints: Locate construction joints as detailed or to limit the size of pour units as follows: 1. Slabs -On -Ground: Maximum 40 feet. 2. Walls: Maximum 40 feet. P. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify Engineer upon discovery. 3.4 FINISHING A. Provide concrete surfaces to be left exposed with smooth rubbed finish. B. Unexposed Concrete Surfaces 1. Build forms of clean, straight lumber or plywood. 2. Remove excessive large projections. Grout and repair tie holes, damaged places and honeycombs with approved patching material. C. Monolithic Finish Concrete Surfaces 1. Force coarse aggregate away from surface by tamping and rolling. Double screed level or to a plate within 1/8" in 16'. The surface shall not vary in vertical direction more than 1/16" per foot. 2. Float surface carefully to avoid disturbing plastic concrete. .. 3. When concrete has hardened sufficiently, trowel to a smooth and even surface. Do not sprinkle with dry cement, sand or a mixture. D. Rubbed Concrete Finish 1. Build forms of plywood, using as large pieces as are practical. C&B No. 011913 03300-7 Cast -in -Place Concrete 2. Remove projections and fins. Grout and repair damaged places and honeycombs. Remove or repair form marks. 3. Rub with cement bricks or abrasive blocks to leave surfaces uniform in texture, smooth and clean. 4. Install all exposed surfaces where finish materials are not shown or indicated. 5. a. Finish type "A" - unexposed concrete surfaces. b. Finish type "B" - monolithic finish concrete surfaces. C. Finish type "C" - rubbed concrete finish. Use A for all nonvisible, below -grade, concrete. Use B for all foundations. Use C for all visible walls, interior and exterior. 3.5 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Notify Engineer immediately upon removal of forms. B. No cutting of concrete without specific prior approval. C. Remove defective work by cutting to minimum depth of 1-inch with slightly undercut sides. We surfaces to be patched at least 6-inches beyond edge of patch. D. Brush thin grout of equal parts cement and sand into area to be patched. E. Patch with mortar of same mix as original concrete but without coarse aggregate. F. Compact patch into place to exclude voids. Leave patch slightly higher than adjacent surface. After initial set of patch, finish to match adjacent similar surface. G. Use pressure gun or device to force grout into holes that pass through walls. H. Apply patching compound in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. 3.6 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. General: Concrete that does not satisfy the performance requirements of this specification is to be removed and replaced if repair cannot be accomplished to the Engineer's satisfaction. - B. If more than 5% of any given concrete pour is defective, the Owner may require the Contractor to remove and replace the concrete at the Contractor's expense. C. Structural Repair: The long term strength, elasticity, and continuity characteristics of the entire structural element and/or frame must be accounted for if repair is attempted. 1. Use expansive cements, and epoxy type bonding agents to produce repair materials with strength, elasticity, and durability characteristics compatible with the parent material being repaired. C&B No. 011913 03300-8 Cast -in -Place Concrete 2. Submit a procedural outline of proposed repair work including a description of materials, preparation, shoring and protection for the Engineer's review. 3. The Engineer must review repair procedures before they are attempted. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Concrete testing and inspection shall be in accordance with Division 03 — 03300 Concrete Testing and Inspection. 3.8 PROTECTION A. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. 3.9 COLD WEATHER PROTECTION A. ACI 306; the methods of protection used for cold weather concreting are to be reviewed with the Architect. Sufficient protection material is to be on the job site in advance of the time when mean daily temperatures are expected to drop below 40OF (50C). Provide strong and secure weather protection around the building for at least one story above and one story below the floor being concreted to prevent infiltration of wind. Submit to the Engineer for review the details and materials of the weather protection system. Distribute unit heaters throughout the floor to maintain temperatures in the range between 50OF and: 1. Heated Concrete Temperature a. Maximum 100OF (38°C) in mixer. b. Maximum 90OF (32°C) leaving mixer. 2. Accelerators: Review with Engineer. Calcium Chloride shall not be used. 3.10 HOT WEATHER PROTECTION A. ACI 305; when air temperature or form temperature exceeds 100°F (37°C) control concreting as follows: 1. Cool forms to a maximum 80OF (270C). 2. Cool concrete to a maximum 70OF (21 °C) leaving the mixer. 3. 50 lbs. ice = 6 gallons mixing water (maximum per cubic yard). 4. Adjust concrete mix to retard set with retarding admixture. 3.11 CURING A. General: Retain moisture and maintain reasonably constant temperature in freshly poured concrete for the duration of the curing period. In hot, dry weather, keep wall forms moist or remove as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent damage to concrete. Begin moist or membrane curing immediately after removal of forms. C&B No. 011913 03300-9 Cast -in -Place Concrete B. Curing Period Duration: Starting at time of deposit: 1. Concrete with Type II Cement - 7 days. C. Concrete Surface Curing Temperature 1. Minimum 50°F, maximum 90°F (1 VC - 32°C). 2. Rate of Change: Maximum ± 50F/hour (30C/hour). D. Moisture Retention: By any of the following, except as specified in Division 03 - Concrete Finishes. 1. Moist Cure: Roll -out waterproof covering (equivalent to ASTM C171) or use burlap, frequently wetted (except during freezing temperatures). 2. Chemical Curing Agents: Curing compound conforming to FS IT-C-800A, 30% solids minimum and/or ASTM C309. 3.12 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Sampling: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. 1. Slump: ASTM C 143. One test at point of discharge for each day's pour of each type of concrete, and additional tests if concrete consistency changes. 2. Air content: ASTM C 173 or ASTM C 231 for normal weight concrete. One test for each day's pour of each type of air -entrained concrete. 3. Air content: One test for each day's pour of each type of air -entrained concrete. 4. Concrete temperature: a. Test hourly when air temperature is 90 degrees F or above. b. Test each time a set of compression test specimens are made. 5. Compression test specimen: ASTM C 31. One set of four standard cylinders for each compressive strength test. - B. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C 39. One set for each day's pour of each concrete class exceeding 5 cubic yards. 1. Test one additional set of cylinders for each 75 cubic yards over and above the first 25 cubic yards of each class of concrete placed in any one day. 2. Test one specimen at 7 days, two at 28 days, and retain one from each set for later testing, if required. 3. When frequency of testing would otherwise provide fewer than 5 strength tests for a given class of concrete, conduct testing from at least 5 randomly selected batches, or from each batch if fewer than 5 are used. 4. When strength of field -cured specimens is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory -cured cylinders, evaluate current operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing the in -place concrete. C&B No. 011913 03300-10 Cast -in -Place Concrete 71 5. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength, and no individual strength test result falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. C. Test Results: Laboratory shall report test results in writing to architect and contractor within 24 hours of test. 1. Compressive strength test reports shall contain the minimum following data: a. Project identification name and number. b. Name of concrete testing service. C. Date of concrete placement. d. Concrete type and class. e. Location of concrete batch in structure. f. Design compressive strength at 28 days. g. Concrete mix proportions and materials. h. Compressive breaking strength and type of break for both 7-day tests and 28-day tests. 2. Nondestructive testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted but shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection. 3. Additional tests: The testing service shall make additional tests of in -place concrete when test results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by architect. a. Testing service may conduct tests of cored cylinders, complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. b. Cost of additional testing shall be borne by the contractor when unacceptable concrete has been verified. END OF SECTION C&B No. 011913 03300-11 Cast -in -Place Concrete SECTION 09901 CORROSION PROTECTION FOR CONCRETE STRUCTURES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This specification covers all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to complete the installation of corrosion protection for concrete wastewater structures as herein specified. B. Related Sections: Environmental, Health and Safety 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM D638 - Tensile Properties of Plastics. B. ASTM D790 - Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics. C. ASTM D695 - Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. D. ASTM D4541 - Pull -off Strength of Coatings Using a Portable Adhesion Tester. E. ASTM D2584 - Volatile Matter Content. F. ASTM D543 - Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents. G. ASTM C109 - Compressive Strength Hydraulic Cement Mortars. H. ACI 506.2-77 - Specifications for Materials, Proportioning, and Application of Shotcrete. I. ASTM C579 - Compressive Strength of Chemically Setting Silicate and Silica Chemical Resistant Mortars. J. SSPC SP-13/NACE No. 6 — Surface Preparation of Concrete. K. ASTM - The published standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials, West Conshohocken, PA. L. NACE - The published standards of National Association of Corrosion ., Engineers (NACE International), Houston, TX. M. SSPWC 210-2.3.3 - Chemical resistance testing published in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (otherwise known as "The Greenbook"). C&B 011913.010 09901 - 1 Corrosion Protection For Concrete Structures 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Technical data sheet on each product used. 2. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each product used. 3. Copies of independent testing performed on the coating product indicating the product meets the requirements as specified herein. 4. Technical data sheet and project specific data for repair materials to be topcoated with the coating product(s) including application, cure time and surface preparation procedures. B. Contractor Data: 1. Current documentation from coating product manufacturer certifying Contractor's training and equipment complies with the Quality Assurance requirements specified herein. 2. Five (5) recent references of Contractor indicating successful application of coating product(s) of the same material type as specified herein, applied by spray application within the municipal wastewater environment. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Coating product(s) shall be capable of being installed and curing properly within the specified environment(s). Coating product(s) shall be resistant to all forms of chemical or bacteriological attack found in municipal sanitary sewer systems; and, capable of adhering to the substrates and repair product(s). B. Repair product(s) shall be fully compatible with coating product(s) including ability to bond effectively to the host substrate and coating product(s) forming a composite system. C. Contractor shall utilize equipment for the spray application of the coating product(s) which has been approved by the coating product manufacturer; and, Contractor shall have received training on the operation and maintenance of said equipment from the coating product manufacturer. — D. Contractor shall be trained by, or have their training approved and certified by, the coating product manufacturer for the handling, mixing, - application and inspection of the coating product(s) to be used as specified herein. E. Inspectors shall be trained in the use of testing or inspection instrumentation and knowledgeable of the proper use, preparation and installation of the coating product(s) to be used as specified herein. F. Contractor shall initiate and enforce quality control procedures consistent with the coating product(s) manufacturer recommendations and applicable NACE or SSPC standards as referenced herein. C&B 011913.010 09901 - 2 Corrosion Protection For Concrete Structures .. G. Pre -construction meeting shall take place no less than two weeks prior to Contractor mobilization. All parties to have physical presence on the project during construction shall be present. At this meeting responsibilities and authorities during construction shall be discerned; comments and questions regarding materials and execution of these specifications shall be presented and addressed. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Materials are to be kept dry, protected from weather and stored under cover. B. Protective coating materials are to be stored between 50 deg F and 90 deg F. Do not store near flame, heat or strong oxidants. C. Protective coating materials are to be handled according to their material safety data sheets. 1.6 SITE CONDITIONS A. Contractor shall conform with all local, state and federal regulations including those set forth by OSHA, RCRA and the EPA and any other applicable authorities. B. Confined space entry, flow diversion and/or bypass plans shall be presented by Contractor to Owner as necessary to perform the specified work. 1.7 SPECIAL WARRANTY A. Contractor shall warrant all work against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year, unless otherwise noted, from the date of final acceptance of the project. Contractor shall, within a reasonable time after receipt of written notice thereof, repair defects in materials or workmanship which may develop during said one (1) year period, and any damage to other work caused by such defects or the repairing of same, at his own expense and without cost to the Owner. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 EXISTING PRODUCTS A. Standard Portland cement or new concrete (not quick setting high strength cement) must cured a minimum of 28 days prior to application of the coating product(s). B. Remove existing coatings prior to application of the coating product(s) which may affect the performance and adhesion of the coating product(s). C. Thoroughly clean and prepare existing products to effect a seal with the coating product(s). C&B 011913.010 09901 - 3 Corrosion Protection For Concrete Structures 2.2 REPAIR AND RESURFACING PRODUCTS A. Repair products shall be used to fill voids, bugholes, and/or smooth transitions between components prior to the installation of the coating product(s). Repair materials must be compatible with the specified coating product(s) and shall be used and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Resurfacing products shall be used to fill large voids, lost mortar in masonry structures, smooth deteriorated surfaces and rebuild severely deteriorated structures. C. The following products may be accepted and approved if approved by the manufacturer(s) for suitability and compatibility in topcoating with the specified coating product(s) for use within the specifications: 1. 100% solids, solvent -free epoxy grout, including the specified coating product(s) enhanced with Raven Fortifier. 2. Factory blended, rapid setting, high early strength, fiber reinforced, non -shrink repair mortar that can be trowelled or pneumatically spray applied, such as Quadex Inc. Aluminaliner or Hyperform. 3. Polymer modified or enhanced cementitious patch and repair materials, including Quadex Inc. Hyperform enhanced with Raven WB. 2.3 COATING PRODUCTS A. Manufacturer: 1. Raven Lining Systems, Inc., Tulsa, Oklahoma 800-324-2810, 918- 615-0020 or FAX 918-615-0140. 2. Approved Equivalent B. Product: Raven 405 (or approved equivalent) — 100% solids, solvent -free ultra high -build epoxy system 2.4 COATING APPLICATION EQUIPMENT A. Manufacturer approved heated plural component spray equipment. B. Hard to reach areas, primer application and touch-up may be performed using hand tools. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Appropriate actions shall be taken by Contractor to comply with local, state and federal regulatory and other applicable agencies with regard to environment, health and safety during work. B. All structures to be coated shall be readily accessible to Contractor. C&B 011913.010 09901 - 4 Corrosion Protection For Concrete Structures C. New Portland cement concrete structures shall have endured a minimum of 28 days since manufacture prior to commencing coating installation. D. Any active flows shall be dammed, plugged or diverted as required to ensure all liquids are maintained below or away from the surfaces to be coated. E. Temperature of the surface to be coated should be maintained between 40 and 120 deg F. F. Specified surfaces should be shielded to avoid exposure of direct sunlight or other intense heat source. Where varying surface temperatures do exist, coating installation should be scheduled when the temperature is falling versus rising. G. Prior to commencing surface preparation, Contractor shall inspect all surfaces specified to receive the coating and notify Owner, in writing, of any noticeable disparity in the site, structure or surfaces which may interfere with the work, use of materials or procedures as specified herein. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION - A. Oils, grease, incompatible existing coatings, waxes, form release, curing compounds, efflorescence, sealers, salts, or other contaminants which may affect the performance and adhesion of the coating to the substrate shall be removed. B. Concrete and/or mortar damaged by corrosion, chemical attack or other means of degradation shall be removed so that sound substrate remains. C. Choice of surface preparation method(s) should be based upon the condition of the structure and concrete or masonry surface, potential contaminants present, access to perform work, and required cleanliness and profile of the prepared surface to receive the coating product(s). D. Surface preparation method, or combination of methods, that may be used include high pressure water cleaning, water jetting, abrasive blasting, shotblasting, grinding, scarifying, detergent water cleaning, hot water blasting and others as referenced in NACE No. 6/SSPC SP-13. Whichever method(s) are used, they shall be performed in a manner that provides a uniform, sound clean neutralized surface suitable for the specified coating product(s). E. Infiltration shall be stopped by using a material which is compatible with the repair products and is suitable for topcoating with the coating product(s). C&B 011913.010 09901 - 5 Corrosion Protection For Concrete Structures 3.3 APPLICATION OF REPAIR AND RESURFACING PRODUCTS A. Areas where rebar has been exposed shall be repaired in accordance with the Project Engineer's recommendations. Areas where rebar has been exposed and is corroded shall be first prepared in accordance with Section 3.2. The exposed rebar shall then be abrasive blasted and coated with coating product specified. B. Repair products shall be used to fill voids, bugholes, and other surface defects which may affect the performance or adhesion of the coating product(s). C. Resurfacing products shall be used to repair, smooth or rebuild surfaces with rough profiles to provide a concrete or masonry substrate suitable for the coating product(s) to be applied. These products shall be installed to minimum thickness as recommended within manufacturers published guidelines. Should structural rebuild be necessary, these products shall be installed to a thickness as specified by the Project Engineer. D. Repair and resurfacing products shall be handled, mixed, installed and cured in accordance with manufacturer guidelines. E. All repaired or resurfaced surfaces shall be inspected for cleanliness and suitability to receive the coating product(s). Additional surface preparation may be required prior to coating application. 3.4 APPLICATION OF COATING PRODUCT(S) A. Application procedures shall.conform to the recommendations of the coating product(s) manufacturer, including environmental controls, 4 product handling, mixing, application equipment and methods. B. Spray equipment shall be specifically designed to accurately ratio and apply the coating product(s) and shall be in proper working order. C. Contractors qualified in accordance with Section 1.4 of these specifications shall perform all aspects of coating product(s) installation. D. Prepared surfaces shall be coated by spray application of the coating product(s) described herein to a minimum wet film thickness of 125 mils. E. Subsequent topcoating or additional coats of the coating product(s) shall occur within the product's recoat window. Additional surface preparation .- procedures will be required if this recoat window is exceeded. F. Coating product(s) shall interface with adjoining construction materials throughout the manhole structure to effectively seal and protect concrete or masonry substrates from infiltration and attack by corrosive elements. Procedures and materials necessary to effect this interface shall be as recommended by the coating product(s) manufacturer. C&B 011913.010 09901 - 6 Corrosion Protection For Concrete Structures G. Termination points of the coating product(s) shall be made at the manhole chimney joint, 1" below normal flow levels at the bench or within the invert. H. Sewage flow shall be stopped, bypassed or diverted for application of the coating product(s) to the invert and interface with pipe materials. 3.5 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. During application a wet film thickness gauge, meeting ASTM D4414 - - Standard Practice for Measurement of Wet Film Thickness of Organic Coatings by Notched Gages, shall be used. Measurements shall be taken, documented and attested to by Contractor for submission to Owner. 6 I me B. Visual inspection shall be made by the Project Engineer and/or Inspector. Any deficiencies in the finished coating shall be marked and repaired according to the procedures set forth herein by Contractor. C. The municipal sewer system may be returned to full operational service as soon as the final inspection has taken place. END OF SECTION C&B 011913.010 09901 - 7 Corrosion Protection For Concrete Structures SECTION 15021 REINFORCED CONCRETE SEWER PIPE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. This specification shall govern furnishing the Reinforced Concrete Sewer Pipe as shown on the Plans and as specified herein. The pipe, fitting, and all appurtenances shall be installed as indicated on the Plans and outlined in these specifications. Prior to the beginning of the project the Contractor, along with the Engineer and the City, shall meet with the pipe manufacturer at the pipe plant to discuss the quality control program. 1.2 RELATED WORK AND SPECIFICATIONS A. Section 15315 - PVC Corrosion Protection for Concrete Sanitary Sewer Pipe B. Section 01340 - Submittals 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The pipe shall conform to the following standards: 1. ASTM C76 / AASHTO M170 - Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain and Sewer Pipe 2. ASTM C361 - Reinforced Concrete Low Head Pressure Pipe 3. ASTM C655 - Reinforced Concrete D-Load Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe 4. AWWA C302 - Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe, Non -Cylinder Type for Water and Other Liquids 5. U.S. Bureau of Reclamation - Standard Specifications for Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe 6. ASTM C443 / AASHTO M198 - Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Comply with the manufacturer's recommendations. 1.5 SUBMITTALS Submit Record Data, product data and all other required information in accordance with the requirements of Sections 01340. Also submit affidavits of compliance with the referenced standards. Record Data shall show the layout, dimensions and elevations of each joint and/or fitting. C&B No. 011913 15021 - 1 Reinforced Concrete Pipe PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL A. Materials used for the manufacture of Reinforced Concrete Sewer Pipe, fittings - and all appurtenances shall conform to the Contract Documents except as shown on the Plans or as specified herein: B. Sewer pipe shall be furnished in the size indicated on the Plans with a D-load of 1350 and shall conform to the requirements of the current specifications for reinforced concrete bell and spigot pipe, ASTM Standard C655, except as may be altered herein. C. All pipe furnished shall be lined with 360 degree PVC liner in accordance with Section 15315 - PVC Corrosion Protection for Concrete Sanitary Sewer Pipe D. All pipe furnished shall have a minimum "B" wall thickness (ASTM C-76). E. Minimum laying length of each joint shall be 7' - 6" for sizes larger than 15 inches except for wyes, bends, and other special fittings which may be required, or for special radius pipe. F. The pipe shall then be tested in accordance with ASTM C655 for initial proof of design as set out below for each D-load required. Subsequent testing shall be steel area, steel placement, concrete strength, etc., as set forth in Section 11.2 of ASTM Standard C 655. G. All reinforcing shall be double cage circular reinforcing. No elliptical cages will be allowed. H. Lift holes will not be allowed in this pipe. I. The Contractor, during the fabrication of the pipe, shall retain at his expense the services of an independent testing laboratory to make all tests of materials to be incorporated into the pipe and maintain control of the acceptance of these materials for fabrication of the pipe. During the fabrication of the pipe, the laboratory representative shall periodically inspect the work to insure the pipe being fabricated is in accordance with design. When, in his opinion, the pipe is not being fabricated in accordance with design, such pipe shall be rejected for use by the City. Tests shall be witnessed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit certificates of compliance with referenced standards for all products used in the manufacture of the RCP. J. Each piece of pipe shall bear the approval stamp of the laboratory. The selection of this testing laboratory shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and all its work subject to the Engineer's approval. K. Joints shall conform to ASTM C-443. C&B No. 011913 15021 - 2 Reinforced Concrete Pipe PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall furnish an affidavit that the precast pipe, special fittings, and appurtenances furnished comply with all provisions of the ASTM C655 Specifications with modifications herein. The Contractor shall submit drawings and schedules showing full details of fabrication of pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances with dimensions, layouts, joint details, and other data pertinent to the manufacture and fabrication of the pipe, fittings, etc., as directed by the Engineer. All drawings and schedules shall be submitted for approval in quadruplicate, and one copy shall be returned to the Contractor after approval. No pipe or other materials shall be manufactured until the drawings have been approved. 3.2 TESTING AND INSPECTION: A. Reinforced concrete pipe will be tested in accordance with ASTM C 443-Section 8, ASTM C 655 and ASTM C1103. A copy of all test results and information delineated in Section 5 of ASTM C 655 shall be provided to the Engineer. B. Reinforcing Cages: Cages will be spot checked daily. Checks shall be made for proper size wire, welds, dimensions, and general condition. C. Concrete: 1. Five test cylinders shall be taken daily. Two cylinders will be broken at 7 days and two at 28 days. Results shall be recorded on QA 052 and kept on file at the plant. Minimum concrete strength at 28 days = 4,000 PSI. 2. Absorption tests shall be performed on 1 % of pipe. Maximum absorption not to exceed 6.5%. 3. Actual weighed quantities of materials shall be observed and recorded daily. Results shall be reported on QA901. D. Inspection of Finished Product: Each pipe shall be inspected and checked for conformance to -dimensional tolerances. The result shall be reported on QA 08. 2. Any pipe which does not pass inspection in accordance with requirements in ASTM C-76 will either be satisfactorily repaired or rejected for use on this project. Should minor repairs be required, a patch shall be made with an approved patching compound (Master Flow). 3. All finished bells and spigots shall be checked for roundness prior to shipment. E. Performance Testing: 1. One pipe for each size and class per 100 joints shall be tested to the .01" C&B No. 011913 15021 - 3 Reinforced Concrete Pipe "crack load". The initial test shall be to the ultimate load. Results shall be reported to the engineer. 2. A hydrostatic test shall be performed on 1 % of pipe in accordance with ASTM C-361 for pipes in straight alignment and maximum deflected position. Results shall be reported to the engineer. 3. NOTE: All tests shall be witnessed by an independent testing laboratory. 3.3 PAYMENT A. Payment shall be in accordance with these Specifications. Radius pipe, bends and fittings where called out on the plans, shall be considered subsidiary to the standard pipe cost. Contractor shall specify in Bid Proposal type of pipe material used. END OF SECTION C&B No. 011913 15021 - 4 Reinforced Concrete Pipe Y SECTION 15041 DUCTILE IRON PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE The work included in this section of the Specifications shall consist of furnishing and installing: A. Mechanical joint, push -on and flanged ductile iron pipe in sizes 4-inch through 48-inch. B. Mechanical joint and flanged ductile iron and cast iron fittings in sizes 4-inch through 48-inch. C. Gaskets and fasteners for above pipe and fittings. D. Protective coatings, linings and encasements for above pipe and fittings. 1.2 RELATED WORK AND SPECIFICATIONS A. Refer to City of Fort Worth Material Specifications, E1-6 Ductile Iron Pipe B. Section 01340 - Submittals. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: 1. ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51: American National Standard for Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand - Lined Molds, for Water and Other Liquids. 2. ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15: American National Standard for Flanged Cast -Iron and Ductile -Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges. 3. ANSI/AWWA C110-C21.10: American National Standard for Gray -Iron and Ductile -Iron Fittings, 3-inch through 48-inch for Water and Other Liquids. 4. ANSI/AWWA CIII/A21.11: American National Standard for Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 5. ANSI/AWWA C105/21.5: Polyethylene Encasement for Gray and Ductile Cast -Iron Piping for Water and Other Liquids. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING C&B No. 011913 15041 - 1 Ductile Iron Pipe Comply with the manufacturer's recommendations. 1.5 SUBMITTALS Submit Record Data, product data and all other required information in accordance with the requirements of Sections 01340. Also submit affidavits of compliance with the referenced standards. Record Data shall show the layout, dimensions and elevations of each joint and/or fitting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PUSH ON AND MECHANICAL JOINT PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Thickness Class 51 B. Laying Length: 18 or 20 feet. C. Gaskets: Neoprene or equivalent material. D. All buried ductile iron pipe shall have mechanical joints unless otherwise noted. 2.2 FLANGED PIPE AND FITTINGS w A. All exposed ductile iron pipe shall have flanged fittings unless otherwise noted. B. Flanges: Thread pipe, tighten flanges, and face in shop equipped with machinery designed for such work. Hand or filed work is not acceptable. C. Gaskets: T 1. Full face rubber 1/8-inch-thick factory cut unless otherwise specified. D. Bolts and Nuts: 1. Type: Hex heads and nuts. 2. Material: Low carbon steel conforming to ASTM A325. 2.3 PROTECTIVE COATINGS, LININGS, AND ENCASEMENT A. Inside of Pipe: 1. Provide Protecto 401 Ceramic Epoxy lining or approved equal. B. Painting: 1. For buried piping provide bituminous coating. C&B No. 011913 15041 - 2 Ductile Iron Pipe C. Polyethylene Encasement: Provide for all buried piping. ba PART 3 - EXECUTION .. 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Follow the manufacturer's installation instructions. 2. Wrap all buried piping and fittings with polyethylene. B. Joining of Push -on Piping: 1. Preparation of Pipe Ends: Remove from bell and spigot ends all lumps, blisters, excess coal -tar coating, oil and grease, then wire brush and wipe clean and dry before laying pipe. 2. Installation of Ring Gasket: a. Wipe gasket seat in socket with clean dry cloth. b. Place gasket with large end entering first. C. Spring gasket into seat in bell so that groove fits over head in seat. d. Apply thin film of lubricant to inside surface of gasket. 3. Setting Spigot: a. Apply lubricant to engaging surface of spigot if necessary. b. Align spigot with bell and start into bell so that it contacts gasket. C. Pipe 6 inches and smaller may be driven with a bar lever on end of pipe. d. For larger pipe, use only approved ratchet -type jacking tool to pull pipe 'home.' C. Joining of Mechanical Joint Pipe: 1. Remove all mud and foreign matter from pipe ends, gaskets and fittings before installation. 2. Wash pipe ends, gaskets and fittings with soapy water before installation. 3. Mechanical joints must be suitably restrained to prevent movement. D. Joining of Flanged Pipe: 1. Setting Gasket: C&B No. 011913 15041 - 3 Ductile Iron Pipe a. If non-graphited gaskets are used, apply graphite and water solution to gasket before placing on flange. ' b. Wire -brush flange and clean inside of pipe before placing gasket. 2. Tightening Bolts: a. After initial alignment, place flange bolts with all heads in same direction. - b. Tighten flange bolts, each in turn, at uniform rate around Joint until all are tight. 3. All flanged coupling adapters must be restrained. END OF SECTION C&B No. 011913 15041 - 4 Ductile Iron Pipe SECTION 15051 FIBERGLASS SEWER PIPE (FRP) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and perform all Work and services necessary for or incidental to the furnishing and installation, complete, of all Fiberglass Pipe (ASTM D3262) and fittings as shown on the Plans. B. All supplementary, miscellaneous, appurtenances, and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure, complete, and compatible installation shall be fumished and installed as part of this scope.. C. Pipe and fittings shown on piping drawings are general in nature. Contractor shall determine exact lengths and fittings required and make field adjustments necessary to complete piping and. avoid conflicts. Changes to Plans and profiles of piping shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Pipe and fittings not incorporated into the project shall remain the property of the Contractor. Costs will not be paid by the Owner for materials not used in the Project, even if shown on the Plans. Additions and deletions to the scope shall be incorporated by Change Order. 1.2 REFERENCED SPECIFICATIONS This specification references certain standard specifications, which are made a part hereof by such reference and shall be the latest edition and revision thereof. A. ANSI/AWWA C950 - Fiberglass Pressure Pipe B. ASTM D-3681 - Test Method for Chemical Resistance of "Fiberglass" (Glass - Fiber -Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin) Pipe in a Deflected Condition. C. ASTM D-3262 - Specification for "Fiberglass" (Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin) Sewer Pipe. D. ASTM D-4161 - Specification for "Fiberglass" (Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin) Pipe Joints. Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. E. ASTM F-477 - Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Jointing Plastic Pipe. F. ASTM D2992 - Method for Obtaining Hydrostatic Design Basis for Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Pipe and Fittings. G. ASTM D3567 - Deforming Dimensions of Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Pipe (RTRP) and Fittings. C&B No. 011913 15051-1 Fiberglass Sewer Pipe H. ASTM D3754 - Specification for Fiberglass (Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin) Sewer Force Main Industrial Effluents. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All pipes, joints and fittings supplied under this specification to, as a minimum, conform to the requirements of ASTM D-3262. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall submit load and pipe calculations confirming selected pipe behavior. Load calculations shall include, but not be limited to, buckling resistance, pipe deflection, pipe wall strain cracking and wall crushing load. All design calculations shall be sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer of the State of Texas. B. Product data submittals to include the following are as a minimum: 1. Details of the proposed pipe. 2. Details of proposed manholes. 3. Properties, strengths, etc. of the pipe. 4. Joint detail drawing, including maximum interior joint gap opening, in the deflected position and in the straight alignment. 5. Instructions on storage, handling, transportation, and pipe installation. 6. Standard catalog sheets. 7. Gasket type and composition showing ability to withstand the chemicals and conditions within sanitary sewers. 8. Pipe laying schedule. 9. Connections to all proposed structures including water stop. 10. Certificates of compliance with all referenced standards. PART 2 - MATERIAL 2.1 PRODUCT MATERIAL A. Resin Systems: The manufacturer shall use only approved quality polyester resin systems for which he can provide a proven history of performance in this - particular application. The historical data shall have been acquired from a composite material of similar construction and composition as the proposed product. B. Glass Reinforcement: The reinforcing glass fibers used to manufacture the components shall be of the highest quality commercial grade of E-glass filaments with binder and sizing compatible with impregnating resins. C. Fillers: Sand may be used. Sand shall be minimum 98% silica with a maximum moisture content of 0.2%. D. Additives: Resin additives, such as pigments, dyes, and other coloring agents, if used, shall be in no way detrimental to the performance of the product nor shall to they impair visual inspection of the finished product. C&B No. 011913 15051-2 Fiberglass Sewer Pipe E. Rubber Gaskets: Gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM F-477. The chemical composition of the gaskets shall be compatible with the environment found in sanitary sewers. -y F. The Contractor, during the fabrication of the pipe, shall retain at his expense the services of a testing laboratory to make all tests of materials to be incorporated into the pipe and maintain control of the acceptance of these materials for fabrication of the pipe. During the fabrication of the pipe, the laboratory representative shall periodically inspect the work to insure the pipe being fabricated is in accordance with design. When, in his opinion, the pipe is not being fabricated in accordance with design, such pipe shall be rejected for use by the Owner. Tests may be witnessed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit certificates of compliance with referenced standards for all products used in the manufacture of the FRP. G. Each piece of pipe shall bear the approval stamp of the laboratory. The selection of this'testing laboratory shall be subject to the approval of the Owner and all its work subject to the Engineer's review. H. Joints shall be made with fiberglass sleeve couplings with elastomeric sealing -- rings. Joints must meet the performance requirements of ASTM D4161. 2.2 DESIGN A. The manufacturer shall be responsible for design of all FRP sewer pipe. All FRP sewer pipe shall be designed in accordance with referenced standards and shall withstand a minimum of 50 feet of hydrostatic head and the maximum loads expected from burial, which shall include all anticipated live loads, dead loads and external hydrostatic loads from ground water extending either to the ground surface or to the 100 year flood plain elevation, whichever is the greater. The stiffness is to be measured in accordance with ASTM D2412 and shall in no case be less than 46 psi. All designs shall be sealed by a Texas Registered Professional Engineer. 2.3 MANUFACTURE AND CONSTRUCTION A. Pipes: Pipe shall be furnished in the diameters shown on the Plans, within the tolerances specified herein. Pipe shall be manufactured in a way as to result in a dense, nonporous, corrosion -resistant, consistent composite structure to meet the operating conditions. Stiffening ribs or rings are not to be used. B. Joints: Unless otherwise specified, the pipe shall be field connected with fiberglass sleeve couplings that utilize elastomeric sealing rings as the sole means"to maintain joint watertightness. The joints must meet the performance requirements of ASTM D4161. The joint sleeves on jacking pipe shall have a maximum outside diameter no greater than the outside diameter of the pipe. C. Fittings: Flanges, elbows, reducers, tees, wyes and other fittings, when installed, shall be capable of withstanding all operating conditions. Fittings may be contact molded or manufactured from mitered sections of pipe jointed by glass fiber C&B No. 011913 15051-3 Fiberglass Sewer Pipe reinforced overlays. Thrust blocks or other means of restraint may be used as necessary. D. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Hobas, USA 2. Amitech America, Ltd. . -. 3. Approved Equivalent 2.4 DIMENSIONS u A. Diameters: The actual internal diameter of the pipe shall be the nominal diameter ±1 percent. B. Wall Thickness: The minimum average wall thickness shall be per the manufacturer's design in accordance with ASTM D3567. The minimum single - point thickness to be not less than 90 percent of the stated design thickness. Minimum wall thickness required for this project shall meet the requirement of these specifications and shall be submitted to engineer prior to manufacture of pipe or fittings. C. End Squareness: All pipe ends to be square to the pipe axis. - D. Tolerance of Fittings: The tolerance of the angle of an elbow and the angle between the main and leg of a wye or tee to be ±2 degrees. The tolerance on the laying length of a fitting to be ±2 inches. 2.5 MARKING A. Each pipe shall be clearly marked on the interior surface of the pipe barrel with the nominal diameter, pipe stiffness, date of manufacture, the name or trademark of the manufacturer and the manufacturer's Quality Assurance stamp of approval in accordance with ASTM standards. Marking shall be painted thereon with waterproof paint. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION BY OPEN CUT ! A. Installation by Open Cut: Bedding backfill and general installation requirements shall be in accordance with project plans and specifications and manufacturer's recommendations. B. Installation by Other than Open Cut: Follow manufacturer's guidelines for r installation requirements. C. Pipe Handling: Use of slings, ropes or forklift is recommended. Do not use chains or cables. C&B No. 011913 15051-4 Fiberglass Sewer Pipe D. Jointing: Thoroughly clean the pipe bell coupling grooves and rubber gaskets to ensure no dirt is present. 2. Apply a pipe lubricant to the pipe ends and gaskets. Use only the lubricant supplied by the manufacturer. 3. Use suitable methods to push or pull the pipes together without damaging the pipes. 4. Contact manufacturer for the maximum angular deflection allowed. E. Field Testing: 1. Infiltration / Exfiltration Test: Maximum allowable leakage shall not exceed local specification requirements. 2. Low Pressure Air Test: Each run of pipe shall be tested with air pressure (max 5 psi). The system passes the test if the pressure drop due to leakage through the pipe or pipe joints is less than or equal to the specified amount over the prescribed time period. F. Deflection: Maximum allowable long-term deflection shall not exceed 5% of the initial diameter. 3.2 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. The Contractor will provide the Engineer with test reports certifying that the pipe has been tested in accordance with and exceeds all minimum requirements of ASTM D-3681 and ASTM D-2992. The Owner may elect to witness these tests. Advance notification of testing date shall be provided. B. The physical properties and characteristics of the pipes used in the project to have been determined by prototype testing of the manufactured product. These tests need not be conducted specifically for this project if prior tests on similar product of the same stiffness class and diameter have been previously completed. The Contractor is to obtain copies of all test results which must be retained and are to be made available to the Engineer. C. Joints: Coupling joints to be qualified per the tests of Section 7 of ASTM D-4161. The Owner may elect to witness these tests. Advance notification of testing date shall be provided. D. Installed Pipe: Joints are to be individually tested. E. Rejected pipe must be identified by the manufacturer in a manner that will insure it will not be used on this project. The Owner must agree to the method of identification of rejected pipe. C&B No. 011913 15051-5 Fiberglass Sewer Pipe F. Deflection: The maximum allowable deflection shall be 3% at 30 days for pipe used in direct bury and tunnel operation. Use the maximum allowable deflection recommended by the manufacturer if the manufacturer requirements are more stringent. G. NOTE: All tests shall be witnessed by an independent testing laboratory. 3.3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement for payment will be based on the actual linear feet of pipe installed, which shall not include manholes unless the installed pipe is an integral part of _ the manhole. Payment will be at the contract unit price per linear foot of pipe as shown on the Plans and listed in the Bid Proposal. Radius pipe, bends and fittings where called out on the plans, shall be considered subsidiary to the standard pipe cost. END OF SECTION C&B No. 011913 15051-6 Fiberglass Sewer Pipe SECTION 15315 PVC CORROSION PROTECTION FOR CONCRETE SANITARY SEWER PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL A. This section specifies the supply and installation of PVC protection against hydrogen sulfide -based corrosion. The work covered in these specifications consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, appliances, and materials necessary for the installation of the following protective coating. B. PVC PLASTIC LINER 1. The purpose of this specification is to obtain an inert durable liner, which is resistant to biosulfuric acid attack, and which meets the strength requirements included herein. 2. The Contractor shall furnish and install plastic liner in reinforced concrete pipe and structures as shown on the Plans and herein specified. The purpose of the liner is to effectively protect from corrosion the concrete surfaces to which it is applied. The pipe and pipe joints are the sole method of sealing. It is not intended for the liner to prevent outside water from entering the system. To accomplish this, it is essential that the liner be continuous and free from any holes, defects, or other faults, and that any joint welding and sealing be equally as effective as the liner. All plastic liner furnished shall be white. The interior area of reinforced concrete pipe and structures shall be sealed and protected with the specified lining as shown on the Plans. All joints between individual sheets or sections of liner shall be continuously heat welded by the use of welding strips of the same kind and equivalent thickness of material as the liner (with the exception of the integral extension ribs). PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. MATERIALS 1. T-Lock - The liner shall be white in color and be cast into all pipe at the time of manufacturing. The pipe shall be lined the full 3600 circumference of the pipe. 2. The PVC liner shall be T-Lock as manufactured by T-Lock U.S.A., or engineer approved equal. C&B No. 011913 15315 - 1 PVC Corrosion Protection for Concrete Sanitary Sewer Pipe B. SUBMITTALS Product data submittals to include the following as a minimum: 1. Details of the installation process. -` 2. All field procedures. — 3. Recommend repair methods. 4. Model and specifications for the electrical holiday detector to be provided and become the property of the owner upon completion of the contract. 5. Physical and chemical data of the liner. 6. Special details and shop drawings. The Contractor shall submit to the Construction Engineer for approval, shop drawings of installation details showing " how the structure will be lined. These drawings shall show how returns, corners, joints and coverage will be accomplished. No line shall be placed until these drawings have been submitted to the Engineer and approved in writing. C. COMPOSITION The materials used in all sheets of plastic liner and in all joint, comer, and welding strips for the liner shall be a high molecular weight polyvinyl chloride (PVC) resin and other necessary ingredients compounded to make permanently flexible sheets and strips for lining concrete pipe and structures. PVC resin shall constitute not less than 99 percent, by weight, of the resin used in the formulation. Copolymer resins shall not be permitted. The material used in joint strips and in plain sheets of plastic liner shall be identical to that used in sheets having locking extensions. Changes in formulation will be permitted only after prior notification of the Engineer and only if the manufacturer can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the plastic liner continues to meet or exceed all requirements in this specification for chemical resistance and physical properties. Plastic liner shall be impermeable to sewage gasses and liquids and shall be nonconductive to bacterial or fungus growth. All liners shall be factory checked — electrically to insure freedom from any porosity. The lining shall have good impact resistance, shall be flexible, and shall have an ._ elongation sufficient to bridge up to 1/8 inch settling crack, which may take place in the pipe or in the joint after installation, without damage to the lining. Once cast into the concrete of structures or pipe, the lining shall be permanently and F physically attached to the concrete by the T-lock mechanism and shall not rely on an adhesive bond unless otherwise specified at a specific location. The lining shall withstand a 15 psi back hydrostatic pressure applied to the under surface of the lining without losing anchorage or without rupture or leakage. C&B No. 011913 15315 - 2 PVC Corrosion Protection for Concrete Sanitary Sewer Pipe •t D. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES The Engineer, at any time during manufacture, or at any time prior to final acceptance of the work, may sample each type of sheet and strip. The samples thus taken shall be subject to the tests set forth below: 1. Tensile specimens shall be prepared in accordance with ASTM D-412 using die B. These shall be cut from sheets, joint strips, and fiat welding strips. 2. Weight change specimens shall be 1 by 3 inches and of specified sheet thickness. Test specimens shall be conditioned to a constant weight at 110°F before and after submersion in the following solutions for a period of 112 days at 77 ± 5°F. At 28 day intervals, tensile specimens and weight change specimens shall be removed from each of the chemical solutions and tested. Chemical Solution Sulfuric acid Sodium hydroxide Ammonium hydroxide - Sodium hypochlorite Nitric acid Ferric chloride Soap Detergent (linear alkyl benzyl sulfonate or LAS) Bacteriological f Concentration 20%* 5% 5%* 1 %* 1 %* 1% 0.1 % 0.1 % BOD not less than 700 MG/L * Volumetric percentages of concentrated C.P. grade reagents. All plastic liner sheets, joint, corner, and welding strips shall have the following physical properties when tested at 77 ± 5°F. Prop Tensile strength Elongation at break After 112 days exposure in above Initial listed chemical solutions** 2200 poi min. 200% min. 2100 poi min. 200% min. Indentation hardness inst. 50-60 +5 with -respect to . - (Shore- urometer, 10 sec. 35-50 initial test result Type D) Weight change +1.5% C&B No. 011913 15315 - 3 PVC Corrosion Protection for Concrete Sanitary Sewer Pipe kE6 If any specimen fails to meet the 112 day requirements before completion of the 112 day exposure, the material shall be subject to rejection. Liner locking extension embedded in concrete shall withstand a test pull of at least 100 pounds per linear inch, applied perpendicularly to the concrete surf ace for a period of one minute, without rupture of the locking extensions or withdrawal from embedment. This test shall be made at 75 ± 5°F. All plastic liner sheets, including locking extensions all joint, corner, and welding strips shall be free of cracks, cleavages, or defects adversely affecting the protective characteristics of the material. The Engineer may authorize the repair 1 of such defects by approved methods. Specimens taken from sheets and strips at any time prior to final acceptance of �. the work, when tested as specified, shall meet the requirements set forth above. E. DETAILS AND DIMENSIONS 1. THICKNESS OF MATERIAL: Liner to be bonded to concrete by means of integral locking extensions embedded in the concrete shall have a minimum thickness of 0.065 inch. Liner to be bonded to concrete or steel surfaces by means of adhesive shall have a minimum thickness of 0.094 inch. Welding strips shall have a minimum thickness of 0.094 inch and maximum thickness of 0.156 inch. Joint strips shall have a minimum thickness of 0.075 inch. w 2. SHEET AND STRIP SIZE: Sheets of liner shall be as large as practicable to adequately fit the intended use. Large sheets shall be formed in the shop by - lapping basic size sheets a minimum of 0.50 inch and fusing the sheets together in such a manner as to produce a continuous welded joint. Specimens taken from shop welded joints shall show no cracks or separation and shall be tested in ._ tension after flexing. Each specimen shall withstand a minimum load of 132 pounds per linear inch of weld, or the product of 2,000 psi times the minimum thickness in inches of the material adjoining the weld, whichever is greater. The thickness shall be taken within a 2 inch gauge length. Tears, cracks, or separation in the laps shall be cause for rejection. Joint strips shall be 4 ± 0.25 inches wide and shall have each edge beveled prior ` to application. Welding strips shall be 1 ± 0.15 inch wide. All welding and outside comer strips shall have edges beveled at time of manufacture. 3. LOCKING EXTENSIONS: All liner cast into concrete shall have integral locking extensions embedded in the concrete. Locking extensions shall be of the same material as the liner plate and shall be integral with the sheets of liner plate. Locking extensions shall have an approved cross section with a minimum height of 0.375 inch and a minimum web thickness of 0.055 inch. They shall be approximately 2-1/2 inches apart and shall be such that when the extensions are embedded in concrete, the liner will be held permanently in place. C&B No. 011913 15315 - 4 PVC Corrosion Protection for Concrete Sanitary Sewer Pipe Locking extensions shall be parallel and shall be continuous except where omitted for joints and transverse weep channels and strap channels. Weep channels and strap channels, which involve the omission of locking extensions, as specified under WEEP CHANNELS and STRAP CHANNELS respectively, may be made during the manufacture of liner. 4. WEEP CHANNELS: At 12 foot maximum intervals along line longitudinally, a gap ._ not less than 2 inches, or 3-1/2 inches in the case of extruded sheets, nor more than 4 inches wide shall be left in all locking extensions to provide an unobstructed transverse weep channel. Any area behind liner that is not properly served by regular weep channels, shall have additional weep channels 2 inches wide provided by cutting away locking extension. Provisions shall be made to permit water behind the liner of concrete manhole shafts to drain into the weep channels of the lined structure. If a section of pipe requires more than one weep channel, the weeps shall be equidistant apart from the ends of the pipe section. Weep channels shall be cut into the extruded sheet so that a maximum of 1/32 inch of the base locking extension is left on the sheet. At each pipe joint and at transverse joints in cast -in -place structures, a gap of not less than 2 inches nor greater than 4 inches shall be left in all locking extensions •- to provide a transverse weep channel. If locking extensions are removed to provide a weep channel at joints, the base of the extension left on a sheet shall not exceed 1/32 inch. A transverse weep channel shall be provided approximately 12 inches from each liner return where surfaces. lined with plastic liner join surfaces that are not so lined. As part of the work of installing liner, all outlets of transverse weep channels shall be cleared of obstructions that would interfere with their proper function. 5. STRAP CHANNELS: All sheets having locking extensions extruded thereon shall have transverse strap channels cut in the locking extensions so that the strap can be placed into and perpendicular to the locking extensions. These channels shall not be less than 112 inch wide and no more than 3/4 inch wide and shall be cut so that a maximum of 1/32 inch of the base of the locking extension is left in the base of..the strap channel. Strap channels shall be placed a minimum of 15 inches on center to a maximum of 18 inches. The strap channels shall not be cut through the two locking extensions on each side of the sheet. 6. FLAPS: When transverse flaps are required, they shall be fabricated so that a maximum of 1/32 inch of base of the locking extension is left on the sheet. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. TESTING C&B No. 011913 ,.r 15315 - 5 PVC Corrosion Protection for Concrete Sanitary Sewer Pipe -0 All liner shall be shop -tested for holes, using an approved spark detector. Sheets having holes shall be satisfactorily repaired in the shop and retested prior to shipping the sheets to the project site or the pipe manufacturing plant. Repairs shall be made only by welders prequalified as provided herein. The Construction Engineer may take test samples at the point of manufacture during production of sheet and strip material. All sheets to be used in reinforced concrete pipe shall be tested at the pipe manufacturer's plant as well as in the field. If these tests are -- performed outside the metroplex area the Owner shall be provided with air transportation for not less than two (2) representatives to witness the test. B. INSTALLATION OF PLASTIC LINER 1. GENERAL. The installation of all plastic liner shall be done in accordance with _ these Specifications and the Plans. Liner shall be applied and secured to the forms and inspected and approved by the Construction Engineer prior to the placement of reinforcing steel. " The liner shall not be installed 3600 and then a portion removed to meet the upper 2700 circumferential angle requirement. 2. QUALIFICATION OF INSTALLERS. a) Applicators. The application of plastic liner to forms and other surfaces shall be considered as highly specialized work. Personnel performing this type of work shall be trained in methods of installation and shall demonstrate their ability to the Construction Engineer. b) Welders. Each welder shall prequalify by successfully passing a welding test before doing any welding. Requalification may be required at any time deemed necessary by the Engineer. All test welds shall be made in the presence of the Construction Engineer and shall consist of the following: ! (1) Two pieces of liner, at least 15 inches long and 9 inches wider shall be lapped 1-1/2 inches and held in a vertical position. (2) A welding strip shall be positioned over the edge of the lap and welded to both pieces of liner. Each end of the welding strip shall - extend at least 2 inches beyond the liner to provide tabs. The weld specimen shall be submitted to the Construction Engineer and shall be tested as follows: i. Each welding strip tab, tested separately, shall be subjected to a 10 pound pull normal to the face of the liner with the liner being held firmly in place. There shall be no separation between the welding strip and liner when the welding tabs are submitted to the test pulls. C&B No. 011913 15315 - 6 PVC Corrosion Protection for Concrete Sanitary Sewer Pipe Three test specimens shall be cut from the welded sample and tested in tension across the welds. If none of these specimens fail when tested as specified herein, the weld will be considered as satisfactory in tension. If one of the specimens fails to pass the tension test, a retest will be permitted. The retest shall consist of testing three additional specimens cut from the original welded sample. If all three of the retest specimens pass the test, the weld shall be considered satisfactory. A disqualified welder may submit a new welding sample when, in the opinion of the Construction Engineer, he has had sufficient off -the -job training or experience to warrant reexaminations. 3. PLACING PLASTIC LINER a) Coverage. Liner shall cover, as a minimum, the areas to be lined as shown on the Plans. The offset of each longitudinal terminal edge of sheet on adjoining pipe sections after pipe is installed shall not be greater than 1-1/2 inches. At a station where there is a difference in coverage, as shown on the Plans, and the longitudinal terminal edges of liner downstream from said station are lower than those upstream, the terminal edges of the liner installed in the section of pipe or structure immediately upstream from the station shall be sloped uniformly for the entire length of the section of pipe or structure from the limits of the smaller coverage to those of the greater coverage. Wherever the longitudinal terminal edges of liner downstream from the station are higher than those upstream, the slope shall be accomplished uniformly throughout the length of the section of pipe or structure immediately downstream from the station. An approved locking extension shall be provided along all tapered lower terminal edges of lines. b) Positioning Liner. All liner installed in pipe shall be positioned so that the locking extensions are parallel with the axis of the pipe. Liner shall be centered with respect to the "T" of the pipe when the inner form is positioned. Liner shall be set flush with the inner edge of the bell end of a pipe section and shall extend either to the spigot end or to approximately 4 inches beyond the spigot end, dependent upon the type of liner joint to be made with the adjoining pipe. All liner installed in a cast -in -place structure shall be positioned so that the locking extensions are parallel to the axis of the structure, and all liner .installed in other structures shall be positioned with locking extensions horizontal unless otherwise indicated on the Plans. Liner sheets shall be closely fitted to inner forms. Sheets shall be cut to fit curved and warped surfaces using a minimum number of separate pieces. C&B No. 011913 15315 - 7 PVC Corrosion Protection for Concrete Sanitary Sewer Pipe The Contractor shall furnish sketches to the Engineer showing the proposed layout of liner sheets for cast -in -place structures. The sketches shall show the location and type of all field welds. The Engineer may require the use of patterns or the marking of sheet layouts directly on the forms where complicated or warped surfaces are involved. At transverse joints between regular size sheets of liner, used in cast -in - place structures and at all pipe joints, the space between ends of locking extensions, measured longitudinally, shall not exceed 4 inches. Where sheets are cut and joined for the purpose of fitting irregular surfaces, this space shall not exceed 2 inches. c) Securing Liner in Place. Unless alternate methods are approved by the Engineer, liner shall be secured in place to the inner pipe forms with steel banding straps and the sheet to be provided with strap channels in accordance with Subsection DETAILS AND.DIMENSIONS. Only finished nails may be used on wood forms. Where form ties or form stabilizing rods pass through liner, provisions shall be made to maintain the liner in close contact with the forms during concrete placement. 4. LINER RETURNS. A liner return shall be installed where shown on the Plans and wherever surfaces lines with plastic liner join surfaces that are not so lined, such as brick, clay pipe, cast iron, pipe, manhole frames, and metal or clay tile gate guides. Unless otherwise indicated, returns shall be made as follows: a) Each liner return shall be a separate strip of liner at least 3 inches wide joined to the main liner by means of approved corner strips. b) Corner strips shall be welded continuously to the return and to the main liner and applied wherever. possible from the back of the lining. c) Locking extensions shall be provided on returns to lock the returns to the concrete of plastic lined, cast -in -place structures. Locking extensions will not be required on liner returns installed on lined precast concrete pipe. d) Each liner shall be sealed to adjacent construction with which it is in contact as shown on the Plans or as approved by the Engineer. 5. CONCRETE OPERATIONS. a) Concrete Placement. Concrete placed against liner shall be carefully vibrated so as to avoid damage to the liner and to produce a dense, homogeneous concrete securely anchoring the locking extensions into the C&B No. 011913 15315 - 8 PVC Corrosion Protection for Concrete Sanitary Sewer Pipe concrete. External vibrators shall be used in addition to internal vibrators, particularly along the lower terminal edge of plastic liner. If approved stiffeners are used along locking extensions of liner installed in forms for pipe, they shall be withdrawn completely during the placement of concrete in the forms. The concrete shall be revibrated to consolidate the concrete in the void spaces caused by the withdrawal of the stiffeners. b) Removing Forms. In removing forms, care shall be taken to protect liner -from damage. Sharp instruments shall not be used to pry forms from lined surfaces. When forms are removed, any nails that remain in the liner shall be pulled without tearing the liner and the resulting holes clearly marked. Form tie holes shall be marked before ties are broken off and all areas of serious abrasion of the liner shall be marked. Liner in pipe shall be cleaned at the direction of the Construction Engineer .for inspection and repaired prior to shipment of the pipe. Banding straps used in securing liner to forms for pipe and cast -in -place structures shall be removed within the limits of the unlined invert, and voids left in the invert at the edge of the liner shall be filled with cement mortar or other material approved by the Engineer. 6. FIELD JOINING OF LINER. a) General. No field joint shall be made in liner until the lined pipe or structure has been backfilled and the joints have been tested. Where groundwater is encountered, the joint shall not be made until pumping of the groundwater has been discontinued for at least 15 days and no visible leakage is evident at the joint. Liner at joints shall be free of all mortar and other foreign materials and shall be clean and dry before joints are made. w Hot joint compound shall not be brought in contact with liner. No coating of any kind shall be applied over any joint, comer, or welding .strip, except where nonskid coating is applied to liner surfaces. Adhesive shall not be applied to the surfaces of cement mortar in pipe joints, or to the surfaces of liner or joint strips opposite said mortar and concrete surfaces. b) Field Joint in Pipe Installations - Field joint in liner at pipe joints shall be one of the following types: (1) Type P-1. A Type P-1 joint shall consist of a 4 inch joint strip, UM centered over the pipe joint and secured along each edge to adjacent liner by means of a welding strip. The gap between ends of lock extensions shall not exceed 4 inches. C&B No. 011913 15315-9 PVC Corrosion Protection for Concrete Sanitary Sewer Pipe (2) Type P-2. A Type P-2 joint shall be made with an integral part of the liner extending 4 ± 1/4 inches beyond the spigot end of the pipe, overlapping the liner downstream from the pipe joint and secured to the downstream liner by means of a welding strip. The 4 inch strip of liner extending beyond the spigot end of pipe shall be devoid of locking extensions and shall be protected from damage during pipe handling and jointing operations. Excessive tension and distortion in the strip caused by bending it back sharply at the r� end of the pipe will not be permitted. Flaps on extruded sheet shall be as stated in Subsection DETAILS AND DIMENSIONS. Care shall be taken to protect the flap from damage. Excessive tension and distortion in bending the flap back to expose the pipe joint during laying and joint mortaring shall be avoided. - Any flap which has been bent and held back during pipe laying and jointing operations shall be allowed to return to its original shape and flatness well in advance of making the liner joint. For beveled pipe, the liner extension at the spigot end of the pipe shall be trimmed to extend 4 inches beyond and parallel to the beveled end. Length between ends of locking extensions shall not exceed 4 inches. Field joints in liner at pipe joints shall not be made until the mortar in the pipe has been allowed to cure for at least 48 hours. All joints between lined pipe and lined cast -in -place structures shall be either Type C-1 or Type C-2 as specified herein. c) Field Joints in Cast -in -Place Structures. Field joints in liner on cast -in - place structures shall be one of the following types: (1) Type C-1. A Type C-1 joint shall be made in the same manner as a Type P-1 joint is made. The width of the space between adjacent sheets of liner in a Type C-1 joint shall not exceed 1/2 inch. This type of joint is the only type permitted at transverse contraction joints in concrete. Its only other use is for joints between pipes and cast -in -place structures. (2) Type C-2. A Type C-2 joint shall be made by flipping sheets not less than 1-1/2 inches and securing the overlap to the adjacent liner by means of a welding strip. The upstream sheet shall overlap the downstream sheet. The length of that part of the overlapping sheet not having locking extensions shall not exceed 4 inches. (3) A welding strip shall be applied to the back of the joint. This type of joint may be used at any transverse liner joint other than those at transverse contraction joints in concrete and shall be used for liner joints made at longitudinal joints in concrete. C&B No. 011913 15315 - 10 PVC Corrosion Protection for Concrete Sanitary Sewer Pipe (4) Type C-3. A Type C-3 joint shall be made by putting sheets of liner together and applying a welding strip over the back of the joint before concrete is poured, and applying a welding strip over the front of the joint, after concrete is poured. A type C-3 joint will not be permitted at a transverse joint that extends to a lower terminal edge of liner or at any joint where the gap between adjoining sheets of liner exceeds 1/8 inch. d) ;;Installation of Welding Strips. Welding strips shall be fusion welded to joint strips and liner by qualified welders using only approved methods and techniques. The welding operation of any joint shall be continuous until that joint has been completed. At the lower terminal edges of liner, each transverse welding strip shall be extended at least 2 inches to provide a tab. The Construction Engineer may test each transverse weld by applying a 10 pound pull to the tab, normal to the face of the structure. Liner adjoining the welding strip shall be held in place during application of the force. If a weld failure develops, the 10 pound pull shall be maintained until no further separation occurs. Defective welds will be retested after repairs have been made. Tabs shall be trimmed away neatly by the installer of liner after the welding strip has passed the test. e) Joint Reinforcement. A 12 inch long welding strip shall be applied as a reinforcement across each transverse joint in liner that extends to the lower terminal edge of liner on each side of a pipe or structure. These reinforcement strips shall be centered over the joint being reinforced, shall be located as close to the lower edge of line as practicable, and shall be welded in place after the transverse welding strips have been tested and the test tabs removed. 7. PROTECTION AND REPAIR OF LINER. All necessary measures and precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to liner from equipment and materials used in, or taken through the work. Any damage to installed liner shall be repaired by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements set forth herein for the repair of line. All nail and tie holes and all cut, torn, and seriously abraded areas in the liner shall be patched. Patches made entirely with welding strip shall be fused to the liner over the entire patch. The use of this method is limited to patches that can .. be made with a single welding strip. The use of parallel, overlapping or adjoining welding strips will not be permitted. Larger patches may consist of smooth liner over the damaged area with edges covered with welding strips fused to the patch and to the liner adjoining the damaged area. The size of a single patch of the latter type shall be limited only as to its width, which shall not exceed 4 inches. C&B No. 011913 15315 - 11 PVC Corrosion Protection for Concrete Sanitary Sewer Pipe Whenever liner is not properly anchored to concrete, or wherever patches larger go than those -permitted above are necessary, the repair of liner and the restoration of anchorage shall be as directed by the Construction Engineer. a) Field Test. The surface of liner shall be cleaned to permit visual inspection and testing using an electrical holiday detector. All welds shall be physically tested with a nondestructive probing method. All liner, when installed, may be tested by the Construction Engineer, using an electrical holiday detector. The Contractor shall furnish a new electrical holiday detector for the Construction Engineer to use. The electrical holiday detector shall become the property of the Owner at the completion of the �- project. All areas of liner failing to meet the field test shall be properly repaired and retested. Any testing of the liner by the Contractor for his own purpose shall be done with a detector approved by the Construction Engineer. Each transverse welding strip that extends to a lower edge of the liner shall be tested. The welding strips shall extend below the liner providing a tab. A 10 pound pull will be applied normal to the face of the pipe by means of a spring balance. Liner adjoining the welding strip will be held against the concrete during application of the force. The 10 pound pull will be maintained if a weld failure develops, until no further separation occurs, Defective welds will be retested after repairs have been made. Tabs shall = be trimmed away neatly after the welding strip has passed inspection. The Contractor shall provide all equipment required to test liner in the manner recommended by the manufacturer and as described above. - C. SPECIAL DETAILS Special terminations will be required at sluice and slide gate frames, manholes, pipe sleeves, and at other such locations in existing structures to receive PVC liner. The Contractor shall submit drawings showing details of how these terminations are to be made. Methods of making terminations shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Use may be made of approved bonding agents to seal edges where PVC liner joins metal items cast in the concrete. All surfaces to be bonded shall be cleaned. Mixing and application of approved bonding agents shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Payment for work under this section will be at this contract unit price per linear foot of _. sewer pipe as shown on plans and listed in bid proposal. This shall be complete in place and as per the requirements of these specifications. END OF SECTION C&B No. 011913 15315 - 12 PVC Corrosion Protection for Concrete Sanitary Sewer Pipe City of Fort Worth, Texas Mayor and Council Communication COUNCIL ACTION: Approved on 7/8/2008 DATE: Tuesday, July 08, 2008 LOG NAME: 30WAGE RATES REFERENCE NO.: **G-16190 SUBJECT: Adopt 2008 Prevailing Wage Rates for City -Awarded Public -Works Projects RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council adopt the attached 2008 Prevailing Wage Rates for City -awarded public works projects. DISCUSSION: Texas Government Code Chapter 2258 requires that a public body awarding a contract for public works shall determine the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the contract, and shall specify In the bid documents and in the contract the prevailing wage rates in that locality. Each year The Quoin Chapter of the Associated General Contractors, in conjunction with the Association of Builders and Contractors (ABC) and the American Sub -Contractors Association (ASA), conducts a wage rate survey for North Texas construction. The attached 2008 Prevailing Wage Rate data was compiled from that survey. FISCAL INFORMATION/CERTIFICATION: The Finance Director certifies that this action will have no material effect on City funds. TO Fund/Account/Centers FROM Fund/Account/Centers Submitted for City Manager's Office by: Fernando Costa (8476) Originating Department Head: A. Douglas Rademaker (6157) Additional Information Contact: Eric Bundy (7598) 4 0 aw w. am No No wr HEAVY & HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PREVAILING WAGE RATES 2008 Air Tool Operator $10.06 Asphalt Distributor Operator $13.99 Asphalt Paving Machine Operator $12.78 Asphalt Raker $11.01 Asphalt Shoveler $ 8.80 Batching Plant Wei her $14.15 Broom or Sweeper Operator $ 9.88 Bulldozer Operator $13.22 Carpenter $12.80 Concrete Finisher Paving $12.85 Concrete Finisher, Structures $13.27 Concrete Paving Curbing Machine Operator $12.00 Concrete Paving Finishing Machine Operator $13.63 Concrete Paving Joint Sealer Operator $12.50 Concrete paving Saw Operator $13.56 Concrete Paving Spreader Operator $14.50 Concrete Rubber $10.61 Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Derrick, Dragline, Shovel Operator $14.12 Electrician $18.12 Fla er $ 9.43 Form Builder/Setter, Structures $11.63 Form Setter, Paving & Curb $11.83 Foundation Drill Operator, Crawler Mounted $13.67 Foundation Drill Operator, Truck Mounted $16.30 Front End Loader Operator $12.62 Laborer, Common $ 9.18 Laborer, Utility $10.65 Mechanic $16.97 Milling Machine Operator, Fine Grade $11.83 Mixer Operator $11.58 Motor Grader Operator, Fine Grade $15.20 Motor Grader Operator, Rough $14.50 Oiler $14.98 Painter, Structures $13.17 Pavement Marking Machine Operator $10.04 Pi ela er $11.04 Reinforcing Steel Setter, Paving $14.86 Reinforcing Steel Setter, Structure $16.29 Roller Operator, Pneumatic, Self -Propelled $11.07 Roller Operator, Steel Wheel, Flat Wheel/TampingWheel/Tamping $10.92 Roller Operator, Steel Wheel, Plant Mix Pavement $11.28 Scraper Operator $11.42 Servicer $12.32 Slip Form Machine Operator $12.33 Spreader Box Operator $10.92 Tractor Operator, Crawler Tye $12.60 Tractor Operator, Pneumatic $12.91 Traveling Mixer O erator $12.03 Truck Driver Lowboy -Float $14.93 Truck Driver Single Axle, Heavy $11.47 Truck Driver, Single Axle, Light $10.91 Truck Driver, Tandem Axle, Semi -Trailer $ t 1.75 Truck Driver, Transit -Mix $12.08 Wa on Drill Boring Machine, Post Hole Driller Operator $14.00 Welder $13.57 Work Zone Barricade Servicer $10.09 r. mw am w �r aw an J no ow ow 2008 PREVAILING WAGE RATES CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY AC Mechanic $21,69 Plumber $20.43 AC Mechanic Helper $12.00 Plumber Helper $14.90 Acoustical Ceiling Mechanic $15.24 Reinforcing Steel Setter $10.00 Bricklayer/Stone Mason $19.12 Roofer $14.00 Bricklayer/Stone Mason Helper $10.10 Roofer Hetper $10.00 Carpenter $16.23 Sheet Metal Worker $16.96 Carpenter Helper $11.91 Sheet Metal Worker Helper $12.31 Concrete Finisher $13.49 Sprinkler System Installer $18,00 Concrete Form Builder $13.12 Sprinkler System Installer Helper $9.00 Drywall Mechanic $14.62 Steel Worker Structural $17.43 Drywall Hetper $10.91 Concrete Pump $20.50 Drywa ll Taper $13.00 Crane, Clamsheel, Backhoe, Derrick, D'Une Shovel $17.76 Drywall Taper Helper $9.00 Forklift $12.63 Etectrician (Journeyman) $20.20 Front End Loader $10.50 Electrician Helper $14.43 Truck Driver $14.91 Electronic Technician $19.86 Welder $16.06 Electronic Technician Helper $12.00 Welder Het er $9.75 Floor Layer Resilient $20.00 Floor Layer Helper $13.00 Glazier $18.00 Glazier Hel r $13.OD Insulator $14.78 Insulator Helper $11.25 Laborer Common $10.27 Laborer Skilled $13.18 Lather $16.10 Painter $14.83 Painter Helper $8.00 Pi efitter $18.85 Pipefitter Helper $12.83 Plasterer $17.25 Plasterer Helper $12.25 a. Compliance with and Enforcement of Prevailing Wage Laws (a) Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (Chapter 2258), including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these contract documents. (b) Penalty for Violation. A contractor or any subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023. (c) Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information, including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of 2258.023, Texas Government Code, by a contractor or subcontractor, the City shall make an initial determination, before the 3 1 ' day after the date the City receives the information, as to whether good cause exists to believe that the `- violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the contractor or subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination. Upon the City's determination that there is good cause to believe the contractor or subcontractor has violated Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates, such amounts being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final determination of the violation. (d) Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised .., Statutes) if the contractor or subcontractor and any affected worker do not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the City makes its initial determination pursuant to paragraph (c) above. If the persons required to arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11 th day after the date that arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. (e) Records to be Maintained. The contractor and each subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and occupation of each worker employed by the contractor in the construction of the work provided for in this contract; and (ii) the .. actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of the Audit section of these contract documents shall pertain to this inspection. (f) Pay Estimates. With each partial payment estimate or payroll period, whichever is less, the contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. (g) Posting of Wage Rates. The contractor shall post the prevailing wage rates in a No conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times. (h) Subcontractor Compliance. The contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its subcontractors to comply with paragraphs (a) through (g) above. I" SECTION 6 CONTRACTS, BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.1 Certificate of Insurance 6.2 Contractor Compliance with Worker's Compensation Law 1 6.3 Conflict of Interest Questionnaire ... 6.4 Performance Bond 6.5 Payment Bond 6.6 Maintenance Bond 6.7 City of Fort Worth Contract a" i1 ' T , i CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE TO: CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS Date: NAME OF PROJECT: EAST 7TH STREET DEEP TUNNEL SANITARY SEWER, PART 1 PROJECT NUMBERS: CITY PROJECT No.: 01086 DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING PROJECT No.: 4009 WATER DEPARTMENT PROJECT No.: P275-541200-708170108683 FILE No.: X-20248 THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT (Name and Address of Insured) .� is, at the date of this certificate, Insured by this Company with respect to the business operations hereinafter described, for the type of insurance and in accordance with the provisions of the standard policies used by this Company, and further hereinafter described. Exceptions to standard policy noted on reverse side hereof. TYPE OF INSURANCE no .. .. Policy No. Effective Expires Limits of Liabili Worker's Compensation Comprehensive General Bodily Injury: Liability Insurance Ea. Occurrence: $ (Public Liability) Property Damage: Ea Occurrence: $ Blasting Ea. Occurrence: $ Collapse of Buildings or structures adjacent to Ea. Occurrence: $ excavations Damage to Underground Utilities Ea. Occurrence: $ Builder's Risk Bodily Injury: Comprehensive Ea. Person: $ Automobile Ea. Occurrence: $ Liability Property Damage: Ea Occurrence: $ Bodily Injury: Contractual Liability Ea. Occurrence: $ Property Damage: Ea. Occurrence: $ Other Locations covered: East side of downtown Fort Worth between INerstate 35W and downtown Description of operations covered: Construction of 24" SanitalySewer by Tunnel The above policies either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement provide that they may not be changed or canceled by the insurer in less than five (5) days after the insured has received written notice of such change/or cancellation. City of Fort Worth is named additional insured with respect to General Liability of this project. Where applicable local laws or regulations require more than five (5) days actual notice of change or cancellation to be assured, the above policies contain such special requirements, either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement thereto attached. Agency Fort Worth Agent By Address Title CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKERS' COMPENSATION LAW Pursuant to V.T.C.A. Labor Code §406.96 (2000), as amended, Contractor certifies that it provides workers' compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City of Fort Worth Department of Engineering No.4009 and City of Fort Worth Project No. P275-708170108683. CONTRACTOR LP Sundance Construction, Inc. By: Name: Title: ✓" 2 ACFSID&%rj� Date: 2- 6-DI STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF TARRANT § Before me, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared 6• LAnt V , known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instru ent, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same as the act and deed of LP Sundance Construction, Inc. for the purposes and consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. Given Under My Hand and Seal of Office this o , day of 6LbrWr y , 20_. W - Notary Public i d for the State of Texas .�•�° °•, MONICA ZAMARRON Notary Public, State of Texas '•%;;;,`,:�°� My Commission Expires June 13, 2012 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKERS' COMPENSATION LAW Pursuant to V.T.C.A. Labor Code §406.96 (2000), as amended, Contractor certifies that it provides workers' compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City of Fort Worth Department of Engineering No. 4009 and City of Fort Worth Water Project No. P275-541200-708170108683. CONTRACTOR By: Name: Title: Date: STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF TARRANT § Before me, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared , known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same as the act and deed of for the purposes and consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. Given Under My Hand and Seal of Office this day of Notary Public in and for the State of Texas ., PERFORMANCE BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § Bond# 766935P That we, (1) LP SUNDANCE CONSTRUCTION, Inc, ; as Principal herein, and (2) Developers Surety and Indemnity Company . a corporation Organized under the i laws of the State of (3) California , and who is authorized to issue surety bonds in the _ State of Texas, Surety herein, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation located in Tarrant and Denton Counties, Texas, Obligee herein, in the sum of TWO MILLION TWO HUNDRED AND TWENTY SEVEN THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED AND SEVENTY ONE DOLLARS AND FIFTY CENT... Dollars ($2,227,171.50) for the payment of which sum we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee dated the day of f v 4-UUd , 2008, a copy of which is attached hereto and made a part y hereof for all purposes, for the construction of EAST 7TR STREET DEEP TUNNEL SANITARY SEWER PART 1. MW y Is NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such, if the said Principal shall faithfully perform the work iii accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract documents and shall fully indemnify and hold harmless the Obligee from all costs and damages which Obligee may suffer by reason of Principal's default, and reimburse and repay Obligee for all outlay and expense that Obligee may incur in making good such default, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, to remain in full force and effect, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such statute, to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the Principal and the Surety have executed this instrument. SIGNED and SEALED this day of .20 am ow (S E A L) Witn s to Principal r ATTEST: M r Secretary Linds y Mitchell no (S E A L) Witness as to Suret Marilyn Branch LP Sundance Construction, Inc. PRINCIPAL By--'. � -Oe Z4K-�Z Name-'&Zz9,r,� S Titles S_ Address: 1388 S. IH 45 Ferris, TX 75125 Developers Surety and Indemnity Company S '�5TY By: �- �Oa Name: Richard W. Daiker Aftomey in Fact = Address: P.O. Box 19725 - Irvine, CA 926M — = Telephone Number: 912-556-0004 NOTE: (1) Correct name of Principal (Contractor). (2) Correct name of Surety. (3) State of incorporation of Surety Telephone number of surety must be stated. In addition, an original copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by the Attorney -in -Fact. The date of bond shall not be prior to date of Contract. PAYMENT BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § That we, (1), LP SUNDANCE CONSTRUCTION, INC. as Principal herein, and (2) _ Developers Surety and Indemnity Company a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of (3) California , as surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation located in Tarrant and Denton Counties, Texas, Obligee herein, in the amount of TWO MILLLION TWO HUNDRED AND TWENTY SEVEN THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED AND SEVENTY ONE DOLLARS AND FIFTY CENTS Dollars ($2,227,171.50) for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee dated the day of _��T, 20_, which contract is hereby referred to and _ made a part hereof as if fully and to the same extent as if copied at length, for the following project: EAST 7TH STREET DEEP TUNNEL SANITARY SEWER PART 1. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the �r said Principal shall faithfully make payment to each and every claimant (as defined in Chapter _ 2253, Texas Government Code, as amended) supplying labor or materials in the prosecution of the work under the contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statute, to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the Principal and the Surety have executed this instrument. SIGNED and SEALED this day of �it� .l , 20�. am (SEAL.) Witness t nnc' al ATTEST: � n t k, SecretaryLindsay Mitchell (S E A L-) ion Witness aSfo S ety Marilyn Branch LP Sundance Construction, Inc. PRINCIPAL //�� BX�� l/ N a m e X; 441 S �� zz Title:,/nc Address: 1388 S. IH 45 Ferris, TX 75125 Developers Surety and Indemnity Company SUVATY Name: Richard W. Daiker Attorney in Fact Address: P. O. Box 19725 Irvine, CA 92623 Telephone Number: 972-556-0004 NOTE: (1) Correct name of Principal (Contractor). (2) Correct name of Surety. (3) State of incorporation of Surety Telephone number of surety must be stated. in addition, an original copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by the Attorney -in -Fact. The date of bond shall not be prior to date of Contract. .r MAINTENANCE BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF TARRANT § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That LP Sundance Construction Inc. ("Contractor"), as principal, and, Developers Surety and Indemnity Company a corporation organized under the laws of the State of California ("Surety'), do hereby acknowledge themselves to be held and bound to pay unto the City of Fort Worth, a Municipal Corporation chartered by virtue of Constitution and laws of the State of Texas, ("City") in Tarrant County, Texas, the sum of TWO MILLION TWO Hundred AND TWENTY SEVEN THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED AND SEVENTY ONE DOLLARS and Fifty Cents ($2,227,171.50), lawful money of the United States, for payment of which sum well and truly be made unto said City and its successors, said Contractor and Surety do hereby bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, assigns and successors, jointly and severally. This obligation is conditioned, however, that: WHEREAS, said Contractor has this day entered into a written Contract with the City of Fort Worth, dated the of OFC 16 2008, 20 , a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof, for the performance of the following described public improvements: East 7t" Street Deep Tunnel Sanitary Sewer Part 1, the same being referred to herein and in said contract as the Work and being designated as project number(s) SEWER P275-541200-708170108683 and said contract, including all of the specifications, conditions, addenda, change orders and written instruments referred to therein as Contract Documents being incorporated herein and being made a part hereof, and, WHEREAS, in said Contract, Contractor binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the work that it will remain in good repair and condition for and during a period of after the date of the final acceptance of the work by the City; and WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself to maintain said work In good repair and condition for said term of Two (2) years; and WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself to repair or reconstruct the Word in whole or in part at any time within said period, if in the opinion of the Director of the City of Fort Worth Department of Engineering, it be necessary; and, WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself, upon receiving notice of the need therefore to repair or reconstruct said Work as herein provided. NOW THEREFORE, if said Contractor shall keep and perform its said agreement to maintain, repair or reconstruct said Work in accordance with all the terms and conditions of said Contract, these presents shall be null and void, and have no force or effect. Otherwise, this Bond shall be and remain in full force and effect, and the City shall have and recover from Contractor and Surety damages in the premises as prescribed by said Contract. This obligation shall be a continuing one and successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches until the full amount hereof is exhausted. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in 8 counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, this _ day of CEr' 1 r,. ?tinq , A.D. 20 ATTEST: rSFAII ATTEST: (SEAL) . Secretary Lindsay Mitchell LP Sundance Construction, Inc. Contractor Title: Zia eS Developers Surety and Indemnity Company Surety �sj flame: Richard W. Daiker Title: Attorney -in -fact P. O. Box 19725 ,; a Irvine, CA 92623 = Address WAS POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY PO Box 19725, IRVINE, CA 92623 (949) 263-3300 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that as except as expressly limited, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY, do each, hereby make, constitute and appoint: ***Richard W. Daiker, Tony Fierro, Johnny Moss, Jay Jordan, jointly or severally*** as their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, to make, execute, deliver and acknowledge, for and on behalf of said corporations, as sureties, bonds, undertakings and contracts of surety- ship giving and granting unto said Attomey(s)-In-Fact fun power and authority to do and to perform every act necessary, requisite or proper to be done in connection therewith as each of said corporations could do, but reserving to each of said corporations full power of substitution and revocation, and all of the acts of said Attomey(s)4i-Fact, pursuant to these presents, are hereby ratified and confirmed, This Power ofAttomey is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the respective Board of Directors of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY, effective as of January 1st, 2006. RESOLVED, that the chairman of the Board, the President and any Vice President of the corporation be, and that each of them hereby is, authorized to execute Powers of Attomey, qualifying the allomey(s) named in the Powers of Attorney to execute, on behalf of the corporations, bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship; and that the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the corporations be, and each of them hereby is, authorized to attest the execution of any such Power of Attorney; RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the signatures of such officers may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures shall be valid and binding upon the corporations when so affixed and in the future with respect to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship to which it is attached. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY have severally caused these presents to be signed by their respective Vice President and attested by their respective Assistant Secretary this January 1st, 2006. S k4Ls34 AAVr- BY Stephen T. Pate, Senior Vice President os� f POR..O��°s =1x}T OCG =� .r BY ion 19338 Charles L. Day, Assistant Secretary ': i •� c •",,�� • • >Ev��. Via, a State of California !lMna„f� County of Orange On January 1st. 2008 before me, Christopher J. Roach, Notary Public Date Here Insert Name and Tille of the Officer personally appeared Stephen T. Pate and Charles L Day Name(s) of Signer(s) �+ who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that helshe/they executed the same in hismedtheir authorized C)� capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of }TOPHR J. RQA which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument COMM # 1745939 3 . NOTARY PUBLIC CALIFORNIA a I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is ORANGE COUNTY true and correct. My c=m 0;"s May 19, 20it WITNESS my hand and -Mal seal. Place Notary Seal Above Signature Ch er J. Roach ,.. CERTIFICATE The undersigned, as Assistant Secretary, of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY, does hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney remains in full force and has not been revoked, and furthermore, that the provisions of the resolutions of the respective Boards of Directors of said corporations set forth in the Power ofAttomey, are in force as of the date of this Certificate. This Certificate is executed in the City of Irvine, Ca2fo•mia,the dayof DEC' 16 2009 By. Albert Hillebrand, Assistant ecretary - ID-1438(Wet)(Rev.10111) THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS CONTRACT KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS nr. r, I R ?p0; This Contract made and entered into this the day of A.D., 2008, by and between so the CITY OF FORT WORTH, a home -rule municipal corporation situated in Tarrant, Denton, Parker, and Wise Counties, Texas, by and through its duly authorized Assistant City Manager, ("Owner"), and (Contracting Company Name here), ("Contractor") Owner and LP SUNDANCE CONSTRUCTION, INC. Owner and Contractor may be referred to herein individally as a "Party" or collectively as the is "Parties." WITNESSETH: That said parties have agreed as follows: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned to be made and performed by the Owner, and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith, the said Contractor hereby agrees with the said Owner to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: EAST 7TH STREET DEEP TUNNEL SANITARY SEWER PART 1 That the work herein contemplated shall consist of furnishing as an independent contractor all labor, tools, appliances and materials necessary for the construction and completion of said project in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents prepared by the Department of Engineering for the Water Department of the City of Fort Worth adopted by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth, which Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents are hereto attached and made a part of this contract the same as if written herein. 3. ,. The Contractor hereby agrees and binds himself to commence the construction of said work within ten (10) days after being notified in writing to do so by the Department of Water (Engineering) of the City of Fort Worth. r 4. The Contractor hereby agrees to prosecute said work with reasonable diligence after the commencement thereof and to fully complete and finish the same ready for the inspection and approval of the Department of Engineering of the City of Fort Worth and the City Council of the City of Fort Worth within a period of 270 Calender days. If the Contractor should fail to complete the work as set forth in the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents within the time so stipulated, plus any additional time allowed as provided in the General Conditions, there shall be deducted from any monies due or which may thereafter become due him, the sum of $420.00 Per working day, not as a penalty but as liquidated damages, the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable to the Owner for such deficiency. 5. Should the Contractor fail to begin the work herein provided for within the time herein fixed or to carry on and complete the same according to the true meaning of the intent and terms of said Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents, then the Owner shall have the right to either demand the surety to take over the work and complete same in accordance with the Contract Documents or to take charge of and complete the work in such a manner as it may deem proper, and if in the completion thereof, the cost to the said City shall exceed the contract price or prices set forth in the said plans and specifications made a part hereof, the Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay said City on demand in writing, setting forth and specifying an itemized statement of the total cost thereof, said excess cost. -+ Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify City's engineer and architect, and their personnel at the project site for Contractor's sole negligence. In addition, Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the Owner, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims or suits for property loss, property damage, personal injury, including death, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not any such iniury, damage or death is caused, in whole or in part, by the negligence or alleged negligence of (honer, its officers, servants, or employees. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against any and all injuries to Owner's officers, servants and employees and any damage, loss or destruction to property of the Owner arising from the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether or not any such injury or damage is caused in whole or in part by the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants or employees.. In the event Owner receives a written claim for damages against the Contractor or its subcontractors prior to final payment, final payment shall not be made until Contractor either (a) submits to Owner satisfactory evidence that the claim has been settled and/or a release from the claimant involved, or (b) provides Owner with a letter from Contractor's liability insurance carrier that the claim has been referred to the insurance carrier. The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to accept bids on other City of Fort Worth public work from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract. 7. The Contractor agrees, upon the execution of this Contractor, and before beginning work, to make, execute and deliver to City of Fort Worth the following bonds in the name of the City of Fort Worth in a sum equal to the amount of the Contract. The form of the bond shall be as herein provided -� and the surety must first be acceptable to the requirements of the Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as Amended. A. If the total contract price is $25,000 or less, payment to the contractor shall be made in•, one lump sum. Payment shall not be made for a period of 45 calendar days from the date the work has,,.,,, been completed and accepted by the Owner. CITYSECRETARY w. B. If the contract amount is in excess of $25,000, a Payment Bond shall be executed, in the amount of the Contract, solely for the protection of the claimants supplying labor and material in the prosecution of the work. C If the Contract amount is in excess of $100,000, a Performance Bond shall be executed, in the amount of the Contract conditioned on the faithful performance of the work in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, and Contract Documents. Said bond shall solely be for the protection of the Owner. D. A Two-year Maintenance Bond in the name of the Owner is required for all projects to insure the prompt, full and faithful performance of the general guarantee contained in the Contract Documents. 8. The Owner agrees and binds itself to pay, and the Contractor agrees to receive, for all of the aforesaid work, and for all additions thereto or deductions therefrom, the price shown on the Proposal submitted by the successful bidder hereto attached and made a part hereof. Payment will be made in monthly installments upon actual work completed by contractor and accepted by the Owner and receipt of invoice from the Contractor. The agreed upon total contract amount (including/excluding) alternates n/a, shall be TWO MILLION TWO HUNDRED AND TWENTY SEVEN THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED AND SEVENTY ONE DOLLARS AND FIFTY CENTS, ($2,227,171.50). 9. ' It is further agreed that the performance of this Contract, either in whole or in part, shall not be sublet or assigned to anyone else by said Contractor without the written consent of the Owner. Any request for any sublease or assignment shall be made in writing and submitted to the Director of the •• Engineering Department. on 10. 0-0 The Contractor agrees to pay at least the minimum wage per hour for all labor as the same is classified, promulgated and set out by the City of Fort Worth, Texas, a copy of which is attached hereto and made a part hereof the same as if it were copied verbatim herein. II. It is mutually agreed and understood that this agreement is made and entered into by the parties hereto with references to the existing Charter and Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth and the laws of the State of Texas with references to and governing all matters affecting this Contract, and the Contractor agrees to fully comply with all the provisions of the same. IN WITNESS THEREOF, the City of Fort Worth has caused this instrument to be signed in 8 counterparts in its name and on its behalf by the City Manager and attested by its Secretary, with the corporate seal of the City of Fort Worth attached. The Contractor has executed this instrument through its duly authorized officers in 8 counterparts with its corporate seal attached. _ ..., . OFF'M AL RECORD clTy SECRETARY w ,'o Done in Fort Worth, Texas, this the — RECO DES D:,, B • It — DIRECTOR, DEPARTMENT OF WATER — — — no DEC 16 �;- day of . A.D., 2008. 4 P,-ewN619" r4PN -M VC7-1lN, -t AIC. CONTRACTOR K.,NMI. / i "��l!/ls l� I�r'fSi old n TITLE CITY OF FORT WORTH FERNANDO COSTA, ASST CITY MANAGER ATTEST: 1^i1_titi CITY SECRETARY (SEAL) ContLact Authorizatiox I Lcq- Date APPROVED AS TO FORM AND /3/I 501YA Zft ys rrij, 7X )j"/ZS— LEGALITY: ADDRESS OFFiCIAL RECORD; CITYSSCREARY F' WORTH, Tx SECTION 7 am PERMITS •• 7.1 TxDOT Permit(s) 7.2 Railroad Permit(s) 7.3 Other Permit(s) am A. ow .. .. ow .. no Approval Form Page 1 of 1 Approval Form APPROVAL r Online version 11l2005 To Kathy Pontesso Date 7/30/2008 City of Fort Worth _ Application No. FTW20080725094107 1000 Throckmorton Street District App. No. 220-SS-279-08 Fort Worth, TX 76102 Highway SS 0280 Control Section 017206 Maintenance Section South Tarrant County Tarrant TxDOT offers no objection to the location on the right-of-way of your proposed utility installation, as described by Notice of Proposed Utility Installation No. FTW20080725094107 (District Application No. 220-SS-279-08) dated 7/30/2008 and accompanying documentation, except as noted below. Have a great day. When installing utility lines on controlled access highways, your attention is directed to governing laws, especially to Texas Transportation Code, Title 6, Chapter 203, pertaining to Modernization of State Highways; Controlled Access Highways. Access for serving this installation shall be limited to access via (a) frontage roads where provided, (b) nearby or adjacent public roads or streets, (c) trails along or near the highway right-of-way lines, connecting only to an intersecting roads; from any one or all of which entry may be made to the outer portion of the highway right-of-way for normal service and maintenance operations. The Installation Owner's rights of access to the through -traffic roadways and ramps shall be subject to the same rules and regulations as apply to the general public except, however, if an emergency situation occurs and usual means of access for normal service operations will not permit the immediate action required by the Utility Installation Owner in making emergency repairs as required for the safety and welfare of the public, the Utility Owners shall have a temporary right of access to and from the through -traffic roadways and ramps as necessary to accomplish the required emergency repairs, provided TxDOT is immediately notified by the Utility Installation Owner when such repairs are initiated and adequate provision is made by the Utility Installation o+ Owner for convenience and safety of highway traffic. The installation shall not damage any part of the highway and adequate provisions must be made to cause minimum inconveniences to traffic and adjacent property owners. In the event the Installation Owner fails to comply with any or all of the requirements as set forth herein, the State may take such action as it deems appropriate to compel compliance. It is expressly understood that the TxDOT does not purport, hereby, to grant any right, claim, title, or easement in or upon this highway; and it is further understood that the TxDOT may require the Installation Owner to relocate this line, subject to provisions of governing laws, by giving thirty (30) days written notice. If construction has not started within six (6) months of the date of this approval, the approval will automatically expire and you will be required to submit a new application. You are also requested to notify this office prior to commencement of any routine or periodic maintenance which requires pruning of trees within the highway right-of- way, so that we may provide specifications for the extent and methods to govern in trimming, topping, tree balance, type of cuts, painting cuts and clean up. These specifications are intended to preserve our considerable investment in highway planting and beautification, by reducing damage due to trimming. Special Provisions: r UIR SPECS Notice to be sent to applicants You are required to notify TxDOT 48 hours (2 business days) before you start construction to allow for proper inspection and coordination of work days and traffic control plans. Use the UIR website for the 48-hour notification. DO NOT start construction until you have coordinated the construction start date and inspection with TxDOT. You are also required to keep a copy of this Approval, the Notice of Proposed Installation, and any approved amendments at the job site at all times. I" District Texas Department of Transportation By J D Greenhill Title Utility Supervisor Fort Worth https: //apps.dot.state.tx.us/UIRPRO/lib/NoticeApproval.asp?ApproverID=DOT2007O622102546&Permit... 7/30/2008 wo w we ow w Texas Department of Transportation .. .. - Sp4cifications for No utility ZnstallatiO17S no Fort worth Dlstrict (revised July 2008) no mo .. .. No .. ,m no no r n• Specifications for Utility Installations Fort Worth District TxDOT Directory For Utilities 3,4 TXDors Mission Statement 5 Safety 5 Protection of Highway Facilities 5 Use of Explosives 5 Protection of Existing Facilities 5 Deviation From Approved Plans 5 Staking of Utility `Lines in Advance of Construction 5 Full -Time Supervision and Inspection 5 Notification of Job Start 5 TxDOT Locates 6 Stockpiles on TxDOT ROW 6 Coordination of Work With Highway Contractor or State Forces 6 Work Day Restrictions 6 Inclement Weather 6 Pits 6 Bore and Tunneling Operations 7 Markers 7 Above -Ground Appurtenances 8 Back -Fill of Utility Trenches 8 Site Clean -Up 8 Repair and Replacement of Rip -Rap and Earth Slopes 8 Special Precautions For Erosion Control 8 Seeding Specifications 9 Aesthetics 10 Required Pruning Practices 10 Pruning Suggestions 11 ' v e l.t.0 lowl 144 1 ONO inx141h.1ibr;h Fort Worik!liaise? TXDOT DIRECTORY FOR UTILITIES R.O.W. UTILITY OFFICE I J. D. GREENHILL UTILITY AGREEMENT I PERMIT COORDINATOR 817-370-6588 BUZZ KYLER UTILITY COORDINATOR 817-370-6827 PAUL FIERRO UTILITY COORDINATOR 817-370-6865 JOSEPH BENNETT UTILITY COORDINATOR 817-370-6883 JIMMY VAUGHAN UTILITY OBSERVER 817-307-1611 STACY CLACK UTILITY OBSERVER 817-313-3878 CLARA ELLIOTT UTILITY PERMITS for N. TARRANT, 817-370-6585 BRENDA WATTS PARKER, PALO PINTO, JACK, WISE, 817-370-6589 S. TARRANT, JOHNSON, ERATH, HOOD, SOMERVELL (50) JOHNS -ON COUNTYAR.EA OFFICE RONALD ROBINSON AREA ENGINEER 817-202-2900 RANDY BOWERS ASSISTANT AREA ENGINEER 817-202-2900 JERRY STOUT UTILITY COORDINATOR 817-202-2900 (51) WISE & JACK COUNTY AREA OFFICES BILL NELSON AREA ENGINEER 940-626-3400 GREG CEDILLO ASSISTANT AREA ENGINEER 940-626-3400 JANET DAVIS UTILITY COORDINATOR 940-626-3400 (52) NORTH TARRANT COUNTY AREA OFFICE (N. OF IH30) RALPH BROWNE AREA ENGINEER 817-399-4302 OSCAR CHAVEZ ASST AREA ENGINEER 817-399-4302 (54) SOUTH TARRANT COUNTY AREA OFFICE (S. OF IH30) JOE FOSS TT AREA ENGINEER 817-370-6638 ALBERT DURANT ASSISTANT AREA ENGINEER 817-370-6638 eatimm. 1"t 1 .414-'1t weltrtls.V> 3 kbt! Worth Uismief No (56) ERATH, HOOD A SOWAVELL COUNTY AREA OFFICES MARC Mc ENDREE AREA ENGINEER DAVID BULLARD ASST AREA ENG: /UTILITY COO.RD. (57) PARKER & PALO PINTO COUNTYAREA OFFICES JOHN CORDARY AREA ENGINEER VACANT ASST AREA ENG. /UTILITY COORD. +a JOHNSON. COUNTY MAINTENANCE RALPH GARZA MAINTENANCE SUPERVISOR BRYAN ANDERSON UTILITY OBSERVER WISE A JACK:COUNTY MMMI' NAN;CE RICKY TOMPKINS MAINTENANCE SUPERVISOR KEITH PROCHNOW UTILITY OBSERVER (WISE) JANA ROBINSON UTILITY OBSERVER (JACK) '^ NORTH TARRANTCOUNTY MAINTENANCE GARY PHILLIPS MAINTENANCE SUPERVISOR NOTE: UTILITY PERMIT OBSERVER FROM AREA OFFICE STACY CLACK SOUTH: TARRANT COUNTY MAINTENANCE RALPH GARZA MAINTENANCE SUPERVISOR NOTE: UTILITY PERMIT OBSERVER FROM AREA OFFICE JIMMY VAUGHAN ERATH, HOOD,:SOMERVELL COUNTY MAINTENANCE n . JAMES PARKER MAINTENANCE SUPERVISOR JASON SHEVOKAS UTILITY OBSERVER GEORGE MITCHELL DESIGNER.. PARKER & PALO_:PINTO-COUNITY MAINTENANOE ALAN DONALDSON MAINTENANCE SUPERVISOR WAYNE FRAIZER UTILITY OBSERVER (PARKER) BRYAN RIGGS UTILITY OBSERVER (PALO PINTO) 254-965-3511 254-965-3511 817-596.9834 811406-9834 817-202-290.0 817-2.02-2905 94.0-626-3400 940-626-3901 $46-567-661.1 817-283-2731 817-313-3873 817-235-3416 817-307-1617 254-897-2647 254-897-2647 254-897-2647 817-596=9298 817-596-9298 940-325-2414 IN CASE OF EMERGENCIES, CONTACT TXDOT DUTY # 897-247-7772. LIGHTS AND TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES SHALL ALWAYS BE USED, AND WILL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE GUIDELINES OF THE TMUTCD. socrai,etitn" For t`litih gnilnii511n(t: mw 4 For, itbarivt TXDOT'S MISSION STATEMENT The mission of the Texas Department of Transportation is to provide safe, effective and efficient movement of .. people and good's. SAFETY Please refer to the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for questions concerning traffic control. " While working on TXDOT right of way hard hats and fluorescent safety vest are required at all times. PROTECTION OF HIGHWAY FACILITIES. All construction operations relative to installation of the Utility shall be conducted in such manner as to protect highway facilities from damage at all times. In addition, all work must be done in strict accordance with all applicable regulations of.. the occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) of the US Department of Labor. USE OF EXPLOSIVES ND.explosives shall be used within limits of highway right-of-way without .written permission. PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES Prior to beginning actual construction operations the -Utility shall notify all other Utility Companies who may have facilities in the area so they can determine if the proposed construction will conflict with :or otherwise damage their facilities. REMEMBER: 1.800-DIG-TESS DEVIATION FROM APPROVED PLANS No changes shall be made to the approved location of utilities without prior authorization of TxDOT. The Utility shall make necessary arrangements with other Utility.Owners for moving facilities and/or supporting same during trenching operations. Any poles,. anchors, etc. relocated to clear the proposed underground utility line shall be moved toward the highway right-of-way line and location shall be subject to TxDOT approval. All utility lines incorrectly installed shall be removed and laid in proper location at the entire expense of the Utility. STAKING OF UTILITY LINES IN ADVANCE OF CONSTRUCTION - Utility lines shall 40 staked well in .advance of construction so that TxDOT can inspect staking to verify that the alignment conforms to requirements set out herein and that there is no conflict with highway facilities. FULL TIME SUPERVISION AND INSPECTION The Utility shall provide competent full-time supervisors or inspectors for all utility installations. NOTIFICATION OF JOB START 48 Hour notification is required for utility installations by contractor and on line through UIR. Please have the. following. information ready when you call: • APPROVED PERMIT NO. • STATE HIGHWAY NO. UTILITY COMPANY • UTILITY SUPERVISOR OR INSPECTOR'S NAME and UTILITY CELL NO. • GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S NAME • NAME OF FOREMAN and MOBILE PHONE NO. • STARTDATE 1;jw6ii.-dgJaw Par t 41hy fn-ta$316 " J Furl �1'ui•�k t:ir:.i;: too 1! r TXDOT .LOCATES ■ 46 Hour notification is required 'for TXDOT locates. BE AWARE!! TXDOT has a considerable investment in traffic signals, lighting, and traffic management system. These: systems include underground electric and .fiber optic lines. If any of the: above facilities are within the limits of. the .utility project, the utility is required to call the phone numbers listed below; E Signals and lighting: Phone # (817) 370-6671 Traffic Management: Phone # (817) 370.6745 AERIAL CROSSINGS 72 Hour 13 business days) notification is required for aerial crossings. Crossings on controlled access highways and/or high volume roadways can only be performed on Sunday, between the hours of 3 a.m. to 7 a.m. with police assistance and: traffic control. Crossings on non -controlled access roadways and/or low volume roadways can be performed anytime during the week, Monday thru Friday, between the hours of 9 a.m. and 4 p.m. with proper traffic control. LANE CLOSURES 72 Hour (3 business days) notification is required for. lane closures prior to the alteration of traffic flow. If a lane closure is required due to an unforeseen situation and after a. utility permit has been approved, it will be necessary to call the: TxDOT Utility Permit Office at 8171370-66.97. A traffic control plan must be submitted and approved by TxDOT prior to lane closures. r Note: An Engineer's seal may be required for lane closures on controlled access highways and high volume roadways. STOCKPILES ON TXDOT ROW Stockpiling. will be allowed with permission from TxDOT. Once, permission has been granted, stockpiling can start forty-eight hours prior to construction. The stockpile shall be placed on the right of way line or as close as possible without obstructing the curb, pavement, or line of site. All materials must be removed from TxDOT right of way R completion of the utility project. COORDINATION OF WORK WITH HIGHWAY CONTRACTOR OR STATE FORCES All work related to the installation of utilities shall be conducted in such manner as not to interfere in anyway with highway constNction or TxDOT maintenance operations. .. WORK DAY RESTRICTIONS Except, in cases of emergency, no work will be allowed on Saturdays, Sundays, Federal or State Holidays or at night, ., EXCEPTIONS MAY BE GRANTED BY MOT IF the Utility shows that "off day" work is necessary to avoid service; interruptions to the public and the Utility agrees to the following. conditions: Obtain TXDOT approval at least 48 hours. In advance. The Contractor is, required to have sufficient personnel and equipment: on the job10 efficiently execute the work. The utility will have a supervisor or inspector present on the job at all times while the work is In progress. INCLEMENT WEATHER To ensure the safety of the traveling public, as well as the contractor and his crew and TxDOT agents, no work shall be. allowed during inclement weather such as, but not limited to rain, fog, snow and sleet effects visibility and/or traction. r„r 14INy hew-Wtian 6 Fors Wo ih 11. 0et w PITS All pits shall be excavated and closed within 46 hours. If the utility wishes to leave pits open overnight, reflective .� barricades must be employed. BORE AND TUNNELING OPERATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Utilities crossing under surfaced roads within the limits of highway right-of-way shall be .placed by auger bore or tunnel method, unless otherwise specifically authorized by TxDOT. Bores or tunnels shall be placed at depths below the roadway structure which are sufficient for superimposed live and dead loads and also prevent collapse of supporting soil between hole and roadway. Boring and tunneling operations shall extend outside of the front slope and clear zone of the highway. Bores Where material beneath pavement is sandy or unstable and will be subject to caving, the hole for the casing shall be bored and cased simultaneously and bored material removed through casing. Cutting face of auger or drill shall not project more than six (6) Inches ahead of casing and no water shall be used in connection with drilling. Where material beneath pavement Is stable and not subject to caving, and allowed by TxDOT, the hole for the casing may be bared first and casing inserted in the hole immediately after completion of boring. if allowed by TxDOT, water may be used in conjunction with boring, Bore Pit Location Pits excavated for boring or tunneling .operations shall be located so that any possible sloughing of sides of pit will not endanger shoulders or pavements and so that barricades can be placed as specked in the TMUTCD. Bore pits should be located at least thirty feet from the edge of the nearest through traffic lane and not less than twenty feet from .the edge of pavement on ramps, On low traffic roadways and frontage roads, bore pits should not be less than ten feet from the edge of pavement or five feet from face of curb. Tunneling While hole is being tunneled, casing shall normally be jacked into place as operations progress. Working face of excavation shall not precede advancing end of casing by more than two and one half (2'2) feet unless otherwise allowed by TxDOT. Grouting All voids around casing shall be pressure.grouted. The grout shall consisting of Portland Cement and washed sand and containing not less than two (2) sacks or Portland Cement per cubic yard of grout. Additional cement shall be added if workability and/or stability cannot be obtained. An air -entraining agent may also be added to the grout mixture to facilitate flow If necessary. Grouting shall be done immediately after casing has been installed in hole in order to avoid any shearing of soil and settlement of over burden above casing. Means shall be provided for proving that voids are filled around 24 diameter and larger casings in the event there is some doubt by TxDOT. TxDOT may require the Utility to install removable plugs at intervals inside the casing. No holes shall be drilled in pavement or shoulders for grouting operations. MARKERS The Utility shall place a readily identifiable and suitable marker at each right-of-way line for highway crossings. Utilities that parallel the right of way shall place a marker every 1600 feel, at intersecting streets, and highway drainage culverts. ibwe•irruai:�mti for t'tuort 1rin.H:atytnv 7 loin 11 grill OB11,10 ABOVE -GROUND APPURTENANCES Above -ground appurtenances, such as pedestals, fire hydrants, meters, etc., shall be located at the right=of-way line. BACKFILL OF UTILITY TRENCHES +•+ DESCRIPTION This specification shall .govern backfill of trenches, which. have been opened for the removal, adjustment, or installation of utility lines within the limits of highway right-of-way. Except when permission is granted, compacted backfill will be used for utility Installations. Backfill shall consist of compacted material obtained from suitable soil excavated from the trench, or from sources outside the highway right-of-way. Material shall be free of rock, lumps, or clods that will not break down under compaction. Backfll material shalt be placed in the trench in layers not to exceed 6" in depth and compacted. Water shall be added as required to facilitate compaction. Compaction shall be done with rollers or mechanical tamps, Use of roilers will be allowed only when such useis not believed detrimental to any highway facility. The type of roller used must be acceptable. to TxDOT. When rollers are .used; mechanical tamps shall be used along the sides of trench to compact any backfill that cannot be reached with rollers. Compacting shall be continued until a backfill density is equal to that of theadjacent, undisturbed material. Where trenches lie within the limits of drainage ditches and channels, which are in solid rock, TxDOT may require t' of concrete backfill, struck off flush with the top of rock. SITE CLEAN UP The Utility is responsible for site clean up at the end of each workday. Roadways adjacent to the utility construction site shall be kept free from debris, construction materials, and mud. At the end of each day, construction equipment and materials shall be moved as far from the roadway as feasible within the safety rules. If mudding of the roadway occurs: at any time, the roadway shallbe cleaned immediately. When the utility installation is complete, the right-of-way shall be reshaped to its original condition and no the area reseeded or re -sodded to reduce erosion. Should settlement or erosion occur within one (1) year of the utility installation, TxDOT may specify prompt replacement at the utility's expense for bringing the construction site to a satisfactory condition. TxDOT will restore sites that are left at an unsatisfactory condition after notification has been sent to the utility. These sites will be restored to original condition. The utility shall fully reimburse all costs incurred by TxDOT for all repairs made by TxDOT. These costs include,. but are not limited to matters of traffic safety, right of way contour, restoration and repairs to all highway structures: including, but not limited to roads, driveways, terrain, landscaping, s fences, etc. REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT OF RIPRAP AND EARTH SLOPES Any existing riprap cut by trenching operations shall be replaced and surface of new riprap finished to match :that of existing. dprap. Concrete riprap shall contain not less than three (3) sacks of cement per cubic yard of concrete. Reinforcing steel shall conform to that of existing riprap. SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS FOR EROSION CONTROL Special precautions should be taken during utility installations to avoid disturbing existing drainage courses. In addition, soil erosion should be held to a minimum and sediment from the construction site should be kept away from the roadway and drain inlets. During construction the roadbed and ditches shall be maintained in such condition to insure proper drainage at all times. Ditches and channels shall be maintained to avoid damage to the roadway. To avoid soil erosion; it is advised and encouraged that the Utility Contractor use all applicable means (i.e. silt fences, hay bails, rock filter dams; etc.) to detour soil from eroding into roadway, ditches, and adjacent property. tijH•rtfN Nri!,u. G,r i'ri!in laxluilutlrn!v 8 1,f#0.Winh DktrWi t� r-0 SEEDING SPECIFICATIONS RURAL AREA WARM -SEASON SEEDING. RATE In hounds. Pure Live Seed (PLS.) Mixture for Clay or Tight Soils Mixture for Sandy Soils Dates Eastern Section Western Section All Sections Feb 1 Green Sprangietop 0.6 Green Sprangletop 0.6 Green Sprangleton 0.7 TO May 1 Sideoats Grama (El Reno) 1.6 Bermudagrass 0.8 Little Bluestein 1.1 Sideoats Grama (Haskell or El Reno) LittleBluestem Indianyrass (Lometa or Cheyenne) 1.8 1.1 1.5 Sideoats Grama (Haskell) Bermudagrass Little Bluestem 2:2 Q.9 1.4 K-R Bluestem 0.7 `K•R Bluestem 0.7 Sand Dropseed 0.2 Switchgrass 1.2 SMtchgrass (Alamo orBlaGcwell) 1.2 Total 6.2 1 Total 6.9 1 Total 5.4 URBAN AREA WARM -SEASON SEEDING RATE In Pounds. Pure Live Seed (PLS) Mixture for Clay or Tight,Soils Mixture for Sandy Soils Dates Eastern Section Western Section All Sections Feb 1 Green Sprangletop 0.9 Green Sprangletop 1.1 Green Sprangletop 1.1 TO Bermudagrass 1.2 K-R Bluestem 1.3 K-R Bluestem 1.3 May 1 -R luesl m 11.0 Buffalbgrass 10.7 Buffalograss 1.5 Buffs0 Total 11.1 Total 13.1 Total 3.9 TEMPORARY COOL -SEASON SEEDING RATE In hounds. Pure Live Seed (PLS) Dates All Sections Feb 1 Tali Fescue 4.0 To Westem Wheatgrass 5.0 May 1 Wheat (Red, Winter) 30.0 Total 39.0 TEMPORARY COOL -SEASON LEGUME SEEDING RATE. In sounds. Pure Live Seed (PLS) Dates All Sections Aug 15 Crimson Clover 7.0 to Nov 30 Total 7.0 TEMPORARY WARM -SEASON SEEDING RATE In Dounds. Pure Live Seed (PLS) Dates All Sections May 1 Foxtail Millet 30.0 to Nov 30 Total 30.0 Note; Names in parenthesis O represent-improveo- vaneues ot'the species shown, speoth!aTirgl+?.ft'l7aiit+l+c<{ellutitias 9 Port Wnrih l/ittrict G" AESTHETICS To preserve and protect trees., shrubbery. and other aesthetic features on the highway right-of-way. TxDOT may specify the extent and methods of tree removal, tree trimming, or their replacement. TxDOT may also. specify the installation methods of the underground or overhead utility in order to protect and preserve trees and other aesthetic features. REQUIRED PRUNING. PRACTICES PRIOR TO CUTTING: • Locate. utility lines with the least possible interference with trees. • Amount of clearance should be determined by the rate of tree growth. • Remove minimum number of branches to provide adequate clearance. • Maintain adequate clearance for lines, NOT EXCESSIVE CLEARANCE. • ALL pruning shall conform to recognized tree surgery practice. • Preserve natural character of tree. WHERE TO CUT In removing a limb, the cut should be made at a fork where the remaining branch will be at least one third the diameter of the one removed. LIMB REMOVAL 1. In removing branches the cut should be made at a fork with the .remaining branch at least one-third the diameter of the one removed. 2. Undercut 1/3 of the way through the limb, 8 to 12 inches from the main stem. 3. Remove limb 4 to 6 inches out from the first cut. 4. Remove stub with an even cut so that a trace (called o "collar") still protrudes (about %: Inch). 5. All cuts two (2) inches or over shall be painted with an approved tree dressing or paint. " See pg 11. DISPOSAL OF CUTTINGS All pruned wood and brush must be removed from the right of way and disposed of in accordance with the laws and regulations of the community, county, and state. Disease branches (especially those Infected with oak wilt) must be properly disposed of to prevent the further spread of the disease. MW 5�rirfiinHe 6JY't:iUti In�YYd'sal;'c+rY: 1.0 AN to 11— PRUNING SUGGESTIONS a .......... PRESE,J SYMMETRY. WNG SYMMETRY. UNOFS(RA.BLE TREE MQD!F140ATl0NS Svch lrevlinq 'clabomb-ps as illegual4d petpti.ve.-tes lmqh OCS-RA411.9 DC5114ABLE U146E ;IRAIlLt UNCE:S,5RABLE DES!RASLE Remove limb C-v from Imb a -12' from main Sivo. rtji Remove oA , Ih aw iven, w7r, AV i,xt I bSn CUS. of Sl It:t, , PROPER LIMB REMOVAL lVdia. or qp ja 410 m tip r.rift(.iiiilric for vOlity liwiWiatioaN 1 1 f.)m 'Vorth D - -0iitt Mil eef -71 Please he responsible and notify TXDOT 48 hours rior to starting construction, and be prepared to provide the following information. 1. Permit and Highway numbers 2. The name of the Utility Company, a contact persons name and phone number. 3. The name of the Construction Company, a contact persons name and phone number. 4. A start date 5. Date to be staked, if applicable. an Note: A col2y of the attached Approval inclu Lp ll attachments shall he on theh site at all times. .. M IF CONSTRUCTION IS FOUND TO HAVE COMMENCED WITHOUT 48 HOURS CALL IN NOTICE, THE JOB SHALL BE SHUT DOWN UNTIL PROPER PROCEDURES ARE COMPLETED. a go an VIM FORT WOR`-0 r May 12, 2008 Annette Jenkins BNSF Railway Company Inc. 3017 Lou Menk Drive 100 Fort Worth, TX 76131-2800 RE: BNSF Suppleme 1 Agreement Tracking No. 0 -35065 DOE # 4009 Dear Beverly: rn m r%- FF1CI hostage s Certified Fee 0 Postmark 0 Return Receipt Fee Here 0 (Endorsement Required) O Restrlded Delhrery Fee E3 (Endorsement Requred) ru m Total nstar�l,_ rd- TTE IEN. Sent To BNSF — TRACKING No. 078-3506! C3 sires% fir. 3017 LOU MENK DR r. or PO Box Nc FORT WORTH TX 76131 City State, Zi DOE # 4009 Attached are the below listed items regarding the above mentioned BNSF Supplemental Agreement. If you should have any questions or should need anything else, please feel free to contact me at (817) 392-2311. • 2 Original Railroad Agreements — City executed* • City of Fort Worth Check # 1023938 in the amount of $3,500.00 • Copy of the City's Approval — M&C 1-14494 • City of Fort Worth Self -Funded Proof of Insurance * Please forward a copy of the My executed supplemental agreement to my attention for the file purposes. Thank you for your attention regarding this matter. B _ _ _ _COMPLETE• R OWN ON a Compigt�itedisi Z-dpjf -1p[ete stern 4 ii'Rbsirio44 •Dellis = t%i A Sig ture/J ell t ❑ Agent y print yptjr antl.$ddr, a� X ❑ Addressee trn �[etse _.. I Zac I -Jim to•ttte•ba( B. eceiv y(PrintegName) C. of Del ery o n IM ffontif Xam Pe 1 icIARdBresse I tp:. • .' . . , • . Is delivery address different from item 1? ❑Yes If YES, enter delivery address below: ❑ No ?NSF — TRACKING No. 078-3506! 1 17 LOU MENK DR IbRT WORTH TX 76131 '')E # 4009 3. Service Type ❑ Certified Mall ❑ Express Mall ❑ Registered • ❑ Retum RecelptforMerchandlse ❑ Insured Mail ❑ O.O.D. 4. Restricted Delivery? (Extra Fee) ❑ Yes TEw 76102-6302 Y �►rticle N7007 3020 0000 7438 1767 � �Imber 1 � ' . ransfer�IIrom aeryti!� r. )S Form 3811. Fahn iAN 9nnd nnmacHn cteh im Q7 Inf 0 Printed on recycled paper Tracking No. 07-35065 a PIPELINE LICENSE THIS LICENSE ("License"), made as of the day of 2008, ("Effective Date") by and between BNSF RAILWAY COMPANY, a Delaware corporation ("Licensor") and CITY OF FORT WORTH, a Texas corporation ("Licensee"). NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree to the following: GENERAL 1. Licensor hereby grants Licensee a non-exclusive license, subject to all rights, interests, and estates of third parties, including,, without limitation, any leases, licenses, easements, liens, or other encumbrances, and upon the terms and conditions set forth below, to construct operate, within the Premises (as defined below), and maintain, in strict accordance with the drawings and specifications approved by Licensor as part of Licensee's application process (the "Drawings and Specifications"), one (1) Pipe Line(s), twenty-four (24) inches in diameter inside a twenty-four (24) inch steel casing ("PIPE LINE"), across or along the rail corridor of Licensor at or near the station of Fort Worth, County of Tarrant, State of Texas, Line Segment 7500, Mile Post 0.15 as shown on the attached Drawing No. 1-42520, dated November 15, 2007, attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and made a part hereof ("Premises"). 2. Licensee shall not disturb any improvements of Licensor or Licensor's existing lessees, licensees, easement beneficiaries or lien holders, if any, or interfere with the use of such improvements. 3. Licensee shall use the Premises solely for construction, operation within the Premises, and maintenance of a PIPE LINE in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications carrying sewage. Licensee shall not use the PIPE LINE to cant' any other commodity or use the Premises for any other purpose. (a) Licensee covenants that; it will not handle or transport "hazardous waste" or "hazardous substances", as "hazardous waste" and "hazardous substances" may pow or in the future be defined by any federal, state, or local governmental agency or body through the PIPELINE on Licensor's property. In the event the PIPE LINE is now or in the future used in handling, or transporting "hazardous substances", Licensee agrees to obtain written approval from Licensor and further agrees to comply fully with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations, orders, decisions and brdinances (hereinafter referred to as "Standards") concerning "hazardous substances". Licensee further agrees periodically to furnish Licensor with proof, satisfactory to Licensor, that Licensee is in such compliance. Y Should Licensee not comply fully with the above -stated obligations of this Section, notwithstanding anything contained in any other provision hereof, Licensor may, 'at its option, terminate this License by serving five (5) days' notice of termination upon Licensee. Upon termination, Licensee shall remove the PIPE LINE and restore Licensor's property as herein elsewhere provided. (b) Notwithstanding anything! contained in the liability section hereof, in case of a breach of the obligations contained in this Section, or any of them, Licensee agrees to assume liability for and to save and hold harmless Licensor from and against all 1 of 15 Form 424; Rev. 08/27/02 Tracking No. 07-35065 (b) otherwise secured or retired in accordance with any applicable Legal Requirement. No excavated materials may remain on Licensor's property for more than ten (10) days, but must be properly disposed of by Licensee in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements. 17. Upon termination of this License, ;Licensee shall, at its sole cost and expense: (a) remove the PIPELINE and all appurtenances thereto, or, at the sole discretion of the Licensor, fill and cap or otherwise appropriately decommission the PIPELINE with a �- method satisfactory to Licensor; (b) report and restore any damage to the Premises arising from, growing out of, or connected with Licensee's use of the Premises; (c) remedy any unsafe conditions on the Premises created or aggravated by Licensee; and (d) leave the Premises in the condition which existed as of the Effective Date of this License, normal wear and tear excepted. 18. Licensee's on -site supervisions shall retain/maintain a fully executed copy of this License at all times while on the Premises. LIABILITY 19. (a) TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, LICENSEE SHALL AND SHALL CAUSE ITS CONTRACTOR TO RELEASE, INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS LICENSOR AND LICENSOR'S AFFILIATED COMPANIES, PARTNERS, SUCCESSORS, ASSIGNS, LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, SHAREHOLDERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS (COLLECTIVELY, "INDEMNITEES") FOR, FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, LIABILITIES, ,FINES, PENALTIES, COSTS, DAMAGES, LOSSES, LIENS, CAUSES OF ' ACTION, SUITS, DEMANDS, JUDGMENTS AND EXPENSES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, COURT COSTS, ATTORNEYS' FEES AND COSTS OF INVESTIGATION, REMOVAL AND REMEDIATION AND GOVERNMENTAL OVERSIGHT COSTS) ENVIRONMENTAL OR OTHERWISE (COLLECTIVELY "LIABILITIES") OF ANY NATURE, KIND OR DESCRIPTION OF ANY PERSON OR ENTITY DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, RESULTING FROM OR RELATED TO (IN WHOLE OR IN PART): (i) THIS LICENSE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ITS ENVIRONMENTAL PROVISIONS, (ii) ANY RIGHTS OR INTERESTS GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS LICENSE, (iii) LICENSEE'S OCCUPATION AND USE OF THE PREMISES, .6 of 15 Form 424; Rev. 08/27/02 `, Tracking No. 07-35065 (Iv) THE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION AND STATUS OF THE PREMISES CAUSED BY, AGGRAVATED BY, OR CONTRIBUTED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY LICENSEE, OR (v) ANY ACT OR OMISSION OF LICENSEE OR LICENSEE'S OFFICERS, AGENTS, INVITEES, EMPLOYEES, OR CONTRACTORS, OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY OF THEM, OR ANYONE THEY CONTROL OR EXERCISE CONTROL OVER, EVEN IF SUCH LIABILITIES ARISE FROM OR ARE ATTRIBUTED TO, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, ANY NEGLIGENCE OF ANY INDEMNITEE. THE ONLY LIABILITIES WITH RESPECT TO WHICH LICENSEE'S OBLIGATION TO INDEMNIFY THE INDEMNITEES DOES NOT APPLY ARE LIABILITIES TO THE EXTENT PROXIMATELY CAUSED BY THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF AN INDEMNITEE. THE INDEMNIFICATION AND RELEASE REQUIRED ABOVE SHALL NOT APPLY IN T14E EVENT THE DISCHARGE, RELEASE OR ESCAPE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OR CONTAMINANTS, OR ASBESTOS IS PROXIMATELY AND WHOLLY CAUSED BY LICENSOR'S SOLE NEGLIGENCE. (b) FURTHER, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, NOTWITHSTANDING THE LIMITATION IN SECTION 19(a), LICENSEE SHALL AND SHALL CAUSE ITS CONTRACTOR TO NOW AND FOREVER WAIVE ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, REGARDLESS WHETHER BASED ON THE STRICT LIABILITY, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE, THAT RAILROAD IS AN "OWNER", "OPERATOR", "ARRANGER", OR "TRANSPORTER" WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES FOR THE PURPOSES OF CERCLA OR OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS. LICENSEE WILL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD THE INDEMNITEES HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL SUCH CLAIMS REGARDLESS OF THE NEGLIGENCE OF THE INDEMNITEES. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, LICENSEE FURTHER AGREES THAT THE USE OF THE PREMISES AS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS LICENSE SHALL NOT IN ANY WAY SUBJECT LICENSOR TO CLAIMS THAT LICENSOR IS OTHER THAN A COMMON CARRIER FOR PURPOSES OF ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND EXPRESSLY AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD THE INDEMNITEES HARMLESS FOR ANY AND ALL SUCH CLAIMS. IN NO EVENT SHALL LICENSOR BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. (c) TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, LICENSEE FURTHER AGREES, AND SHALL CAUSE ITS CONTRACTOR TO AGREE REGARDLESS OF ANY NEGLIGENCE OR ALLEGED NEGLIGENCE OF ANY INDEMNITEE, TO INDEMNIFY, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE INDEMNITEES AGAINST AND ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LIABILITIES ASSERTED AGAINST OR SUFFERED BY ANY INDEMNITEE UNDER OR RELATED TO THE FEDERAL EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ACT ("FELA") WHENEVER EMPLOYEES OF LICENSEE OR ANY OF ITS AGENTS, INVITEES, CONTRACTORS CLAIM OR ALLEGE THAT THEY ARE EMPLOYEES OF ANY INDEMNITEE OR 7 of 15 Form 424; Rev. 08/27/02 Tracking No. 07-35065 OTHERWISE. THIS INDEMNITY SHALL ALSO EXTEND, ON THE SAME BASIS, TO FELA CLAIMS BASED ON ACTUAL OR ALLEGED VIOLATIONS OF ANY FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL LAWS OR REGULATIONS,- INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE SAFETY APPLIANCE ACT, THE BOILER INSPECTION ACT, THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT, THE RESOURCE CONSERVATION AND RECOVERY ACT, AND ANY SIMILAR STATE OR FEDERAL STATUTE. . (d) Upon written notice from Licensor, Licensee agrees to assume the defense of any lawsuit or other proceeding brought against any Indemnitee by any entity, relating to any matter covered by this License for which Licensee has an obligation to assume liability for and/or save and hold harmless any Indemnitee. Licensee shall pay all costs incident to such defense, including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees, investigators' fees, litigation and appeal expenses, settlement payments, and amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments. PERSONAL PROPERTY WAIVER 20. ALL PERSONAL PROPERTY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, OR RELATED MATERIALS UPON THE PREMISES WILL BE AT THE RISK OF LICENSEE ONLY, AND NO INDEMNITEE WILL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGE THERETO OR THEFT THEREOF, WHETHER OR NOT DUE IN WHOLE OR IN PART TO THE NEGLIGENCE OF ANY INDEMNITEE. INSURANCE 21. Licensor acknowledges that the City of Fort Worth is basically a self -funded entity and as such, generally, it does not maintain a commercial liability insurance policy to cover premises liability. Damages for which the City of Fort Worth would ultimately be found liable would be paid directly and primarily by the City of Fort Worth and not by a commercial insurance company. Notwithstanding Licensees' status, Licensee shall require its Contractors at Contractors' sole' cost and expense to procure and maintain during the - construction of the pipeline the following insurance: I A. Commercial General Liability Insurance. This insurance shall contain broad form contractual liability with a combined single limit of a minimum of $5,000,000 each occurrence and an aggr6gate limit of at least $10,000,000. Coverage must be purchased on a post 1998 ISO occurrence or equivalent and include coverage for, but not limited to, the following: �a ♦ Bodily Injury and Property Damage ♦ Personal Injury and Advertising Injury i Fire legal liability , ' ♦ Products and completed operations This policy shall also contain the following endorsements, which shall be indicated on the certificate of insurance: 8 of 15 Form 424; Rev. 08/27/02 Tracking No. 07-35065 ♦ It is agreed that any workers' compensation exclusion does not apply to Licensor's payments related to the Federal Employers Liability Act or a Licensor Wage Continuation Program or similar programs and any payments made are deemed. not to be either payments made or obligations assumed under any Workers Compensation, disability benefits, or unemployment compensation law or similar law. The definition of insured contract shall be amended to remove any exclusion or other limitation for any work being done within 50 feet of railroad property. ♦ Any exclusions related to the explosion, collapse and underground hazards shall be removed. No other endorsements limiting coverage may be included on the policy. B. Business Automobile Insurance. This insurance shall contain a combined single limit of at least $1,000,000 per occurrence, and include coverage for, but not limited to the following: ♦ Bodily injury and property damage ♦ Any and all vehicles owned, used or hired C. Workers Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance including coverage for, but not limited to: ♦ Licensee's statutory liability under the worker's compensation laws of the state(s) in which the work is to be performed. If optional under State law, the insurance must cover all employees anyway. ♦ Employers' Liability (Part B) with limits of at least $500,000 each accident, $500,000 by disease policy limit, $500,000 by disease each employee D. Railroad Protective Liability Insurance. This insurance shall name only the Licensor as the Insured with coverage of at least $5,000,000 per occurrence and $10,000,000 in the aggregate: The coverage obtained under this policy shall only be effective during the initial installation and/or construction of the PIPE LINE. The policy shall be issued onl a standard ISO form CG 00 35 10 93 and include the following: ♦ Endorsed to include the Pollution Exclusion Amendment (ISO form CG 28 31 10 93) ♦ Endorsed to include the Limited Seepage and Pollution Endorsement. ♦ Endorsed to include Evacuation Expense Coverage Endorsement. ♦ No other endorsements restricting coverage may be added. ♦ The original policy must be provided to the Licensor prior to performing any work or services under this Agreement 9 of 15 Form 424; Rev. 08/27/02 Tracking No. 07-35065 In lieu of providing a Railroad Protective Liability Policy, Licensee may participate in Licensor's Blanket Railroad Protective Liability insurance Policy available to Licensee or its contractor. ThA limits of coverage are the same as above. The cost is $1,000.00. Z, elect to participate in Licensor's Blanket Policy; ❑ I elect not to participate in Licensor's Blanket Policy. Other Requirements: All policies (applying to coverage listed above) shall contain no exclusion for punitive damages and certificates of insurance shall reflect that no exclusion exists. Licensee agrees to waive its right of recovery against Licensor for all claims and suits against Licensor. In addition, its insurers, through policy endorsement, waive their right of subrogation against Licensor for' all claims and suits. The certificate of insurance must reflect waiver of subrogation endorsement. Licensee further waives its right of recovery, and its insurers also waive their right of subrogation against Licensor for loss of its owned or leased property or property under its care, custody or control. Licensee's insurance policies through policy endorsement, must include wording which states that the policy shall be primary and non-contributing with respect to any insurance carried by Licensor. The certificate of insurance must reflect that the above wording is included in evidenced policies. All policy(ies) required above (excluding Workers Compensation and if applicable, Railroad Protective) shall include a severability of interest endorsement and shall name Licensor and Staubach Global Services, Inc. as an additional insured with respect to work performed under this agreement. Severability of interest and naming Licensor and Staubach Global Services, Inc. as additional insureds shall be indicated on the certificate of insurance. If Licensee elects to include any deductible, self -insured retention or other financial responsibility for claims, Licensee shall itself directly cover, in lieu of insurance, any and all Licensor's liabilities that would otherwise, in accordance with the provisions of this License, be covered by Licensee's insurance as if Licensee elected not to include a deductible, self - insured retention or other financial responsibility for claims. Prior to commencing the Work, Licensee shall furnish to Licensor an acceptable certificate(s) of insurance including an original signature of the authorized representative evidencing the required coverage, endorsements, and amendments and referencing the contract audit/folder number if available. The policy(ies) shall contain a provision that obligates the insurance company(ies) issuing such policy(ies) to notify Licensor in writing at least 30 days .prior to -any cancellation, non -renewal, substitution or material alteration. This cancellation provision shall be indicated on the certificate of insurance. Upon request from Licensor, a certified duplicate original of any required policy shall be furnished. Any insurance policy shall be written by a reputable insurance company acceptable to Licensor or with a current Best's Guide Rating of A- and Class VII or better, and authorized to do business in the state(s) in which the service is to be provided. 10 of 15 Form 424; Rev. 08/27/02 Tracking No. 07-35065 Licensee WARRANTS that this License has been thoroughly reviewed by Licensee's insurance agent(s)/broker(s), who have been instructed by Licensee to procure the insurance coverage required by: this Agreement. Allocated Loss Expense shall be in addition to all policy limits for coverages referenced above. Not more frequently than once every five years, Licensor may reasonably modify the required insurance coverage to reflect then -current risk management practices in the _. railroad industry and underwriting practices in the insurance industry. If any portion of the operation is; to be subcontracted by Licensee, Licensee shall require that the subcontractor shall provide and maintain insurance coverages as set forth herein, naming Licensor as an additional insured, and shall require that the subcontractor shall release, defend and indemnify Licensor to the same extent and under the same terms and conditions as Licensee is required to release, defend and indemnify Licensor herein. Failure to provide evidence as required by this section shall entitle, but not require, Licensor to terminate this License immediately. The fact that insurance (including; without limitation, self-insurance) is obtained by Licensee shall not be deemed to release or diminish the liability of Licensee including, without limitation, liability under the indemnity provisions of this License. Damages recoverable by Licensor shall not be limited by the amount of the required insurance coverage. For purposes of this section, Licensor shall mean "Burlington Northern Santa Fe Corporation", "The Burlington Northern and Santa Fe Railway Company" and the subsidiaries, successors, assigns and affiliates of each. ENVIRONMENTAL 22. (a) Licensee shall strictly comply with all federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations in its use of the Premises, including, but not limited to, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended (RCRA), the Clean Water Act, the Oil Pollution Act; the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, CERCLA (collectively referred to as.the "Environmental Laws"). Licensee shall not maintain a treatment, storage, transfer or disposal facility, or underground storage tank, as defined by Environmental Laws on the Premises. Licensee shall not release or suffer the release of oil or hazardous substances, as defined by Environmental Laws on or about the Premises. (b) Licensee shall give Licensor immediate notice to Licensor's Resource Operations Center at (800) 832-5452 of any release of hazardous substances on or from the Premises, violation of Environmental Laws, or inspection or inquiry by governmental authorities charged with Onforcing Environmental Laws with respect to Licensee's use of the Premises. Licensee shall use the best efforts to promptly respond to any release on or from the Premises. Licensee also shall give Licensor immediate notice of all measures undertaken on behalf of Licensee to investigate, remediate, respond to or otherwise cure such release or violation. (c) In the event that Licensor has notice from Licensee or otherwise of a release or violation of Environmental Laws on the Premises which occurred or may occur during the term of this License, Licensor may require Licensee, at Licensee's sole 11 of 15 Form 424; Rev. 08/27/02 Tracking No. 07-35065 risk and expense, to take timely measures to investigate, remediate, respond to or otherwise cure such release or violation affecting the Premises or Licensor's right- of-way. (d) Licensee shall promptly report to Licensor in writing any conditions or activities upon the Premises which create a risk of harm to persons, property or the environment and shall take whatever action is necessary to prevent injury to persons or property arising out of such conditions or activities; provided, however, that Licensee's reporting to Licensor shall not relieve Licensee of any obligation whatsoever imposed on it by this License. Licensee shall promptly respond to Licensor's request for information regarding said conditions or activities. ALTERATIONS 23. Licensee may not make any alterations to the Premises or permanently affix anything to the Premises or any buildings or other structures adjacent to the Premises without Licensor's prior written consent. NO WARRANTIES 24. LICENSOR'S DUTIES AND WARRANTIES ARE LIMITED TO THOSE EXPRESSLY STATED IN THIS LICENSE AND SHALL NOT INCLUDE ANY IMPLIED DUTIES OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, NOW OR IN THE FUTURE. NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES HAVE BEEN MADE BY LICENSOR OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS LICENSE. LICENSEE HEREBY WAIVES ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES OR WHICH MAY EXIST BY OPERATION OF LAW OR IN EQUITY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, HABITABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. QUIET ENJOYMENT 25. LICENSOR DOES NOT WARRANT ITS TITLE TO THE PROPERTY NOR UNDERTAKE TO DEFEND LICENSEE IN THE PEACEABLE POSSESSION OR USE THEREOF. NO COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT IS MADE. DEFAULT 26. If default shall be made in any of the covenants or agreements of Licensee contained in this document, or in case of any assignment or transfer of this License by operation of law, Licensor shall give Licensee ten (10) days written notice of such default and shall give Licensee sixty (60) days- to cure or such additional period as agreed to by Licensor. If Licensee has commenced to cure such default but is unable to complete such cure due to circumstances beyond the Licensee's reasonable control, Licensor shall extend Licensee's time to cure an additional thirty (10) days or such additional time as agreed to by Licensor. Licensor may, at its option, terminate this License by serving written notice upon Licensee ten (10) days after the Licensee fails to cure such default during the specified cure period. Any waiver by Licensor of any default or defaults shall not constitute a waiver of the right to terminate this License for any subsequent default or defaults, nor shall any such waiver in 12 of 15 Form 424; Rev. 08/27/02 ` Tracking No. 07-35065 any way affect Licensor's ability to enforce any Section of this License. The remedy set forth in this Section 26 shall be in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other, remedies that Licensor may have at law or in equity. LIENS 27. Licensee shall promptly pay and discharge any and all liens arising out of any construction, alterations or repairs done, suffered or permitted to be done by Licensee on Premises. Licensor is hereby authorized to post any notices or take any other action upon or with respect to Premises that is or may be permitted by law to prevent the attachment of any such liens to Premises; provided, however, that failure of Licensor to take any such action shall not relieve Licensee of any obligation or liability under this Section 27 or any other Section of this License. TERMINATION 28. This License may be terminated by Licensor, at any time, by serving ninety (90) days' written notice of termination upon. Licensee. This License may be terminated by Licensee upon execution of Licensor's Mutual Termination Letter Agreement then in effect. Upon expiration of the time specified 1h such notice, this License and all rights of Licensee shall absolutely cease. 29. If Licensee fails to surrender to Licensor the Premises, upon any termination of this License, all liabilities and obligations of Licensee hereunder shall continue in effect until the Premises are surrendered. Termination shall not release Licensee from any liability or obligation, whether of indemnity or otherwise, resulting from any events happening prior to the date of termination. ASSIGNMENT 30. Neither Licensee, nor the heirs, legal representatives, successors or assigns of Licensee, nor any subsequent assignee, shall assign or transfer this License or any interest herein, without the prior written consent and approval of Licensor, which may be withheld in Licensor's sole discretion. NOTICES 31. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder by one party to the other shall be in writing and the same shall be given and shall be deemed to have been served and given if (i) placed in the United States mail, certified, return receipt requested, or (ii) deposited into the custody of a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, addressed to the party to be notified at the address for such party specified below, or to such other address as the party to be notified may designate by giving the other party no less than thirty (30) days' advance written notice of such change in address. If to Licensor: Staubach Global Services 5650 N. Riverside Drive, Suite 101 Ft. Worth, Texas 76137 Attn: Licenses/Permits 13 of 15 Form 424; Rev. 08/27/02 as y Tracking No. 07-35065 with a copy to: The Burlington Northern and Santa Fe Railway Company 2500 Lou Menk Dr. — A0133 Ft. Worth, Texas 76131 Attn: Director Real Estate If to Licensee: With a copy to: SURVIVAL City of Fort Worth 1000 Throckmorton Fort Worth, Texas 76102 City Attorney City, of Fort Worth 1000 Throckmorton Street Fort Worth, Texas 76102 32. Neither termination nor expiration will release either party from any liability or obligation under this License, whether of indemnity or otherwise, resulting from any acts, omissions or events happening prior to the date of termination or expiration, or, if later, the date when the PIKE LINE and improvements are removed and the Premises are restored to its condition as of the Effective Date. RECORDATION 33. It is understood and agreed that this License shall not be placed on public record. APPLICABLE LAW 34. All questions concerning the interpretation or application of provisions of this License shall be decided according to the laws of the State of Texas and venue for any lawsuit that may arise shall be in Tarrant County. SEVERABILITY 35. To the maximum extent possible, each provision of this License shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this License shall be prohibited by, or held to be invalid under, applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective solely to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, and this shall not invalidate the remainder of such provision or any other provision of this License. INTEGRATION 36. This License is the full and complete agreement between Licensor and Licensee with respect to all matters relating to Licensee's use of the Premises, and supersedes any and all other agreements between thq parties hereto relating to Licensee's use of the Premises as described herein. However, nothing herein is intended to terminate any surviving obligation of Licensee or Licensee's obligation to defend and hold Licensor harmless in any prior written agreement between the parties. 14 of 15 Form 424: Rev. 08/27/02 0 a Tracking No. 07-35065 MISCELLANEOUS 37. In the event that Licensee consists of two or more parties, all the covenants and agreements of Licensee herein contained shall be the joint and several covenants and -- agreements of such parties. 38. The waiver by Licensor of the breach of any provision herein by Licensee shall in no way impair the right of Licensor to enforce that provision for any subsequent breach thereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this License has been duly executed, in duplicate, by the parties .. hereto as of the day and year first above. written. BNSF RAILWAY COMPANY .,. P.O. Box 961050 Fort Worth, Texas 76161-0050 By. Dalen E. Wintermute .. Manager — Land Revenue Management CITY OF FORT WORTH ,. 1000 Throckmorton Fort Worth, Texas 76102 By: Fernando Costs .. Title: AQQleftnt Cky11 Manage; APPROVED AS TO FORMA7EC�ALITY: 1 � ASSISTANT bITY ATTORNEY Y 15 of 15 Form 424; Rev. 08/27/02 Y No am .. .. r-j I [�--1 o■ ©. CITY OF FORT, WORTH SCALE: 1 IN.=100 FT. TEXAS DIV. FORT WORTH SUBDIV. L.S.7500 DATE 11/15/2007 pqoqY0 J OIL r+a RES�IPTION OF PIPEL N PIPELINE SHOWN BOLD \ PROPERTY LINE---N CARRIER CASING CARRIER CAS I` NG PIPE PIPE PIPE PIPE SIZE: 24 24" LENGTH ON R/ 90' 90' CONTENTS: SANIT. SEWER WORKING PRES URE: GRAVITY PIPE MATERIAL: FRP STEEL BURY: BASE/RAI.L TO TOP OF CASING 68, SPECIFICATION / GRADE: —.--,r G� BURY:.NATURAL GROUND 6 5' WALL THICKNESS: 0.75 0.5625 BURY: ROADWAY DITCHES 65 COATING: NONE NONE CATHODIC PROTECTION N/A VENTS: NUMBER N/A SIZE - HEIGHT OF VENT ABOVE GROUND - NOTE: CASING TO -BE JACKED OR DRY BORED ONLY AT FORT WORTH COUNTY- OF TARRANT STATE OF TX JLG TRING N0.07-35065 EXHIBIT "A" • ATTACHED TO CONTRACT:BETWEEN BNSF RAILWAY COMPANY AND Lo rn In Vil LA- Lu..l a a. Q DRAWING NO. 1-42520 .. so .. GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY SHORING 011 A � ° UN10N: All PACIFIC Santa Fe BUILDING AMERICA" CALL BEFORE YOU DIG CALL BEFORE YOU DIG 1-800-533-2891 1-800-336-9193 ASSISTANT DIRECTOR STRUCTURE DESIGN 4515 KANSAS AVE KANSAS CITY, KS 66106-1124 OFFICE AVP ENGINEERING - DESIGN 1400 DOUGLAS ST. STOP 0910 OMAHA, NE 68179-0910 GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY SHORING Published October 25, 2004 INDEX SECTION PAGE 1. SCOPE . . . . . . . . . 1 2. GENERAL CRITERIA . . . . e 1 3. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 4. INFORMATION REQUIRED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5. TYPES OF TEMPORARY SHORING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 6. GENERAL SHORING REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 7. COMPUTATION OF APPLIED FORCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 8. STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 9. SOIL CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . 10 10. PLANS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 11. SUBMITTALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 12. APPENDIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 13. BIBLIOGRAPHY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY SHORING, Published October 25, 2004 i GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY SHORING 1. SCOPE The scope of these guidelines is to inform public agencies, design engineers, contractors and inspectors of current Railroad standards and requirements concerning design and construction of temporary shoring. 1. The term Railroad refers to the Burlington Northern & Santa Fe Railway (BNSF) and/or the Union Pacific Railroad (UPRR). The term Contractor is defined as any party gaining access to work on Railroad right-of-way or other Railroad operating locations. 2. These guidelines are provided as a reference and may not be taken as authority to construct without prior review and written approval of the Railroad. These guidelines supersede all previous guidelines for temporary shoring and are subject to revision without notice. 3. These guidelines supplement the current, American Railway Engineering and Maintenance -of -Way Association (AREMA) Manual of Recommended Practice. The 2002 AREMA Manual was utilized in developing this guideline. The AREMA Manual is available from: American Railway Engineering and Maintenance -of -Way Association 8201 Corporate Drive, Suite 1125 Landover, MD 20785-2230 Phone: (301) 459-3200 FAX: (301) 459-8077 www.arema.org 4. The specific requirements for temporary shoring addressed in this document shall be followed for all locations where the Railroad operates, regardless of track ownership. 5. Any items not covered specifically herein shall be in accordance with the AREMA Manual and subject to the review and approval of the Railroad. Where conflicts exist, the most stringent specification should be applied. 6. All excavations shall also be governed by Railroad requirements, Federal, State and Local laws, rules, and regulations concerning construction safety. 7. Safe rail operations shall be required for the duration of the project. All personnel, railroad tracks and property shall be protected at all times. 8. To expedite the review process of the temporary shoring plans, drawings submitted by the Contractors are required to adhere to the project specifications, AREMA and other Railroad requirements. 2. GENERAL CRITERIA The Contractor must not begin construction of any component of the shoring system affecting the Railroad right-of-way until written Railroad approval has been received. 1. All excavations shall be in compliance with applicable OSHA regulations and shall be shored where there is any danger to tracks, structures or personnel regardless of depth. GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY SHORING, Published October 25, 2004 2. The Contractor is responsible for planning and executing all procedures necessary to construct, maintain and remove the temporary shoring system in a safe and controlled manner. 3. Emergency Railroad phone numbers are to be obtained from the Railroad representative in charge of the project prior to the start of any work and shall be posted at the job site. 4. The Contractor must obtain a valid right of entry permit from the Railroad and comply with all Railroad requirements when working on Railroad property. 5. The Contractor is required to meet minimum safety standards as defined by the Railroad. 6. All temporary shoring systems that support or impact the Railroad's tracks or operations shall be designed and constructed to provide safe and adequate rigidity. 7. The Railroad requirements, construction submittal review times and review criteria should be discussed at the pre -construction meeting with the Contractor. 8. A flagman is required when any work is performed within 25 feet of track centerline. If the Railroad provides flagging or other services, the Contractor shall not be relieved of any responsibilities or liabilities as set forth in any document authorizing the work. No work is allowed within 50 feet of track centerline when a train passes the work site and all personnel must clear the area within 25 feet of track centerline and secure all equipment when trains are present. 9. Appropriate measures for the installation and protection of fiber optic cables shall be addressed in the plans and contract documents. For specific Railroad requirements and additional information refer to: www.bnsf.com or call 1-800-533-2891. www.uprr.com, call 1-800-336-9193 or refer to UPRR Fiber Optic Engineering, Construction and Maintenance Standards. 10. Relocation of utilities or communication lines not owned by the Railroad shall be coordinated with the utility owners. The utility relocation plans must then be submitted to the Railroad utility representative for approval. The shoring plans must include the correct contact for the Railroad, State or Local utility locating service provider. The Railroad will not be responsible for cost associated with any utility, signal, or communication line relocation or adjustments. 3. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the design, construction and performance of the temporary structure. (AREMA 8.28.1.3) 1. The Contractor's work shall in no way impede the train operations of the Railroad and must be coordinated with the local Railroad operating department. 2. The Contractor shall develop a work plan that enables the track(s) to remain open to train traffic at all times. 3. The Contractor shall comply with all State and Federal Laws, county or municipal ordinances and - regulations which in any manner affect the work. 4. All removed soils will become the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be disposed of outside the Railroad right-of-way according to the applicable Federal, State and Local regulations. 5. The Project Engineer and the Contractor shall evaluate the quality of materials furnished and work performed. GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY SHORING, Published October 25, 2004 6. The Contractor is responsible to protect the Railroad ballast and subballast from contamination. 7. The Contractor must monitor and record top of rail elevations and track alignment for the duration of the project. The movement shall be within the limits defined in Table 1, Deflection Criteria on page 10. Displacements exceeding the limits defined in Table 1 must be immediately reported to the Railroad. All work on the project must stop and the Railroad may take any action necessary to ensure safe passage of trains. The Contractor must immediately submit a corrective action plan to the Railroad for review and approval. The Railroad must review and approve the proposed repair procedure. The repair must be inspected by the Railroad before the track can be placed back in service. 8. Any damage to Railroad property such as track, signal equipment or structure could result in a train derailment. All damage must be reported immediately to the Railroad representative in charge of the project and to the Railroad Manager of Track Maintenance (MTM). 4. INFORMATION REQUIRED Plans and calculations shall be submitted, signed and stamped by a Registered Professional Engineer familiar with Railroad loadings and who is licensed in the state where the shoring system is intended for use. Shoring design plans and calculations shall be in English units. If Metric units are used, all controlling dimensions, elevations, design criteria assumptions, and material stresses shall be expressed in dual units, with English units to be in parentheses. Information shall be assembled concerning right-of-way boundary, clearances, proposed grades of tracks and roads, and all other factors that may influence the controlling dimensions of the proposed shoring system. See section 10 for additional requirements. 1. Field Survey. Sufficient information shall be shown on the plans in the form of profiles, cross sections and topographical maps to determine general design and structural requirements. Field survey information of critical or key dimensions shall be referenced to the centerline of track(s) and top of rail elevations. Existing and proposed grades and alignment of tracks and roads shall be indicated together with a record of controlling elevation of water surfaces or ground water. Show the location of existing/proposed utilities and construction history of the area which might hamper proper installation of the piling, soldier beams, or ground anchors. 2. Geotechnical Report shall provide: a. Elevation and location of soil boring in reference to the track(s) centerline and top of rail elevations. b. Classification of all soils encountered. c. Internal angle of soil friction. d. Dry and wet unit weights of soil. e. Active and passive soil coefficients, pressure diagram for multiple soil strata. f. Bearing capacity and unconfined compression strength of soil. g. Backfill and compaction recommendations. h. Optimum moisture content of fill material. i. Maximum density of fill material. j. Minimum recommended factor of safety. k. Water table elevation on both sides of the shoring system. I. Dewatering wells and proposed flownets or zones of influence. m. In seismic areas, evaluation of liquefaction potential of various soil strata. 3. Loads. GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY SHORING, Published October 25, 2004 All design criteria, temporary and permanent loading must be clearly stated in the design calculations and on the contract and record plans. Temporary loads include, but are not limited to: construction equipment, construction materials and lower water levels adjoining the bulkhead causing unbalanced hydrostatic pressure. Permanent loads include, but are not limited to: future grading and paving, Railroads or highways, structures, material storage piles, snow and earthquake. The allowable live load after construction should be clearly shown in the plans and painted on the pavements behind the bulkheads or shown on signs at the site and also recorded on the record plans. Some of the loads are: a. Live load pressure due to E80 loading for track parallel to shoring system. b. Live load pressure due to E80 loading for track at right angle to shoring system. ., c. Other live loads. d. Active earth pressure due to soil. e. Passive earth pressure due to soil. -• f. Active earth pressure due to surcharge loads. g. Active pressure due to sloped embankment. h. Dead load. I. Buoyancy. j. Longitudina I force from live load. k. Centrifugal forces. I. Shrinkage. m. Temperature. n. Earthquake. o. Stream flow pressure. p. Ice pressure. 4. Drainage. (AREMA 8.20.2.4) a. The drainage pattern of the site before and after construction should be analyzed and adequate drainage provisions should be incorporated into the plans and specifications. Consideration should be given to groundwater as well as surface drainage. b. Drainage provisions for backfill should be compatible with the assumed water conditions in design. 5. Structural design calculations. a. List all assumptions used to design the temporary shoring system. b. Determine E80 live load lateral pressure using the Boussinesq strip load equation. See Figure 2 which illustrates Plan Number 710001 "LIVE LOAD PRESSURE DUE TO COOPER E80". c. Computerized calculations and programs must clearly indicate the input and output data. List all equations used in determining the output. d. Example calculations with values must be provided to support computerized output and match the calculated computer result. e. Provide a simple free body, diagram showing all controlling dimensions and applied loads on the temporary shoring system. f. Calculated lateral deflections of the shoring and effects to the rail system must be included. See section 8, Part 6. Include the elastic deflection of the wall as well as the deflection due to the passive deflection of the resisting soil mass. g. Documents and manufacturer's recommendations which support the design assumptions must be included with the calculations. GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY SHORING, Published October 25, 2004 4 5. TYPES OF TEMPORARY SHORING 1. A shoring box is a prefabricated shoring system which is installed as the excavation progresses. This shoring system is not accepted by the Railroad. This system is allowed in special applications only, typically where Railroad live load surcharge is not present. The shoring box is moved down into the excavation by gravity or by applying vertical loading from excavation equipment. 2. Anchored systems with tiebacks are discouraged. The tiebacks will be an obstruction to future utility installations and may also damage existing utilities. Tiebacks must be removed per Railroad direction. Removal of tieback assemblies is problematic. 3. An anchored sheet pile wall is a structure designed to provide lateral support for a soil mass and derives stability from passive resistance of the soil in which the sheet pile is embedded and the tensile resistance of the anchors. a. For purposes of these guidelines, ground anchors shall be cement -grouted tiebacks designed, furnished, installed, tested and stressed in accordance with the project specifications and AREMA requirements. 4. An anchored soldier beam with lagging wall is a structure designed to provide lateral support for a soil mass and derives stability from passive resistance of the soil in which the soldier beam is embedded and from the tensile resistance of the ground anchors. a. Anchored soldier beam with lagging walls are generally designed as flexible structures which have sufficient lateral movement to mobilize active earth pressures and a portion of the passive pressure. b. For purposes of these specifications, soldier beams include steel H-piles, wide flange sections or other fabricated sections that are driven or set in drilled holes. Lagging refers to the members spanning between soldier beams. 5. A cantilever sheet pile wall is a structure designed to provide lateral support for a soil mass and derives stability from passive resistance of the soil in which the sheet pile is embedded. If cantilever sheet pile is used for shoring adjacent to an operating track, the shoring system shall be at least 12'-0" away from the centerline of track. Cantilever sheet pile walls shall be used only in granular soils or stiff clays. 6. A cantilever soldier beam with lagging wall is a structure designed to provide lateral support for a soil mass and derives stability from passive resistance of the soil in which the soldier beam is embedded. 7. A braced excavation is a structure designed to provide lateral support for a soil mass and derives stability from passive resistance of the soil in which the vertical members are embedded and from the structural capacity of the bracing members. a. For purposes of these guidelines, the vertical members of the braced excavation system include steel sheet piling or soldier beams comprised of steel H-piles, wide flange sections, or other fabricated sections that are driven or installed in drilled holes. Wales are horizontal structural members designed to transfer lateral loads from the vertical members to the struts. Struts are structural compression members that support the lateral loads from the wales. 8. A cofferdam is an enclosed temporary structure used to keep water and soil out of an excavation for a permanent structure such as a bridge pier or abutment or similar structure. Cofferdams may be constructed of timber, steel, concrete or a combination of these. These guidelines consider cofferdams primarily constructed with steel sheet piles. 6. GENERAL SHORING REQUIREMENTS For general shoring requirements and specific applications of the following items refer to Figure 1 on the next page which illustrates Plan Number 710000 "GENERAL SHORING REQUIREMENTS". GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY SHORING, Published October 25, 2004 � Track No Excavation Excavation Permitted 12' - 0" 15'-6" Main Line Track Other Sample Ground Line Excavation T -S 1112'-G" Base of Rail Shoring to comply with "Icy OSHA requirements 2 CD i o{ o I NI"' 1.5 0,,._ pip M:p' LU O NI u m : 1-4i p Zone A Shoring ZONE A ZONE B Shoring must be designed for Railroad live food surcharge Only vertical shoring in addition to OSHA Standard loads for excavation in Zone A. will be permitted for tion in this excaAPPLICABLE RAILROAD LIVE GENERAL NOTES: LOAD: COOPER E80 Zone, (no sloping cuts) Zone, Shoring to comply with All dimensions are measured perpendicular to of truck. OSHA requirements Prior to commencing any work, the contractor shall submit GENERAL EXCAVATION ZONES for approval by the Railroad detailed plans Indicating the nature and extent of the track protection shoring proposed. SCALE: ( NOT TO SCALE) The contractor shall install the temporary shoring system per the approved plans. Design of the temporary shoring system to comply with GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY SNORING °M TB�RIDGnET im For excavations which encroach Into zone A or B,shoring plans REVISIONS DESIGN BY: Pap DRAYMBY: JFS cNEGI�DSY: M STAN)<DARDS DATE LTR DEWRVTION APPROVED: sha l l be accompanied by design calculations. Plans and S M 1 FORMERLY UPRR O.E. WW13 calculations must be signed and stamped by a Professional / <a. GENERAL SHORING Engineer registered in the state where the work wi I I be / BNSF-ASSISTANT DIRECTOR STRUCTIIRESDESIGN REQUIREMENTS performed. / �y. O/.I✓/k 9.1-04 FILE ONMEIi UPRR DATE: 6803 / UPRR- S IALP EOTSSRUCTURESDESIGN AMNO.: 71MM I SHEET, IOF1 L9 .....GATE... f rigure 1 1. No excavation shall be permitted closer than 12'-0" measured at a right angle from the centerline "i of track to the trackside of shoring system. If existing conditions preclude the installation of shoring at the required minimum distance, the shifting of tracks or temporary removal of tracks shall be investigated prior to any approval. All costs associated with track shifting or traffic interruption shall be at Contractor's expense. 2. Evaluate slope and stability conditions to ensure the Railroad embankment will not be adversely affected. Local and global stability conditions must also be evaluated. 3. All shoring within the limits of Zone A or Zone B must be placed prior to the start of excavation. 4. Lateral clearances must provide sufficient space for construction of the required ditches parallel to the standard roadbed section. The size of ditches will vary depending upon the flow and terrain and should be designed accordingly. 5. The shoring system must be designed to support the theoretical embankment shown for zones A and B. 6. Any excavation, holes or trenches on the Railroad property shall be covered, guarded and/or protected. Handrails, fence, or other barrier methods must meet OSHA and FRA requirements. Temporary lighting may also be required by the Railroad to identify tripping hazards to train crewmen and other Railroad personnel. 7. The most stringent project specifications of the Public Utilities Commission Orders, Department of Industrial Safety, OSHA, FRA, AREMA, BNSF, UPRR or other governmental agencies shall be used. 8. Secondhand material is not acceptable unless the Engineer of Record submits a full inspection report which verifies the material properties and condition of the secondhand material. The report must be signed and sealed by the Engineer of Record. 9. All components of the shoring system are to be removed when the shoring is no longer needed. All voids must be filled and drainage facilities restored. See compaction requirements section 9, Part 4. 10. Slurry type materials are not acceptable as fill for soldier piles in drilled holes. Concrete and flowable backfill may prevent removal of the shoring system. Use compacted peagravel material. 7. COMPUTATION OF APPLIED FORCES 1. Railroad live load and lateral forces. a. For specific applications of the Coopers E80 live load refer to Figure 2 on the next page which illustrates Plan Number 710001 "LIVE LOAD PRESSURE DUE TO COOPER E80". Supplemental information and sample calculations are provided in the Appendix pages A-1 through A-4. 2. Dead load. a. Spoil pile: must be included assuming a minimum height. of two feet of soil adjacent to the excavation. b. Track: use 200 Ibs/linear ft for rails, inside guardrails and fasteners. c. Roadbed: ballast, including track ties, use 120 lb per cubic foot. GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY SHORING, Published October 25, 2004 0 _ � 4 I I 4L M a a a a 6 d y d d K V1 N N N N p %n of a a a a a s a 0- be ad ae ae ac ae ac ae ac aC — ae ae .4 ac ae ac B K I PS per �v m m m coo W1 uNi In in a coo coo coo oho Ln Ln uui 417 linear foot COOPER EBO LOAD SCALE: (NOT TO SCALE) Vertical pressure q shall be based on a distribution width Ld. Ld Is the length of tie plus H,. H, is the height from the bottom of tie to the top of shoring. Hsis the depth of point being evaluated with the Bousslnesq equation. S is a distance perpendicular from centerline of track to the face of shoring. D is from top of shoring to one foot below dredge line. Zp Is the minimum embedment depth. Length of tie is 9 feet q is the intensity of strip load due to EBO Railroad live load and shalt be calculated as follows: For H,= 0 Ld = length of tie; therefore, 80,000 lb q " (5 eetl(9 feet! ') 778 p sf For N >0 Ld = length of tie + H,; therefore, q : 80,000 lb (5 feet)(Ld) CASE 1: Lateral live load pressure Ps, due to EBO loading for track parallel to shoring system is calculated using the Boussinesq Strip Load Equation. Ps =r ( $+ sin f? sins 0:- sln cos° a) The above equation can be simplified into the following equivalent form: Ps =#I$- sin $ cos (2ac)] a and 0 are angles measured I rod Ions, a = 8 + 2 CASE 2: Live load pressure due to EBO loading for track at a right angle to the shoring system can be calcuated using the following equation. Ps=Kq where k = ton' (45 -1) cis the angle of internal friction in degrees eigure z PLAN SCALE: (NOT TO SCALE) ,® BRIDGE SHORING DAA�N}M--BY: JFS CHECI�D BY: M STANDARDS AT A ND � RDS `✓ LIVE LOAD PRESSURE GTMT DIRECTOR STRUCTURES DESIGN DUE TO COOPER ESO 3. Active earth pressure. a. The active earth pressure due to the soil may be computed by the Coulomb Theory or other approved method. b. The active earth pressure at depth "z," is: PA = KA y ze , where KA = tan'(45 - 2 ) za = depth of soil influencing the active pressure. 4. Active earth pressure due to unbalanced water pressure. a. When bulkheads are used for waterfront construction, the bulkhead is subjected to a maximum earth pressure at the low water stage. During a rainstorm or a rapidly receding high water, the water level behind the bulkhead may be several feet higher than in front of the bulkhead. b. Drained conditions in backfill apply when clean sand or clean sand and gravel are used and adequate permanent drainage outlets are provided. Where drained conditions exist, the design water level may be assumed at the drainage outlet elevation. 5. Active earth pressure due to surcharge load. The active earth pressure due to surcharge load q': Pu = KAq', where KA = tan2(45 - 2 ) 6. Passive earth pressure. The passive earth pressure, Pp, in front of the bulkhead may also be computed by the Coulomb Theory. �-- Pp = Kp yzp, where Kp = tan2(45 + 2 ) zp = vertical distance beginning one foot below dredge line but not to exceed embedment depth 7. Pressure due to embankment surcharges. Conventional analysis (Rankine, Coulomb, or Log -Spiral) should be used to determine the additional surcharge from embankment slopes. 8. Additional analysis for centrifugal force calculations as described in AREMA Chapter 15, Part 1, Section 1.3, Article 1.3.6 Centrifugal Loads are required where track curvature exceeds three degrees. 9. Include and compute all other loads that are impacting the shoring system such as a typical Railroad service vehicle (HS-20 truck). 8. STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY Structures and structural members shall be designed to have design strengths at all sections at least equal to the required strengths calculated for the loads and forces in such combinations as stipulated in AREMA Chapter 8 Part 2 Article 2.2.4b, which represents various combinations of loads and forces to which a structure may be subjected. Each part of the structure shall be proportioned for the group loads that are applicable, and the maximum design required shall be used. 1. Embedment depth. a. Calculated depth of embedment is the embedment depth required to maintain static equilibrium. GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY SHORING, Published October 25, 2004 9 b. Minimum depth of embedment is the total depth of embedment required to provide static equilibrium plus additional embedment due to the minimum factor of safety. 1. Embedment depth factor of safety for well-defined loading conditions and thoroughly determined soil parameters is generally 1.3 for most temporary shoring systems. (See AREMA 8.20.4.1.c) 2. All anchored shoring systems require a minimum embedment depth of 1.5 times the calculated depth of embedment. Shallow penetration into strong soil layers is not acceptable. (See AREMA 8.20.5.1) 2. The allowable stresses based on AREMA requirements are as follows: Structural Steel: 0.55Fy for Compression in extreme fiber. (AREMA Ch.15 Table 1-11) Structural Steel: 0.35Fy for Shear. (AREMA Ch.15 Table 1-11) Sheet Pile Sections: 2/3 of yield strength for steel. (AREMA 8.20.5.7) Concrete: 1/3 of Compressive strength. (AREMA 8.20.5.7) Anchor Rods: 1/2 of yield strength for steel. (AREMA 8.20.5.7) 3. AISC allowances for increasing allowable stress due to temporary loading conditions are not acceptable. 4. Gravity type temporary shoring systems must also be analyzed for overturning, sliding and global stability. 5. The contractor is responsible for providing an approved test method to verify the capacity of anchored or tieback systems. The manufacturers recommendations for testing must be satisfied. Systems which support the Railroad embankment will be considered high risk in determining the percentage of elements to be proof tested. 6. Calculated deflections of temporary shoring system and top of rail elevation shall not exceed the criteria outlined in Table 1 Deflection Criteria. Table 1 Deflection Criteria Horizontal distance from Maximum horizontal Maximum acceptable horizontal shoring to track C/L measured movement of shoring or vertical movement of rail at a right angle from track system 12' < S < 18' 318" 1 /4" 18' < S < 24' 1 /2" 1 /4" 9. SOIL CHARACTERISTICS 1. Subsurface Exploration. (AREMA 8.5.2.2) a. Sufficient borings shall be made along the length of the structure to determine, with a reasonable degree of certainty, the subsurface conditions. Irregularities found during the initial soil boring program may dictate that additional borings be taken. b. The subsurface investigation shall be made in accordance with the provisions of AREMA Chapter 8 Part 22, Geotechnical Subsurface Investigation. 2. Type of backfill. a. Backfill is defined as material behind the wall, whether undisturbed ground or fill, that contributes to the pressure against the wall. GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY SHORING, Published October 25, 2004 10 b. The backfill shall be investigated and classified with reference to the soil types described in AREMA Table 8-5-1. c. Types 4 and 5 backfill shall be used only with the permission of the Engineer. In all cases the wall design shall be based on the type of backfill used. Table 8-5-1 AREMA Types of Backfill for Retaining Walls Backfill Type Backfill Description Coarse -grained soil without admixture of fine soil particles, very free - 1 draining clean and, gravel or broken stone). Coarse -grained soil of low permeability due to admixture of particles of silt 2 size. Fine silty sand; granular materials with conspicuous clay content; or residual 3 soil with stones. 4 Soft or very soft clay, organic silt; or soft sil cla . Medium or sk clay at maybe placed in, uc away at a neg igi e 5 amount of water will enter the spaces between the chunks during floods or heavy rains. 3. Computation of backfill pressure. (AREMA 8.5.3.2a) a. Values of the unit weight, cohesion, and angle of internal friction of the backfill material shall be determined directly by means of soil tests or, if the expense of such tests is not justifiable, by means of AREMA Table 8-5-2 referring to the soil types defined in AREMA Table 8-5-1. Unless the minimum cohesive strength of the backfill material can be evaluated reliably, the cohesion shall be neglected and only the internal friction considered. See Appendix page A-6 for ARE MA generic soil properties. Table 8-5-2 (AREMA) Properties of Backfill Materials Type of Backfill Unit Weight Lb. Per Cu. Ft. Cohesion "c" Angle of Internal Friction 1 105 0 33°-42038°for broken stone 2 110 0 300 3 125 0 280 4 100 0 0° 5 120 240 00 4. Compaction. a. The backfill shall preferably be placed in loose layers not to exceed 8 inches in thickness. Each layer shall be compacted before placing the next, but over compaction shall be avoided. b. It is required that backfill be compacted to no less than 95% of maximum dry density at a moisture content within 2% of optimum and tested using Modified Proctor ASTM D1557. c. Fill within 100 feet of bridge ends or 20 feet outside culverts shall be placed and compacted to not less than 100% of maximum. d. No dumping of backfill material shall be permitted in such a way that the successive layers slope downward toward the wall. The layers shall be horizontal or shall slope downward away from the- wall. • • 10. PLANS The shoring plans must completely identify the site constraints and the shoring system. Use the design templates provided in the appendix as an example to show the required information, specifications and drawings. The specific requirements of the plan submittals are as follows: GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY SHORING, Published October 25, 2004 11 1. General plan view should show: a. Railroad right-of-way and North arrow. b. Position of all Railroad tracks and identify each track as mainline, siding, spur, etc. c. Spacing between all existing tracks. d. Location of all access roadways, drainage ditches and direction of flow. e. Footprint of proposed structure, proposed shoring system and any existing structures if applicable. f. Proposed horizontal construction clearances. The minimum allowable is 12 feet measured at a right angle from centerline of track. g. Location of existing and proposed utilities. h. Drawings must be signed and stamped by a Licensed Professional Engineer, registered in the state where the work will be performed. i. Railroad and other "CALL BEFORE YOU DIG" numbers. j. Detailed view of shoring along with controlling elevations and dimensions. 2. Typical section and elevation should show: a. Top of rail elevations for all tracks. b. Offset from the face of shoring system to the centerline of all tracks at all changes in horizontal alignment. c. All structural components, controlling elevations and dimensions of shoring system. d. All drainage ditches and controlling dimensions. e. All slopes, existing structures and other facilities which may surcharge the shoring system. f. Location of all existing and proposed utilities. g. Total depth of shoring system. 3. General criteria a. Design loads to be based on the ARE MA manual and Cooper E80 loading. b. Pressure due to embankment surcharges. c. ASTM designation and yield strength for each material. d. Maximum allowable bending stress for structural steel is 0.55Fy. e. Temporary overstress allowances are not acceptable. f. All timber members shall be Douglas Fir grade 2 or better. g. Insitu soil classification. h. Backfill soil classification. I. Internal angle of friction and unit weight of the soil. j. Active and passive soil coefficients. k. Fill within 100 feet of bridge ends or 20 feet outside culverts shall be placed and compacted to a minimum of 100% of maximum dry density tested per Modified Proctor AST D1557. I. Slopes without shoring shall not be steeper than 2 horizontal to 1 vertical GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY SHORING, Published October 25, 2004 12 m. Dredge line elevation. n. Shoring deflection to be calculated and meet Railroad requirements. 4. Miscellaneous: a. Project name, location, GPS coordinates, track owner, Railroad line segment, milepost and subdivision in the title block. b. Procedure outlining the installation and removal of the temporary shoring system. c. General notes specifying material requirements, design data, details, dimensions, cross - sections, sequence of construction etc. d. A description of the tieback installation including drilling, grouting, stressing information and testing procedures, anchor capacity, type of tendon, anchorage hardware, minimum unbonded lengths, minimum anchor lengths, angle of installation, tieback locations and spacing. e. All details for construction of drainage facilities associated with the shoring system shall be clearly indicated. f. Details and descriptions of all shoring system members and connection details. g. Settlement and displacement calculations. h. Handrail and protective fence details along the excavation. i. Drawings must be signed and stamped by a Licensed Professional Engineer, registered in the state where the work will be performed. j. Call before you dig number. k. Construction clearance diagram. 11. SUBMITTALS The Contractor will be responsible for any and all cost associated with the review of plans by the Railroad. Review of design submittals by the Railroad will require a minimum of four (4) weeks. To avoid impacting the construction schedule, the Contractor must schedule submittals well in advance. Partial, incomplete or inadequate designs will be rejected, thus delaying the approval. Revised submittals will follow the same procedure as the initial submittal until all issues are resolved. Submit a minimum of three sets of shoring plans and two sets of calculations with manufacturers' specifications. Drawings and calculations must be signed and stamped by a Registered Professional Engineer familiar with Railway loadings and who is licensed in the state where the shoring system is intended for use. Drawings accompanying the shoring plans shall be submitted on 11" x 17" or 8y2,, x 11" sized paper. 1. Contractor review. The Contractor must review the temporary shoring plans to ensure that the proposed method of construction is compatible with the existing site and soil conditions. The Contractor's work plan must be developed to allow train traffic to remain in service. Removal of the shoring system must also be addressed. 2. Applicant and or Engineer of Record review. The applicant and or Engineer of Record must review and approve the submittal for compliance with the project specifications, AREMA Manual, these guidelines and structural capacity before forwarding the submittal to the Railroad. GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY SHORING, Published October 25, 2004 13 3. Review process. All design submittals shall be forwarded to the Railroad Representative who will send them to the Structures Design Department. The Structures Design Department shall review or have an outside consultant review said submittals. If a Railroad consultant performs said review, the consultant may reply directly to the applicant or their representative after consultation with the Structures Design Department. A copy of the reply will be mailed to the Railroad Representative. During the review process the Railroad Representative is the point of contact to resolve outstanding issues. 12. APPENDIX ITEM PAGE 1 1. SAMPLE PROBLEM . . . . . . • • • • • • • . • • • • • • • A-1 & A-2 2. CHART A . . . . . . . . . . . . A 3 & A-4 3. GUIDELINE & WEBSITE DIRECTORY . . . . . . . . . . • • • • • A-5 4. TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6 AREMA Table 8-20-1. Granular Soils AREMA Table 8-20-2. Silt and Clay Soils AREMA Table 8-20-3. Unit Weights of Soils, and Coefficients of Earth Pressure 5. TEMPLATES GENERAL CRITERIA AND MISCELLANEOUS. . • • • • • • • • . A-7 GENERAL PLAN VIEW . . . • • • • • • • . • • • • • • A-8 TYPICAL SECTION & ELEVATION VIEW . • • • • • • • • • A-9 13. BIBLIOGRAPHY The following list of references used in these guidelines are placed here in alphabetical order for your convenience. 1. Manual for Railway Engineering, 2002 American Railway Engineering and Mai ntenance-of-Way Association. 2. TRENCHING AND SHORING MANUAL, January 1990, Revision 11112/96. State of California Department of Transportation, Office of Structures Construction. e GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY SHORING, Published October 25, 2004 14 0 CHART A continued This chart identifies the active pressure and resulting forces due to E80 liveload. See "SAMPLE PROBLEM" sheet for definitions of variables and equations. 1. Select distance S from track centerline to face of shoring. 2. Select depth HZ below base of tie. 3. Read Ps, M, R and z from the table. 4. Use the procedure outlined in the sample problem to determine values at non -tabulated points. Ps = jrQ � - sin Qcos(2a)] where q = 1778 psf Boussinesq surcharge pressure E80 live load for H1=0 Depth below top of Horizontal distance (S) from shoring to track CL measured at a right angle shoring H2(ft) Variables 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 Ps (Pa) 231 256 271 277 276 269 269 247 234 220 a (rodeos) 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.92 0.96 0.99 1.02 18 R (radians) 0.35 0.31 0.28 0.25 0.23 0.20 0.18 0.16 0.15 0.13 z (ft) 8.80 9.37 9.81 10.16 10.44 10.67 10.85 11.00 11.12 11.22 M (Nbam) 65,062 55,110 46,976 40,313 34,834 30,304 26,536 23,384 20,728 18,477 R MA) 7,072 6,386 5,739 5,145 4,609 4,132 3,710 3,338 3,012 2,725 Ps W 191 217 236 246 250 249 244 237 227 217 Cc (radians) 0.52 0.59 0.66 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.94 0.98 20 a (radians) 0.33 0.30 0.28 0.25 0.23 0.21 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.14 z (ft) 9.37 10.03 10.56 10.98 11,32 11.59 11.82 12.01 12.16 12.30 M (ft4bsm) 79,641 68,368 58,973 51,137 44,586 39,093 34,465 30,548 27,216 24,367 R obsift) 7,493 6,859 6,245 5,668 5,135 4,651 4,214 3,822 3,474 3,163 Ps (Pso 159 184 204 217 226 228 227 223 217 210 a (radians) 0.49 0.55 0.62 0.67 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.90 0.93 22 R (radians) 0.31 0.29 0.27 0.25 0.23 0.21 0.19 0.17 0.16 0.14 Z (ft) 9.89 10.64 11.24 11.73 12.14 12.47 12.74 12.97 13.17 13.33 M (ftabsm) 94,986 82,497 71,913 62.945 55,341 48,878 43,370 38.658 34,611 31,122 R (tbsm) 7.842 7,260 6,684 6,131 5,611 5,128 4,685 4,283 3,918 3,590 Ps (w0 133 157 176 191 202 207 210 209 206 201 a (radians) 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.78 0.82 0.85 0.89 24 R (radians) 0.30 0.28 0.26 0.24 0.22 0.20 0.19 0.17 0.16 0.15 Z (it) 10.35 11.19 11.87 12.44 12.90 13.29 13.62 13.89 14.13 14.32 M (ftabsM 110,969 97,366 85,670 75,625 66,997 59,577 53,183 47,661 42,875 38,716 R (Ibsm) 8,132 7,600 7,064 6,540 6,037 5,564 6,122 4,715 4,342 4,001 Ps (PS) 112 134 163 168 180 188 192 194 193 191 a (radians) 0.42 0.48 0.54 0.60 0.65 0.69 0.74 0.78 0.82 0.85 26 (3 (radians) 0,28 0.27 0,25 0.23 0.22 0.20 0.19 0.17 0.16 0.15 z 00 10.78 11.69 12.45 13.09 13.62 14.07 14.44 14.r7 15.04 15.28 M (ft4bam) 127,485 112,683 100,135 89,071 79,460 71,105 63,836 57,499 51,963 47,113 R (Ibstft) 8,376 7,890 7,393 6,899 6,418 5,959 5,524 5,118 4,741 4,393 PS (Psn 94 114 132 148 160 169 175 179 180 180 a (radians) 0.40 0.46 0.51 0.56 0.61 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 28 P (radians) 0.27 0.26 0.24 0.23 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.17 0.16 0.15 z (ft) 11.17 12.16 12.99 13.70 14.29 14.80 15.23 15.60 15.91 16.19 M (ft4bam) 144,448 126,896 115,211 103,191 92,642 83,385 75,258 68,113 61,823 56,274 R (ibsm) 8,581 8,137 7,677 7,214 6,758 6,315 5,892 5,491 5,115 4,764 Ps (W 80 98 115 130 142 162 160 165 167 168 a (radians) 0.37 0.43 0.48 0.53 0.58 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.74 0.78 30 D (radiants) 0.26 0.25 0.23 0.22 0.21 0.20 0.18 0.17 0.16 0.15 z (it) 11.52 12.59 13.49 14.26 14.92 15.48 15.97 16.38 16.75 17.06 M (Mbsm) 161,789 145,388 130,619 117,903 106,466 96,343 87,361 79,443 72,404 66.153 R (ibeJtt) 6,755 8,349 7,925 7,492 7,060 6,636 6,227 5,834 5,462 5,112 Ps os►) 69 85 101 115 127 137 146 161 165 157 a (radians) 0.35 0.41 0.46 0.51 0.55 0.60 0.84 0.68 0.71 0.75 32 (3 (radians) 0.25 0.24 0.22 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.18 0.17 0.16 0.15 z (ft) 11.85 12.98 13.95 14.79 15.51 16.13 16.67 17.13 17.54 17.89 M (ftabsm) 179,452 162,274 146,888 133,136 120,859 109,909 100,144 91,432 83,655 76,708 R (lbslft) 8,904 8,532 8,140 7,736 7,329 6,925 6,531 6,150 5,785 5,438 GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY SHORING, Published October 25, 2004 A-4 GUIDELINE & WEBSITE DIRECTORY BNSF guidelines are as follows: a. Guidelines for Design and Construction of Grade Separation Structures. UPRR guidelines are as follows: a. Underpass Structures — "Guidelines for Design and Construction of Grade Separation Underpass Structures." b. Overhead Grade Separation — "Guidelines for Design of Highway Separation Structures Over Railroad (Overhead Grade Separation)." c. Demolition —"Guidelines for Preparation of a Bridge Demolition and Removal Plan for Structures Over Railroad." d. Shoofly — "Guidelines for Design and Construction of Shoofly (Detour) Tracks." e. Fiber Optic — "UPRR Fiber Optic Engineering, Construction And Maintenance Standards." 1/1/2002 f. Pipeline — "Pipeline Installation" available at www.uprr.com. g. Industry Track — "Technical Specification for Construction of Industrial Tracks" WEBSITE DIRECTORY: 1. www.astm.org 2. www.arema.org 3. www.bnsf.com 4. www.pilespees.com 5. www.uprr.com GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY SHORING, Published October 25, 2004 A-5 AREMA Table 8-20-1. Granular Soils Descriptive Term for Relative Density Standard Penetration Test Blows per Foot'N' Very Loose 0-4 Loose 4 -10 Medium 10 - 30 Dense 30-50 Very Dense Over 50 AREMA Table 8-20-2. Silt and Clay Soils Descriptive Term for Consistency Unconfined Compressive Strength Tons per Square Foot Very Soft Less than 0.25 Soft 0.25 - 0.50 Medium 0.50 -1.00 Stiff 1.00 - 2.00 Very Stiff 2.00 - 4.00 Hard Over 4.00 AREMA Table 8-20-3. Unit Weights of Soils, and Coefficients of Earth Pressure Coefficient of Active Earth Pressure, Coefficient of Passive Unit Weight of Moist Unit Weight of KA Earth Pressure, Kp Friction Soil, r Submerged Soil, r T Type (Note 1 (N ) (N ) (Note 1 Friction Angles For Angles Soilf For For Soils (Note 2) Soils in (Note 2) Bacicfill in Place Place Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum 0 8 8 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Clean Sand: Dense 110 140 65 78 0.20 38 20 9.0 38 25 Medium 110 130 60 68 0.25 34 17 7.0 34 23 Loose 90 125 56 63 0.35 0.30 30 15 5.0 30 20 Silty Sand: Dense 110 150 70 88 0.25 7.0 Medium 95 130 60 68 030 5.0 Loose 80 125 50 63 0.50 0.35 3.0 Silt and Clay 165(1+w) 103 1.00 1—_q" 1+—q° (Note3) 1+2.65w 1+2.65w P+YZ P+YZ Note 1: In pounds per cubic foot Note 2: These angles, expressed in degrees, are 4y the angle of internal friction, and 8, the angle of wall friction, and are used in estimating the coefficients under which they are listed Note 3: The symbol y represents y or y', whichever is applicable; P is the effective unit pressure on the top surface of the stratum; qu is the unconfined compressive strength; w is the natural water conteu, in percentage of dry weight and z is the depth below the top surface of the stratum. GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY SHORING Published October 25, 2004 A-6 General criteria: a. Design loads to be based on the AREMA manual and Cooper E80 loading. b. Pressure due to embankment surcharges. c. ASTM designation and yield strength for each material. d. Maximum allowable bending stress for steel is 0.5517y. e. Temporary overstress allowances are not acceptable. f. All timber members shall be Douglas Fir Grade 2 or better. g. Insitu soil classification. h. Backfill soil classification. 1. Internal angle of friction and unit weight of soil. J. Active and passive soil coefficients. k. Backfill compacted to a minimum of 95% Proctor density per ASTM D-1557. I. Slopes without shoring shall not be steeper than 2 horizontal to I vertical. m. Dredge line elevation. n. Shoring deflection to be calculated and meet Railroad requirements. Miscellaneous: a. Project name, I ocat i on, GPS coordinates, track owner, Railroad line segment, milepost and subdivision in the title block. b. Procedure outlining the installation and removal of the temporary shoring system. c. General notes specifying material requirements, design doto, details, dimensions and cross -sections, sequence of construction etc. d. A description of tieback installation including drilling, grouting, stressing information and testing procedures, anchor capacity, type of tendon, anchorage hardware, minimum unbonded lengths, minimum anchor lengths, angle of installation, tieback locations and spacing. e. All details for construction of drainage facilities associated with the shoring system shall be clearly indicated. f. Details and descriptions of all shoring system members and connection details. g. Settlement and displacement calculations. h. Handrail and protective fence details along the excavations. I. Drawings must be signed and stamped by a Licensed Professional Engineer, registered in the state where the work will be performed. J. Call before you dig number. k. Construction clearances diagram as shown below. —TOP OF NO CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES RAIL OR OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS MAY BE PLACED WITHIN THESE LIMITS. *ADD 1.5 INCHES PER DEGREE OF TRACK CURVATURE TO THE HORIZONTAL • *12.0' CLEARANCE DISTANCE. OF RAIL MINIMUM CONSTRUCTION CLEARANCES FDRA (NORMAL TO RAILROAD) Not to scale GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY SHORING Published October 25, 2004 A-7 100 General plan view should show: a. Railroad right -of- way and North arrow. b. Position of ail Railroad tracks and identify each track as mainline, s i d i ng, spur, etc. c. Spacing between all existing tracks. d. Location of all access roadways, drainage ditches and direction of flow. e. Footprint of proposed structure, proposed shoring system and any existing structures if applicable. f. Proposed horizontal construction clearances. The minimum allowable is 12 feet measured at a right angle from centerline of track. g. Location of existing and proposed utilities. h. Drawings must be signed and stamped by a Licensed Professional Engineer, registered in the state where the work will be performed. i. Railroad and other "CALL BEFORE YOU DIG" numbers. j. Detailed view of shoring along with controlling elevations and dimensions. GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY SHORING Published October 25, 2004 A-8 Typical section and elevation should show: a. Top of rail elevations for oil tracks. b. Offset from the face of shoring system to the centerline of all tracks at all changes in horizontal alignment. c. All structural components, controlling elevations and dimensions of shoring system. d. All drainage ditches and controlling dimensions. e. All slopes, existing structures and other facilities which may surcharge the shoring system. f. Location of all existing and proposed utilities. g. Total depth of shoring system. NAME & LOGO OF ENGINEERING FIRM OR "` TYPICAL SECTION & ELEVATION VIEW WING N0: :T: 3 of 3 RR M.P. SUBDIVISION °: CITY COUNTY STATE Ea PROJECT NAME & LOCATION GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY SHORING Published October 25, 2004 A-9 June 02, 2008 Folder No. 02472-94 To the Contractor: Before the Railroad Company can permit you to perform work on its right-of-way for the installation of a pipeline for CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS, it will be necessary to complete and return the enclosed Contractor's Right of Entry Agreement. 1. First, we must have an executed License Agreement in place before we can process a Contractor's Right of Entry Agreement, associated with this project. 2. Fully complete and sign duplicate copies of this Agreement. This should include the legal company name, address and corporate status. Complete the signature block information, including contact information. 3. Check, with Folder No. 2472-94 written on the front, made payable to the Union Pacific Railroad Company in the amount of FIVE HUNDRED DOLLARS ($500.00). 4. You must include a copy of your Certificate of Insurance, identifying Folder No. 2472-94, with coverage levels and endorsements as required in Exhibit C of this Agreement. 5. In addition, you are required to procure and provide proof of a Railroad Protective Liability Insurance (RPLI) policy for the duration of the installation period, as required in Exhibit C of this Agreement. *If you would like to be included in the Union Pacific's RPLI program, through Marsh USA, simply follow the instructions on the enclosed form or go to www.gprT.com/reus/groM/Uinsure. After approval of the Contractor's Right of Entry Agreement with all required documents, your fully - executed Agreement will be returned to the Licensee, and that party should provide you with a copy of this Agreement and instructions to proceed. In no event should you begin work until you have received a copy of the signed Contractor's Right of Entry Agreement and have this available on the project site. If you have any questions, please contact me at (402) 544-8647. Sincerely, � —/Y4 - Beverly J. Kubat Assistant Director No SUBMITTING REQUESTS FOR RAILROAD PROTECTIVE LIABII.ITY INSURANCE ($2,000,000 per occurrence/$6,000,000 aggregate) Application forms for inclusion in Union Pacific Railroad's Blanket Railroad Protective Liability Insurance Policy may be obtained by accessing the following website (includes premiums as well): www.uprr.com/reus/rrinsure/insurovr.shtml If you have questions regarding railroad protective liability insurance (i.e. premium quotes, application) please contact the Marsh USA Service Team, Bill Smith or Cindy Long at: Phone: (800) 729-7001 Fax: (816) 5564362 Email: william j.smith _,marsh.com Email: cindy.long_@marsh.com *PLEASE NOTE - The RPLI application and premium check should be sent directly to Marsh, USA at the address shown below - do NOT send your check and application via overnight air, as the P.O. Box will NOT accept overnight deliveries. If you are in a situation where you require a RUSH, please contact Bill Smith or Cindy Long and they will do their best to accommodate your needs. All checks written to Marsh, USA should reference Union Pacific Railroad in the "Memo' section of the check Send Checks and Applications to the following "NEW" address: Marsh USA NW 8622 PO Box 1450 Minneapolis, MN 55485-8622 Contractor's Right of Entry — (Texas) 01 /26/06 Folder No. 2472-94 Form Approved - AVP Law CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT OF ENTRY AGREEMENT (TEXAS) THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of the day of , 20 , by and between UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD COMPANY, a Delaware corporation ("Railroad"); and , a corporation ("Contractor"). RECITALS: Contractor has been hired by the City of Fort Worth, Texas to perform work relating to installation of an encased sanitary sewer pipeline crossing (the "work"), with all or a portion of such work to be performed on property of Railroad in the vicinity of Railroad's Milepost 612.8 on Railroad's Duncan Subdivision located at or near Fort Worth, in Tarrant County, State of Texas; which work is the subject of a contract dated November 7, 2007 between Railroad and the City of Fort Worth, Texas as w such location is also shown on the print dated September 21, 2007, marked Exhibit D, attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof. Railroad is willing to permit Contractor to perform the work described above at the location described above subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement AGREEMENT: NOW, THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed by and between Railroad and Contractor, as follows: ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITION OF CONTRACTOR. For purposes of this Agreement, all references in this agreement to Contractor shall include Contractor's contractors, subcontractors, officers, agents and employees, and others acting under its or their authority. ARTICLE 2 - RIGHT GRANTED; PURPOSE. Railroad hereby grants to Contractor the right, during the term hereinafter stated and upon and subject to each and all of the terms, provisions and conditions herein contained, to enter upon and have ingress to and egress from the property described in the Recitals for the purpose of performing any work described in the Recitals above. The right herein granted to Contractor is limited to those portions of Railroad's property specifically described herein, or as designated by the Railroad Representative named in Article 4. ARTICLE 3 - TERMS AND CONDITIONS CONTAINED IN EXHIBITS A. B AND C. The terms and conditions contained in Exhibit A, Exhibit B and Exhibit C, attached hereto, are hereby made a part of this Agreement. ARTICLE 4 - ALL EXPENSES TO BE BORNE BY CONTRACTOR; RAILROAD REPRESENTATIVE. A. Contractor shall bear any and all costs and expenses associated with any work performed by Contractor, or any costs or expenses incurred by Railroad relating to this Agreement. B. Contractor shall coordinate all of its work with the following Railroad representative or his or her duly authorized representative (the "Railroad Representative"): H:WatalWord\fbnrs%special language fonm\CROH Texas 2006.doc Contractor's Right of Entry — (Texas) 01 /26/06 Form Approved - AVP Law JASON REA MTM UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD COMPANY 5701 W VICKERY BLVD FORT WORTH TX 76107 PHONE: 817-353-7012 CELL: 817-657-7534 FAX: 402-501-2631 Folder No. C. Contractor, at its own expense, shall adequately police and supervise all work to be performed by Contractor and shall ensure that such work is performed in a safe manner as set forth in Section 7 of Exhibit A. The responsibility of Contractor for safe conduct and adequate policing and supervision of Contractor's work shall not be lessened or otherwise affected by Railroad's approval of plans and specifications involving the work, or by Railroad's collaboration in performance of any work, or by the presence at the work site of a Railroad Representative, or by compliance by Contractor with any requests or recommendations made by Railroad Representative. ARTICLE 5 - TERM: TERMINATION. A. The grant of right herein made to Contractor shall commence on the date of this Agreement, and continue until , unless sooner terminated as herein provided, or at such time as Contractor has completed its work on Railroad's property, whichever is earlier. Contractor agrees to notify the Railroad Representative in writing when it has completed its work on Railroad's property. B. This Agreement may be terminated by either party on ten (10) days written notice to the other party. ARTICLE 6 - CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. A. Before commencing any work, Contractor will provide Railroad with the insurance binders, policies, certificates and/or endorsements set forth in Exhibit B of this Agreement. B. All insurance correspondence, binders, policies, certificates and/or endorsements shall be sent to: Union Pacific Railroad Company Folder No.: 2479-24 1400 Douglas Street STOP 1690 Omaha NE 68179 Attn: Tom Judkins ARTICLE 7 - DISMISSAL OF CONTRACTOR's EMPLOYEE. At the request of Railroad, Contractor shall remove from Railroad's property any employee of Contractor who fails to conform to the instructions of the Railroad Representative in connection with the work on Railroad's property, and any right of Contractor shall be suspended until such removal has occurred. Contractor shall indemnify Railroad against any claims arising from the removal of any such employee from Railroad's property. ARTICLE 8 - ADMINISTRATIVE FEE. Upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Contractor shall pay to Railroad Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) as reimbursement for clerical, administrative and handling expenses in connection with the processing of this Agreement. ARTICLE 9 - CROSSINGS. No additional vehicular crossings (including temporary haul roads) or pedestrian crossings over Railroad's trackage shall be installed or used by Contractor without the prior written permission of Railroad. HAdataMordlfortns\special language forms\CROE Texas 2006.doc 2 Contractor's Right of Entry — (Texas) 01 /26/06 Form Approved - AVP Law ARTICLE 10 - EXPLOSIVES. Folder No. Explosives or other highly flammable substances shall not be stored on Railroad's property without the prior written approval of Railroad. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this agreement in duplicate as of the date first herein written. UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD COMPANY By: Title: Senior Manager - Contracts By: Title: Phone: H,.Wata\Word\for \special language forms\CROE Texas 2006.doc (Name of Contractor) Contractor's Right of Entry — (Texas) 01 /26/06 Folder No. Form Approved - AVP Law EXHIBIT A TO CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT OF ENTRY AGREEMENT Section 1. NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT OF WORK - FLAGGING. A. Contractor agrees to notify the Railroad Representative at least ten (10) working days in advance of Contractor commencing its work and at least ten (10) working days in advance of proposed performance of any work by Contractor in which any person or equipment will be within twenty-five (25) feet of any track, or will be near enough to any track that any equipment extension (such as, but not limited to, a crane boom) will reach to within twenty-five (25) feet of any track. No work of any kind shall be performed, and no person, equipment, machinery, tool(s), material(s), vehicle(s), or thing(s) shall be located, operated, placed, or stored within twenty-five (25) feet of any of Railroad's track(s) at any time, for any reason, unless and until a Railroad flagman is provided to watch for trains. Upon receipt of such ten (10)-day notice, the Railroad Representative will determine and inform Contractor whether a flagman need be present and whether Contractor needs to implement any special protective or safety measures. If flagging or other special protective or safety measures are performed by Railroad, Railroad will bill Contractor for such expenses incurred by Railroad, unless Railroad and a federal, state or local governmental entity have agreed that Railroad is to bill such expenses to the federal, state or local governmental entity. If Railroad will be sending the bills to Contractor, Contractor shall pay such bills within thirty (30) days of Contractor's receipt of billing. If Railroad performs any flagging, or other special protective or safety measures are performed by Railroad, Contractor agrees that Contractor is not relieved of any of its responsibilities or liabilities set forth in this Agreement. B. The rate of pay per hour for each flagman will be the prevailing hourly rate in effect for an eight -hour day for the class of flagmen used during regularly assigned hours and overtime in accordance with Labor Agreements and Schedules in effect at the time the work is performed. In addition to the cost of such labor, a composite charge for vacation, holiday, health and welfare, supplemental sickness, Railroad Retirement and unemployment compensation, supplemental pension, Employees Liability and Property Damage and Administration will be included, computed on actual payroll. The composite charge will be the prevailing composite charge in effect at the time the work is performed. One and one-half times the current hourly rate is paid for overtime, Saturdays and Sundays, and two and one-half times current hourly rate for holidays. Wage rates are subject to change, at any time, by law or by agreement between Railroad and its employees, and may be retroactive as a result of negotiations or a ruling of an authorized governmental agency. Additional charges on labor are also subject to change. If the wage rate or additional charges are changed, Contractor (or the governmental entity, as applicable) shall pay on the basis of the new rates and charges. C. Reimbursement to Railroad will be required covering the full eight -hour day during which any flagman is furnished, unless the flagman can be assigned to other Railroad work during a portion of such day, in which event reimbursement will not be required for the portion of the day during which the flagman is engaged in other Railroad work. Reimbursement will also be required for any day not actually worked by the flagman following the flagman's assignment to work on the project for which Railroad is required to pay the flagman and which could not reasonably be avoided by Railroad by assignment of such flagman to other work, even though Contractor may not be working during such time. When it becomes necessary for Railroad to bulletin and assign an employee to a flagging position in compliance with union collective bargaining agreements, Contractor must provide Railroad a minimum of five (5) days notice prior to the cessation of the need for a flagman. If five (5) days notice of cessation is not given, Contractor will still be required to pay flagging charges for the five (5) day notice period required by union agreement to be given to the employee, even though flagging is not required for that period. An additional ten (10) days notice must then be given to Railroad if flagging services are needed again after such five day cessation notice has been given to Railroad. Section 2. LIMITATION AND SUBORDINATION OF RIGHTS GRANTED A. The foregoing grant of right is subject and subordinate to the prior and continuing right and obligation of the Railroad to use and maintain its entire property including the right and power of Railroad to construct, maintain, repair, renew, use, operate, change, modify or relocate railroad tracks, roadways, signal, communication, fiber optics, or other wirelines, pipelines and other facilities upon, along or across any or all parts of its property, all or any of which may be freely done at any time or times by Railroad without liability to Contractor or to any other party for compensation or damages. Exhibit A Page 1 of 4 H %data\WordVomis\speclal language forms\CROE Texas 2006.doc Contractor's Right of Entry — (Texas) 01/26/06 Folder No. Form Approved - AVP Law B. The foregoing grant is also subject to all outstanding superior rights (including those in favor of licensees and lessees of Railroad's property, and others) and the right of Railroad to renew and extend the same, and is made without covenant of title or for quiet enjoyment. Section 3. NO INTERFERENCE WITH OPERATIONS OF RAILROAD AND ITS TENANTS. A. Contractor shall conduct its operations so as not to interfere with the continuous and uninterrupted use and operation of the railroad tracks and property of Railroad, including without limitation, the operations of Railroad's lessees, licensees or others, unless specifically authorized in advance by the Railroad Representative. Nothing shall be done or permitted to be done by Contractor at any time that would in any manner impair the safety of such operations. When not in use, Contractor's machinery and materials shall be kept at least fifty (50) feet from the centerline of Railroad's nearest track, and there shall be no vehicular crossings of Railroads tracks except at existing open public crossings. B. Operations of Railroad and work performed by Railroad personnel and delays in the work to be performed by Contractor caused by such railroad operations and work are expected by Contractor, and Contractor agrees that Railroad shall have no liability to Contractor, or any other person or entity for any such delays. The Contractor shall coordinate its activities with those of Railroad and third parties so as to avoid interference with railroad operations. The safe operation of Railroad train movements and other activities by Railroad takes precedence over any work to be performed by Contractor. Section 4. LIENS. Contractor shall pay in full all persons who perform labor or provide materials for the work to be performed by Contractor. Contractor shall not create, permit or suffer any mechanic's or materialmen's liens of any kind or nature to be created or enforced against any property of Railroad for any such work performed. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Railroad from and against any and all liens, claims, demands, costs or expenses of whatsoever nature in any way connected with or growing out of such work done, labor performed, or materials furnished. If Contractor fails to promptly cause any lien to be released of record, Railroad may, at its election, discharge the lien or claim of lien at Contractor's expense. Section 5. PROTECTION OF FIBER OPTIC CABLE SYSTEMS, A. Fiber optic cable systems may be buried on Railroad's property. Protection of the fiber optic cable systems is of extreme importance since any break could disrupt service to users resulting in business interruption and loss of revenue and profits. Contractor shall telephone Railroad during normal business hours (7:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. Central Time, Monday through Friday, except holidays) at 1-800-336-9193 (also a 24-hour, 7-day number for emergency calls) to determine if fiber optic cable is buried anywhere on Railroad's property to be used by Contractor. If it is, Contractor will telephone the telecommunications company(ies) involved, make arrangements for a cable locator and, if applicable, for relocation or other protection of the fiber optic cable. Contractor shall not commence any work until all such protection or relocation (if applicable) has been accomplished. B. IN ADDITION TO OTHER INDEMNITY PROVISIONS IN THIS AGREEMENT, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD RAILROAD HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ALL COSTS, LIABILITYAND EXPENSE WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ATTORNEYS' FEES, COURT COSTS AND EXPENSES) ARISING OUT OF ANY ACT OR OMISSION OF CONTRACTOR, ITS AGENTS AND/OR EMPLOYEES, THAT CAUSES OR CONTRIBUTES TO (1) ANY DAMAGE TO OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM ON RAILROAD'S PROPERTY, AND/OR (2) ANY INJURY TO OR DEATH OF ANY PERSON EMPLOYED BY OR ON BEHALF OF ANY TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMPANY, AND/OR ITS CONTRACTOR, AGENTS AND/OR EMPLOYEES, ON RAILROAD'S PROPERTY. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT HAVE OR SEEK RECOURSE AGAINST RAILROAD FOR ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION FOR ALLEGED LOSS OF PROFITS OR REVENUE OR LOSS OF SERVICE OR OTHER CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE TO A TELECOMMUNICATION COMPANY USING RAILROAD'S PROPERTY OR A CUSTOMER OR USER OF SERVICES OF THE FIBER OPTIC CABLE ON RAILROAD'S PROPERTY. ma Exhibit A Page 2 of 4 H1dat9\WordVorms\spedal language forrs\CROE Texas 2006.doc pop Contractor's Right of Entry— (Texas) 01/26/06 Form Approved - AVP Law Section 6. PERMITS - COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Folder No. In the prosecution of the work covered by this Agreement, Contractor shall secure any and all necessary permits and -- shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations and enactments affecting the work including, without limitation, all applicable Federal Railroad Administration regulations. Section 7. SAFETY. A. Safety of personnel, property, p rty, rail operations and the public is of paramount importance in the prosecution of the work performed by Contractor. Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety, operations and programs in connection with the work. Contractor shall at a minimum comply with Railroad's safety standards listed in Exhibit C, hereto attached, to ensure uniformity with the safety standards followed by Railroad's own forces. As a part of Contractor's safety responsibilities, Contractor shall notify Railroad if Contractor determines that any of Railroad's safety standards are contrary to good safety practices. Contractor shall furnish copies of Exhibit C to each of its employees before they enter the job site. B. Without limitation of the provisions of paragraph A above, Contractor shall keep the job site free from safety and health hazards and ensure that its employees are competent and adequately trained in all safety and health aspects of the job. C. Contractor shall have proper first aid supplies available on the job site so that prompt first aid services may be provided to any person injured on the job site. Contractor shall promptly notify Railroad of any U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration reportable injuries. Contractor shall have a nondelegable duty to control its employees while they are on the job site or any other property of Railroad, and to be certain they do not use, be under the influence of, or have in their possession any alcoholic beverage, drug or other substance that may inhibit the safe performance of any work. D. If and when requested by Railroad, Contractor shall deliver to Railroad a copy of Contractor's safety plan for conducting the work (the "Safety Plan"). Railroad shall have the right, but not the obligation, to require Contractor to correct any deficiencies in the Safety Plan. The terms of this Agreement shall control if there are any inconsistencies between this Agreement and the Safety Plan. Section 8. INDEMNITY. A. TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE STATUTE, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS RAILROAD, ITS AFFILIATES, AND ITS AND THEIR OFFICERS, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES ("INDEMNIFIED PARTIES") FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL LOSS, DAMAGE, INJURY, LIABILITY, CLAIM, DEMAND, COST OR EXPENSE (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ATTORNEYS, CONSULTANT'S AND EXPERT'S FEES, AND COURT COSTS), FINE OR PENALTY (COLLECTIVELY, "LOSS") INCURRED BY ANY PERSON (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY, CONTRACTOR, OR ANY EMPLOYEE OF CONTRACTOR OR OF ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY MANNER CONNECTED WITH (1) ANY WORK PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR, OR (II) ANY ACT OR OMISSION OF CONTRACTOR, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, OR (111) ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT BY CONTRACTOR. B. THE RIGHT TO INDEMNITY UNDER THIS SECTION 8 SHALL ACCRUE UPON OCCURRENCE OF THE EVENT GIVING RISE TO THE LOSS, AND SHALL APPLY REGARDLESS OF ANY NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY, EXCEPT WHERE THE LOSS IS CAUSED BY THE SOLE ACTIVE NEGLIGENCE OF AN INDEMNIFIED PARTY AS ESTABLISHED BY THE FINAL JUDGMENT OF A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION. THE SOLE ACTIVE NEGLIGENCE OF ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY SHALL NOT BAR THE RECOVERY OF ANY OTHER INDEMNIFIED PARTY. C. CONTRACTOR EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY ASSUMES POTENTIAL LIABILITY UNDER THIS SECTION 8 FOR CLAIMS OR ACTIONS BROUGHT BY CONTRACTOR'S OWN EMPLOYEES. CONTRACTOR WAIVES ANY IMMUNITY IT MAY HAVE UNDER WORKER'S COMPENSATION OR INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE ACTS TO INDEMNIFY RAILROAD UNDER THIS SECTION 8. CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER WAS Exhibit A NW Page 3 of 4 H:\data\Word\fomalspedal language fours\CROE Texas 2006.doc aw Contractor's Right of Entry — (Texas) 01/26/06 Form Approved - AVP Law MUTUALLY NEGOTIATED BY THE PARTIES HERETO. Folder No. D. NO COURT OR JURY FINDINGS IN ANY EMPLOYEE'S SUIT PURSUANT TO ANY WORKER'S COMPENSATION ACT OR THE FEDERAL EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ACT AGAINST A PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE RELIED UPON OR USED BY CONTRACTOR IN ANY ATTEMPT TO ASSERT LIABILITY AGAINST RAILROAD. E. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 8 SHALL SURVIVE THE COMPLETION OF ANY WORK PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR OR THE TERMINATION OR EXPIRATION OF THIS AGREEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THIS SECTION 8 OR ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT BE DEEMED TO LIMIT ANY LIABILITY CONTRACTOR MAY HAVE TO ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY BY STATUTE OR UNDER COMMON LAW. Section 9. RESTORATION OF PROPERTY. In the event Railroad authorizes Contractor to take down any fence of Railroad or in any manner move or disturb any of the other property of Railroad in connection with the work to be performed by Contractor, then in that event Contractor shall, as soon as possible and at Contractor's sole expense, restore such fence and other property to the same condition as the same were in before such fence was taken down or such other property was moved or disturbed. Contractor shall remove all of Contractor's tools, equipment, rubbish and other materials from Railroad's property promptly upon completion of the work, restoring Railroad's property to the same state and condition as when Contractor entered thereon. Section 10. WAIVER OF DEFAULT. Waiver by Railroad of any breach or default of any condition, covenant or agreement herein contained to be kept, observed and performed by Contractor shall in no way impair the right of Railroad to avail itself of any remedy for any subsequent breach or default. Section 11. MODIFICATION - ENTIRE AGREEMENT. No modification of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by Contractor and Railroad. This Agreement and the exhibits attached hereto and made a part hereof constitute the entire understanding between Contractor and Railroad and cancel and supersede any prior negotiations, understandings or agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to the work to be performed by Contractor. Section 12. ASSIGNMENT - SUBCONTRACTING. Contractor shall not assign or subcontract this Agreement, or any interest therein, without the written consent of the Railroad. Contractor shall be responsible for the acts and omissions of all subcontractors, and shall require all subcontractors to maintain the insurance coverage required to be maintained by Contractor as provided in this Agreement, and to indemnify Contractor and Railroad to the same extent as Railroad is indemnified by Contractor under this Agreement. ow No Q0 Exhibit A Page 4 of 4 HAdata\WordVbnns%spedal language formsNCROE Texas 2006.doe um Contractor's Right of Entry — (Texas) 01 /26/06 Folder No. Form Approved - AVP Law EXHIBIT B TO CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT OF ENTRY AGREEMENT Union Pacific Railroad Company Insurance Provisions For Contractor's Right of Entry Agreement Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, procure and maintain during the course of the Project and until all Project work on Railroad's property has been completed and the Contractor has removed all equipment and materials from Railroad's property and has cleaned and restored Railroad's property to Railroad's satisfaction, the following insurance coverage: A. Commercial General Liability insurance. Commercial general liability (CGL) with a limit of not less than $2,000,000 each occurrence and an aggregate limit of not less than $4,000,000. CGL insurance must be written on ISO occurrence form CG 00 01 12 04 (or a substitute form providing equivalent coverage). The policy must also contain the following endorsement, which must be stated on the certificate of insurance: • Contractual Liability Railroads ISO form CG 24 17 10 01 (or a substitute form providing equivalent coverage) showing "Union Pacific Railroad Company Property" as the Designated Job Site. B. Business Automobile Coveraae insurance. Business auto coverage written on ISO form CA 00 01 (or a substitute form providing equivalent liability coverage) with a combined single limit of not less $2,000,000 for each accident. The policy must contain the following endorsements, which must be stated on the certificate of insurance: • Coverage For Certain Operations In Connection With Railroads ISO form CA 20 7010 01 (or a substitute form providing equivalent coverage) showing "Union Pacific Property' as the Designated Job Site. • Motor Carrier Act Endorsement - Hazardous materials clean up (MCS-90) if required by law. C. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability insurance. Coverage must include but not be limited to: • Contractor's statutory liability under the workers' compensation laws of the State of Texas. • Employers' Liability (Part B) with limits of at least $500,000 each accident, $500,000 disease policy limit $500,000 each employee. If Contractor is self -insured, evidence of state approval and excess workers compensation coverage must be provided. Coverage must include liability arising out of the U. S. Longshoremen's and Harbor Workers' Act, the Jones Act, and the Outer Continental Shelf Land Act, if applicable. The policy must contain the following endorsement, which must be stated on the certificate of insurance: • Alternate Employer endorsement ISO form WC 00 03 01 A (or a substitute form providing equivalent coverage) showing Railroad in the schedule as the alternate employer (or a substitute form providing equivalent coverage). D. Railroad Protective Liability insurance. Contractor must maintain Railroad Protective Liability insurance written on ISO occurrence form CG 00 35 12 04 (or a substitute form providing equivalent coverage) on behalf of Railroad as named insured, with a limit of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence and an aggregate of $6,000,000. A binder stating the policy is in place must be submitted to Railroad before the work may be commenced and until the original policy is forwarded to Railroad. E. Umbrella or Excess insurance. If Contractor utilizes umbrella or excess policies, these policies must "follow form" and afford no less coverage than the primary policy. Exhibit B HAdate\WordVormsXspecial language fomu\CROE Texas 2006.doc .a Contractor's Right of Entry — (Texas) 01 /26/06 Form Approved - AVP Law Folder No. F. Pollution Liability insurance. Pollution Liability coverage must be included when the scope of the work as defined in the Agreement includes installation, temporary storage, or disposal of any "hazardous" material that is injurious in or upon land, the atmosphere, or any watercourses; or may cause bodily injury at any time. Pollution liability coverage must be written on ISO form Pollution Liability Coverage Form Designated Sites CG 00 39 12 04 (or a substitute form providing equivalent liability coverage), with limits of at least $5,000,000 per occurrence and an aggregate limit of $10,000,000. If the scope of work as defined in this Agreement includes the disposal of any hazardous or non -hazardous materials from the job site, Contractor must furnish to Railroad evidence of pollution legal liability insurance maintained by the disposal site operator for losses arising from the insured facility accepting the materials, with coverage in minimum amounts of $1,000,000 per loss, and an annual aggregate of $2,000,000. Other Requirements G. All policy(ies) required above (except worker's compensation and employers liability) must include Railroad as "Additional Insured" using ISO Additional Insured Endorsements CG 20 26, and CA 20 48 (or substitute forms providing equivalent coverage). The coverage provided to Railroad as additional insured shall, to the extent provided under ISO Additional Insured Endorsement CG 20 26, and CA 20 48 provide coverage for Railroad's negligence whether sole or partial, active or passive, and shall not be limited by Contractor's liability under the indemnity provisions of this Agreement. H. Punitive damages exclusion, if any, must be deleted (and the deletion indicated on the certificate of insurance), unless the law governing this Agreement prohibits all punitive damages that might arise under this Agreement. Contractor waives all rights of recovery, and its insurers also waive all rights of subrogation of damages against Railroad and its agents, officers, directors and employees. This waiver must be stated on the certificate of insurance. J. Prior to commencing the work, Contractor shall furnish Railroad with a certificate(s) of insurance, executed by a duly authorized representative of each insurer, showing compliance with the insurance requirements in this Agreement. K. All insurance policies must be written by a reputable insurance company acceptable to Railroad or with a current Best's Insurance Guide Rating of A- and Class VII or better, and authorized to do business in the State of Texas. L. The fact that insurance is obtained by Contractor or by Railroad on behalf of Contractor will not be deemed to release or diminish the liability of Contractor, including, without limitation, liability under the indemnity provisions of this Agreement. Damages recoverable by Railroad from Contractor or any third party will not be limited by the amount of the required insurance coverage. Exhibit B 2 HAdata\Word rn1slspedal language formsXCROE Texas 2006.doc Contractor's Right of Entry— (Texas) 01/26/06 Folder No. Form Approved - AVP Law EXHIBIT C TO CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT OF ENTRY AGREEMENT MINIMUM SAFETY REQUIREMENTS The term "employees" as used herein refer to all employees of Contractor as well as all employees of any subcontractor or agent of Contractor. Clothing A. All employees of Contractor will be suitably dressed to perform their duties safely and in a manner that will not interfere with their vision, hearing, or free use of their hands or feet. Specifically, Contractor's employees must wear: (i) Waist -length shirts with sleeves. (ii) Trousers that cover the entire leg. If flare -legged trousers are worn, the trouser bottoms must be tied to prevent catching. (iii) Footwear that covers their ankles and has a defined heel. Employees working on bridges are required to wear safety -toed footwear that conforms to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) and FRA footwear requirements. B. Employees shall not wear boots (other than work boots), sandals, canvas -type shoes, or other shoes that have thin soles or heels that are higher than normal. C. Employees must not wear loose or ragged clothing, neckties, finger rings, or other loose jewelry while operating or working on machinery. II. Personal Protective Equipment Contractor shall require its employees to wear personal protective equipment as specified by Railroad rules, " regulations, or recommended or requested by the Railroad Representative. (i) Hard hat that meets the American National Standard (ANSI) Z89.1 — latest revision. Hard hats should be affixed with Contractor's company logo or name. (ii) Eye protection that meets American National Standard (ANSI) for occupational and educational eye and face protection, Z87.1— latest revision. Additional eye protection must be provided to meet specific job situations such as welding, grinding, etc. (iii) Hearing protection, which affords enough attenuation to give protection from noise levels that will be occurring on the job site. Hearing protection, in the form of plugs or muffs, must be worn when employees are within: ■ 100 feet of a locomotive or roadway/work equipment ■ 15 feet of power operated tools ■ 150 feet of jet blowers or pile drivers ■ 150 feet of retarders in use (when within 10 feet, employees must wear dual ear protection — plugs and muffs) (iv) Other types of personal protective equipment, such as respirators, fall protection equipment, and face shields, r must be worn as recommended or requested by the Railroad Representative. Exhibit C .,. Page 1 of 3 pages. HAdata\WordVoms\spedal language forms\CROE Terms 2006.doc Contractor's Right of Entry — (Texas) 01/26/06 Form Approved - AVP Law III. On Track Safety Folder No. Contractor is responsible for compliance with the Federal Railroad Administration's Roadway Worker Protection " regulations — 49CFR214, Subpart C and Railroad's On -Track Safety rules. Under 49CFR214, Subpart C, railroad contractors are responsible for the training of their employees on such regulations. In addition to the instructions contained in Roadway Worker Protection regulations, all employees must: (i) Maintain a distance of twenty-five (25) feet to any track unless the Railroad Representative is present to authorize movements. (ii) Wear an orange, reflectorized workwear approved by the Railroad Representative. (iii) Participate in a job briefing that will specify the type of On -Track Safety for the type of work being performed. Contractor must take special note of limits of track authority, which tracks may or may not be fouled, and clearing the track. Contractor will also receive special instructions relating to the work zone around machines and minimum distances between machines while working or traveling. IV. Equipment A. It is the responsibility of Contractor to ensure that all equipment is in a safe condition to operate. If, in the opinion of the Railroad Representative, any of Contractor's equipment is unsafe for use, Contractor shall remove such equipment from Railroad's property. In addition, Contractor must ensure that the operators of all equipment are properly trained and competent in the safe operation of the equipment. In addition, operators must be: ■ Familiar and comply with Railroad's rules on lockout/tagout of equipment. -- Trained in and comply with the applicable operating rules if operating any hy--rail equipment on -track. ■ Trained in and comply with the applicable air brake rules if operating any equipment that moves rail cars or any other railbound equipment. B. All self-propelled equipment must be equipped with a first -aid kit, fire extinguisher, and audible back-up warning device. C. Unless otherwise authorized by the Railroad Representative, all equipment must be parked a minimum of twenty-five (25) feet from any track. Before leaving any equipment unattended, the operator must stop the engine and properly secure the equipment against movement. D. Cranes must be equipped with three orange cones that will be used to mark the working area of the crane and the minimum clearances to overhead powerlines. V. General Safety Requirements A. Contractor shall ensure that all waste is properly disposed of in accordance with applicable federal and state regulations. B. Contractor shall ensure that all employees participate in and comply with a job briefing conducted by the Railroad Representative, if applicable. During this briefing, the Railroad Representative will specify safe work procedures, (including On -Track Safety) and the potential hazards of the job. If any employee has any questions or concerns about the work, the employee must voice them during the job briefing. Additional job briefings will be conducted during the work as conditions, work procedures, or personnel change. C. All track work performed by Contractor meets the minimum safety requirements established by the Federal Railroad Administration's Track Safety Standards 49CFR213. Exhibit C Page 2 of 3 pages. HAdatallor0omuMspeaal language forms\CROE Texas 2006.doc f >M 40 1W Contractor's Right of Entry — (Texas) 01 /26/06 Form Approved - AVP Law Folder No. D. All employees comply with the following safety procedures when working around any railroad track: (i) Always be on the alert for moving equipment. Employees must always expect movement on any track, at any time, in either direction. (ii) Do not step or walk on the top of the rail, frog, switches, guard rails, or other track components. (iii) In passing around the ends of standing cars, engines, roadway machines or work equipment, leave at least 20 feet between yourself and the end of the equipment. Do not go between pieces of equipment of the opening is less than one car length (50 feet). (iv) Avoid walking or standing on a track unless so authorized by the employee in charge. (v) Before stepping over or crossing tracks, look in both directions first. (vi) Do not sit on, lie under, or cross between cars except as required in the performance of your duties and only when track and equipment have been protected against movement. E. All employees must comply with all federal and state regulations concerning workplace safety. Exhibit C Page 3 of 3 pages. HAdata\Word\forms\spedal language fortra\CROE Texas 2006.doc R. 55 5* 5+3-a -,.t T am UNS .00 m PLACE ARROW INDICATING NORTH DIRECTION RELATIVE TO CROSSING Iv QQ� �mv; t ♦_` �' NO SCALE v� y y= TrF=c FTSEE n FORM DR-0404-5 REV. 5- 15-98 www.uprr.com ENCASED NON—FLAMMABLE PIPELINE GLOSSING NOTE: ALL AVAILABLE DIMENSIONS MUST BE FILLED IN TO PROCESS THIS APPLICATION. RR,s R/W 3 A S) I NEAREST R.R. TOWN' = MAIN TRACE 14 JOESCR BE FIXED i 5 ECT () A. ` yr A IOISIANCE ALONG TRACK FROM SECTION LINE CROSSING) g _ y T (NOTE: THIS DIMENSION IN ALL CASES. AT LOCATIONS NOT USING SECTIONS. DISTAN TO A LEGAL SURVEY LINE IS REQUIRED) RR` 5 WW — —%FT. MIN. DtsT ISRR 1RummILD NR1R 2 NG 7.S FT MIN.) 20 FT,17 )CASING P _ FT. — FT. (SEE NOTE 3 A S) ,f& 45'-2_5'o1 - 1 -.(.FT. — I i SURFS �SL90WE / I (I i (SAe Net. A) _ r— — — — — — — — I � CARRIER PIPE 1. SEAL CASING M1X� �.410 FT. r dTo Foa )NEAREST S 4� FT. STEEL CASING WALL THICKNESS CHART MINIMM DIAMETER OF THICANESS CASING PIPE I .2500' 1/4' Ir OR LESS .3125' OVER 12•-Ir .3T50' 3/8• OVER I8'-22' .43TS' T/ 16' OVER 22'-23' .5000' 1/2• OVER 28'-34' .5625. 9/16' OVER 34'-4r .6250' S/B• OVER 42'-4r OVER 46' MAST BE APPROVED BY R.R. CO. NOTE: THIS CHART IS ONLY -PIPES WITH MtNIWMAYIELD STRENGTH OF 35,000 PSI. IS FT-4 '1 s Fr. �r3 FT. �---►� FORMULA TO FIGURE CASING 3� 1310, 1�P LENGTH WITH ANGLE OF FT.CROSSING OTHER THAN 90� CAO F T. B ,a NOTES : (CASINO LENGTH WHEN MEASURED ALONG PIPELINE.) 1/ ALL HORIZONTAL DISTANCES TO BE MEASLRW AT RIGHT ANGLES FROM It Or TRACE. /A SIN � 2) CASING TO EXTEND BEYOMO THE L OF TRACE AT RIGHT ANGLES THE CREATED OF 20 - 20 FT., OR 30 FT., 00 BETONO LIMIT OF RAILROAD RIGHT-OF-WAT If NECESSART TO PROVIDE PROPER LENGTH OUTSIDE OF TRAC34 MIN. DISi. 31 MINIHI.1 OF SO' FROM THE END OF ANY RAILROAD MIDGE. ILOF AEI CULVERT, OR FROM ANT SWITCHING AREA. ♦ (NOTE 2) 41 SIGNAL OF "T WE PRESENT OWING INSTALLATION IF RAILROAD SIGMALS'AM IN THE YICINITT OF CROSSING. TR S) ALLOWABLE FIXED OBJECTS IMMLIDE2 BACLRALLS OF BRIDGES: L OF ROAD CROSSINGS E OVERHEAD VIADUCTS (GIVE ROAD NAME), OR W.VEWTS. Al CASINO AND CARRIER PIPE MUST BE PLACED A MINIMLI OF 2 FEET BELOW THE EXIS71NO FIBER OPTIC CABLE ANYEXCAVATIONREQUIRED WITHIN S FEET OF THE EXISTING FIBER OPTIC CABLE MAT BE HANG OUC. A) IS PIPELINE CROSSING WITHIN DEDICATED STREET ? TES; O; EXHIBIT W 8) IF YES, NAME OF STREET If" RAI~ us& aan D) DISTRIBUTION LINE OR TRANSMISSION LINE C) CARRIER PIPE : s UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD CO. COMMODITY TO BE CONVEYED 550G><{� �`+S�R� OPERATING PRESSURE D PSI �T D"cny% WALt THICKNESS cI DIAMETER7.4_;MATERIALFSQ—; IMRWIr1 EI CASING PIPE II IVL P 114 E. S. 111/7514" t WALL THICKNESS �Ib ;0IAMETEtf___LRI;MATERJAL STL; NOTE :CAS MUST HAVE 2" CLEARANCE BETWEEN GREATEST ENCASED Sa;&rg &wcrCROSS 1 NG AT OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF CARRIER PIPE AND INTERIOR DIAMETER OF t CASING PIPE. WHEN FURNISHING DIMENSIONS, GIVE OUTSIDE OF _j2zr Wo� fxlc1 I A"AAIfI A"AATf CARRIER PIPE AND INSIDE OF CASING PIPE. (�Rlunrcrrn IC"" <srAnl�j' F) METHOD OF INSTALLING CASING PIPE UNDER TRACKIS): I�ITTtT D DRY BORE AND JACK (WET BORE NOT PERMITTED) ; IAFrLIGWTI =TUNNEL ; OTHER • RR FILE NO.'1f7a DATE D G) WILL STRUCTION BE BY AN OUTSIDE CONTRACTOR? YES; ----NO; H) DISTANCE FROM CENTER LINE OF TRACK TO NEAR FACE OF BOFJ N D WARN 1 N C JACKING PITS WHEN MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO TRACK I) APPLICANT HAS CONTACTED I-800-336-9193F no' MIH) IN ALL OCCASIONS, u P. CwwtuTIONS U. P. COMMON C TION DEPARTMENT, AND HAS DETERMINED FIBER Of ANY WOENT TO BE C0RITACTE EXISTENCE IR ADVANCE EXIST IN VICINLTY OF OP � WORE TO fIXERIIE ICANLL AM OPTIC CABLE ODES ; DOES NOT ; LourtoH Dr rlRal oFrx cAeLe. WORK TO BE P R ORMED . TICKET 140. PHONE = 1-000-33G-9163 I T 11 ADDENDUM This Addendum to the foregoing City of Fort Worth Permanent Sewer Facility Easement .,, (the "Easement") modes the Easement as follows: 6. Notwithstanding any provision in the Easement to the contrary. 1. Grantee shall require its contractors to include Grantor, Ann L. Rhodes, in addition to Skyline Business Park and Gerald Hartman, as additional insured on contractors' certificate of insurance. 2. Grantee shall require its contractors to perform all work during no- peak business hours. Any excavation left open is to be covered with steel plates so that driveways and parking areas are available during normal business hours. 3. Any and all equipment stored on site will be confined to the Temporary Construction Easement in front of storage units 1300 to 1302. 4. Grantee shall remit to Grantor the cost of repaving that portion of asphalt paving damaged during the use of the Temporary Construction Easement, and the construction of the Permanent Sewer Facility. GRANTOR: Ann L. Rhodes GRANTEE: City of Fort Worth Ann L. Rhodes Marc A. Ott, Assistant City Manager APPROVED AS TO FORM AND LEGALITY Assistant City Attorney copy AZA1 y0'7Z-.5 7" St E, Deep Tunnel Parcels # 5 & 6 Doe # 4009 601 East 71b St Lot 1, Block 1, Greater Fort Worth Warehouse Company Site Lot 261, Block 118 & Lot 2, Block 119, Fort Worth Original Town STATE OF TEXAS KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS COUNTY OF TARRANT CITY OF FORT WORTH PERMANENT SEWER FACILITY EASEMENT AND TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT DATE:/.,� 3/ ,Z007 GRANTOR: Ben E. Keith Company GRANTOR'S MAILING ADDRESS (including County): P. O. Box 2628, Fort Worth, Tarrant County, TX 76113 GRANTEE: CITY OF FORT WORTH GRANTEE'S MAILING ADDRESS (including County): 10001THROCKMORTON ST. FORT WORTH, TARRANT COUNTY, TX 76102 a c o MC Xy r M C� w n CONSIDERATION: Ten Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which Is hereby acknowledged. PROPERTY: Being a portion of Lot 1, Block 1, Greater Fort Worth Warehouse Company Site, as recorded in Volume 3W-53, Page 32, Plat Records, Tarrant County, Texas, and Lot 2B2, Block 118, and Lot 2. Block 119, Fort Worth Original Town, as recorded in Volume 7771, Page 1257, Deed Records, Tarrant County, Texas, and being more particularly described in Permanent Sewer Facility Easement in Exhibits'A and 'B', and a Temporary Construction Easement In Exhibits'C' and'D'. Grantor, for the consideration paid to Grantor and other good and valuable consideration. hereby grants. sells. and conveys to Grantee, its successors and assigns, an exclusive, perpetual easement for the construction, operation, maintenance, replacement, upgrade, and repair of a Permanent Sewer Line Facility, hereafter referred to as "Facility. The Facility PERMANENT SEWER FACiklrY EASEMENT AND TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT Rev. 7AVW er Am Includes all incidental underground and aboveground attachments, equipment and appurtenances. including, but not limited to manholes, manhole vents, lateral line connections, pipelines, junction boxes in, upon, under and across a portion of the property and more fully described in Exhibits 'A" and "B", attached hereto and incorporated herein for all pertinent purposes, together with the right and privilege at any and all times to enter property, or any part thereof, for the purpose of constructing, operating, maintaining, replacing, upgrading, and repairing said Facility; and a Temporary Construction Easement, as described in Exhibits 'C" and "D", attached hereto and made a part hereof, to use in connection with the construction of said Facility, said temporary construction easement to expire upon completion of construction and acceptance by Grantee of said Facility. In no event shall Grantor (1) use the Property in any manner which interferes in any material way or Is inconsistent with the rights granted hereunder, or (II) erect or permit to be erected within the easement property a permanent structure or building, including, but not limited to, monument sign, pole sign, billboard, brick or masonry fences or walls or other structures that require a building permit. However. Grantor shall be permitted to maintain any existing concrete driveway or road on the Property. Grantee shall be obligated to restore the surface of the property at Grantee's sole cost and expense, including the restoration of any sidewalks, driveways, or similar surface improvements located upon or adjacent to the Easement which may have been removed, relocated, altered, damaged, or destroyed as a result of the Grantee's use of the easement granted hereunder. Provided, however, that Grantee shall not be obligated to restore or replace irrigation systems or other improvements installed in violation of the provisions and intended use of this Easement. TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the above -described permanent easement, together with all and singular the rights and appurtenances thereto in anyway belonging unto Grantee, and Grantee's successors and assigns forever. and Grantor does hereby bind itself and its successor and assigns to warrant and forever defend all and singular the easement unto Grantee, its successor and assigns, against every person whomsoever lawfully claiming or to claim the same, or any part thereof. TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the above described temporary construction easement, together with, all and singular, the rights and appurtenances thereto in anyway belonging unto Grantee, and Grantee's successors and assigns until the completion of construction and acceptance by Grantee. Grantor hereby bind themselves, their heirs, successors, and assigns, to warrant and defend, all and singular, said easement unto Grantee, its successors and assigns, against every person whomsoever lawfully claiming or to claim the same, or any part thereof. When the context requires, singular nouns and pronouns include the plural. [Signature page follows] PERMANENT SEWER FACILITY EASEMENT AND TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT Rev.72m 00 GRANTOR: Ben E. Keith Company GRANTEE: City of Fort Worth r Marc A , Assista City Manager APPROVED AS TO FORM AND LEGALITY IRLD, "A�C/ siatarLt City Attomey M & C �✓� DATE 7 3V 0,7 AGENT Dog * yUG 5 PERNI4 VXr 8EYYER FACILr1Y EASEMENT AND TEMPORARY CONSMUC 1ON EASEMENT Rev. 74M • %k I— ACKNOWLEDGEMENT STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, a Notary Public in and for the State of Texas. on this day personally appeared ftl ((i X iGr -,l i ; known to me to be the same person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that the same was the act of Dun t . KPii"h doi\Qg A. = and that he/she executed the same as the act of said 0 for the purposes and consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this -a *� day of .200- _ ow EGKfit6TW CHEEK pOrpirqaOklflOr=I colirnaloe ISHROS; MARCH 9, 2010 STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT &S�ct kjj� Notary Public in and for the State of Texas ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared Marc A. Ott, known to me to be the person and officer whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same as the act and deed of the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation of Tarrant County, Texas, for the purpose and consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this--�----- day of 20ja IE7M LANE Notary Public in and for the State of Texas z r WCOMM8"piPRM ,�;; abas,2oii PERMA IEW SEINER FACILITY EASEM f AND TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT RW. 74M ill Exhibit `A' Real Property Description Of a Variable Width Permanent Sanitary Sewer Easement Out of Lot 1, Block 1 Greater Fort Worth Warehouse Company Site Being a tract of land out of Lot 1, Block 1, Greater Fort Worth Warehouse Company Site, an addition to the City of Fort Worth as recorded in Volume 388-53, Page 32, Plat Records, Tarrant County, Texas and as conveyed to Ben E. Keith Company by deed recorded in Volume 7771, Page 1257, Deed Records, Tarrant County, Texas for the purpose of constructing, operating and maintaining a sanitary sewer system and its appurtenances and being more particularly described as follows: Beginning at a point in the Southeasterly line of said Lot 1 and the Northwesterly line the Burlington Northern Railroad right-of-way, from which a 5/8" iron rod found for the East most Northeast comer of said Lot 1 bears North 32 degrees,19 minutes, 55 seconds East, 27.37 feet; Thence: with the said Southeasterly line and said Northwesterly line, South 32 degrees, 19 minutes, 55 seconds Bast, 28.90 feet, from which a 5/8" iron rod set in said Southeasterly line and said Northwesterly line bears South 32 degrees,l9 minutes, 55 seconds West, 754.59 feet; Thence: South 76 degrees, 07 minutes, 40 seconds West, 13.87 feet; Thence: North 31 degrees,10 minutes, 31 seconds East, 10.75 feet; Thence: North 17 degrees, 38 minutes, 23 seconds East, 14.55 feet; Thence: North 76 degrees, 07 minutes, 40 seconds Fast, 19.51 feet to the place of beginning and containing 316 square feet of land, more or less. Surveyed on the ground December 2006 Note: Bearings am based on true north denved from GPS observations relative to NAD 83, Texas North Central Zone. Note: In accordance with the Texas Board of Professional Land Swveymg, General Rules of Procedure and Praences, 663.19(91 thia "'report" consists of the Real Property Descnption included herem, and Map of Survey attached herewith. Note. In accordance with the Texas Board of Professional Land Surveymg, General Rules of Procedmes and Practices, 663.19M "the cited instruments are not necessarily the current owners of the subject property, but are the documents oDntaming the desenpttons of the boundanes as surveyed." 7` St Decp Tunnel Parcel 05. t.ot d, Btk i Omater Fort Worth Warehouse Company site no aw ow no ON Exhiblt 'B' 019'5 E Soots. 27.37' art *or kbP,\> , EfN �tstdqorterloP.4e Ft WgpO E orth jxno6or-1�O 19 F � W ar to 2g2 � g1k gpc 118 \- L{ ZA2 �01 �4279 p478 ermanent Sewer E �ot�r Area; 316 F Z 6 6p0 �`' y O'L6l`$ 6t 0\� p�`QQ`Ny 16en go�ot "n 2g G go t� .t1o�.��e ZG P •�2� ^h F �t g 5!B" IRF L011 S 32a19'55' W 28,90' L021 S 76°07'40' W 13.87' o� �'A 5\ L031 N 31°10'31' E 10.75' OFp��Q P'52 Gg3•\ L041 N 17°38'23' E 14,55' L051 N 76.07'40' E 19.51' J��­1P$0� G o t o oc�r 1 Pc�0,o� r o , �Z F�i4�g\\, >Le G1 eo 5/8'' IRS w/ Red Cap Stompe,�L 'ANA' ----\ Map of Survey showing a 60 Variable Width Permanent Sanitary Sewer Easement out of Lot 14 Block 1 Greater Fort Worth Warehouse Company Site Notes Surveyed on the ground August 4 September, 2006 Notes Hearings are based an true North derived from GPS observations relative to NAB '63, Texas North Central Zone, Notes In accordance wlth the Texas Hoard of Professional .Land Surveying,. General Rules of Procedures and Practices, 663,19C9>, this 'report' consists of the Map of Survey, Included hereln and a Real Property Description attached herewith. Nate, In accordance with the Texas Hoard of Professional I vs 1 Land Surveying,General Rsdes of Procedures and Parcel 05 Practices, 663,19C7>, 'The cited instruments are not Lot 1. Blk 1 necessarRy the current owners of the subject property Greater Fort Worth but are the documents containing the descriptlons of �Wcrehouee Conpony Site the boundnrles as surveyed. 1. DRAWN BY% S. Kevin Wendell DATE: Deoeaber S. 2006 DWG NO., SSE-i ANA Proieot No.. 0603SO A.N.A. CONSULTANTS, L.L.C. FW 3 M 017) raw C214) ow EXHIBIT "C" Real Property Description Of a Variable Width Temporary Construction Easement Out of Lot 1, Block 1 Greater Fort Worth Warehouse Company Site And Lot 2B1, Block 118 & Lot 2, Block 119 Fort Worth Original Town Being a tract of land out of Lot 1, Block 1, Greater Fort Worth Warehouse Company Site, an addition to the City of Fort Worth as recorded in Volume 388-53, Page 32, Plat Records, Tarrant County, Texas and out of Lot 2B1, Block 118 and Lot 2, Bloci< 119, Fort Worth Original Town and as conveyed to Ben E. Keith Company by deed recorded in Volume 7771, Page 1257, Deed Records, Tarrant County, Texas for the purpose of constructing a sanitary sewer system and its appurtenances and being more particularly described as follows: Beginning at a point in the South line of said Ben E. Keith tract and the North line of e Street right-of-way (a variable width public right-of-way) from which a 5/8" iron rod set for the Southeast comer of said Ben E. Keith tmet bears North 85 degrees, 29 minutes, 56 seconds East, 30.61 feet; Thence: with the South line of said Ben E. Keith tract and the North line of said 81° Street right-of-way, South 85 degrees, 29 minutes, 56 seconds West, 30.56 feet to the beginning of curve to the right having a radius of 782.16 feet; Thence: with said curve to the right through a central angle of 26 degrees, 06 minutes, 14 seconds, an are distance of 356.35 feet, the long chord of which bears North 19 degrees, 16 minutes, 54 seconds East, 353.27 feet; Thence: North 35 degrees, 34 minutes, 19 seconds East, 176.03 feet; Thence: North 33 degrees, 26 minutes, 02 seconds East, 81.82 feet; Thence: North 31 degrees, 36 minutes, 35 seconds East, 481.60 feet; Thence: North 70 degrees, 05 minutes, 45 seconds East, 40.78 feet from which a 5/8" w iron rod found for the Northeast comer of said Lot 1 bears North 69 degrees, 06 minutes, 25 seconds East, 49.32 feet; ow s w W w Thence: South 17 degrees, 38 minutes, 23 seconds West, 18.72 feet; Thence: South 31 degrees, 51 minutes, 29 seconds West, 403.11 feet; Thence: South 33 degrees, 26 minutes, 16 seconds West,174.50 feet; Thence: South 35 degrees, 34 mmutes, 23 seconds West, 176.88 feet to the beginning of a curve to the left having a radius of 752.16 feet; Thence: with said curve through a central angle of 25 degrees, 40 minutes,13 seconds, an arc distance of 336.99 feet, the long chord of which bears South 19 degrees, 27 minutes, 59 seconds West, a chord distance of 333.35 feet to the place of beginning and containing 33,807 square feet of land, more or less. Upon construction of the sanitary sewer line within the adjacent variable width permanent sanitary sewer easement and its acceptance by the City of Fort Worth, the herein described temporary construction easement shall become null and void. Now Beuinga are based on true north derived from GPS observations relative to NAD 93, Texas Norm Central Zone. Surveyed on ttu ground December 2006 Note: In accord— with the Texas Board of Professional Land Smveytng, General Mrs of Procedure and Practices, 663.19(9), this "report" consrstss of the Real Property Description metuded herein, and Map of Survey attached Note: In accondmco with the Texas Board of Professional Land Surveying, General Rubs of Procedures and Practicer, 663.19M "The cited iaatrum1 is are not necessarily the current owners of the subject property, but are the documents contarams the dersmPtiooe ofthe boundaries as surveyed." I 5 Scale: 1" = 100' w slp, - of ZED N mlQ6'26" 70.05.45.L 40.7 ' M'ro I7•a6'23" w .72, 4f ti A'6• P J` R A AJ b r rr �km0-33A 3% FL i WIP N 63•E9'36' ' 2661' 46a S e3'e9'36' V 30.96, c— Oat. Cv" �Pa wP 4 4- e3`4WM' R - 732.16• • A = 336W Cd a S 19-272V V ,r y~• vim, v��• V i� R. E73816', �/•p� A - 336]7 - '3J1e7• 1• C Cl r/ iW Pop 'ANA' Map of urvey .0010 sho - g a R="•ir Variable idth Temporar A - 3174r L° W Cons uct i on Easement Ll - 315AT out Of Lot 1. Block 1 Greater Fort Worth IR9 r/R.6 Warehouse Company Site Note, Surveyed on the ground August R September, 2006 ST. Note, Bearings are based on true North derived from GPS observations relative to NAD 183, Texas North Central Zone. Note- In as: with the Texas Board of Professionat Land Surveying; General Rules of, Procedures and Practicec, 663,19(9), thts 'report' consists of the Nap of Survey, included herein and a Real Property Description attached herewith. Notes In accordance with the Texas Board of Profeastonal Land Surveying, General Rules of Procedures and TCF-1 11. Practices, 66319M, 'The c ted Instruments are not Lot 1. elk 1` necessarily the current owners of the subject property Greater Fort Worth but are the documents containing the descriptions of Warehouse CoMany Site the bound vies as surveyed. DRAWN BY: S. Kevin Wendell A,N.A. CONSULTANTS, L.L,C. DATE: Septeurber 6. 2006 _ car t• m p��gen�tel�.r ti9fk•� DWG NO.; SSE-1BMWs con•u�+,wr.,e.t-G AA Protect No.t 060390 �s-vi33 4217) r", a71) 631-33V lw11e By: _ aM� 4 ay, • i fj o a as�.1 a FTW REAL PROPERTY SRVS 900 MONROE 302 '�hssios FTW TX 761076319 Submftter: CITY OF FORT WORTHIREAL PROPERTY - 001 ZCFIA SUZANNE HENDERSON TARRANT COUNTY CLERK TARRANT COUNTY COURTHOUSE 100 WEST WEATHERFORD FORT WORTH, TX 76196-0401 DO NOT DESTROY WARNING - THIS IS PART OF THE OFFICIAL RECORD. Filed For Repietretion: W0712007 04:23 PM Instrument it: 0207277214 OPR 10 Pas $45.00 I �� �8 I111) IIII IIIII (Ibl ICI III lul(II� �� III{ D207277214 ANY PROVISION WHICH RESTRICTS THE SALE, RENTAL OR USE OF THE DESCRIBED REAL PROPERTY BECAUSE OF COLOR OR RACE IS INVALID AND UNENFORCEABLE UNDER FEDERAL LAW. SECTION 9 REPORTS 9.1 Geot-tech Report(s) 9.2 Cathodic Protection Study Report — not applicable 9.3 Other project Specific study report(s) — not applicable 6 PP s w .. -- ,. r vw sm �, po r pw fto SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION BORINGS AND GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION COFW SEWER MICRO TUNNEL FORT WORTH, TEXAS MAS-TEK REPORT NO: E03-0509 OCTOBER 25, 2004 PRESENTED TO. CARTER & BURGESS, INC. FORT WORTH, TEXAS PRESENTED BY. MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES, INC. MARK J. FARROW, P.E. PRINCIPAL 1 �I M,�s-Tesc En�nsarins at. AsseofsCes. Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS COFW SEWER MICRO TUNNEL PAGE 1.0 INTRODUCTION ---------------------------------------_�__ __�____ 1 1.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION----------------------------------- ---1 1.2 PURPOSE AND SCOPE-------_____-_ 2.0 FIELD INVESTIGATION---------------------------------------------_------------------------1 3.0 LABORATORY TESTING -------- ---------- --------------------- -=---- 2 4.0 SITE AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS-- ------2 4.1 GENERAL SITE CONDITIONS ---- _-_________2 4.2 SITE GEOLOGY --------------------------3 4.3 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS--------' ------ -----_--3 4.4 GROUNDWATER CONDITIONS ------- --------------------- ----- 3 5.0 SEWER LINE CONSTRUCTION- 5.1 MICRO TUNNELING CONSIDERATIONS ---- ------ 3 5.1.1 PRE -CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ------------=----- 4 5.2 TRENCH EXCAVATIONS ----- ----- -------5 5.3 OPEN CUTS - 5 5.3.1 OPEN CUTS NEAR ACTIVE RAILROAD TRACKS--------------------6 5.4 TRENCH BRACING/BORE PIT SHORING--- -_---6 5.5 D EWATE R I N G------------------------------------------- -------- 7 5.6 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS 6.0 EARTHWORK GUIDELINES --------------------------------___-_____ 6.1 TRENCH BACKFILL 6.2 FIELD SUPERVISION AND DENSITY TESTING ------------ _---------8 7.0 LIMITATIONS -------------- ---- -- ------_____ _9 FIGURES PLAN OF BORINGS1 LOGS OF BORINGS ---___------------ ___-________________----- -------- _..___2 THROUGH 18 LEGEND - KEY TO TERMS OF BORINGS & SYMBOLS ---------------------------- ------ 19 SWELLSUMMARY---------------------________-----------:-----------__--______----- 20 SPLITTING TENSILE TESTS---___________-____________�___-______________�-___ 21 RECOMMENDED SLOPE RATIOS FOR OPEN TRENCH CUTS --- - ------------- - --- ------- 22 DESIGN OF TRENCH BRACING 23 MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES E03-0509 m w m Pis w w ft on OR a* al +" A .w GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION COFW SEWER MICRO TUNNEL FORT WORTH, TEXAS 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION This project consists of approximately 5,500 lineal feet of 18 inch to 24-inch sewer line to be constructed in Downtown Fort Worth. The proposed alignment is shown on Figure 1. The majority of the project will consist of micro -tunneling. Some open cut construction may also be performed. 1.2 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purposes of this geotechnical investigation were to: 1) explore the subsurface conditions at the site; 2) evaluate the pertinent engineering properties of the subsurface materials; 3) provide recommendations for the proposed improvements described above. This report was prepared in general accordance with our proposal number P03-0131E-R3 dated March 3. 2003. 2.0 FIELD INVESTIGATION The field investigation consisted of drilling eight (8) deep core borings along the proposed alignment. The test borings were staked by ANA Consultants. The boring locations were located at the approximate locations shown on the Plan of Borings (Figure 1). A truck mounted auger drill rig was used to advance these borings and to obtain samples for laboratory evaluation. Undisturbed samples of cohesive soils were obtained at intermittent intervals with standard, thin -walled, seamless tube samplers. These samples were'extruded in the field, logged, sealed, and packaged to protect them from disturbance and maintain their iri-situ moisture content during transportation to our laboratory. MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES E03-0509 PAGE 1 The shale and limestone strata encountered in the test borings were evaluated by the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Cone Penetration Test. The TxDOT Cone is driven with the resulting penetration in inches recorded for 100 blows. The results of the TxDOT Cone Penetration Tests are recorded at the respective testing depths on the Logs of Borings. Additionally, the rock was continuously cored at each location. This allowed examination of the rock core for evaluation of the formation's uniformity, consistency, and compressive strength characteristics. The recovery and rock quality designation (RQD) from each core run is reported on the Log of Borings. The results of the boring program are presented on the Log of Borings, Figures 2 through 18. A key to the descriptive terms and symbols used on the logs is presented on Figure 19. 3.0 LABORATORY TESTING Laboratory tests were performed on representative samples of the soil to aid in classification of the soil materials. These tests included Atterberg Limits tests, moisture content tests, and dry unit weight determinations. Hand penetrometer tests were performed on the soil samples to provide indications of the swell potential and the foundation bearing properties of the subsurface strata. Unconfined compressive strength tests were performed on soil and rock core samples to provide indications of their ' hardness and bearing properties. The results of our testing program are presented on the Log of Borings (Figures 2 through 18). The results of laboratory swell tests on the expansive shale along this alignment is shown on Figure 20. The results of the splitting tensile tests on limestone and shale core specimens are reported on Figure 21. 4.0 SITE AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 4.1 GENERAL SITE CONDITIONS This project consists of approximately 5,500 lineal feet of 18 inch to 24-inch sewer line to be constructed in Downtown Fort Worth. The proposed alignment is shown on Figure 1. 'The majority of the project will consist of micro -tunneling. Some open cut construction may also be performed. MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES E03-0509 PAGE 2 4.2 SITE GEOLOGY As shown on the Dallas sheet of the Geologic Atlas of Texas, the proposed alignment is located in an area underlain by the Fort Worth Limestone Formation. The Formation typically consists of hard limestone and moderately hard' shale. This unit weathers to a tan colored fractured limestone containing clay layers and is typically overlain by a layer of residual,. dark colored clay. 4.3 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Subsurface conditions encountered in the borings, including descriptions of the various strata and their depths and thicknesses, are presented on the Logs of Boring. Note that depth on all borings refers to the depth from the existing grade or ground surface present at the time of the investigation. Boundaries between the various soil types are approximate. 4.4 GROUNDWATER CONDITIONS The borings were advanced using auger -drilling methods. Advancement of the borings using auger -drilling methods allows observation of the initial zones of seepage. Water was generally encountered in the test borings. Water level measurements indicate groundwater levels at depths generally ranging from 4 to 23 feet below the existing ground surface. Shallow groundwater levels should be anticipated in areas containing existing fill materials particularly after periods of heavy rainfall. Results of the water level measurements are shown on the Log of Borings (Figure 2 thru 18). It should be noted that groundwater was present above the proposed invert elevation at most of the test boring locations. It is not possible to accurately predict the magnitude of subsurface water fluctuations that might occur based upon short-term observations. The subsurface water conditions are subject to change with variations in climatic conditions and are functions of subsurface soil conditions, rainfall, and water levels within the nearby river. A .groundwater monitoring well was installed at Boring B-2 to allow long term monitoring of groundwater. 5.0 SEWER LINE CONSTRUCTION 5.1 MICRO TUNNELING CONSIDERATIONS It is understood that the approximate invert depths for the micro tunnel will range from 27 to 70 feet below the existing ground surface. As indicated on'the Boring Logs, soil and rock MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES E03-0509 PAGE 3 conditions vary considerably along the alignment. At the proposed invert depths at the core boring locations, subsurface conditions will vary from hard gray limestone with moderately hard shale layers to moderately hard shale with hard limestone layers. The shale is typically highly plastic and potentially expansive with increases in soil moisture. See Figure 20. Groundwater is present at varying depths above the proposed invert elevations as indicated on the boring logs and as indicated in Section 4.4 of this report. Based on the variable rock conditions along the proposed invert, mixed face conditions ranging from hard rock to highly plastic shale will be encountered in horizontal mirco tunnel bores. It should be recognized that some exceptionally hard limestone layers will be encountered with a unit weight over 160 pcf and a compressive strength of over 7000 psi. Conditions will vary from predominant hard rock with highly plastic shale layers to predominant highly plastic shale containing hard limestone layers. As indicated on Figure 20, the shale layers at this site are potentially expansive when exposed to tunnel excavations and free water sources. This shale has a Plasticity Index ranging from about 30 to 40 as indicated on the boring logs. These stratified rock conditions must be considered in evaluating means and methods of accomplishing horizontal bore excavations. It should be anticipated that groundwater will be encountered within fractures contained within these formations. 5.1.1 PRE -CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Most of the geotechnical borings for this investigation were covered and used for long term groundwater monitoring. All borings that are located within 10 feet of the proposed micro tunnel alignment should be grouted prior to beginning tunneling operations. This includes the following borings. Boring Depth Current Status of Boring B-1 42' A B-2 40' B B-7 85' A B-8 50' A B-9 58' A Status of Boring A Boring backfilled with soil and rock cuttings after obtaining long term groundwater measurement. B Groundwater monitoring well pipe present at this location with sand backfill around screened well section. MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES E03-0509 PAGE 4 Am w __J All remaining borings were grouted immediately upon completion as these remaining borings were drilled on private property. 5.2 TRENCH EXCAVATIONS It is understood that open cut trench excavations may be performed along some sections of the alignment. See Section 5.3.1 for considerations related to open cuts near active railroad tracks. As indicated on the boring logs, soil conditions will vary significantly. The soil conditions will vary from random to varying fill depths, fissured clay, calcareous clay, and jointed shale to _hard fractured limestone. The overburden layers are underlain by fractured hard tan weathered limestone which is underlain by hard gray unweathered limestone containing fractured zones and shale layers. The shale is fissured (jointed) and contains slickensided fractures. The tan weathered limestone is fractured with clay seams. Groundwater is present at varying depths as indicated on the boring logs. Shallow perched groundwater levels are present within the existing fill soils. For trench excavations less than five feet in depth, and in stable clay soils, trench excavation may be cut near vertical in accordance with OSHA regulations, For excavations to any depth in existing fill, sand, gravel, soft clay, submerged soil, or unstable rock (fractured shale or fractured weathered limestone), or where seepage, or sloughing is observed, it will be necessary to employ either sloped excavations or temporary bracing. For excavation to depths in excess of five feet, it will be necessary toemploy either sloped excavations or temporary bracing, regardless of the soil conditions encountered. General guidelines for the design of these two alternatives are discussed in the following sections. 5.3 OPEN CUTS Recommended slope ratios for the respective soil conditions are presented graphically on Figure 22. Trench excavation to depths of less than five feet in unstable soil or in weathered or fractured rock conditions should be cut back in a similar manner as described above. It should be recognized that free standing slopes will be less stable when influenced by MAS TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES E03-0509 PAGE 5 groundwater or saturated by rain. Surcharge loads, such as those resulting from excavation spoil, or equipment, should be placed no closer than two feet from the crest of the slope, or in accordance with OSHA regulations. Vehicle traffic should be maintained at least five feet from the edge of the crest. Excavations will encounter caving fill soils as well as non -compact fill soils placed during previous construction of underground utilities. Where encountered, these fill soils should be sheeted, shored, and braced, or laid back on slopes no steeper than 2 (H):1 M. 5.3.1 OPEN CUTS NEAR ACTIVE RAILROAD TRACKS Open cuts near active railroad tracks should be planned during time periods in which the railroad will not be active, if possible, whereby trench cuts, utility installations, backfilling and compaction can be completed prior to the next train activity. Active train movements induce surcharge dynamic loads and vibration into adjacent shored excavations. If it is not possible to schedule utility construction during periods when train activity is not in progress, hydraulic shoring should be used to support the trench excavation during train activity. The hydraulic jacks between the shored sheeting should be adequate to pre -stress the shored trench sidewalls so that no lateral embankment movement occurs during train activity. If shored open cuts are planned near active rail, the earth pressure coefficients indicated on Figure 12 should be increased to 0.40 for all soil and rock conditions. Dynamic loads and vibrations from active, rail lines should be included in design. Where the clear spacing between the trench sidewalls and the bottom of the railroad embankment and/or the ballast shoulder is greater than 3H, where H is the trench depth, impacts to short term trench excavations are anticipated -to be minor with respect to train activity. 5.4 TRENCH BRACING/BORE PIT SHORING Where site limitations require excavations to have vertical side walls, an internal bracing system will be necessary. Bracing may consist of timber or steel shoring or manufactured steel trench braces. The lateral pressure distribution to be used in the design of trench bracing may be determined as presented on Figure 23. It should be recognized that pressures are not included from hydrostatic pressures, surcharge loads, or traffic live loads at trench side walls,. dynamic loads, and vibration, which if present, must be included in bracing design. In lieu of a shoring system, a trench shield consisting of a prefabricated rigid steel unit adequate to withstand anticipated lateral pressures may be used. MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES E03-0509 PAGE 6 6.5 DEWATERING It should be anticipated that groundwater will be encountered in the proposed excavations. Groundwater levels will be encountered at relatively shallow depths in some areas, particularly after periods of heavy rain (See Boring Logs). In areas where groundwater is encountered, a system of ditches, sumps and/or well points, and pumping will be required to provide groundwater control. The design of the actual dewatering system required is the contractor's responsibility. This includes the control of tail -water flow through previous backfilled sections. 5.6 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS The following guidelines are presented to aid in the development of the excavation plans: Surface areas behind the crest of the excavations should be graded so that surface water does not pond within 15 feet of the crest, nor drain into the excavation. Heavy material stockpiles should not be placed near the crest of slopes per OSHA requirements. Similarly, heavy construction equipment should not pass over or be parked within 5 feet of,the crest. The crest of slopes should be continually monitored for evidence of movement or potential problems. Freestanding slopes will become less stable when influenced by groundwater or saturation by rain. 6.0 EARTHWORK GUIDELINES 6.1 TRENCH BACKFILL The excavated soils can be used for trench backfill. Use of rock fragments greater than six (6) inches in any dimension should be prohibited, since attaining uniform moisture and density without voids would be difficult. The backfill should be placed in thin compacted lifts as specified below. The fill materials should be free of surficial vegetation or debris. Clay and calcareous clay fill soils having a PI over 25 should be placed in 8. inch horizontal loose lifts and compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D-698 test method. The clay and calcareous clay should be compacted at optimum to +4 above the optimum moisture content. MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES E03-0509 PAGE 7 Sand and sandy clay,fill soils having a PI of less than 25 should be placed in 8 inch horizontal loose lifts and compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D-698 test method. These lower PI soils should be compacted at +-2 to +2 of optimum moisture. Broken shale and limestone should be placed in loose lifts of 8 inches and should be adequately crushed to where individual rock fragments have a diameter of less than 6 inches. The crushed shale and limestone should be compacted at +1 to +4 percentage points above the optimum moisture content to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D-698). Broken limestone should be place in loose lifts of 8 inches and should be adequately crushed to where individual rock fragments have a diameter of less than 6 inches. The crushed limestone should be compacted at +1 to +4 percentage points above optimum moisture to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D-698). The limestone materials should be crushed and compacted using a compactor of sufficient size and weight to crush the rock. For fill depths below 15 feet and 25 feet depths respectively, the compaction level should be increased to 98% and 100% ASTM D698, respectively, where it is desired to reduce post - construction settlements. 6.2 FIELD SUPERVISION AND DENSITY TESTING Field density and moisture content determinations should be made on each lift of fill with a minimum of one test per lift per 150 linear feet of trench backfill. Many problems can be avoided or solved in the field if proper inspection and testing services are provided. It is recommended that site preparation, concrete placement, and fill compaction be monitored by a qualified engineering technician. Density tests should be performed to verify compaction and moisture content of any earthwork. Mas-Tek Engineering and. Associates, Inc. employs a group of experienced, well trained technicians for inspection and construction materials testing who would be pleased to assist you on this project. MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES E03-0509 PAGE 8 f Y. 7.0 LIMITATIONS The professional services which have been performed, the findings obtained, and the recommendations prepared were accomplished in accordance with currently accepted geotechnical engineering principles and practices. The possibility always exists that the subsurface conditions at the site may vary somewhat from those encountered in the boreholes. The number and spacing of test borings were chosen in such a manner as to decrease the possibility of undiscovered abnormalities, while considering the nature of loading, size, type and cost of the project. If there are any unusual conditions differing significantly from those described herein, Mas-Tek Engineering & Associates, Inc. should be notified to review the effects on the proposed construction. The recommendations given in this report were prepared exclusively for the use of the Client and their consultants. The information supplied herein is applicable only for the design of the previously described development to be constructed at locations indicated at this site and should not be used for any other structures, locations, or for any other purpose. We will retain the samples acquired for this project for a period of 30 days after the submittal date printed on the report. After this period, the samples will be discarded unless otherwise notified by the owner in writing. MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES E03-0509 PAGE 9 MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES E03-050 'JS 9NdRTfN W O U] t0 oW o¢m oOm NmN I COFW Sewer Micro -Tunnel PLAN OF BORINGS FIGURE Mas-Tek Fort Worth, Texas Engineering DrawnI Date Revised Scale Project No. UDR 10/25/04 N/A Not to scale E03-0509 LOG OF BORING B-1 y� Project: 7th Street Tunnel - Fort Worth, Texas Project No.: E03-0509 y Date: 9-18-04 Elev.: 599.90' Location: See Figure 1 Depth to water at completion of boring: 12' Depth to water when checked: After 2 weeks was: 11' Depth to caving when checked: was: EVATION/ DEPTH feet SOIL SYMBOLS SAMPLER SYMBOLS & FIELD TEST DATA DESCRIPTION MC % LL % PL % PI 200 % DO td P.PEN td UNCON ksf Strain % ses 590 Sao S/5 570 0 5 10 NZ7sa0.25- _ 15 20 26 30 5010.12" REC 95% R01595% REC 100% ROD 100% 50/0.5" 50/0.25" REC 90% ROD 90% REC95% ROD 9516 13 55 21 17 34 26 — 140.2 128.5 121.8 — 146.4 2—a 2.4 1,7 — — _ 28.2 — 100.2 — — _ 2.3 - 1.4 WW - ASPHALT and CONCRETE Li ht brown ravell SAND Dark brown CLAY w/ trace fine sand & gravel Tan calcareous CLAY and brown CLAY w/ some tan weathered limestone fragments Moderately hard to hard tan weathered LIMESTONE fractured, w/ clay seams - see page at 12' during drilling Hard gray LIMESTONE w/ moderately hard shale layers & shaley limestone layers _ 4" shale layer at 13.7' - 8" calcareous shale layer at 15.3' —_ -- — --_ --- Moderately hard dark gray calcareous SHALE low angle fracture at 20' 6 10 14 5 45 Hard gray LIMESTONE w/ moderately hard shaley LIMESTONE layers and shale layers - low angle fractured at 25' - high angle fracture at 29' high angle fracture at 31' REC 85%' ROD 85% 35 - low angle fracture at 37' - 4" shale layer at 38' Notes: * Core loss due to blockage within core barrel during drilling. FIGURE LOG OF BORING B-1 Project: 7th Street Tunnel - Fort Worth, Texas Date: 9-18-04 Elev.: 599.90' Location: See Figure 1 Depth to water at completion of boring: 12' Depth to water when checked: After 2 weeks Depth to caving when checked: Project No.: E03-0509 was: I was: ELD PTH SAMOPLERSYMBOLS DESCRIPTION % % % pl -2%00 oID P.PN ur coN s ly, feet & FIELD TEST DATA REC 95% 5W 40 ROD 951/6 50/0.25" 501.21 goring terminated at 42' ses+45 U5+55 U0 70 = -1- 75 - dark gray shaley limestone from 39.5' to 40.5' blockage within core barrel during dril LOG OF BORING B-2 Project: 7th Street Tunnel I Ft. Worth, Texas Project No.: E03-0509 Date: 3-6-04 Elev.: 592.24' Location: See Figure 1 Depth to water at completion of boring: 10 feet r Depth to water when checked: End of day was: 6 feet (4.3' after 2 week) Depth to caving when checked: was: ELEVATION/ SOIL SYMBOLS MC LL I PL 1-2001 DD 1 P.PEN UNCON Strain DEPTH SAMPLERSYMBOLS DESCRIPTION % % % PI % pof tar ksf % feet &FIELD TEST DATA D 3" of ASPHALT 51 m RAILROAD BALLAST 590 Tan limestone BOULDERS w/ clay layers & plastic pipe 51 (FILL) 5 585 1 580 10 15 t2O �0 30 1 560 35 555 * Core loss due fie.. Hard gray LIMESTONE w/ moderately hard shaley limestone layers & calcacreous shale layers 95% - calcareous shale layer from 12' to 13' 95% - 2" calcareous shale seam at 15' - 1" calcareous shale seam at 16' - 6" calcareous shale seam at 17' 49% 49%' - 45 degree fracture at 19.5' - calcareous shale layer from 21' to 22.3' 6 141.2 76.2 1.6 3 143.6 83%• - calcareous shale layer from 23' to 24' 83% 7.9 136.7 68.0 1.6 - calcareous shale layer from 25' to 25.6' - 45 degree fracture at 29' - calcareous shale from 29' to 29.6' - 3" calcareous shale at 31' - 45 degree fracture at 31.3' 100% 100% - 45 degree fracture at 34.5' - 45 degree fracture at 36' ;�% - calcareous shale layer from 38.2' to 39.2' to blocks a within core barrel during drilling. fIGURE:4 LOG OF BORING B-2 Project 7th Street Tunnel ! Ft. Worth, Texas Project No.: E03-0509 Date: 3-6-04 Elev.: 592.24' Location: See Figure 1 Depth to water at completion of boring: 10 feet Depth to water when checked: End of day was: 6 feet (4.3' after 2. week) Depth to caving when checked: was: ELEVATION/ SOIL SYMBOLS MC ILL PL 200 DD P.PEN UNCON Stain DEPTH SAMPLER SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION % % % PI % Pe t5{ ksf ,6 (feet) & FIELD TEST DATA - 4" calcareous shale at 39' '0 - 3" calcareous shale at 39.8' Boring terminated at 40 feet sso 53s S30 ss aes 70 s1D Notes: Groundwater monitoring well installed at this location. 75 515 Notes: ` Core loss due to blockage within core barrel during drilling. FIGURE:5 LOG OF BORING B-3 Project: 7th Street Tunnel / Ft Worth, Texas Project No.: E03-0509 Date: 3-1-04 Elev.: 590.66' Location: See Figure 1 Depth to water at completion of boring: Dry Depth to water when checked: End of day was: 31' Depth to caving when checked: was: D PTH EVATION/ SOIL SYMBOLS SAMPLER SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION "% % -API -% o P P.�N uN� N st%in feat &FIELD TEST DATA �, r0 Tan & Ii ht brown sand CLAY FILL 590 tt l Li ht brown CLAY Wit weathered limestone s 585 10 20 25 565 30 560 35 555 Moderately hard to hard tan weathered LIMESTONE, fractured, wl clay seams ST 25" Hard gray & tan weathered LIMESTONE w/ clay seams, fractured Hard gray LIMESTONE w/ moderately hard shaley limestone layers & shale layers 25" Cr 94% 941A - shaley layer from 12.5' to 13' - slightly calcareous shale layer from 16.3' to 17.2' 96% 96 % - slightly calcareous shale layer from 18.7' to 19.8' - calacreous shale layer from 21' to 22.5' 92% 92% - shale layer from 23' to 23.6' - 45 degree shear at 23.5' 5 146.1 103.9 1.4 low angle shear at 26.3' 92% _ shale seams from 26.5' to 27.2' 88% _ low. angle shear at 27.3' - low angle shear at 27.5' - 45 degree shear at 29.5' 96% - low angle shear at 31.7' sa % - low angle degree at 33.7' 10 128.6 42.6 1.7 + 25" 25" 93% 93 % FIGURE:61 --a LOG OF BORING B-3 Project: 7th Street Tunnel / Ft. Worth, Texas Project No.: E03-0509 Date: 3-1-04 Elev.: 590.66' Location: See Figure 1 Depth to water at completion of boring: Dry Depth to water when checked: End of day was: 31' Depth to caving when checked: was: E DEPTH w SAMPLE SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION % x % pl - PCf P•EN UNk f Strain feet & FIELD TEST DATA Hard gray LIMESTONE w/ moderately hard shaley 40 limestone layers & shale layers 550 REC 90% RQD 90% 60/0.25" 545 45 5010.al goring terminated at 45 feet 540 55 535 60 530 .iS i 70 520 Notes :Boring grouted upon completion. 75 515 Notes: FIGURE:? LOG OF BORING B-5 'roject: 7th Street Tunnel / Ft. Worth, Texas Project No.: E03-0509 )ate: 3-2-04 Elev.: 573.61' Location: See Figure 1 )epth to water at completion of boring: 6' )epth to water when checked: End of day was: 5.5' )epth to caving when checked: was: 7ATiON' SAMPLER SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION % % % P' % pd -200 DO Ptsf uN�N Strain IEPPTHin (fe2jFIELD TEST DATA 12" of ASPHALT 0 a Tan CRUSHED STONE wJ sand and garvel, (FILL) _ 570L 5 565 t 10 560 -15 555 550 25 545 130 540 35 535 Tan to dark gray CLAY and calcareous CLAY w/ concrete debris (FILL) Moderately hard to hard tan weathered LIMESTONE, fractured REC 100% Hard gray LIMESTONE w/ moderately hard shaley ROD 92% limestone layers and calcareous shale layers high angle shear at 16.5' - calcareous shale layer from 16.5' to 18.5' REC 100% ROD 100% -1" shale seams at 19' - 3" shale seams 19.5' - low angle shear at 20.5' REC 100% - 45 degree shear at 23' ROD 100% -1.5" shale seams at 25' - low angle shear at 25.7' - 45 degree shear at 27' REC 90% ROD 90% . calcareous shale layer from 28.6' to 29.3' - 45 degree shear at 30.5' - 45 degree shear at 32.5' REC 100% ROD 100% - 45 degree shear at 34.2' - 45 degree shear at 36.6' REC 100% ROD 100% T T I 11 39 17 22 110.3 1.75 3.1 6.9 PM 1.4 - :r T— I :I_— :1 -- :L -- ::r_ -- �r -- :, L 4*5 9.31 I I 1137,1 131.4I I 22.8 1 1.8' IWEU ff== ..o ■.OMEN= No 111111111 a LOG OF BORING B-5 Project: 7th Street Tunnel / Ft. Worth, Texas Project No.: E03-0509 Date: 3-2-04 Elev.: 573.61' Location: See Figure 1 Depth to water at completion of boring: 6' Depth, to water when checked: End of day was: 5.5' Depth to caving when checked: was: ELEVATION/ SOIL SYMBCLS MC LL I PL 200 DD P.PEN UNCON Strain DEPTH SAMPLER SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION % x % PI % P� kot °'4 feet &FIELD TEST DATA - 45 degree shear at 39.5' 4o Boring terminate at 40 feet 530 45 525 50 520 55 515 - 60 510 65 505 70 500Notes :Boring grouted upon completion. 75 Notes: FIGURE:9 Project No.: Project: 7th Street Tunnel / Ft. Worth, Texas Pro 1 E03-0509 Date: 3-2-04 Elev.: 571.0' Location: See Figure 1 Depth to water at completion of boring: 23 feet Depth to water when checked: End of Day was: 23 feet Depth to caving when checked: was: ELEDVPTHN, SOIL SYM13OLS SAMPLER YMBOLS DESCRIPTION %C % % PI % P P.�N UN�N Strain teat & FIELD TEST DATA 0 2.5 Tan to dark brown CLAY, slightly calcareous to 570 calcareous, w/ trace to some limestone fragments (FILL) 3.1 12 275 2.9 2.4 5 15 3.0 { — 565 - 18 42 17 25 111.9 1.75 3.8 12.2 14 1.75 10 560 15 555 20 550 25 545 30 540 35 535 19 2.0 17 1 38 1 18 1201 1112.91 1.3 1 2.5 1 6.9 1 Soft to moderately hard to hard tan, severely weathered LIMESTONE, highly fractured, w/ calcareous clay layer Hard gray & tan weathered LIMESTONE, fractured Hard gray LIMESTONE w/ moderately hard shaley 1 76% limestone layers and calcareous shale layers 68%` - thin shale seams from 31' to 36' 1 88%* - 45 degree angle shear at 33.8' 88% i2.31 11022.2 ' 5 11 - 702.9 1 1.6 111 - laps- x Core loss due to blockage within core barrel during drilling. _ FIGURE .. M .. 7� LOG OF BORING B-6 Project 7th Street Tunnel / Ft. Worth, Texas Project No.: E03-0509 Date: 3-2-04 Elev.: 571.0' Location: See Figure 1 Depth to water at completion of boring: 23 feet Depth to water when checked: End of Day was: 23 feet Depth to caving when checked: was: ELEVATION/ SOIL SYMBOLS MC ILL PL 200 DD P.PEN UNCON $!--- DEPTH SAMPLER SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION % % % PI % Pa tsr Isf % feet & FIELD TEST DATA REC90% Hard gray LIMESTONE wl moderately hard shaley 4o ROD so% limestone layers and calcareous shale layers 630 REC 97% - 45 degree shear at 43.9' ROD 92 % 46 sza - 2" shale seam at 47' Boring terminated at 47 feet . so sm sts so s�o es aoa . 70 aoo Notes :Boring grouted upon completion. �s Notes: * Core loss due to blocka a within core barrel durinq drilling. FIGURE:11 LOG OF BORING B-7 Project: 7th Street Tunnel - Fort Worth, Texas Project No.: E03-0509 Date: 9-29-04 Elev.: 597.52' Location: See Figure 1 Depth to water at completion of boring: Dry Depth to water when checked: After 24 hours was: 82 feet (35' after 2 weeks) Depth to caving when checked: was: ELEEPT N/ SAAPLERSYM80LS DESCRIPTION % % % pl 11-200%p PtslN uN�N St%in feet S FIELD TEST DATA — — — 0 Dark brown CLAY w/ some tan weathered limestone _ 4.s++ fra ments Moderately hard to hard tan weathered LIMESTONE 595 fractured, w/ clay seams 50/0.25" 5 SM.25" 590 ROD 0% 10 Hard gray LIMESTONE w/ moderately hard shale and — REC78'% shaley limestone layers RQD 65% - 4" shale seams at 11.6' 585 - low to high angle fracture at 13.5' to 14.0' 15 50/0.75" 50l0.5'• - 4" shale seams at 14.2' 580 REC 50%' ROD 50% 20 REC 459A' ROD 45% — — — _ _ _= Moderately hard dark gray calcareous SHALE w/ hard 575 - -= limestone layers -25 ---_ 5012.25" 570 — � = =-- REC 30%' ROD30% 30 =-- =_ — REC 70%' 8 136.4 44.8 1.5 _— ROD 70% 565 = _— _ — high angle fracture at 33.3' 13 53 20 33 126.0 35 50/0.25" medium angle fracture at 34.5' - - — - Hard gray LIMESTONE w/ moderately hard shale and shaley limestone layers %' - high angle fracture at 35' 560 RE s *-Core loss due to LOG OF BORING B-7 Project: 7th Street Tunnel - Fort Worth, Texas Project No.: E03-0509 Date: 9-29-04 Elev.: 597.52' Location: See Figure 1 Depth to water at completion of boring: Dry Depth to water when checked: After 24 hours was: 82 feet (35' after 2 weeks) Depth to caving when checked: was: ELDEPPTTIHON/ L SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION % % % P1 '2%°° DO P.1t9f UNk DN S%in SAMPLER SYMBOLS Pd feet & FIELD TEST DATA Hard gray LIMESTONE wl moderately hard shale and 40 shaley limestone layers REC 85V RQD a5% 555- 10 50/0.5- 45 5010.5" REC 70%' 550 ROD 70% - 45 degree fracture at 48' so REC 75%' ROD 75% 545 50/0.25" 55 50/0.12- REC 75%• 540 ROD 75% 60 REC 75%' ROD 75% 535 4 150.0 526 1.6 50/0.5" 65 50/0.12" - high angle fracture at 66' REC 70%• 530 ROD 70% - high angle fracture at 69' 5 147.2 19.2 1.5 70 REC 75%• - low angle fracture at 71' ROD 75% 525 5010.12" 75 50/0.12- - 45 degree angle fracture at 75' REC 55%• 520 ROD 55% Notes: * Core loss due to blocka a within core barrel during drilling. FIGUREA3 LOG OF BORING B-7 Project: 7th Street Tunnel - Fort Worth, Texas Project No.: E03-0509 Date: 9-29-04 Elev.: 597.52' Location: See Figure 1 Depth to water at completion of boring: Dry r Depth to water when checked: After 24 hours was: 82 feet (35' after 2 weeks) Depth to caving when checked: was: ELEVATION/ SOIL SYMBOLS ION MC LL PL PI -200 OD P.PEN UNCON Strein DEPTH SAMPLER SYMBOLS DESCRIPT % % % % PCtgrr feet 8 FIELD TEST DATA so REC 95% 515 ROD 95 % 5010.5" BS 5010.25" 510 J Lo - 45 degree angle fracture at 78' - high angle fracture at 81' - low angle fracture at 83' Boring terminated at 85' =1 u 505 95 500 100 495 105 49D 110 485 Notes: Boring backfilled with soil cuttings after obtaining long tern groundwater measurements. 115 * Core loss due to blockage within core barrel during dril LOG OF BORING B-8 Project: 7th Street Tunnel - Fort Worth, Texas Project No.: E03-0509 Date: 9-29-04 Elev.: 554.87' Location: See Figure 1 Depth to water at completion of boring: Dry Depth to water when checked: After 24 hours was: 24 feet(12' after 2 weeks) Depth to caving when checked: was: ELEVATION/ SOIL SAMPLER SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION % % X PI %00 tin pd P.tN uksf N s% feet &FIELD TEST DATA D Brown CLAY w/ trace tan weathered limestone fra ments 503.12" Moderately hard to hard tan weathered LIMESTONE, fractured, w/calcareous clay layers � 3 srs 10 sro 1s sas 20 WO 25 M SD/1.25" Hard gray LIMESTONE w/ moderately hard shale and shaley limestone layers 5010.75" 50M.75" - low angle fracture at 21.2' 50/D.5" - high angle fracture at 22.5' REC 95% - high angle fracture at 24' ROD 95% - low angle fracture at 25' REc 95% - 45 degree angle fracture 26.5' ROD 95% - 45 degree angle fracture 29.7' - high angle fracture at 30.5' o /o 5" - 4" shaley limestone layer at 37.1' Moderately hard dark gray slightly calcareous to calcareous SHALE w/ hard limestone layers REC 95% — 5" shaley limestone layer at 33.6' ROD 95% - low angle fracture at 34' - 3" shaley limestone layer at 34.3' - 4" shaley limestone layer at 35.3" REc 95% - low angle fracture at 35.7' RQD 95% — 9" shaley limestone layer at 36' - 9" shaley limestone layer at 38.3' - � - - - ---F- - - 1 mmmmmmm•®i ii URE:151 LOG OF BORING B-8 Project: 7th Street Tunnel - Fort Worth, Texas Project No.: E03-0509 Date: 9-29-04 Elev.: 554.87' Location: See Figure 1 Depth to water at completion of boring: Dry Depth to water when checked: After 24 hours was: 24 feet(12' after 2 weeks) Depth to caving when checked: was: } ELEPTTM N! Sol SYMBOLS SAMPLER SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION % ;� pt P Ptt6f uNk N s% feet & FIELD TEST DATA Moderately hard slightly calcareous to calcareous shale w/ hard limestone layers - low angle fracture at 38.7' 5w1" - low angle fracture at 40' 5=.S" - low angle fracture at 41.5' REC 100% - low angle fracture at 42.2' RQD IWA - 9" shaley limestone layer at 44.2' 45 REC 100% ROD 100% -15" shaley limestone layer at 48' Soros- - low angle fracture at 49.3' 5=,S" Boring terminated at 50' 500 490 495 -�. 70 Notes: Boring backfilled with soil cuttings after obtaining long term groundwater measurements. 400 -t- 75 7 136.6 36.7 1.51 60 20 40 14 122.2 37.8 1.7 ■A' L-A, Symbol Description Strata symbols Asphaltic Paving Gravelly SAND CLAY v Calcareous CLAY LIMESTONE, weathered Limestone EHINNINI: SHALE Effi Shaley LIMESTONE Misc. Symbols -� Water table when checked -�_ — Water table at boring completion . I Noes: .r 80. .. .a KEY TO LOG TERMS & SYMBOLS Symbol Description —1�_ Boring continues 1. Exploratory borings were drilled on dates indicated using truck mounted drilling equipment. 2. Water level observations are noted on boring logs. Soil U ,� 0 3. Results of tests conducted on samples recovered are reported on the boring logs. Abbreviations used are: DD = natural dry density (pcf) LL = liquid limit (%) MC = natural moisture content (%) PL = plastic limit (%) Uncon.= unconfined compression (tsf) P1= plasticity index P.Pen.= hand penetrometer (tsf) -200 = percent passing #200 =. Rock Cores REC = (Recovery) sum of core sample recovered divided by length of run, expressed as percentage. RQD = (Rock Quality Designation) sum of core sample recovery 4" or greater in length divided by the run, expressed as percentage. V< I MTE, INC. _"I 4A� N �4 ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP DATA ENTERED BY: KLA TESTED BY: AM JOB NUMBER: E03-0509 CHECKED BY: KLA DATE TESTED: 10/6/04 J ui C _ a �. v. F- + ►¢— � U U W 1- f' G' � GQQ Z uw w cn w + F- uw g g c=_7 G O W ❑ a a. a ui ¢ 4 Z z C� c� Q Q q ER O w Z w u_ Z z u'"a 5: F Z - Z N m ❑ Z LL ❑ o e V) ❑ Z LL Z I u- o =F7 mmmmmm� 7 10-6-04(swells&DD) no w LOG OF BORING B-9 Project: 7th Street Tunnel - Fort Worth, Texas Project No.: E03-0509 Date: 9-28-04 Elev.: 554.13' Location: See figure 1 Depth to water at completion of boring: Dry Depth to water when checked: After 24 hours was: 28 feet (23' after 2 weeks) Depth to caving when checked: was: ELEVATION! SOIL SYMBOLS MC LL PL -200 DO P.PEN UNCON Strain DEPTH SAMPLER SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION % % % Pt % pd taf � % feet 8 FIELD TEST DATA 0 6" of ASPHALT - — - 1.5 Light brown calcareous CLAY w/ some tan weathered limestone fra ments 18 Moderately hard to hard tan weathered LIMESTONE, fractured, w/ clay layers seo s 64s 1a ago 1s 1 620 2s * Core loss 5010.5" Hard gray shaley LIMESTONE Hard gray LIMESTONE w/ moderately hard shale and shaley limestone layers due - high angle fracture at 23.3' - 6" shaley limestone layer at 24' - high angle fracture at 24.5' REC 80%• - high angle fracture at 27' RQD 80% - low angle fracture at 27.7' - 2" shaley limestone layer at 28.3' 5010.5" - low angle fracture at 28.T 50/0.51, - low angle fracture at 29' - high angle fracture at 31.5' REc eo^c ROD 80%• - low angle fracture at 33' Moderately hard dark gray slightly calcareous to calcareous SHALE w/ hard limestone layers - low angle fracture at 33.7' - low angle fracture at 34.5' REc 82% - low angle fracture at 35.5' ROD 82%' - high angle fracture at 38.5' - gray limestone from 38.5' to 39.5' to blockage within core barrel during drilling. 6 1 1141-3 117.0 1.8 1,1 5 147 3 467.2 1.2 - TITI- - f — ] 1 13 TI21.9 16.7 2.1 FIGUR LOG OF BORING B-9 Project: 7th Street Tunnel - Fort Worth, Texas Date: 9-28-04 Elev.: 664.13' Location: See figure 1 Depth to water at completion of boring: Dry Depth to water when checked: After 24 hours Project No.: E03-0509 was: 28 feet (23' after 2 weeks) Depth to caving when checked: was: j ELDEPTHN,T SOIL SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION �% % % pl 1-200 � P.td UNkd Strain SAMPLER SYMBOLS feet & FIELD TEST DATA 515 Moderately hard slightly calcareous to calcareous shale 5�76" ao =_- 5010.25' w/ hard limestone layers =_ - low angle fracture at 39.2' 4 150_2 274.3 ,.s - dark gray shaley limestone from 39.5' to 40.5' REc ss% ROD 95% - 8" dark gray shaley limestone at 41.3' _== - low angle fracture at 43.5' — 45 -=_ - low angle fracture at 44.7' 12 122.8 30.1 2.0 -__- REC95% RQD 95% 505 - _ son" _ low angle fracture at 50.5' 50 = � 5=5' -- REC 60%' __- RQD60% 500 55 =_- _- = - low angle fracture at 56' - —= 50n.25" Boring terminated at 58' -- -- sans' 495 60 490 - II{ r5 1 . 485- 4 70 480 Notes: Boring backfield with soil cutting after long term 75 groundwater measurements was abtained. W TM L_u * Core loss due to blockage within core barrel during drilling. F SPLITTING TENSILE STRENGTH BORING DEPTH TENSILE NO. . (ft) STRENGTH (psi) 1 19 — 20 63 2 22 — 23 263 5 16 —17 124 -N:v�� M.as-TEK Engincering 8. n—se imt z, Inc. SPLITTING TENSILE FIGURE STRENGTH 2-1 RECOMMENDED SLOPE RATIOS �-fi:'`Sdo�iTieRn�,%�� 1�. �_ 'errr�J � <Betlding dyJ1 �. _. `+4 ++H C+- Y }'tipy�3(�►vy��=.-f S.5 aa�e- 41K-.k.-2`5. S { � �� f S- � 1. Sand, clayey sand, fill materials, gravelly sand, and/or soft clay 1-'/ 1 2 1 0 (hand penetrometer of 0.5 to 0.9 tsf) .Submerged soils, and/or fractured rock (jointed shale and/or 1 '/2 1 2 1 fractured limestone) from which water is seeping 0 Stiff to hard clay, sandy clay, gravelly clay, calcareous clay, weathered limestone, fractured gray limestone and 1 1 1 1 0 fractured dark gray to gray shale above existing groundwater, level In accordance with the best interpretation of OSHA regulations, submerged soil is defined as water bearing granular soils, fissured clay soils, or fractured rock (jointed weathered clay -shale, tan fractured weathered limestone, or fractured gray limestone) from which groundwater is seeping. Maximum bedding cut for trench excavations less than 12 feet deep in dry soil and weathered rock which are open less. than 8 hours. NOTE: Recommended slope ratios may be subject to reduced stability under the influence of groundwater or saturation by rain. Recommended slope ratios are designed for safety only . of temporary excavations and are not designed to prevent limited sloughing during construction. Mq5 TEK EnginC�ring 8n AsSOCiatOS. 1nC. RECOMMENDED FIGURE SLOPE RATIOS 22 ti LATERAL EARTH PRESSURES FOR INTERNALLY BRACED EXCAVATIONS (For excavations terminating in weathered clay -shale, stiff to hard clay, shale or limestone) Excavati( Bono WHERE: -sh= k g H sh = Lateral Earth Pressure, psf. g = Saturated Unit Weight of Soil; Use 130 pcf for Stiff to Hard Clay, Weathered Rock Use 140 pcf for Unweathered Shale or Limestone H = Height of Excavation (ft.) k = Earth Pressure Coefficient, Use 0.30 for Stiff to Hard Clay and Weathered Rock Use 0.2 for Unweathered Shale and Gray Limestone NOTES: 1) If water is not allowed to drain from behind shoring or bracing, full hydrostatic pressure must be considered. 2) Surcharge loads and traffic live loads, if present, must also be'considered. (A) Increased pressure wedge for excavations terminating in fill or in overburden soil above the limestone formation: LATERAL EARTH FIGURE PRESSURES 23 Mss T¢�c Engineering a. Associates, Inc_ City of Fort Worih, texas Page 1 of Mayor and Council Communication COUNCIL ACTION: Approved on 12/16/2008 DATE: Tuesday, December 16, 2008 LOG NAME: 60E7P1SUNDANCE REFERENCE NO.: C-23261 SUBJECT: Authorize Contract with LP Sundance Construction, Inc., in the Amount of $2,227,171.50 for Construction of the East 7th Street Deep Tunnel Sanitary Sewer, Part 1 RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council authorize the City Manager to execute a contract with LP Sundance Construction, Inc., in the amount of $2,227,171.50 for the construction of East 7th Street Deep Tunnel Sanitary Sewer, Part 1. DISCUSSION: On Apol 29, 2003, (M&C C-19564) the City Council authorized the City Manager to execute an Engineering Agreement with Carter and Burgess, Inc., for the preparation of plans and specifications for East 7th Street Deep Tunnel Sanitary Sewer. In recent years, the Fort Worth Central Business District (CBD) south of East 7th Street has experienced substantial development activity, thus increasing the demands on the existing sanitary sewer system serving this area. The purpose of this project is to provide additional capacity in the system to accommodate current and future growth in the uptown area of the CBD, to enhance collection system reliability and to provide a means to perform future inspection and maintenance of the 48 inch, deep sewer line-32 sewer main. Part 1 consists of the installation of approximately 1,400 feet of 24 inch sewer line beginning from the connection to the 96 inch West Fork interceptor in East 4th Street to the Ben E. Keith parking lot at 601 East 7th Street. The project was advertised for bid on August 7, 2008, and August 14, 2008, in the Fort Worth_Star- Telegram. On September 11, 2008, the following bids were received: Bidder Amount Contract Time LP Sundance Construction, Inc. $2,227,171.50 270 Calendar Days Southland Contracting, Inc. $ 3178302.00 S.J. Louis Construction of TX, Ltd. $ 3952004.00 In addition to the contract cost, $100,816.00 is included for survey and material testing and $66,815.00 is provided for project contingencies. M/WBE — LP Sundance Construction, Inc., is in compliance with the City's M/WBE Ordinance by committing to 24 percent MM/BE participation. The City's goal for this project is 11 percent. The project is located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 8, Mapsco 63W and 63X and 77A. FISCAL INFORMATION / CERTIFICATION: ittp://apps.cfwnet.org/ecouncit/printmc.asp?id=10590&print=true&DocType=Print 1/20/200( Page 2 of The Financial Management Services Director certifies that tKat funds are available in the current capital budget, as appropriated, of the Sewer Capital Projects Fund. FUND CENTERS: TO Fund/Account/Centers CERTIFICATIONS: FROM Fund/Account/Centers P275 541200 708170108683 $2,227,171.50 Submitted for City Manager's Office by: Fernando Costa (6122) Originating Department Head: S. Frank Crumb (8207) Additional Information Contact: David Cooper (8252) ATTACHMENTS No attachments found. ittp:Happs.cfwnet.org/ecouncil/printmc.asp?id=10590&print=true&DocType=Print 1 /20/200( M&C Review Page 1 of 2 Official site of the City of Fort Worth, Texas CITY COUNCIL AGENDA FoRTWORTH COUNCIL ACTION: Approved on 9/22/2009 DATE: 9/22/2009 REFERENCE C-23798 LOG NAME: 60E7P1 RSUNDANCE NO.. NON- PUBLIC CODE: C TYPE: CONSENT HEARING: NO SUBJECT: Rescind Mayor and Council Communication C-23261 and Authorize a Contract with LP Sundance Construction, Inc., in the Amount of $2,277,171.50 for Construction of the East 7th Street Deep Tunnel Sanitary Sewer, Part 1 RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council: 1. Rescind Mayor and Council Communication C-23261 approved December 16, 2008, for the purpose of revising the amount of the contract with LP Sundance Construction, Inc.; and 2. Authorize the City Manager to execute a contract with LP Sundance Construction in the amount of $2,277,171.50 for the construction of East 7th Street Deep Tunnel Sanitary Sewer, Part 1. DISCUSSION: On December 18, 2008, (M&C C-23261) the City Council authorized a contract in the amount of $2,227.171.50 with LP Sundance Construction, Inc., for construction of the East 7th Street Deep Tunnel Sanitary Sewer, Part 1. Subsequent to Council approval of M&C C-23261, it was determined that the contract amount had been inadvertently listed as $2,227,171.50 instead of $2,277,171.50. This M&C rescinds all actions authorized in M&C C-23261. On April 29, 2003, (M&C C-19564) the City Council authorized the City Manager to execute an Engineering Agreement with Carter and Burgess, Inc., for the preparation of plans and specifications for East 7th Street Deep Tunnel Sanitary Sewer. In recent years, the Fort Worth Central Business District (CBD) south of East 7th Street has experienced substantial development activity, thus increasing the demands on the existing sanitary sewer system serving this area. The purpose of this project is to provide additional capacity in the system to accommodate current and future growth in the uptown area of the CBD, to enhance collection system reliability and to provide a means to perform future inspection and maintenance of the 48 inch, deep sewer line 32 sewer main. Part 1 consists of the installation of approximately 1,400 feet of 24 inch sewer line beginning from the connection to the 96 inch West Fork interceptor in East 4th Street to the Ben E. Keith parking lot at 601 East 7th Street. The project was advertised for bid on August 7, 2008, and August 14, 2008, in the Fort Worth Star - Telegram. On September 11, 2008, the following bids were received: Bidder Amount Contract Time LP Sundance Construction, Inc. $2,277,171.50 270 Calendar Days Southland Contracting, Inc. $ 3,178,302.00 S.J. Louis Construction of TX, Ltd. $ 3,952,004.00 http://apps.cfwnet.org/council_packet/mc_review.asp?ID=12093&councildate=9/22/2009 6/12/2014 M&C Review Page 2 of 2 In addition to the contract cost, $100,816.00 is included for survey and material testing and $16,815.50 is provided for project contingencies. M/WBE — LP Sundance Construction, Inc., is in compliance with the City's M/WBE Ordinance by committing to 24 percent M/WBE participation. The City's goal for this project is 11 percent. The project is located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 8, Mapsco 63W, 63X and 77A. FISCAL INFORMATION/CERTIFICATION: The Financial Management Services Director certifies that funds are available in the current capital budget, as appropriated, of the Sewer Capital Projects Fund. TO Fund/Account/Centers Submitted for City Manager's Office by: Originating Department Head: Additional Information Contact: ATTACHMENTS 60E7P1 RSUNDANCE MAP.pdf FROM Fund/Account/Centers P275 541200 708170108683 $2,277,171.50 Fernando Costa (6122) S. Frank Crumb (8207) David Cooper (8252) http://apps.cfwnet.org/council_packet/mc_review.asp?ID=12093&councildate=9/22/2009 6/12/2014